The following document contains information on Cypress products.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR
CONTROLLER MANUAL
CM71-10143-5E
FR60
32-BIT MICROCONTROLLER
MB91313A Series
HARDWARE MANUAL
FR60
32-BIT MICROCONTROLLER
MB91313A Series
HARDWARE MANUAL
For the information for microcontroller supports, see the following web site.
This web site includes the "Customer Design Review Supplement" which provides the latest cautions on
system development and the minimal requirements to be checked to prevent problems before the system
development.
http://edevice.fujitsu.com/micom/en-support/
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Preface
■ Purpose of This Document and Intended Reader
Thank you very much for your continued patronage of Fujitsu Semiconductor products.
FR family is a line of single-chip microcontrollers based on the 32-bit high-performance RISC CPU while
integrating a variety of I/O resources for embedded control applications which require high-performance,
high-speed CPU processing.
This manual describes the functions and operation of the MB91313A series for engineers who actually use
this semiconductor to design products. Please read this manual first.
FR, the abbreviation of FUJITSU RISC controller, is a line of products of FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR
LIMITED.
■ Trademark
The company names and brand names herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
owners.
i
■ Organization of This Manual
This manual consists of the following 19 chapters and appendix.
CHAPTER 1
OVERVIEW
This chapter explains the features and basic specification of the MB91313A series.
CHAPTER 2
CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
This chapter provides the CPU core of the FR family, covering its architecture, specifications, and
instructions.
CHAPTER 3
EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
This chapter explains the features, block diagram, I/O pins, and registers of the external bus interface.
CHAPTER 4
I/O PORTS
This chapter gives an overview of I/O ports and describes their register configuration and functions.
CHAPTER 5
16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
This chapter explains an overview, register configuration/functions and operations of the 16-bit reload
timer.
CHAPTER 6
PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
This chapter gives an outline of the PPG (Programmable Pulse Generator) timer and explains the register
configuration and functions and the timer operations.
CHAPTER 7
16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
This chapter gives an overview of the 16-bit pulse width counter and explains the register configuration
and functions and the counter operation.
CHAPTER 8
MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
This chapter gives an overview of the multifunction timer and explains the register configuration and
functions and the timer operation.
CHAPTER 9
OTHER TIMERS
This chapter explains the main oscillation stabilization wait timer, interval timer, and watch timer.
CHAPTER 10
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
This chapter gives an overview of the interrupt controller and explains its register configuration/functions
and its operations.
CHAPTER 11
EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
This chapters gives an overview of the external interrupt control unit and describes its register
configuration/functions and its operations.
CHAPTER 12
DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE
This chapter explains the overview of the delay interrupt module, configuration/functions of the registers,
and operations of the module.
ii
CHAPTER 13
BIT SEARCH MODULE
This chapter explains the overview of the bit search module, configurations/functions of the registers, and
operations of the module.
CHAPTER 14
10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
This chapter gives an overview of the 10-bit A/D converter, register configuration and functions, and 10bit A/D converter operation.
CHAPTER 15
MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
This chapter describes the functions and operations of the multi function serial interface.
CHAPTER 16
DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
This chapter gives an overview of the DMA controller (DMAC) and describes its register configuration
and its operations.
CHAPTER 17
REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
This chapter describes the functions and operations of HDMI-CEC reception, ACK automatic a response,
and the remote control reception.
CHAPTER 18
FLASH MEMORY
This chapter provides an outline of flash memory and explains its register configuration, register
functions, and operations.
CHAPTER 19
MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
This chapter explains the serial programming connection for MB91313A.
APPENDIX
This appendix explains the details not covered in the main topics and other referential information for
programming about the I/O map, interrupt vector, pin status of the CPU state, notes and instructions list
when using the little endian area.
iii
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The contents of this document are subject to change without notice.
Customers are advised to consult with sales representatives before ordering.
The information, such as descriptions of function and application circuit examples, in this document are presented solely for the
purpose of reference to show examples of operations and uses of FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR device; FUJITSU
SEMICONDUCTOR does not warrant proper operation of the device with respect to use based on such information. When you
develop equipment incorporating the device based on such information, you must assume any responsibility arising out of such
use of the information. FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR assumes no liability for any damages whatsoever arising out of the use of
the information.
Any information in this document, including descriptions of function and schematic diagrams, shall not be construed as license
of the use or exercise of any intellectual property right, such as patent right or copyright, or any other right of FUJITSU
SEMICONDUCTOR or any third party or does FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR warrant non-infringement of any third-party's
intellectual property right or other right by using such information. FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR assumes no liability for any
infringement of the intellectual property rights or other rights of third parties which would result from the use of information
contained herein.
The products described in this document are designed, developed and manufactured as contemplated for general use, including
without limitation, ordinary industrial use, general office use, personal use, and household use, but are not designed, developed
and manufactured as contemplated (1) for use accompanying fatal risks or dangers that, unless extremely high safety is secured,
could have a serious effect to the public, and could lead directly to death, personal injury, severe physical damage or other loss
(i.e., nuclear reaction control in nuclear facility, aircraft flight control, air traffic control, mass transport control, medical life
support system, missile launch control in weapon system), or (2) for use requiring extremely high reliability (i.e., submersible
repeater and artificial satellite).
Please note that FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR will not be liable against you and/or any third party for any claims or damages
arising in connection with above-mentioned uses of the products.
Any semiconductor devices have an inherent chance of failure. You must protect against injury, damage or loss from such
failures by incorporating safety design measures into your facility and equipment such as redundancy, fire protection, and
prevention of over-current levels and other abnormal operating conditions.
Exportation/release of any products described in this document may require necessary procedures in accordance with the
regulations of the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Control Law of Japan and/or US export control laws.
The company names and brand names herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
Copyright ©2007-2010 FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED All rights reserved.
iv
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
OVERVIEW ................................................................................................... 1
Features .............................................................................................................................................. 2
Block Diagram .................................................................................................................................... 5
Pin Assignment ................................................................................................................................... 6
Package Dimensions .......................................................................................................................... 7
List of Pin Functions ........................................................................................................................... 8
I/O Circuit Types ............................................................................................................................... 16
Precautions on Handling the Device ................................................................................................. 19
CHAPTER 2
CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK ................................................................... 25
2.1
Memory Space .................................................................................................................................. 26
2.2
Internal Architecture .......................................................................................................................... 28
2.3
Instructions ....................................................................................................................................... 32
2.4
Programming Model ......................................................................................................................... 34
2.4.1
General-purpose Register ........................................................................................................... 35
2.4.2
Dedicated Register ...................................................................................................................... 36
2.5
Data Structure ................................................................................................................................... 43
2.6
Branch Instruction ............................................................................................................................. 45
2.6.1
Operation with a Delay Slot ......................................................................................................... 46
2.6.2
Operation with No Delay Slot ...................................................................................................... 48
2.7
EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap) ............................................................................................ 49
2.7.1
EIT Interrupt Levels ..................................................................................................................... 50
2.7.2
ICR (Interrupt Control Register) ................................................................................................... 52
2.7.3
SSP (System Stack Pointer) ........................................................................................................ 53
2.7.4
TBR (Table Base Register) ......................................................................................................... 54
2.7.5
Multiple EIT Processing ............................................................................................................... 58
2.7.6
Operations of EIT ........................................................................................................................ 60
2.8
Reset (Device Initialization) .............................................................................................................. 64
2.8.1
Reset Level .................................................................................................................................. 65
2.8.2
Reset Sources ............................................................................................................................. 66
2.8.3
Reset Sequence .......................................................................................................................... 68
2.8.4
Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time .............................................................................................. 69
2.8.5
Reset Operation Modes ............................................................................................................... 71
2.9
Clock Generation Control ................................................................................................................. 73
2.9.1
PLL Control .................................................................................................................................. 74
2.9.2
Oscillation Stabilization Wait and PLL Lock Wait Time ............................................................... 76
2.9.3
Clock Distribution ......................................................................................................................... 78
2.9.4
Clock Division .............................................................................................................................. 80
2.9.5
Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control Block ...................................................................... 81
2.9.6
Registers of Clock Generation Control Block .............................................................................. 82
2.9.7
Peripheral Circuits in Clock Control Block ................................................................................. 102
2.10 Device State Control ....................................................................................................................... 106
2.10.1 Low-power Consumption Mode ................................................................................................. 110
v
2.11
Operating Mode .............................................................................................................................. 115
CHAPTER 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Overview of External Bus Interface ................................................................................................
Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface ........................................................................
Chip Select Area .............................................................................................................................
Address/Data Multiplex Interface ....................................................................................................
DMA Access ...................................................................................................................................
Register Setting Procedure .............................................................................................................
Note on Using External Bus Interface .............................................................................................
CHAPTER 4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
6.1
6.2
6.3
16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER .......................................................... 191
MULTIFUNCTION TIMER ........................................................................ 201
Overview of the Multifunction Timer ............................................................................................... 202
Registers of the Multifunction Timer ............................................................................................... 204
Multifunction Timer Operation ......................................................................................................... 212
CHAPTER 9
9.1
PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR) .................................. 177
Overview of the PWC Timer ........................................................................................................... 192
Operation of the PWC Timer .......................................................................................................... 198
CHAPTER 8
8.1
8.2
8.3
164
165
166
169
170
171
175
176
Outline of the PPG Timer ................................................................................................................ 178
Operation of the PPG Timer ........................................................................................................... 186
Precautions on Using the PPG Timer ............................................................................................. 189
CHAPTER 7
7.1
7.2
142
144
145
146
160
161
162
16-BIT RELOAD TIMER ........................................................................... 163
Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer ....................................................................................................
Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer ....................................................................................................
Control Status Register (TMCSR) .............................................................................................
16-Bit Timer Register (TMR) .....................................................................................................
16-Bit Reload Register (TMRLR) ...............................................................................................
Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer .................................................................................................
Operating Status of Counter ...........................................................................................................
Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer ..............................................................................................
CHAPTER 6
118
121
132
133
136
139
140
I/O PORTS ................................................................................................ 141
Overview of I/O Ports ......................................................................................................................
Settings of Port Data Registers ......................................................................................................
Settings of Data Direction Registers ...............................................................................................
Settings of Extra Port Control Registers .........................................................................................
Pull-up Control Register ..................................................................................................................
External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register ..........................................................................
Noise Filter Control Register for I2C ...............................................................................................
CHAPTER 5
5.1
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.3
5.4
5.5
EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE ................................................................ 117
OTHER TIMERS ....................................................................................... 217
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer ........................................................................................ 218
vi
9.2
Watch Timer ................................................................................................................................... 225
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER ................................................................... 231
10.1 Overview of Interrupt Controller ......................................................................................................
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller ......................................................................................................
10.2.1 ICR (Interrupt Control Register) .................................................................................................
10.2.2 HRCL (Hold Request Cancel Request Register) .......................................................................
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller ...................................................................................................
232
235
236
238
239
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT ............................................. 243
11.1 Overview of External Interrupt Control Unit ....................................................................................
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit ....................................................................................
11.2.1 Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR) ...............................................................................................
11.2.2 External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR) ................................................................................
11.2.3 External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register (ELVR) ........................................................
11.3 Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit ..................................................................................
244
245
246
247
248
250
CHAPTER 12 DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE ................................................................ 253
12.1
12.2
12.3
Overview of Delay Interrupt Module ............................................................................................... 254
Registers of Delay Interrupt Module ............................................................................................... 255
Operations of Delay Interrupt Module ............................................................................................. 256
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE ........................................................................... 257
13.1
13.2
13.3
Overview of Bit Search Module ...................................................................................................... 258
Registers of Bit Search Module ...................................................................................................... 259
Operations of Bit Search Module .................................................................................................... 261
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER ........................................................................ 265
14.1
Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter ............................................................................................. 266
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE ................................................ 273
15.1 Overview of the Multi Function Serial Interface ..............................................................................
15.2 Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ...............................................
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ...............................................
15.3.1 Serial Control Register (SCR) ...................................................................................................
15.3.2 Serial Mode Register (SMR) ......................................................................................................
15.3.3 Serial Status Register (SSR) .....................................................................................................
15.3.4 Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR) .................................................................
15.3.5 Reception/Transmission Data Registers (RDR/TDR) ................................................................
15.3.6 Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) .................................................................
15.3.7 FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1) ................................................................................................
15.3.8 FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) ................................................................................................
15.3.9 FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE) .....................................................................................................
15.4 Interrupts of UART ..........................................................................................................................
15.4.1 Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing ................................................................
15.4.2 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Reception FIFO ..................................
15.4.3 Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing ...........................................................
vii
275
277
278
280
282
284
287
289
293
295
297
300
302
304
305
307
15.4.4 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Transmission FIFO ............................. 308
15.5 Operations of UART ....................................................................................................................... 309
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator .......................................................................................... 314
15.6.1 Baud Rate Setting ..................................................................................................................... 315
15.7 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 0 (Asynchronous Normal Mode) ......... 319
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1 (Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
......................................................................................................................................................... 321
15.9 Notes on UART Mode ..................................................................................................................... 325
15.10 Overview of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ........................................ 326
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ........................................ 327
15.11.1 Serial Control Register (SCR) ................................................................................................... 328
15.11.2 Serial Mode Register (SMR) ...................................................................................................... 330
15.11.3 Serial Status Register (SSR) ..................................................................................................... 332
15.11.4 Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR) ................................................................. 334
15.11.5 Reception Data Register/Transmission Data Register (RDR/TDR) ........................................... 336
15.11.6 Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) ................................................................. 340
15.11.7 FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1) ................................................................................................ 342
15.11.8 FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) ................................................................................................ 344
15.11.9 FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE) ..................................................................................................... 347
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ........................................ 349
15.12.1 Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing ................................................................ 350
15.12.2 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Reception FIFO .................................. 351
15.12.3 Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing ........................................................... 353
15.12.4 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Transmission FIFO ............................. 354
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) ..................................... 355
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator ........................................................................................... 367
15.14.1 Baud Rate Setting ..................................................................................................................... 368
15.15 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
......................................................................................................................................................... 371
15.16 Notes on CSIO Mode ...................................................................................................................... 373
15.17 Overview of the I2C Interface .......................................................................................................... 374
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface ......................................................................................................... 375
15.18.1 I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) ............................................................................................... 376
15.18.2 Serial Mode Register (SMR) ...................................................................................................... 381
15.18.3 Serial Status Register (SSR) ..................................................................................................... 383
15.18.4 I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) ................................................................................................. 386
15.18.5 Reception/Transmission Data Registers (RDR/TDR) ................................................................ 390
15.18.6 Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) ................................................................. 392
15.18.7 7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK) ............................................................................... 393
15.18.8 7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA) ......................................................................................... 394
15.18.9 FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1) ................................................................................................ 395
15.18.10 FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) ................................................................................................ 397
15.18.11 FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE) ..................................................................................................... 400
15.19 Interrupts of the I2C Interface ......................................................................................................... 402
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication ................................................................................... 404
15.20.1 Master Mode .............................................................................................................................. 405
15.20.2 Slave Mode ................................................................................................................................ 424
15.20.3 Bus Error ................................................................................................................................... 428
viii
15.21 Dedicated Baud Rate Generator .................................................................................................... 429
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart ............................................................................................................. 431
15.23 Notes on I2C Mode ......................................................................................................................... 443
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER) .................................................................. 445
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
Overview of DMA Controller ...........................................................................................................
Operations of DMA Controller .........................................................................................................
Setting of Transfer Request ............................................................................................................
Transfer Sequence .........................................................................................................................
Operation Flowcharts ......................................................................................................................
Data Bus .........................................................................................................................................
446
463
465
466
477
479
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION .......................................................... 481
17.1 Overview of Remote Control Reception .........................................................................................
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception ...........................................................................................
17.2.1 Remote Control Reception Control Register (RCCR) ...............................................................
17.2.2 Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register (RCST) ..................................................
17.2.3 Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2 (RCADR1, RCADR2) .........................................
17.2.4 Start Bit High Width Configuration Register (RCSHW) .............................................................
17.2.5 "H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW) ........................................................................
17.2.6 "H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW) ........................................................................
17.2.7 Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL, RCDTLH, RCDTLL) ..........................................
17.2.8 Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD) .......................................................................
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples .........................................................
482
483
484
486
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY ..................................................................................... 499
18.1 Outline of Flash Memory .................................................................................................................
18.2 Flash Memory Registers .................................................................................................................
18.2.1 Flash Control Status Register (FLCR) .......................................................................................
18.2.2 Wait Register (FLWC) ...............................................................................................................
18.3 Flash Memory Access Modes .........................................................................................................
18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory ............................................................................................
18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm ..................................................................................
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory ............................................................................
18.6.1 Read/Reset Status ....................................................................................................................
18.6.2 Data Writing ...............................................................................................................................
18.6.3 Erasing Data (Chip Erase) .........................................................................................................
18.6.4 Erasing Data (Sector Erase) ......................................................................................................
18.6.5 Temporary Sector Erase Stop ...................................................................................................
18.6.6 Sector Erase Restart .................................................................................................................
18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid Erroneous Judgment .........................
18.8 Restriction and Notes .....................................................................................................................
500
504
505
507
509
511
515
519
520
521
523
524
526
527
528
531
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION ........................... 533
19.1
19.2
19.3
Basic Configuration of Serial Programming .................................................................................... 534
Example of Serial Programming Connection .................................................................................. 536
System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller Programmer .......................................................... 537
ix
19.4
Additional Notes .............................................................................................................................. 538
APPENDIX ......................................................................................................................... 539
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D
I/O Map ................................................................................................................................
Vector Table .........................................................................................................................
Pin Status In Each CPU State .............................................................................................
Instruction Lists ....................................................................................................................
540
551
554
566
INDEX................................................................................................................................... 581
x
Main changes in this edition
Page
Section
-
-
Change Results
Changed Series name.
MB91313/A → MB91313A
5
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.2 Block Diagram
Changed Figure 1.2-1.
6
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.3 Pin Assignment
Corrected Figure 1.3-1.
10
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
Corrected Table 1.5-1.
I/O circuit type of pin number 32, 33
D/B → B
20
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
Added The explanation.
Turning on/off these power supplies (VDDI/Analog/VDDE)
simultaneously causes no problem.
23
Deleted "● External interrupt INT17, INT19 (MB91F313
only)".
166
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2.1 Control Status Register (TMCSR)
Corrected Figure 5.2-2.
325
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL
INTERFACE
15.9 Notes on UART Mode
Added Item.
373
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL
INTERFACE
15.16 Notes on CSIO Mode
Added Item.
431 to
442
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL
INTERFACE
Corrected Flowchart.
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
443,
444
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL
INTERFACE
Added Item.
15.23 Notes on I2C Mode
499 to
531
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
The overall revision.
The vertical lines marked in the left side of the page show the changes.
xi
xii
CHAPTER 1
OVERVIEW
This chapter explains the features and basic
specification of the MB91313A series.
1.1 Features
1.2 Block Diagram
1.3 Pin Assignment
1.4 Package Dimensions
1.5 List of Pin Functions
1.6 I/O Circuit Types
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
1
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.1 Features
1.1
MB91313A Series
Features
The FR family is a line of microcontrollers based on a 32-bit high-performance RISC
CPU and integrating a variety of I/O resources for embedded control applications which
require high-performance, high-speed processing by the CPU.
The microcontrollers are equipped with the multiple channels of the communication
macro and most suitable for embedded applications such as television control.
■ FR CPU
• 32-bit RISC, load/store architecture, 5-stage pipeline
• Operating frequency of 33 MHz [PLL used: 16.5-MHz oscillation frequency: multiply by 2]
• 16-bit fixed-length instructions (basic instructions), one instruction per cycle
• Memory-to-memory transfer, bit manipulation, barrel shift, and other instructions ... Instructions
appropriate for embedded applications
• Function entry/exit instructions, multi-register load/store instructions ... Instructions compatible with
high-level languages
• Register interlock function ... Facilitating assembly-language coding
• Built-in multiplier/instruction-level support:
Signed 32-bit multiplication ... 5 cycles
Signed 16-bit multiplication ... 3 cycles
• Interrupts (saving of PC and PS) ... 6 cycles, 16 priority levels
• Harvard architecture enabling simultaneous execution of program access and data access
• 4 words queuing in CPU enabling advanced fetch of instructions
• Instruction-compatible with the FR family
■ Simplified External Bus Interface
Setting in the program enables the 8-bit or 16-bit multiplex bus to run.
• Maximum operating frequency of 16.5 MHz
• 8-/16- bit data/address multiplex I/O
• Totally independent 4-area chip select output that can be defined at a minimum of 64 KB
• Basic bus cycle ... 3 cycles
• Automatic wait cycle generator that can be programmed for each area
• Unused data/address/control signal pins can be used for general-purpose I/O
■ Built-in Memory
• Flash memory 544 KB, RAM/32 KB
2
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.1 Features
MB91313A Series
■ DMAC (DMA Controller)
• 5 channels
• 2 transfer sources: internal peripheral/software
• Addressing mode: 20/24-bit full address specifications (increase/decrease/fixed)
• Transfer mode: burst transfer/step transfer/block transfer
• Transfer data size: can be selected from 8, 16, or 32 bits
■ Bit Search Module (Used by REALOS)
Searches for the position of the first bit varying between 1 and 0 in the MSB of a word.
■ 16-bit Reload Timer (Including One Channel for REALOS)
• 6 channels
• Internal clock: selectable from among results of dividing the machine clock frequency by 2, 8, and 32
■ Multi Function Serial Interface
• 11 channels
• Full-duplex double buffer
• 4 types communication mode: asynchronous (start-stop synchronous), clock-synchronous communication
(maximum 8.25 Mbps), I2C standard mode (maximum 100 kbps), and I2C
high-speed mode (maximum 400 kbps)
• Parity selectable from enabled or disabled
• Built-in baud rate generator for each channel
• Various error detection functions: parity, frame, overrun
• External clock that can be used as transfer clock
• ch.0 to ch.2 : the DMA transfer / the FIFO function with 16 bytes for each of the transmission and
reception
• ch.8 to ch.10 : 5-V tolerant.
• ch.8 : the open drain output
• I2C bridge function (among 0 channel, 1 channel, and 2 channel)
• SPI mode
■ Interrupt Controller
• Total of 24 external interrupts (external interrupt pins INT23 to INT0)
• Interrupts from internal peripherals
• Programmable priority level (16 levels)
• Available for wakeup in STOP mode
■ 10-bit A/D Converter
• 10 channels
• Successive approximation type: conversion time : approximately 7.94 μs
• Conversion modes: single conversion mode and scan conversion mode
• Activation sources: software and external trigger
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
3
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.1 Features
MB91313A Series
■ PPG
• 4 channels
• 16-bit counter, 16-bit data register with buffer to set the cycle
• Internal clock: selectable from among results of dividing the machine clock frequency by 1, 4, 16, and 64
• Automatic cycle setting supported with the DMA transfer
• Remote control transmission support function
• Open drain output
■ PWC
• 1 channel (1 input)
• 16-bit up counter
• Simplified LOWPASS filter
■ Multifunction Timer
•
•
•
•
•
•
4 channels
Removes the noise, if lower than specified clock, using the Low Pass filter
Pulse width can be measured using 7 types of clock signal
Event count function from pin input
Interval timer function using 7 types of clock and external input clock
Built-in HSYNC counter mode
■ HDMI-CEC/Remote Control Reception
• 2 channels
• HDMI-CEC reception function (with automatic ACK response function)
• Remote control reception function (with 4 byte reception buffers)
■ Other Interval Timers
• Watch timer (32 kHz, Max 60 s count)
• Watchdog timer
■ I/O Ports
Maximum 86 ports
■ Other Features
•
•
•
•
•
Built-in oscillation circuit as a clock source
INITX provided as a reset pin
Watchdog timer and software resets available
Supporting stop mode and sleep mode as low-power consumption modes
Gear function
- Built-in time-base timer
- 5 V tolerant I/O (for a part of pins)
• Package: LQFP-120, 0.5 mm pitch, 16 mm × 16 mm
• CMOS technology: 0.18 μm
• Power supply voltage 3.3±0.3 V, 1.8±0.15 V, 2 power supply units
• I2C license
Purchase of Fujitsu I2C components conveys a license under the Philips I2C Patent Rights to use, these
components in an I2C system provided that the system conforms to the I2C Standard Specification as
defined by Philips.
4
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.2 Block Diagram
MB91313A Series
1.2
Block Diagram
Figure 1.2-1 shows a block diagram of MB91313A Series.
■ Block Diagram of MB91313A Series
Figure 1.2-1 Block Diagram of MB91313A Series
FR
CPU core
32
32
FLASH
544 KB
Bit search
RAM 32 KB
Bus converter
32 ↔ 16
Adapter
DMA Controller
5 channels
Simplified external I/F
8/16-bit
multiplex bus
Clock
control
Interrupt
controller
External
interrupt
24 channels
Port
CM71-10143-5E
Multi function
serial interface
11 channels
PWC
1 channel
PPG
4 channels
A/D
converter
10 channels
HDMI-CEC/
Remote control
reception
2 channels
Multifunction
Reload
timer
timer
6 channels 4 channels
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
5
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.3 Pin Assignment
1.3
MB91313A Series
Pin Assignment
Figure 1.3-1 shows the pin assignment of MB91313A Series.
■ Pin Assignment of MB91313A Series
Figure 1.3-1 Pin Assignment of MB91313A Series
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
VDDE
P22/SCK0/SCL0(I2Cbridge)
P21/SOT0/SDA0(I2Cbridge)
P20/SIN0
P57/WR1
P56/WR0
P55/RD
P54/AS
P53/CS3/PPG3
P52/CS2/PPG2
P51/CS1/PPG1
P50/CS0/PPG0
P17/AD15
P16/AD14/SCK7/SCL7
P15/AD13/SOT7/SDA7
P14/AD12/SIN7
P13/AD11/SCK6/SCL6
P12/AD10/SOT6/SDA6
P11/AD09/SIN6
P10/AD08/SCK5/SCL5
P07/AD07/SOT5/SDA5/INT15
P06/AD06/SIN5/INT14
P05/AD05/SCK4/SCL4/INT13
P04/AD04/SOT4/SDA4/INT12
P03/AD03/SIN4/INT11
P02/AD02/SCK3/SCL3/INT10
P01/AD01/SOT3/SDA3/INT9
P00/AD00/SIN3/INT8
VDDI
VSS
- TOP VIEW -
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
VDDE
IBREAK
ICLK
ICS2
ICS1
ICS0
ICD3
ICD2
ICD1
ICD0
TRSTX
PC7/TRG1
PC6/TRG0
PC5/PPGB
PC4/PPGA
PC3
PC2/SCK9/SCL8
PC1/SOT9/SDA9
PC0/SIN9
PE7/SCK8/SCL8/INT7
PE6/SOT8/SDA8/INT6
PE5/SIN8/INT5
PE4/PPG3/INT4
MD2
MD1
MD0
VDDI
X0
X1
VSS
VSS
PF0/RCIN0
PF1/RCIN1
PF2/RCACK0
PF3/RCACK1
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
VDDE
VSS
AVSS
AVRH
AVCC
PD0/AN0
PD1/AN1
PD2/AN2
PD3/AN3
PD4/AN4
PD5/AN5
PD6/AN6
PD7/AN7
PE0/AN8/INT0
PE1/AN9/PPG0/INT1
PE2/PPG1/INT2/ATRG
PE3/PPG2/INT3
VDDE
INITX
X0A
X1A
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
VSS
VDDI
P23/SIN1
P24/SOT1/SDA1(I2Cbridge)
P25/SCK1/SCL1(I2Cbridge)
P26/SIN2
P27/SOT2/SDA2(I2Cbridge)
P30/SCK2/SCL2(I2Cbridge)
P31/TOT0
P32/TOT1
P33/TOT2
P34/TIN0
P35/TIN1
P36/TIN2
P37/RIN
P40/TMO0/INT16
P41/TMO1/INT17
P42/TMO2/INT18
P43/TMO3/INT19
P44/TMI0/INT20
P45/TMI1/INT21/SIN10
P46/TMI2/INT22/SOT10/SDA10
P47/TMI3/INT23/SCK10/SCL10
P60/TOT3/TRG2
P61/TOT4/TRG3
P62/TOT5/RDY
P63/TIN3/CLK
P64/TIN4
P65/TIN5
VDDE
(FPT-120-M21)
6
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.4 Package Dimensions
MB91313A Series
1.4
Package Dimensions
Figure 1.4-1 shows the package dimensions of MB91313A Series.
Figure 1.4-1 Package Dimensions of MB91313A Series
120-pin plastic LQFP
Lead pitch
0.50 mm
Package width ×
package length
16.0 × 16.0 mm
Lead shape
Gullwing
Sealing method
Plastic mold
Mounting height
1.70 mm MAX
Weight
0.88 g
Code
(Reference)
P-LFQFP120-16×16-0.50
(FPT-120P-M21)
120-pin plastic LQFP
(FPT-120P-M21)
Note 1) * : These dimensions do not include resin protrusion.
Resin protrusion is +0.25(.010) MAX(each side).
Note 2) Pins width and pins thickness include plating thickness.
Note 3) Pins width do not include tie bar cutting remainder.
18.00±0.20(.709±.008)SQ
+0.40
* 16.00 –0.10 .630 +.016
–.004 SQ
90
61
91
60
0.08(.003)
Details of "A" part
+0.20
1.50 –0.10
+.008
(Mounting height)
.059 –.004
INDEX
0~8°
120
LEAD No.
1
30
0.50(.020)
C
"A"
31
0.22±0.05
(.009±.002)
0.08(.003)
M
0.145
.006
2002-2010 FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED F120033S-c-4-7
+0.05
–0.03
+.002
–.001
0.60±0.15
(.024±.006)
0.10±0.05
(.004±.002)
(Stand off)
0.25(.010)
Dimensions in mm (inches).
Note: The values in parentheses are reference values.
Please check the latest package dimensions at the following URL.
http://edevice.fujitsu.com/package/en-search/
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
7
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
1.5 List of Pin Functions
Table 1.5-1 lists the pin functions of MB91313A Series.
■ Pin Functions of MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (1 / 8)
Pin No.
Pin name
I/O circuit
type *1
1
VSS
-
GND pin
2
VDDI
-
1.8 V power supply pin
3
P23
SIN1
D
P24
4
SOT1/SDA1
(I2C bridge)
6
SCK1/SCL1
(I2C bridge)
P26
SIN2
L
SOT2/SDA2
(I2C bridge)
D
9
10
11
12
13
14
SCK2/SCL2
(I2C bridge)
P31
TOT0
P32
TOT1
P33
TOT2
P34
TIN0
P35
TIN1
P36
TIN2
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
Clock pulse I/O pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
General-purpose port
Serial data input pin
General-purpose port
L
P30
8
Serial data input pin
General-purpose port
L
P27
7
General-purpose port
General-purpose port
P25
5
8
Function
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
General-purpose port
L
D
D
D
D
D
D
Clock pulse I/O pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
General-purpose port
Output pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Output pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Output pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Event input pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Event input pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Event input pin for reload timer
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (2 / 8)
Pin No.
15
Pin name
P37
RIN
I/O circuit
type *1
D
P40
16
17
18
19
20
21
TMO0
B
24
PWC input pin
Multifunction timer output pin
INT16
External interrupt request input pin
P41
General-purpose port
TMO1
B
Multifunction timer output pin
INT17
External interrupt request input pin
P42
General-purpose port
TMO2
B
Multifunction timer output pin
INT18
External interrupt request input pin
P43
General-purpose port
TMO3
B
Multifunction timer output pin
INT19
External interrupt request input pin
P44
General-purpose port
TMI0
B
Multifunction timer input pin
INT20
External interrupt request input pin
P45
General-purpose port
TMI1
INT21
B
Multifunction timer input pin
External interrupt request input pin
SIN10
Serial data input pin
P46
General-purpose port
INT22
Multifunction timer input pin
B
External interrupt request input pin
SOT10/SDA10
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
P47
General-purpose port
TMI3
23
General-purpose port
General-purpose port
TMI2
22
Function
INT23
Multifunction timer input pin
B
External interrupt request input pin
SCK10/SCL10
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
P60
General-purpose port
TOT3
TRG2
CM71-10143-5E
C
Output pin for reload timer
PPG trigger input pin
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
9
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (3 / 8)
Pin No.
Pin name
I/O circuit
type *1
P61
25
26
27
TOT4
General-purpose port
C
29
PPG trigger input pin
P62
General-purpose port
TOT5
C
Output pin for reload timer
RDY
External ready input pin
P63
General-purpose port
TIN3
C
P64
TIN4
P65
TIN5
Event input pin for reload timer
External clock output pin
C
C
General-purpose port
Event input pin for reload timer
General-purpose port
Event input pin for reload timer
30
VDDE
-
3.3 V power supply
31
VSS
-
GND pin
32
33
34
35
PF0
RCIN0
PF1
RCIN1
PF2
RCACK0
PF3
RCACK1
B
B
D
D
General-purpose port
HDMI-CEC/Remote control 0 I/O pin
General-purpose port
HDMI-CEC/Remote control 1 I/O pin
General-purpose port
HDMI-CEC/Remote control 0ACK output pin
General-purpose port
HDMI-CEC/Remote control 1ACK output pin
36
PF4
D
General-purpose port
37
PF5
D
General-purpose port
38
PF6
D
General-purpose port
39
PF7
D
General-purpose port
40
VDDE
-
3.3 V power supply
41
VSS
-
GND pin
42
AVSS
-
A/D converter GND pin
43
AVRH
-
A/D converter reference voltage pin
44
AVCC
-
A/D converter power supply pin
45
46
10
Output pin for reload timer
TRG3
CLK
28
Function
PD0
AN0
PD1
AN1
L
L
General-purpose port pin
A/D converter analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter analog input pin
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (4 / 8)
Pin No.
47
48
49
50
51
52
Pin name
PD2
I/O circuit
type *1
L
AN2
PD3
L
AN3
PD4
L
AN4
PD5
L
AN5
PD6
L
AN6
PD7
L
AN7
PE0
53
54
AN8
L
A/D converter analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter Analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter Analog input pin
General-purpose port
A/D converter Analog input pin
A/D converter Analog input pin
INT0
External interrupt request input pin
PE1
General-purpose port
AN9
PPG0
*2
L
PPG1
A/D converter Analog input pin
Output pin for PPG
External interrupt request input pin
PE2
56
General-purpose port
General-purpose port
INT1
55
Function
General-purpose port
*2
B
INT2
Output pin for PPG
External interrupt request input pin
ATRG
Trigger input pin for A/D converter
PE3
General-purpose port
PPG2
*2
B
INT3
Output pin for PPG
External interrupt request input pin
57
VDDE
-
3.3 V power supply
58
INITX
G
Initial reset pin
59
X0A
A
Sub clock input pin
60
X1A
A
Sub clock output pin
61
VSS
-
GND pin
62
X1
A
Main clock output pin
63
X0
A
Main clock input pin
64
VDDI
-
1.8 V power supply
65
MD0
F
Mode pin
66
MD1
F
Mode pin
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
11
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (5 / 8)
Pin No.
67
Pin name
MD2
I/O circuit
type *1
F
PE4
68
69
70
71
PPG3 *2
B
External interrupt request input pin
PE5
General-purpose port
SIN8
B
75
76
77
78
79
12
Serial data input pin
INT5
External interrupt request input pin
PE6
General-purpose port
SOT8/SDA8
B
External interrupt request input pin
I2C data I/O pin
INT6
Serial data output pin
PE7
General-purpose port
SCK8/SCL8
B
PC0
SIN9
SOT9/SDA9
SCK9/SCL9
PC3
PC4
PPGA
PC5
PPGB
PC6
TRG0
PC7
TRG1
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
External interrupt request input pin
B
General-purpose port
Serial data input pin
General-purpose port
B
PC2
74
Output pin for PPG
INT4
PC1
73
Mode pin
General-purpose port
INT7
72
Function
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
General-purpose port
B
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
B
General-purpose port
B
B
B
B
General-purpose port
Output pin for PPG
General-purpose port
Output pin for PPG
General-purpose port
PPG trigger input
General-purpose port
PPG trigger input
80
TRSTX
G
Reset pin for development tool
81
ICD0
K
Data pin for development tool
82
ICD1
K
Data pin for development tool
83
ICD2
K
Data pin for development tool
84
ICD3
K
Data pin for development tool
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (6 / 8)
Pin No.
Pin name
I/O circuit
type *1
Function
85
ICS0
H
Status pin for development tool
86
ICS1
H
Status pin for development tool
87
ICS2
H
Status pin for development tool
88
ICLK
H
Clock pin for development tool
89
IBREAK
I
Break pin for development tool
90
VDDE
-
3.3 V power supply
91
VSS
-
GND pin
92
VDDI
-
1.8 V power supply
P00
93
94
95
96
97
98
AD00
SIN3
General-purpose port
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
Serial data input pin
INT8
External interrupt request input pin
P01
General-purpose port
AD01
External address/data bus I/O pin
SOT3/SDA3
C
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
INT9
External interrupt request input pin
P02
General-purpose port
AD02
External address/data bus I/O pin
SCK3/SCL3
C
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
INT10
External interrupt request input pin
P03
General-purpose port
AD03
SIN4
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
Serial data input pin
INT11
External interrupt request input pin
P04
General-purpose port
AD04
External address/data bus I/O pin
SOT4/SDA4
C
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
INT12
External interrupt request input pin
P05
General-purpose port
AD05
External address/data bus I/O pin
SCK4/SCL4
INT13
CM71-10143-5E
C
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
External interrupt request input pin
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
13
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (7 / 8)
Pin No.
Pin name
I/O circuit
type *1
P06
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
AD06
SIN5
General-purpose port
C
14
External address/data bus I/O pin
Serial data input pin
INT14
External interrupt request input pin
P07
General-purpose port
AD07
External address/data bus I/O pin
SOT5/SDA5
C
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
INT15
External interrupt request input pin
P10
General-purpose port
AD08
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SCK5/SCL5
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
P11
General-purpose port
AD09
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SIN6
Serial data input pin
P12
General-purpose port
AD10
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SOT6/SDA6
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
P13
General-purpose port
AD11
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SCK6/SCL6
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
P14
General-purpose port
AD12
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SIN7
Serial data input pin
P15
General-purpose port
AD13
C
External address/data bus I/O pin
SOT7/SDA7
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
P16
General-purpose port
AD14
C
P17
AD15
External address/data bus I/O pin
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
SCK7/SCL7
108
Function
C
General-purpose port
External address/data bus I/O pin
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.5 List of Pin Functions
MB91313A Series
Table 1.5-1 List of Pin Functions (8 / 8)
Pin No.
Pin name
I/O circuit
type *1
P50
109
110
General-purpose port
CS0X
C
Output pin for PPG
P51
General-purpose port
CS1X
C
*2
General-purpose port
CS2X
PPG2
C
*2
113
114
115
116
117
General-purpose port
CS3X
C
*2
P54
ASX
P55
RDX
P56
WR0X
P57
WR1X
P20
SIN0
SOT0/SDA0
(I2C bridge)
External chip select pin
Output pin for PPG
C
C
C
C
D
P21
118
External chip select pin
Output pin for PPG
P53
PPG3
External chip select pin
Output pin for PPG
P52
112
External chip select pin
PPG0 *2
PPG1
111
Function
General-purpose port
External address strobe output pin
General-purpose port
External read strobe output pin
General-purpose port
External data bus write strobe output pin
General-purpose port
External data bus write strobe output pin
General-purpose port
Serial data input pin
General-purpose port
L
P22
Serial data output pin
I2C data I/O pin
General-purpose port
119
SCK0/SCL0
(I2C bridge)
L
Clock pulse input/output pin for serial communication
I2C clock I/O pin
120
VDDE
-
3.3 V power supply pin
*1 : For the I/O circuit type, refer to "1.6 I/O Circuit Types".
*2 : For PPG0, PPG1, PPG2, PPG3 on pins 54, 55, 56, 68, and on pins 109, 110, 111, 112 respectively, select and use each
one of them via PFR. For the PFR, refer to "CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
15
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.6 I/O Circuit Types
1.6
MB91313A Series
I/O Circuit Types
Table 1.6-1 lists the I/O circuit types of MB91313A series.
■ I/O Circuit Types
Table 1.6-1 I/O Circuit Types (1 / 3)
Type
A
Circuit type
Remarks
X1
Clock input
Oscillation circuit
Built-in feedback resistor
X0-X1: 1MΩ
X0A-X1A: None
X0
STANDBY CONTROL
B
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
• CMOS level output
IOH = 4 mA
• CMOS level hysteresis input
VIH = 0.7 × VDDE
• Standby control supported
• 5 V tolerant
Digital input
STANDBY CONTROL
C
Pull-up Control
P-ch
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
• CMOS level output
IOH = 4mA
• CMOS level hysteresis input
VIH = 0.8 × VDDE
• Standby control supported
• Pull-up control supported
• Pull-up resistor available (33 kΩ)
Digital input
STANDBY CONTROL
16
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.6 I/O Circuit Types
MB91313A Series
Table 1.6-1 I/O Circuit Types (2 / 3)
Type
Circuit type
Remarks
D
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
• CMOS level output
IOH = 4 mA
• CMOS level hysteresis input
VIH = 0.8 × VDDE
• Standby control supported
• Pull-up resistor not available
Digital input
STANDBY CONTROL
F
• CMOS level input
• Standby control not supported
P-ch
N-ch
Digital input
G
• CMOS hysteresis input
• Pull-up resistor available
P-ch
P-ch
N-ch
Digital input
H
CMOS level output
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
I
• CMOS hysteresis input
• Pull-down resistor available
• Standby control not supported
P-ch
N-ch
N-ch
Digital input
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
17
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.6 I/O Circuit Types
MB91313A Series
Table 1.6-1 I/O Circuit Types (3 / 3)
Type
Circuit type
Remarks
K
N-ch
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
•
•
•
•
CMOS level output
CMOS level input
Standby control not supported
Pull-down resistor available
•
•
•
•
CMOS level output
CMOS level hysteresis input
Standby control supported
Analog input with switch
Digital input
L
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
Analog input
CONTROL
Digital input
STANDBY CONTROL
O
Pull-up control
P-ch
P-ch
Digital output
N-ch
Digital output
• CMOS level output
IOH=4mA
• CMOS input (external bus IF)
• CMOS level hysteresis input
(port, resource)
VIH=0.8 × VDDE
• Standby control supported
• Pull-up control supported
• Pull-up resistor available(33kΩ)
Port input
Resource input
External bus input
STANDBY CONTROL
18
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
1.7
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
Precautions on Handling the Device
This section contains information on the prevention of latch-ups, pin processing,
handling of circuits, input at power-on and so on.
■ Preventing a Latch-up
A latch-up can occur if, on a CMOS IC, a voltage higher than VDDE and VDDI or a voltage lower than VSS
is applied to an input or output pin or a voltage higher than the rating is applied between VDDE pin or
VDDI pin and VSS. A latch-up, if it occurs, significantly increases the power supply current and may cause
thermal destruction of an element. When you use a CMOS IC, be very careful not to exceed the maximum
rating.
■ Unused Input Pins
Do not leave an unused input pin open, since it may cause a malfunction. Handle by, for example, using a
pull-up or pull-down resistor.
■ Power Supply Pins
In MB91313A series, devices including multiple of VDDE pins, VDDI pins and VSS pins are designed as
follows; pins necessary to be at the same potential are interconnected internally to prevent malfunctions
such as latch-up. All of the power supply pin and GND pin must be externally connected to the power
supply and ground respectively in order to reduce unnecessary radiation, to prevent strobe signal
malfunctions due to the ground level rising and to follow the total output current ratings. Furthermore, the
VDDE pins, VDDI pins and VSS pins of the MB91313A series must be connected to the current supply
source via a low impedance. It is also recommended to connect a ceramic capacitor of approximately 0.1μF
as a bypass capacitor between VDDE pins, VDDI pins and VSS pins near this device.
■ Crystal Oscillator Circuit
Noise in proximity to the X0 and X1 (X0A, X1A) pins can cause the device to operate abnormally. Printed
circuit boards should be designed so that the X0 (X0A) and X1 (X1A) pins, and crystal oscillator, as well
as bypass capacitors connected to ground, are located near the device and ground.
It is recommended that the printed circuit board artwork be designed such that the X0 and X1 pins or X0A
and X1A pins are surrounded by ground plane for the stable operation.
Please request the oscillator manufacturer to evaluate the oscillational characteristics of the crystal and this
device.
■ Mode Pins (MD0 to MD2)
When using mode pins, connect them directly to power supply pin or GND pin. To prevent the device from
entering test mode accidentally due to noise, minimize the lengths of the patterns between each mode pin
and power supply pin or GND pin on the printed circuit board as possible and connect them with low
impedance.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
19
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
MB91313A Series
■ Operation at Power-On
Ensure that the INITX pin is reset and the settings are initialized (INIT) immediately after the power is
turned on.
Maintain the "L" level input to the INITX pin during the stabilization wait time immediately after the
power on to ensure the stabilization wait time as required by the oscillator circuit (the stabilization wait
time is reset to the minimum value when INIT is asserted using the INITX pin).
■ Note on Oscillator Input at Power-On
At power-on, ensure that the clock is input until the oscillator stabilization wait time has elapsed.
■ Notes on the Turning On/Off VDDI Pin (1.8 V Internal Power Supply) and VDDE Pin
(3.3 V External Pin Power Supply)
Do not apply only VDDE pin (external power supply) voltage continuously (more than one minute) while
the VDDI pin (internal power supply) is disconnected as it will adversely affect the reliability of the LSI.
When the VDDE pin (external power supply) returns from the off state to the on state, the circuit may not
be able to maintain its internal state, for example, due to power supply noise.
Power on
VDD pin (internal power supply) → VDDE pin (external power supply) → Analog→ Signal
Power off
Signal → Analog→ VDDE pin (external power supply) → VDDI pin (internal power supply)
Turning on/off these power supplies (VDDI/Analog/VDDE) simultaneously causes no problem.
When the power is turned on, the states of the output pins may remain undefined until the internal power
supply becomes stable.
■ Notes on Using an External Clock
When using the external clock as a general rule you should simultaneously supply X0 (X0A) and X1 (X1A)
pins. And also, the clock signal to X0 (X0A) should be supplied a clock signal with the reverse phase to X1
(X1A) pins. However, in this case the stop mode (oscillation stop mode) must not be used (This is because
the X1 (X1A) pin stops at "H" output in STOP mode). Furthermore, supply a clock to X0 (X0A) pin only if
the device is operating in less than 12.5 MHz.
Figure 1.7-1 Using an External Clock (Normal Method)
X0, X0A
X1, X1A
MB91313A
series
Cannot be used in STOP mode (oscillation stop mode).
Figure 1.7-2 Using an External Clock (available at 12.5 MHz or less)
X0, X0A
Open
Note:
20
X1, X1A
MB91313A
series
: When operating at a frequency of 10 MHz, the delay between the X0 (X0A) and X1 signals
should be less than 15 ns.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
MB91313A Series
■ AVCC Pin
The MB91313A has a built-in A/D converter. A capacitor of approximately 0.1μF must be connected
between the AVCC pin and AVSS pin.
AVCC
0.1μF
MB91313A series
AVSS
■ Notes when not Using the Emulator
To operate the evaluation MCU on the user system without connecting the emulator, treat each input pin on
the evaluation MCU connected to the emulator interface on the user system as shown below.
Note that switching circuits or other measures may be needed on the user system.
Table 1.7-1 Emulator Interface Pin Treatment
Evaluation MCU Pin Name
Pin Connection
TRSTX
Connect to the reset output circuit on the user system.
INITX
Connect to the reset output circuit on the user system.
Other Pins
Open
■ Notes on Selecting PLL Clocks
If the crystal oscillator is disconnected or the clock input stops while the PLL clock is selected, the
microcontroller may continue to operate at the free-running frequency of the self-oscillating circuit within
the PLL. However, this operation is not guaranteed.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
21
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
MB91313A Series
■ Restrictions
● Clock control block
When an "L" level is input to the INITX pin, ensure that it is maintained for the duration of the oscillation
stabilization wait time.
● Bit Search Module
The bit search data register for 0-detection (BSD0), bit search data register for 1-detection (BSD1), and bit
search data register for change point detection (BSDC) can be accessed in word.
● I/O Ports
Ports can only be accessed in byte.
● Low Power Consumption Mode
• To place the device in standby mode, use the synchronous standby mode (set with bit 8 (SYNCS bit) of
the timebase counter control register, TBCR) and be sure to use the following sequence :
(LDI#value_of_standby, r0)
(LDI#_STCR, R12)
STB
R0, @R12
LDUB @R12, R0
LDUB @R12, R0
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
; value_of_standby is the data to write to STCR
; _STCR is the address of STCR (481H)
; Write to the standby control register (STCR)
; Read STCR for synchronous standby
; Perform an additional dummy read of STCR
; 5 × NOP for timing adjustment
• Do not perform any of the following actions when using the monitor debugger.
- Set a breakpoint within the sequence of instructions shown above
- Perform step execution of the sequence of instructions shown above
22
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
MB91313A Series
● Notes on the PS register
Some instructions write to the PS register in advance before executing. When a debugger is being used,
execution may break within an interrupt handler routine, or the values of the flags within the PS register
may be updated due to exception processing. However, the microcontroller is designed to reprocess
correctly after returning from the EIT, and to execute before and after the EIT proceeds according to the
specifications.
• In any following situation, the previous instructions before a DIV0U or DIV0S instruction may take the
processing in (1) to (3).
- A user interrupt or NMI is accepted
- Step execution is performed
- A break occurs due to a data event or by being selected from the emulator menu
1. The D0 and D1 flags are updated in advance.
2. The EIT handling routine (user interrupt/NMI or emulator) is executed.
3. Upon returning from the EIT, the DIV0U or DIV0S instruction is executed and the D0/D1 flags
are updated back to the same value as in step (1).
• If any of the OR CCR, ST ILM, or MOV Ri, PS instructions are executed to enable a user interrupt or
NMI interrupt source when that interrupt has occurred, the following operation will be performed.
1. The PS register is updated in advance.
2. The EIT handling routine (user interrupt/NMI or emulator) is executed.
3. Upon returning from the EIT, the above instructions are executed and the PS registers are
updated back to the same value as in step (1).
● Watchdog timer
The watchdog timer has a function to monitors the program to check that it delays a reset within a certain
period of time, and resets the CPU if the program runs out of control and fails to delay the reset. Once the
watchdog timer has been enabled, it keeps running until reset. As an exception, the reset is automatically
delayed in conditions where the execution of the CPU program stops. It is possible that the watchdog timer
will not be triggered if these conditions arise as a result of the system running out of control. In that case,
please reset (INIT) using the external INITX pin.
● Notes on using the A/D converter
Do not supply a voltage higher than the VDDE pin to the AVCC pin.
● Software reset in synchronous mode
When using the software reset in synchronous mode, the following two conditions should be satisfied
before setting the SRST bit in STCR (standby control register) to "0".
• The interrupt enable flag (I-Flag) is set to interrupts disabled (I-Flag = 0) .
• The NMI is not being used.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
23
CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW
1.7 Precautions on Handling the Device
24
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2
CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
This chapter provides the CPU core of the FR family,
covering its architecture, specifications, and
instructions.
CM71-10143-5E
2.1
Memory Space
2.2
Internal Architecture
2.3
Instructions
2.4
Programming Model
2.5
Data Structure
2.6
Branch Instruction
2.7
EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.8
Reset (Device Initialization)
2.9
Clock Generation Control
2.10
Device State Control
2.11
Operating Mode
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
25
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.1 Memory Space
2.1
MB91313A Series
Memory Space
The logical address space of the FR family is 4GB (232 locations) and the CPU performs
linear access.
■ Direct Addressing Area
The following area of the address space is used for I/O.
This area is called the direct addressing area and the operand address can be specified directly in the
instruction.
A direct area varies depending on the size of the accessed data as follows.
byte data access
: 000H to 0FFH
half word data access
: 000H to 1FFH
word data access
: 000H to 3FFH
■ FR Family Memory Map
Figure 2.1-1 shows the memory map of the FR family.
The FR family has a 32-bit linear address space.
Figure 2.1-1 FR Family Memory Map
00000000H
Byte data
00000100H
Half word data
00000200H
Direct
Addressing Area
Word data
00000400H
000FFC00H
Vector table
000FFFFFH
Initial area
FFFFFFFFH
● Initial Area of the Vector Table
The area from "000FFC00H" to "000FFFFFH" is used as the initial area of the EIT vector table.
The vector table to be used during EIT processing can be placed at any address by rewriting TBR.
However, the table will be relocated to this address when initialized by a reset.
26
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.1 Memory Space
MB91313A Series
■ Memory Map of MB91313A Series
Figure 2.1-2 shows the memory map.
Figure 2.1-2 Memory Map of MB91313A Series
Single chip mode
Internal ROM
external bus mode
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Access
prohibited
Access
prohibited
Internal RAM
32 Kbytes
Internal RAM
32 Kbytes
Direct addressing area
00000000H
00000400H
00010000H
00038000H
See "APPENDIX A
I/O Map".
00040000H
Access
prohibited
Access
prohibited
00050000H
External area
00078000H
Internal Flash
544 Kbytes
00100000H
00200000H
007FFFFFH
FFFFFFFFH
CM71-10143-5E
Internal Flash
544 Kbytes
Access
prohibited
Access
prohibited
External area
Access
prohibited
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
27
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.2 Internal Architecture
2.2
MB91313A Series
Internal Architecture
As well as adopting a RISC architecture, the FR family CPU is a high performance core
featuring advanced instructions for embedded applications.
■ Features of Internal Architecture
• Adoption of a RISC architecture
Basic instruction: one instruction = one cycle
• 32-bit architecture
General-purpose registers: 32 bits × 16 registers
• Linear memory space of 4 GB
• Multipliers provided
32-bit by 32-bit multiplication: 5 cycles
16-bit by 16-bit multiplication: 3 cycles
• Reinforced interrupt processing function
High-speed response speed (6 cycles)
Multiple interruption supported
Level mask function (16 levels)
• Reinforced instruction for I/O operation
Memory-to-memory transfer instruction
Bit manipulation instruction
• Basic instruction word length: 16 bits
• Low-power consumption
Sleep mode / Stop mode
Gear function
28
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.2 Internal Architecture
MB91313A Series
■ Structure of Internal Architecture
The CPU of the FR family uses the Harvard architecture with separate instruction bus and data bus.
A 32-bit ←→ 16-bit bus converter is connected to the 32-bit bus (F-bus) to provide an interface between
the CPU and peripherals.
A Harvard ←→ Princeton bus converter is connected to the I-bus and D-bus to provide an interface
between the CPU and the bus controller.
Figure 2.2-1 Structure of Internal Architecture
FR-CPU
I-bus
Built-in
RAM
Built-in
ROM
D-bus
32
32
32
32
Harvard ⇔ Princeton
bus converter
F-bus
32
32
X-bus
32
32
Real Bus
24
Address
32-bit 16-bit
Bus converter
Bus controller
16
16
R-bus
Peripheral resource, port
■ CPU
The 32-bit RISC architecture of the FR family has been compactly implemented in this CPU. A 5-stage
instruction pipeline system is used to enable the execution of one instruction per cycle. The pipeline is
composed of the following stages.
Figure 2.2-2 shows the configuration of the instruction pipeline.
• Instruction fetch (IF)
: Outputs an instruction address and fetches the instruction.
• Instruction decode (ID) : Decodes the fetched instruction. It also reads from a register.
CM71-10143-5E
• Execution (EX)
: Executes an arithmetic operation.
• Memory access (MA)
: Accesses the memory for load or store operation.
• Write-back (WB)
: Writes the arithmetic operation result (or loaded memory data) to a
register.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
29
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.2 Internal Architecture
MB91313A Series
Figure 2.2-2 Instruction Pipeline
CLK
Instruction 1
WB
Instruction 2
MA
WB
Instruction 3
EX
MA
WB
Instruction 4
ID
EX
MA
WB
Instruction 5
IF
ID
EX
MA
WB
IF
ID
EX
MA
Instruction 6
WB
Instructions are always executed in the correct order. This means that if Instruction A enters the pipeline
before Instruction B, Instruction A always reaches the write-back stage before Instruction B does.
As a rule, the execution speed of instructions is based on one instruction per cycle. However, more than one
cycle are required to execute instructions such as load/store instructions with memory wait, branch
instructions without a delay slot, and multi-cycle instructions. Moreover, the execution speed of an
instruction also decreases, when the supply of the instruction is delayed.
■ 32-bit ←→ 16-bit Bus Converter
The 32-bit ←→ 16-bit bus converter provides an interface between the F-bus (high-speed 32-bit access)
and the R-bus (16-bit access) to enable data access from the CPU to the built-in peripheral circuits.
When 32-bit access is performed from the CPU to the R-bus, the bus converter converts 32-bit access into
two sets of 16-bit access. Some built-in peripheral circuits have access-width restrictions.
30
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.2 Internal Architecture
MB91313A Series
■ Harvard ←→ Princeton Bus Converter
The Harvard ←→ Princeton bus converter adjusts instruction access from the CPU to data access to
provide a seamless interface with an external bus.
The CPU is structured in the Harvard architecture in which the instruction bus exists independently from
the data bus. On the other hand, the bus controller, which controls the external bus, is structured in the
single-bus-based Princeton architecture. This bus converter assigns an order of priority for the instruction
access from the CPU and data access to control access to the bus controller. This mechanism allows the
external bus access order to be always optimized.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
31
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.3 Instructions
2.3
MB91313A Series
Instructions
The FR family supports not only a regular RISC instruction set but also logic
operations, bit manipulation and direct addressing instructions, which are optimized for
embedded applications. The instruction set is listed in "APPENDIX D Instruction
Lists".
Each instruction is 16-bit long (some are 32 or 48-bit long) to ensure excellent efficiency
in memory usage.
The instruction set can be divided into the following function groups:
• Arithmetic Operation
• Load and Store
• Branching
• Arithmetic Operation and Bit Manipulation
• Direct Addressing
• Others
■ Arithmetic Operation
There are the standard arithmetic operation instructions (addition, subtraction and comparison) and shift
instructions (logic shift and arithmetic operation shift) available. For addition and subtraction, the following
operations are also possible: operation with carry, used for multi-word operation; and operation with an
unchanged flag value, useful for address calculation.
The provided instructions also include 32-bit-by-32-bit and 16-bit-by-16-bit multiplication instructions, 32bit-by-32-bit step division instructions as well as immediate transfer instructions that set an immediate
value in a register, and register-to-register transfer instructions.
All arithmetic operation instructions are performed using general-purpose registers and multiplication and
division registers in the CPU.
■ Load and Store
Load and store instructions are used to read from and write to external memory. They are also used to read
from and write to peripheral circuits (I/O) on the chip.
The load and store instructions are provided with three access lengths: byte, half-word, and word length. In
addition to the general register-indirect memory addressing, some instructions support register-indirect
memory addressing with the displacement or register increment/decrement feature.
■ Branching
Branch instructions are used for branching, calling, interrupting and returning purposes. Some have a delay
slot while the others do not, enabling instruction optimization for each application. The branch instructions
are detailed later in the chapter.
32
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.3 Instructions
MB91313A Series
■ Arithmetic Operation and Bit Manipulation
The logic operation instruction can be used to perform a logic operation such as AND, OR, EOR between
general-purpose registers or between a general-purpose register and the memory (and I/O). The bit
manipulation instruction can be used to directly manipulate the content of the memory (and I/O).
General register indirect memory addressing is supported.
■ Direct Addressing
The direct addressing instruction is used to provide access between I/O and a general-purpose register or
between I/O and the memory. I/O address can be specified directly in the instruction, rather than indirectly
by a register, to enable high-speed, highly efficient access. Some instructions support register-indirect
memory addressing with the register increment/decrement feature.
■ Overview of Other Instructions
Other instructions are used to set a flag in the PS register, perform stack operation, and add sign/zero
extension. They also include function entry/exit instructions supporting high-level language as well as
register multi-load/store instructions.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
33
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
2.4
MB91313A Series
Programming Model
This section explains the programming model, general-purpose registers and dedicated
registers of the FR family.
■ Basic Programming Model
Figure 2.4-1 shows the basic programming model of the FR family.
Figure 2.4-1 Basic Programming Model
32 bits
[Initial value]
XXXX XXXXH
R0
…
R1
…
…
…
…
General-purpose
Register
R13
AC
R14
FP
R15
SP
PC
Program status
PS
Table base register
TBR
Return pointer
RP
System stack pointer
SSP
Multiplication/division
register
34
R12
Program counter
User stack pointer
…
…
…
−
ILM
…
XXXX XXXXH
−
0000 0000H
SCR
CCR
USP
MDH
MDL
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
2.4.1
General-purpose Register
Registers R0 to R15 are general-purpose registers.
They are used as accumulators for various types of arithmetic operations and as
memory access pointers.
■ General-purpose Register
Figure 2.4-2 shows the configuration of a general-purpose register.
Figure 2.4-2 Configuration of General-purpose Register
32 bits
[Initial value]
R0
XXXX XXXXH
R1
R12
R13
R14
AC
FP
XXXX XXXXH
R15
SP
0000 0000H
Of the 16 registers, the following are intended for special applications; therefore, they have some advanced
instructions.
• R13:
Virtual accumulator (AC)
• R14:
Frame pointer (FP)
• R15:
Stack pointer (SP)
The initial value at a reset is undefined for R0 to R14, but defined as "00000000H" (SSP value) for R15.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
35
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
2.4.2
MB91313A Series
Dedicated Register
A dedicated register is used for a specific purpose.
The FR family is provided with the following dedicated register:
• PS (Program Status)
• CCR (Condition Code Register)
• SCR (System Condition code Register)
• ILM (Interrupt Level Mask register)
• PC (Program Counter)
• TBR (Table Base Register)
• RP (Return Pointer)
• SSP (System Stack Pointer)
• USP (User Stack Pointer)
• MDH, MDL (Multiply & Divide register)
■ PS (Program Status)
PS is a register that retains the program status and divided into three parts: ILM, SCR and CCR.
All of the undefined bits are reserved. Reading them always returns "0".
Writing is invalid.
The register configuration of PS (Program Status) is shown below.
bit 31
20
16
ILM
36
10 8 7
SCR
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
0
CCR
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
■ CCR (Condition Code Register)
The register configuration of CCR (Condition Code Register) is shown below.
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
[Initial value]
-
-
S
I
N
Z
V
C
--00XXXXB
[bit5] S: Stack flag
This bit selects the stack pointer to be used as R15.
Value
Description
0
SSP is used as R15.
The value is automatically set to "0" when EIT occurs.
(Note that the value before the bit was cleared is saved on the stack.)
1
USP is used as R15.
•It is cleared to "0" by a reset.
•Set it to "0" when executing the RETI instruction.
[bit4] I: Interrupt enable flag
This bit enables and disables a user interrupt request.
Value
Description
0
Disables user interrupt.
Cleared to "0" when INT instruction is executed.
(Note that the value before the bit was cleared is saved on the stack.)
1
Enables user interrupt.
Controls the masking of a user interrupt request using the value retained in ILM.
•It is cleared to "0" by a reset.
[bit3] N: Negative flag
This bit indicates the sign when the arithmetic operation result is represented as a complement integer
for "2".
Value
Description
0
Indicates that the operation has resulted in a positive value.
1
Indicates that the operation has resulted in a negative value.
•The initial state at a reset is undefined.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
37
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
[bit2] Z: Zero flag
This bit indicates whether the operation result is "0".
Value
Description
0
Indicates that the operation has resulted in a value other than "0".
1
Indicates that the operation has resulted in "0".
•The initial state at a reset is undefined.
[bit1] V: Overflow flag
This bit assumes the operand used in an operation as a complement integer for "2" and indicates whether
an overflow has occurred due to the operation.
Value
Description
0
Indicates that no overflow has occurred due to the operation.
1
Indicates that an overflow has occurred due to the operation.
•The initial state at a reset is undefined.
[bit0] C: Carry flag
This bit indicates whether an operation has resulted in a carry or borrow from the most significant bit.
Value
Description
0
Indicates that neither a carry nor borrow has occurred.
1
Indicates that either a carry or borrow has occurred.
•The initial state at a reset is undefined.
38
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
■ SCR (System Condition code Register)
The register configuration of SCR (System Condition code Register) is shown below.
bit
10
9
8
[Initial value]
D1
D0
T
XX0B
[bit10, bit9] D1, D0: Step division flag
These bits hold the intermediate data obtained when step division is executed.
Do not modify these bits while division processing is being executed. To perform other processing
while executing a step division, save and restore the value of the PS register to ensure that the step
division is restarted.
•The initial state at a reset is undefined.
•To set these bits, execute the DIV0S instruction with the dividend and the divisor to be referenced.
•To forcibly clear these bits, execute the DIV0U instruction.
•Do not perform the process before EIT branching in the EIT processing routine, which simultaneously
accepts DIV0S/DIV0U instruction, user interrupt and NMI.
•The D0 and D1 bits in the PS register may not indicate the correct value if the operation is stopped by
break or step execution immediately before the DIV0S/DIV0U instruction. Note, however, that the
correct value will be calculated after return.
[bit8] T: Step trace trap flag
This flag specifies whether the step trace trap is to be enabled.
Value
Description
0
Disables the step trace trap.
1
Enables the step trace trap.
With this setting, all the user NMI and user interrupts are prohibited.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset.
•The step trace trap function is used by an emulator. When used by the emulator, this function cannot be
used in the user program.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
39
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
■ ILM (Interrupt Level Mask Register)
The register configuration of ILM is shown below.
bit
20
19
18
17
16
[Initial value]
ILM4
ILM3
ILM2
ILM1
ILM0
01111B
This register retains an interrupt level mask value.
The CPU accepts only interrupt requests sent to it with an interrupt level higher than the level indicated by
the ILM.
The highest level is 0 (00000B) and the lowest level is 31 (11111B).
There are restrictions on the values that can be set by the program.
• If the original value is between 16 and 31:
The new value must be between 16 and 31. If an instruction that sets a value between 0 and 15 is
executed, the specified value plus 16 is transferred.
• If the original value is between 0 and 15:
An arbitrary value between 0 and 31 may be set.
This register is initialized to 15 (01111B) by a reset.
■ PC (Program Counter)
The register configuration of PC (Program Counter) is shown blow.
bit 31
0
PC
[Initial value]
XXXXXXXXH
[bit31 to bit0]
These bits indicate the address of the instruction executed with the program counter.
Bit0 is set to "0", when PC is updated with the execution of an instruction. When an odd-numbered
location is specified as the branch target address, bit0 is invalid; therefore, an instruction must be placed
at the address with a multiple of "2".
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
■ TBR (Table Base Register)
The register configuration of TBR (Table Base Register) is shown below.
bit 31
0
TBR
[Initial value]
000FFC00H
TBR is used to retain the start address of the vector table to be used for EIT processing.
The initial value at a reset is "000FFC00H".
40
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
■ RP (Return Pointer)
The register configuration of RP (Return Pointer) is shown below.
bit 31
0
RP
[Initial value]
XXXXXXXXH
RP retains the address used for returning from the sub routine.
When the CALL instruction is executed, the PC value is transferred to the RP.
When the RET instruction is executed, the content of RP is transferred to PC.
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
■ SSP (System Stack Pointer)
The register configuration of SSP (System Stack Pointer) is shown below.
bit 31
0
SSP
[Initial value]
00000000H
SSP stands for system stack pointer.
It serves as R15 when the S flag is set to "0".
The SSP can also be specified by direct instruction.
Moreover, it can be used as a stack pointer to specify the stack that will save the PS and PC when EIT
occurs.
The initial value at a reset is "00000000H".
■ USP (User Stack Pointer)
The register configuration of USP (User Stack Pointer) is shown below.
bit 31
0
USP
[Initial value]
XXXXXXXXH
USP stands for user stack pointer.
It serves as R15 when the S flag is set to "1".
USP can also be specified by direct instruction.
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
It cannot be used with the RETI instruction.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
41
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.4 Programming Model
MB91313A Series
■ MDH, MDL (Multiply & Divide Register)
The register configuration of the Multiply & Divide register is shown below.
bit 31
0
MDH
MDL
This register is used for multiplication and division. Each is 32-bit long.
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
• For multiplication:
The 64-bit operation result from a 32-bit-by-32-bit multiplication is stored in the multiplication/division
result storage register in the following format.
MDH : Upper 32 bits
MDL : Lower 32 bits
For a 16-bit-by-16-bit multiplication, the result is stored in the following format.
MDH : Undefined
MDL : Result of 32 bits
• For division:
The dividend is stored in MDL when the calculation starts.
When a division is performed by executing DIV0S/DIV0U, DIV1, DIV2, DIV3 or DIV4S instruction,
the result is stored in MDL and MDH.
MDH : Remainder
MDL : Quotient
42
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.5 Data Structure
MB91313A Series
2.5
Data Structure
This section explains the data structure of the FR family.
■ Bit Ordering
The FR family has adopted a little endian system for bit ordering. Figure 2.5-1 shows the data arrangement
for bit ordering.
Figure 2.5-1 Data Arrangement for Bit Ordering
bit
31
29
30
27
28
25
26
23
24
21
22
19
20
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
MSB
0
LSB
■ Byte Ordering
The FR family has adopted a big endian system for byte ordering.
Figure 2.5-2 shows the data arrangement for byte ordering.
Figure 2.5-2 Data Arrangement for Byte Ordering
Memory
MSB
bit 31
23
15
7
LSB
0
10101010 11001100 11111111 00010001
bit
7
0
Location n
10101010
Location (n+1)
11001100
Location (n+2)
11111111
Location (n+3)
00010001
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
43
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.5 Data Structure
MB91313A Series
■ Word Alignment
● Program access
The program for the FR family must be placed at the address with a multiple of 2.
Bit0 in the PC is set to "0" when the PC is updated with the execution of an instruction.
When an odd-numbered location is specified as the branch target address, bit0 is invalid; therefore, an
instruction must be placed at the address with a multiple of "2".
There is no exception for the use of an odd-numbered address.
● Data access
In the FR family, addresses are aligned forcibly, depending on the width of the data to be accessed, as
shown below.
Word access:
The address has a multiple of "4". (The lowest 2 bits are forcibly set to "00".)
Half word access: The address has a multiple of "2". (The lowest bit is forcibly set to "0".)
Byte access:
-
In word and half-word data access, some bits are forcibly set to "0" only for the calculation result of the
effective address.
In the addressing mode @(R13, Ri), for example, the register before addition is used as it is (even when the
least significant bit is "1"), and the low bits of the addition result are masked. In other words, the register
before the calculation is not masked.
[Example] LD @(R13, R2), R0
R13
00002222H
R2
00000003H
+)
Addition result
Address pin
44
00002225H
Low 2 bits forcibly masked
00002224H
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.6 Branch Instruction
MB91313A Series
2.6
Branch Instruction
This section explains the branch instructions of the FR family.
■ Overview of Branch Instructions
In the FR family, a branch instruction can be specified to operate either with or without a delay slot.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
45
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.6 Branch Instruction
2.6.1
MB91313A Series
Operation with a Delay Slot
This section explains the branch instruction operation with a delay slot.
■ Instruction for Operation with a Delay Slot
The instructions listed below perform operation with a delay slot.
JMP:D @Ri
CALL:D label12
CALL:
@Ri
RET:D
BRA:D label9
BNO:D
label9
BEQ:D
label9
BNE:D
label9
BC:D
label9
BNC:D
label9
BN:D
label9
BP:D
label9
BV:D
label9
BNV:D
label9
BLT:D
label9
BGE:D
label9
BLE:D label9
BGT:D
label9
BLS:D
label9
BHI:D
label9
■ Operating Explanation of Operation with a Delay Slot
In the operation with a delay slot, branching occurs after the instruction placed immediately after the
branch instruction (called "delay slot") is executed before the instruction at the branch target is executed.
The dummy execution speed is 1 cycle because the instruction with a delay slot is executed before
branching. However, if a valid instruction cannot be placed in the delay slot, a NOP instruction must be
placed instead.
[Example]
;
Alignment of instructions
ADD R1, R2
;
BRA:D LABEL
; Branch instruction
MOV R2, R3
; Delay slot …… executed before branching
…
LABEL: ST
R3, @R4 ; Branch target
In case of a conditional branch instruction, the instruction placed in the delay slot is executed regardless of
whether the branch condition is satisfied.
In case of delayed branch instructions, the execution order of some instructions appears to be inverted. This
is however only applicable to the updating of PC. Other operations (updating/referencing a register, etc.)
are executed in the order as described.
The following section provides specific details.
1) Ri, which is referenced by the JMP:D @Ri / CALL:D @Ri instruction, is not affected even when
updated by the instruction in the delay slot.
[Example]
LDI:32
#Label, R0
JMP:D
@R0
LDI:8
#0,
; Branch to Label
R0
; Branch target address not affected
…
46
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.6 Branch Instruction
MB91313A Series
2) RP, which is referenced by the RET:D instruction, is not affected even when updated by the
instruction in the delay slot.
[Example]
RET:D
MOV
; Branch to the preset address indicated by RP
R8,
RP
; Return operation not affected
…
3) The flag referenced by the Bcc:D rel instruction is also not affected by the instruction in the delay
slot.
[Example]
ADD
#1,
R0
BC:D
Overflow
AND CCR #0
; Flag change
; Branching based on the execution result of the above instruction
; This flag update is not referenced by the above branch instruction.
…
4) When RP is referenced by the instruction in the delay slot of the CALL:D instruction, the updated
content is read by the CALL:D instruction.
[Example]
CALL:D Label
MOV
RP,
; RP update and branching
R0
; RP of the execution result in the CALL:D above is transferred
…
■ Restrictions on the Operation with a Delay Slot
● Instructions that can be placed in the delay slot
Only the instructions which meet the following conditions can be executed in the delay slot.
• 1-cycle instruction
• Not a branch instruction
• Instruction that does not affect the operation even if the order is changed
The "1-cycle instruction" refers to an instruction with "1", "a", "b", "c" or "d" indicated in the column for
the number of cycles on the instruction list.
● Step trace trap
Step trace trap does not occur between the execution of a branch instruction with a delay slot and the delay
slot.
● Interrupt and NMI
Neither an interrupt nor NMI can be accepted between the execution of a branch instruction with a delay
slot and the delay slot.
● Undefined instruction exception
If the delay slot contains an undefined instruction, no undefined instruction exception occurs. In this case,
the undefined instruction operates as a NOP instruction.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
47
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.6 Branch Instruction
2.6.2
MB91313A Series
Operation with No Delay Slot
This section explains the operation with no delay slot specified for a branch instruction.
■ Instructions that Operate without a Delay Slot
The instructions listed below perform branching without a delay slot.
JMP @Ri
CALL label12
CALL @Ri
RET
BRA label9
BNO label9
BEQ
label9
BNE
label9
BC
label9
BNC label9
BN
label9
BP
label9
BV
label9
BNV label9
BLT
label9
BGE
label9
BGT
BLS
label9
BHI
label9
BLE label9
label9
■ Explanation of Operation without a Delay Slot
The operation without a delay slot is executed strictly according to the order of instructions as arranged.
The immediately following instruction is never executed before branching.
[Example]
; Alignment of instructions
ADD R1, R2
;
BRA LABEL
; Branch instruction (no delay slot)
MOV R2, R3
; Not executed
…
LABEL: ST
R3, @R4 ; Branch target
The number of execution cycles for a branch instruction without a delay slot is 2 cycles for branching, and
1 cycle for no branching.
As a branch instruction without a delay slot cannot contain an appropriate instruction in a delay slot, it can
have higher instruction code efficiency than a branch instruction with a delay slot, which describes NOP.
High execution speed and code efficiency can be both achieved by selecting the operation with a delay slot
when a valid instruction can be placed in the delay slot, and selecting the operation without a delay slot
otherwise.
48
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
2.7
EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
EIT, which is the generic term for "Exception", "Interrupt", and "Trap", indicates that the
current program is suspended due to an event generated when another program is
being executed while the current one is still running.
The exception is an event which occurs in relation to the context under execution.
Execution continues from the instruction that caused the exception.
The interruption is an event which occurs without any relation to the context under
execution. The event source is hardware.
The trap is an event which occurs in relation to the context under execution. Some
traps, such as system calls, are specified by the program. Execution continues from the
instruction after the instruction that caused the trap.
■ Features of EIT
• Interruption supporting multiple interrupt
• Level mask function for interruption (15 levels available to the user)
• Trap instruction (INT)
• EIT for activating an emulator (hardware/software)
■ EIT Sources
The following are used as EIT sources:
• Reset
• User interrupt (internal resource and external interrupts)
• NMI
• Delayed interrupt
• Undefined instruction exception
• Trap instruction (INT)
• Trap instruction (INTE)
• Step trace trap
• Coprocessor absence trap
• Coprocessor Error Trap
Note:
There are EIT-related restrictions on the delay slot of a branch instruction. For details, see "2.6
Branch Instruction".
■ Returning from EIT
RETI instruction
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
49
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.7.1
MB91313A Series
EIT Interrupt Levels
The interrupt levels range from 0 to 31, which are managed by 5 bits.
■ EIT Interrupt Levels
Table 2.7-1 shows the interrupt levels.
Table 2.7-1 Interrupt Levels
Level
Interrupt resource
Binary
Decimal
00000
0
(Reserved for system)
…
…
…
…
…
…
00011
3
(Reserved for system)
00100
4
00101
5
(Reserved for system)
…
…
…
…
…
…
01110
14
(Reserved for system)
01111
15
NMI (for user)
10000
16
Interrupt
10001
17
Interrupt
…
…
…
…
…
…
11110
30
Interrupt
11111
31
—
{
INTE instruction
Step trace trap
Remarks
If the original value of ILM is between 16 and 31,
the value of this range cannot be set in the ILM by
the program.
When ILM is set, a user interrupt is disabled.
When ICR is set, an interrupt is disabled.
The operation is enabled at levels 16 to 31.
The interrupt level does not affect the undefined interrupt exception, coprocessor absent trap, coprocessor
error trap or INT instruction. It also does not change ILM.
50
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
■ I Flag
I flag is used to enable or disable interrupts. It is provided as bit4 in CCR of the PS register.
Value
Description
0
Interrupts disabled
Cleared to "0" when INT instruction is executed.
(Note that the value before the bit was cleared is saved on the stack.)
1
Interrupt enabled
The masking of the interrupt request is controlled by the value retained in ILM.
■ ILM
ILM is a PS register (bit20 to bit16) that retains the interrupt level mask value.
The CPU accepts only interrupt requests sent to it with an interrupt level higher than the level indicated by
the ILM.
The highest level is 0 (00000B) and the lowest level is 31 (11111B).
There are restrictions on the values that can be set by the program. If the original value is between 16 and
31, a new value may be set between 16 and 31. If an instruction that sets a value between 0 and 15 is
executed, the specified value plus 16 is transferred.
If the original value is between 0 and 15, an arbitrary value between 0 and 31 may be set. ST ILM
instruction is used to set an arbitrary value.
■ Level Masking for Interrupt/NMI
When NMI or interrupt request is generated, the interrupt level for the interrupt source (see Table 2.7-1) is
compared with the level mask value retained in ILM. Then, if the following condition is satisfied in level
strength, it will be masked and the request will not be accepted.
Interrupt level for interrupt source ≥ Level mask value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
51
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.7.2
MB91313A Series
ICR (Interrupt Control Register)
ICR is a register located in the interrupt controller and used to set a certain level to each
interrupt request. ICR is provided to support the input of various interrupt requests. ICR
is mapped in the I/O space and accessed from the CPU via a bus.
■ Bit Configuration of ICR
The bit configuration of ICR is shown below.
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
ICR4
R
ICR3
R/W
ICR2
R/W
ICR1
R/W
ICR0
R/W
Initial value
---111111B
[bit4] ICR4
ICR4 is always set to "1".
[bit3 to bit0] ICR3 to ICR0
These are lower 4 bits of the interrupt level of the corresponding interrupt source. They are readable and
writable. Combined with bit4, ICR can be used to set any value between 16 and 31.
■ ICR Mapping
Table 2.7-2 lists the assignment of interrupt sources, interrupt control registers, and interrupt vectors.
Table 2.7-2 Interrupt Sources, Interrupt Control Registers and Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Control Register
Interrupt
Source
Corresponding Interrupt Vector
No.
No.
Address
Address
Hexadecimal
Decimal
IRQ00
ICR00
00000440H
10H
16
TBR+3BCH
IRQ01
ICR01
00000441H
11H
17
TBR+3B8H
IRQ02
ICR02
00000442H
12H
18
TBR+3B4H
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
IRQ45
ICR45
0000046DH
3DH
61
TBR+308H
IRQ46
ICR46
0000046EH
3EH
62
TBR+304H
IRQ47
ICR47
0000046FH
3FH
63
TBR+300H
• TBR initial value: "000FFC00H"
• For details, see "CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER"
52
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
2.7.3
SSP (System Stack Pointer)
SSP (System Stack Pointer) is used as the pointer that indicates the stack for saving
and restoring data at the acceptance of EIT or return.
■ SSP (System Stack Pointer)
The register configuration of SSP (System Stack Pointer) is shown below.
bit 31
0
[Initial value]
00000000H
SSP
The content is stored by data of SSP-8 during EIT processing and data of SSP-8 is stored to it during return
from the EIT executed by the RETI instruction.
The initial value at a reset is "00000000H".
SSP (System Stack Pointer) also serves as R15 (general-purpose register) when the S flag in CCR is set to
"0".
■ Interrupt Stack
This is the area indicated by SSP (System Stack Pointer), where the PC and PS values are saved and
restored.
After an interrupt, the PC is stored at the address indicated by SSP (System Stack Pointer), and the PS at
the address (SSP + 4).
Figure 2.7-1 shows an example of the interrupt stack.
Figure 2.7-1 Interrupt Stack
[Before interrupt]
SSP
80000000H
[After interrupt]
SSP
7FFFFFF8H
Memory
80000000H
7FFFFFFCH
7FFFFFF8H
CM71-10143-5E
80000000H
7FFFFFFCH
7FFFFFF8H
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
PS
PC
53
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.7.4
MB91313A Series
TBR (Table Base Register)
TBR (Table Base Register) indicates the start address of the EIT vector table.
■ TBR (Table Base Register)
The register configuration of TBR is shown below.
bit
31
0
[Initial value]
000FFC00H
TBR
The vector address is calculated by adding the TBR (Table Base Register) and offset value determined for
each EIT source.
The initial value at a reset is "000FFC00H".
■ EIT Vector Table
The EIT vector area is the 1 KB area starting from the address indicated by TBR.
Each vector consists of 4 bytes. The relationship between the vector number and vector address is as
follows.
vctadr = TBR + vctofs
= TBR + (3FCH - 4 × vct)
vctadr : Vector address
vctofs : Vector offset
vct
: Vector number
The lower 2 bits of the addition result are always treated as "00".
The initial area of the vector table by a reset is the area between "000FFC00H" and "000FFFFFH".
Special functions are assigned to some vectors.
Table 2.7-3 shows the vector table on the architecture.
Table 2.7-3 Vector Table (1 / 4)
Interrupt No.
Interrupt Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Interrupt Level
Offset
TBR Default Address
Reset *1
0
00
-
3FCH
000FFFFCH
Mode vector *1
1
01
-
3F8H
000FFFF8H
System-reserved
2
02
-
3F4H
000FFFF4H
System-reserved
3
03
-
3F0H
000FFFF0H
System-reserved
4
04
-
3ECH
000FFFECH
*1: Even when the TBR value is modified, the fixed addresses "000FFFFCH" and "000FFFF8H" are used for the reset
vector and mode vector respectively.
54
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
Table 2.7-3 Vector Table (2 / 4)
Interrupt No.
Interrupt Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Interrupt Level
Offset
TBR Default Address
System-reserved
5
05
-
3E8H
000FFFE8H
System-reserved
6
06
-
3E4H
000FFFE4H
Coprocessor absence trap
7
07
-
3E0H
000FFFE0H
Coprocessor error trap
8
08
-
3DCH
000FFFDCH
INTE instruction
9
09
-
3D8H
000FFFD8H
System-reserved
10
0A
-
3D4H
000FFFD4H
System-reserved
11
0B
-
3D0H
000FFFD0H
Step trace trap
12
0C
-
3CCH
000FFFCCH
NMI request (tool)
13
0D
-
3C8H
000FFFC8H
Undefined instruction exception
14
0E
-
3C4H
000FFFC4H
NMI request
15
0F
15(FH) fixed
3C0H
000FFFC0H
External interrupt 0
16
10
ICR00
3BCH
000FFFBCH
External interrupt 1
17
11
ICR01
3B8H
000FFFB8H
External interrupt 2
18
12
ICR02
3B4H
000FFFB4H
External interrupt 3
19
13
ICR03
3B0H
000FFFB0H
External interrupt 4
20
14
ICR04
3ACH
000FFFACH
External interrupt 5
21
15
ICR05
3A8H
000FFFA8H
External interrupt 6
22
16
ICR06
3A4H
000FFFA4H
External interrupt 7
23
17
ICR07
3A0H
000FFFA0H
Reload timer 0
24
18
ICR08
39CH
000FFF9CH
Reload timer 1
25
19
ICR09
398H
000FFF98H
Reload timer 2
26
1A
ICR10
394H
000FFF94H
Maskable interrupt source *2
27
1B
ICR11
390H
000FFF90H
Maskable interrupt source *2
28
1C
ICR12
38CH
000FFF8CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
29
1D
ICR13
388H
000FFF88H
Maskable interrupt source *2
30
1E
ICR14
384H
000FFF84H
Maskable interrupt source *2
31
1F
ICR15
380H
000FFF80H
Maskable interrupt source *2
32
20
ICR16
37CH
000FFF7CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
33
21
ICR17
378H
000FFF78H
Maskable interrupt source *2
34
22
ICR18
374H
000FFF74H
Maskable interrupt source *2
35
23
ICR19
370H
000FFF70H
Maskable interrupt source *2
36
24
ICR20
36CH
000FFF6CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
37
25
ICR21
368H
000FFF68H
Maskable interrupt source *2
38
26
ICR22
364H
000FFF64H
Maskable interrupt source *2
39
27
ICR23
360H
000FFF60H
*2: The maskable interrupt source is defined for each model. For the vector table used in this model, see Appendix B-1.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
55
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
Table 2.7-3 Vector Table (3 / 4)
Interrupt No.
Interrupt Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Interrupt Level
Offset
TBR Default Address
Maskable interrupt source *2
40
28
ICR24
35CH
000FFF5CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
41
29
ICR25
358H
000FFF58H
Maskable interrupt source *2
42
2A
ICR26
354H
000FFF54H
Maskable interrupt source *2
43
2B
ICR27
350H
000FFF50H
Maskable interrupt source *2
44
2C
ICR28
34CH
000FFF4CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
45
2D
ICR29
348H
000FFF48H
Maskable interrupt source *2
46
2E
ICR30
344H
000FFF44H
Overflow of time-base timer
47
2F
ICR31
340H
000FFF40H
Maskable interrupt source *2
48
30
ICR32
33CH
000FFF3CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
49
31
ICR33
338H
000FFF38H
Maskable interrupt source *2
50
32
ICR34
334H
000FFF34H
Maskable interrupt source *2
51
33
ICR35
330H
000FFF30H
Maskable interrupt source *2
52
34
ICR36
32CH
000FFF2CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
53
35
ICR37
328H
000FFF28H
Maskable interrupt source *2
54
36
ICR38
324H
000FFF24H
Maskable interrupt source *2
55
37
ICR39
320H
000FFF20H
Maskable interrupt source *2
56
38
ICR40
31CH
000FFF1CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
57
39
ICR41
318H
000FFF18H
Maskable interrupt source *2
58
3A
ICR42
314H
000FFF14H
Maskable interrupt source *2
59
3B
ICR43
310H
000FFF10H
Maskable interrupt source *2
60
3C
ICR44
30CH
000FFF0CH
Maskable interrupt source *2
61
3D
ICR45
308H
000FFF08H
Maskable interrupt source *2
62
3E
ICR46
304H
000FFF04H
Delayed interrupt source bit
63
3F
ICR47
300H
000FFF00H
Reserved for system (used in REALOS)
64
40
-
2FCH
000FFEFCH
Reserved for system (used in REALOS)
65
41
-
2F8H
000FFEF8H
System-reserved
66
42
-
2F4H
000FFEF4H
System-reserved
67
43
-
2F0H
000FFEF0H
System-reserved
68
44
-
2ECH
000FFEECH
System-reserved
69
45
-
2E8H
000FFEE8H
System-reserved
70
46
-
2E4H
000FFEE4H
System-reserved
71
47
-
2E0H
000FFEE0H
System-reserved
72
48
-
2DCH
000FFEDCH
System-reserved
73
49
-
2D8H
000FFED8H
System-reserved
74
4A
-
2D4H
000FFED4H
*2: The maskable interrupt source is defined for each model. For the vector table used in this model, see Appendix B-1.
56
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
Table 2.7-3 Vector Table (4 / 4)
Interrupt No.
Interrupt Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Interrupt Level
Offset
TBR Default Address
System-reserved
75
4B
-
2D0H
000FFED0H
System-reserved
76
4C
-
2CCH
000FFECCH
System-reserved
77
4D
-
2C8H
000FFEC8H
System-reserved
78
4E
-
2C4H
000FFEC4H
System-reserved
79
4F
-
2C0H
000FFEC0H
Used for INT instruction
80
to
255
50
to
FF
-
2BCH
to
000H
000FFEBCH
to
000FFC00H
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
57
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.7.5
MB91313A Series
Multiple EIT Processing
When more than one EIT source occur at the same time, the CPU selects and accepts
only one source. After executing the EIT sequence, it detects another EIT source to
continue the operation.
When acceptable EIT sources can no longer be detected, the CPU executes the
instruction of the handler for the last accepted EIT source.
For this reason, the following 2 elements determine the handler execution sequence for
EIT sources that occur at the same time.
• Priority order for accepting EIT sources
• Masking condition for other sources when one is accepted
■ Priority Levels for Accepting EIT Sources
The priority level for accepting EIT sources is the level used to select the source for executing the EIT
sequence in which PS and PC are saved, PC is updated (if necessary), and other sources are masked.
The handler of the first accepted source is not necessarily executed first.
Table 2.7-4 shows the priority levels for accepting EIT sources and the masking condition for other
sources.
Table 2.7-4
Priority Levels for Accepting EIT Sources and Masking Condition for Other
Sources
Acceptance priority
Source
Masking of Other Sources
1
Reset
Discard other sources.
2
Undefined instruction exception
Cancel
3
INTE instruction
ILM=4
Discard other sources.
4
INT instruction
I flag=0
5
Coprocessor absence trap
Coprocessor error trap
6
User interrupt
ILM= Level of accepted source
7
NMI (for user)
ILM=15 (This product has no NMI.)
8
NMI (for emulator)
ILM=4
9
Step trace trap
ILM=4
–
Table 2.7-5 shows the execution sequence of the handlers of EIT sources that occur at the same time, in
conjunction with the masking process for the other sources after one is accepted.
58
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
Table 2.7-5 Execution Sequence of EIT Handlers
Handler execution order
Source
1
Reset*
2
Undefined instruction exception
3
INTE instruction*
4
Step trace trap
5
NMI (for user. Note that this product has no NMI.)
6
INT instruction
7
User interrupt
8
Coprocessor absence trap, Coprocessor error trap
*: Other sources are discarded.
Figure 2.7-2 shows an example of the multiple EIT processing.
Figure 2.7-2 Multiple EIT Processing
Main routine
Handler of NMI
Handler of INT
instruction
Priority level
(High) NMI occurs
(1) Executed first
(Low) INT instruction is
executed
(2) Executed next
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
59
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
2.7.6
MB91313A Series
Operations of EIT
This section explains various types of operations in the FR family.
In the following explanation, "PC" for the origin of transfer refers to the address of the
instruction that detected each EIT source. Depending on the instruction which has
detected EIT, the "address of the next instruction" varies as follows.
• LDI:32 → PC + 6
• LDI:20, COPOP, COPLD, COPST, COPSV → PC + 4
• Other instructions → PC + 2
■ Operation of User Interrupt and NMI
When a user interrupt or user NMI interrupt request is generated, the following sequence is used to
determine whether or not to accept the request.
[Determining whether or not to accept interrupt request]
1) The interrupt levels of requests generated at the same time are compared, and the request with the
highest level (the smallest numeric value) is selected and retained.
For the level used for the comparison, the value held in the corresponding ICR is used for a
maskable interrupt and the predefined constant is used for the NMI.
2) If multiple requests holding the same level are generated, the request with the smallest interrupt
number is selected.
3) When the interrupt level is the same as the level mask value or greater, the interrupt request is
masked and is not accepted.
When the interrupt level is lower than the level mask value, go to 4).
4) If the I flag is "0" when the selected interrupt request is intended for a maskable interrupt, the
interrupt request is masked and is not accepted. If the I flag is "1", go to 5).
If the selected interrupt request is intended for NMI, go to 5) regardless of the value of the I flag.
5) When the above conditions are met, the interrupt request is accepted at a boundary between
instruction processing sessions.
If a user interrupt/NMI request is accepted upon the detection of an EIT request, the CPU operates as
described below, using the interrupt number corresponding to the accepted interrupt request.
Note:
What is contained in parentheses represents a register-specified address.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) Address of next instruction → (SSP)
5) Interrupt level of accepted request → ILM
6) "0" → S flag
7) (TBR + Vector offset of accepted interrupt request) → PC
60
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
A new EIT is detected before executing the first instruction of the handler upon the completion of the
interrupt sequence. If an acceptable EIT has been generated at this point, the CPU moves to the EIT
processing sequence.
If the OR CCR, ST ILM, MOV Ri or PS instruction is executed to enable an interrupt while a user interrupt
or NMI source is being generated, the above instruction may be executed twice, before and after the
interrupt handler. Note however that this does not affect the operation as it is only the same value that is set
twice.
Do not perform the process before EIT branching in the EIT processing routine.
■ Operation of INT Instruction
INT #u8:
Branches to the interrupt handler for the vector indicated by u8.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) PC + 2 → (SSP)
5) "0" → I flag
6) "0" → S flag
7) (TBR + 3FCH-4 × u8) → PC
■ Operation of INTE Instruction
INTE:
Branches to the interrupt handler for the vector #9.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) PC + 2 → (SSP)
5) "00100" → ILM
6) "0" → S flag
7) (TBR + 3D8H) → PC
Do not use the INTE instruction during the processing routine for the INTE instruction and step trace trap.
Also, EIT is not generated by INTE during the step execution.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
61
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
■ Operation of Step Trace Trap
A trap occurs on the execution of each instruction and execution breaks, if the T flag in SCR of PS is set to
enable the step trace function.
[Conditions for Step Trace Trap Detection]
1) T flag =1
2) Not a delayed branch instruction
3) During the execution of processing routine other than for INTE instruction and step trace trap
When the above conditions are met, execution breaks at a boundary of instruction operation.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) Address of next instruction → (SSP)
5) "00100B" → ILM
6) "0" → S flag
7) (TBR + 3CCH) → PC
When the T flag is set to enable step trace trap, user NMI and user interrupt are disabled. Moreover, EIT is
not generated by the INTE instruction.
In the FR family, a trap is generated from the instruction following the instruction that set the T flag.
■ Operation of Undefined Instruction Exception
An undefined instruction exception occurs when an undefined instruction is detected during instruction
decoding.
[Conditions for detecting undefined instruction exception]
1) Undefined instruction detected during instruction decoding
2) Placed outside a delay slot (Not immediately after a delayed branch instruction)
When the above conditions are met, an undefined instruction exception occurs and execution breaks.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) PC → (SSP)
5) "0" → S flag
6) (TBR + 3C4H) → PC
The address saved as the PC is the address of the instruction that has detected the undefined instruction
exception.
62
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.7 EIT (Exception, Interruption, and Trap)
MB91313A Series
■ Coprocessor Absence Trap
A coprocessor absent trap occurs, if a coprocessor instruction is executed to use an unmounted coprocessor.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) Address of next instruction → (SSP)
5) "0" → S flag
6) (TBR + 3E0H) → PC
■ Coprocessor Error Trap
A coprocessor error trap occurs, if an error occurs while using a coprocessor and then a coprocessor
instruction is executed to operate that coprocessor.
[Operation]
1) SSP − 4 → SSP
2) PS → (SSP)
3) SSP − 4 → SSP
4) Address of next instruction → (SSP)
5) "0" → S flag
6) (TBR + 3DCH) → PC
■ Operation of RETI Instruction
The RETI instruction is used to return from the EIT processing routine.
[Operation]
1) (R15) → PC
2) R15 + 4 → R15
3) (R15) → PS
4) R15 + 4 → R15
The RETI instruction must be executed when the S flag is "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
63
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
2.8
MB91313A Series
Reset (Device Initialization)
This section explains the reset operation, or initialization, of this model.
■ Overview of Reset (Device Initialization)
If a reset source occurs, the device stops all the programs and hardware operations, and initializes the state.
This state is called the reset state.
When a reset source no longer exists, the device starts programs and hardware operations from their initial
state. The series of operations from the reset state to the start of operations is called the reset sequence.
64
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
2.8.1
Reset Level
The reset operations of the FR family are classified into two levels, each of which has
different reset sources and initialization operations.
This section explains these reset levels.
■ Setting Initialization Reset (INIT)
The highest-level reset, which initializes all settings, is called a settings initialization reset (INIT).
The settings initialization reset (INIT) mainly initializes the following items:
[Items initialized in a settings initialization reset (INIT)]
•Device operation mode (bus mode and external bus width settings)
•All internal clock settings (clock source selection, PLL control, and division ratio setting)
•All settings on external bus CS0 area
•Any other settings for pin condition
•All the items initialized by operation initialization reset (RST)
For more information, see the description of each of these functions.
After power-on, be sure to apply the settings initialization reset (INIT) at the INITX pin.
■ Operation Initialization Reset (RST)
A normal-level reset that initializes the operation of a program is called an operation initialization reset
(RST).
During a settings initialization reset (INIT), an operation initialization reset (RST) also occurs at the same
time.
The operation initialization reset (RST) mainly initializes the following items:
[Items initialized by an operation initialization reset (RST)]
•Program operation
•CPU and internal buses
•Register settings of peripheral circuits
•I/O port settings
•All settings on external bus CS0 area
For more information, see the description of each of these functions.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
65
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
2.8.2
MB91313A Series
Reset Sources
This section explains the reset sources and the reset levels in this model.
To determine reset sources that have occurred in the past, read the RSRR (reset source
register). For more information about registers and flags described in this section, see
Section "2.9.5 Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control Block" and "2.9.6
Registers of Clock Generation Control Block".
■ INITX Pin Input (Settings Initialization Reset Pin)
The INITX pin, which is an external pin, is used as the settings initialization reset pin.
A settings initialization reset (INIT) request is generated while the Low level is being input to this pin.
A settings initialization reset (INIT) request is cleared by inputting the High level to this pin.
If a settings initialization reset (INIT) is generated in response to a request from this pin, INIT (bit15) of
RSRR (reset source register) is set. Because a settings initialization reset (INIT) in response to a request
from this pin has the highest interrupt level among all reset sources, it has precedence over any other input,
operation, or state.
After power-on, be sure to apply the settings initialization reset (INIT) at the INITX pin. Immediately after
turning the power on, in addition, hold the "L" level input to the INITX pin during the stabilization wait
time required for the oscillation circuit to reserve the regulator stabilization wait time. (INIT at the INITX
pin initializes the oscillation stabilization wait time to the minimum value.)
• Reset source
: "L" level input to external INITX pin
• Source of clearing : "H" level input to external INITX pin
• Generation level
: Setting initialization reset (INIT)
• Corresponding flag: bit15:INIT
■ STCR:SRST Bit Writing (Software Reset)
If "0" is written to SRST (bit4) of STCR (standby control register), a software reset request occurs.
A software reset request is an operation initialization reset (RST) request.
When the request is accepted and a operation initialization reset (RST) is generated, the software reset
request is cleared.
If an operation initialization reset (RST) is generated due to a software reset request, the SRST (bit11) in
RSRR (reset source register) is set.
An operation initialization reset (RST) is generated due to a software reset request only after all bus access
has stopped and if SYNCR (bit9) of TBCR (time base counter control register) has been set
(synchronization reset mode).
Thus, depending on the bus usage status, a long time is required before an operation initialization reset
(RST) occurs.
Please refer to the limitations of the bit9:SYNCR bit of TBCR (time-base counter control register) for the
use of reset of the software of the synchronous mode.
66
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
Note:
For using software reset on the synchronous mode, see the limitations of the bit9:SYNCR bit of
TBCR (time-base counter control register).
• Reset source:
Writing "0" to SRST (bit4) of STCR (standby control register)
• Source of clearing:
Generation of an operation initialization reset (RST)
• Generation level:
Operation initialization reset (RST)
• Corresponding flag:
bit11:SRST
■ Watchdog Reset
Writing to the RSRR (watchdog timer control register) starts the watchdog timer. Unless "A5H" / "5AH" is
written to the WPR (watchdog reset postpone register) within the cycle specified in WT1 (bit9) and WT0
(bit8) in RSRR, a watchdog reset request occurs.
A watchdog reset request is a settings initialization reset (INIT) request. If, after the request is accepted, a
settings initialization reset (INIT) occurs or an operation initialization reset (RST) occurs, the watchdog
reset request is cleared.
If a settings initialization reset (INIT) is generated due to a watchdog reset request, WDOG (bit13) in
RSRR (reset source register) is set.
Note that, if a settings initialization reset (INIT) is generated due to a watchdog reset request, the oscillation
stabilization wait time is not initialized.
• Reset source:
Setting cycle of the watchdog timer elapses
• Source of clearing:
Generation of a settings initialization reset (INIT) or an operation initialization reset (RST)
• Generation level:
Setting initialization reset (INIT)
• Corresponding flag:
bit13:WDOG
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
67
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
2.8.3
MB91313A Series
Reset Sequence
When a reset source no longer exists, the device starts to execute the reset sequence.
A reset sequence has different operations depending on the reset level.
This section explains the operations of the reset sequence for different reset levels.
■ Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) Clear Sequence
If a settings initialization reset (INIT) request is cleared, the following operations are performed one step at
a time for the device.
1) Clear the settings initialization reset (INIT) and enter the oscillation stabilization wait state.
2) For the oscillation stabilization wait time (set with OS1 (bit3), OS0 (bit2) in STCR), maintain the
operation initialization reset (RST) state and stop the internal clock.
3) In the operation initialization reset (RST) state, start internal clock operation.
4) Clear the operation initialization reset (RST) and enter the normal operating state.
5) Read the mode vector from address 000FFFF8H.
6) Write the mode vector to the MODR (mode register) at address 000007FDH.
7) Read the reset vector from address 000FFFFCH.
8) Write the reset vector to the PC (program counter).
9) The program starts execution from the address loaded in the PC (program counter).
■ Operation Initialization Reset (RST) Clear Sequence
If an operation initialization reset (RST) request is cleared, the following operations are performed one step
at a time for the device.
1) Clear the operation initialization reset (RST) and enter the normal operating state.
2) Read the mode vector from address 000FFFF8H.
3) Write the mode vector to the MODR (mode register) at address 000007FDH.
4) Read the reset vector from address 000FFFFCH.
5) Write the reset vector to the PC (program counter).
6) The program starts execution from the address loaded in the PC (program counter).
68
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
2.8.4
Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time
If a device returns from the state in which the original oscillation was or may have been
stopped, the device automatically enters the oscillation stabilization wait state.
This function prevents the use of oscillator output after starting before oscillation has
stabilized.
For the oscillation stabilization wait time, neither an internal nor an external clock is
supplied; only the built-in time base counter runs until the stabilization wait time set in
the STCR (standby control register) has elapsed.
This section explains the oscillation stabilization wait operation.
■ Sources of an Oscillation Stabilization Wait
The following lists sources of an oscillation stabilization wait.
● Clearing of a settings initialization reset (INIT)
The device enters the oscillation stabilization wait state if a settings initialization reset (INIT) is cleared for
a variety of reasons.
When the oscillation stabilization wait time has elapsed, the device enters the operation initialization reset
(RST) state.
● Returning from stop mode
The device enters the oscillation stabilization wait state immediately after stop mode is cleared. However, if
it is cleared by a settings initialization reset (INIT) request, the device enters the settings initialization reset
(INIT) state. Then, after the settings initialization reset (INIT) is cleared, the device enters the oscillation
stabilization wait state.
When the oscillation stabilization wait time has elapsed, the device enters the state corresponding to the
source that cleared stop mode.
• Return due to input of a valid external interrupt request (including NMI) and generation of a watch
timer/a main oscillation stabilization wait time interrupt:
The device enters the normal operating state.
• Return due to a settings initialization reset (INIT) request:
The device enters the operation initialization reset (RST) state.
● Returning from an abnormal state when PLL is selected
If, while the device is operating with PLL as the source clock, an abnormal condition* occurs in PLL
control, the device automatically enters an oscillation stabilization wait state to assure the PLL lock time.
When the oscillation stabilization wait time has elapsed, the device enters the normal operating state.
*: The multiplication rate is changed while PLL is working, or an incorrect bit such as a bit equivalent to
PLL operation enable bit is generated.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
69
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
● Generating a watchdog reset when the main oscillation stops in sub clock
If, while the device is operating with sub clock as the source clock, a watchdog reset is generated when the
main oscillation is stopped by OSCDS1 (bit8) of OSCCR (oscillation control register), the device
automatically enters an oscillation stabilization wait state immediately after a reset (INIT) is cleared.
When the oscillation stabilization wait time has elapsed, the device enters the operation initialization reset
(RST) state.
Note that an oscillation stabilization wait is not generated when the OSCDS1 bit of the sub clock is "0" and
the device is in the main clock mode.
■ Selecting an Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time
The oscillation stabilization wait time is measured with the built-in time base counter.
If a source for an oscillation stabilization wait occurs and the device enters the oscillation stabilization wait
state, the built-in time base counter is initialized and then it starts to measure the oscillation stabilization
wait time.
Using the OS1 (bit3) and OS0 (bit2) of STCR (standby control register), select and set one of the four types
of oscillation stabilization wait time.
Once selected, a setting is initialized only if a settings initialization reset (INIT) is generated due to the
external INITX pin. The oscillation stabilization wait time that has been set before a reset is maintained if a
settings initialization reset (INIT) is generated or an operation initialization reset (RST) is generated due to
a watchdog reset.
70
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
2.8.5
Reset Operation Modes
Two modes for an operation initialization reset (RST) are provided: normal
(asynchronous) reset mode and synchronous reset mode. The operation initialization
reset mode is selected with SYNCR (bit9) of TBCR (time base counter control register).
This setting is initialized only by a settings initialization reset (INIT).
A settings initialization reset (INIT) always results in an asynchronous reset.
■ Normal Reset Operation
Normal reset operation refers to entering the operation initialization reset (RST) state immediately after an
operation initialization reset (RST) request occurs.
If a reset (RST) request is accepted, the device immediately enters the reset (RST) state regardless of the
operating state of the internal bus.
The result of bus access performed at the time of transition to each status is not guaranteed. However, these
requests can certainly be accepted.
If the SYNCR (bit9) of TBCR (time base counter control register) is set to "0", normal reset mode is
selected.
The initial value after a settings initialization reset (INIT) is normal reset mode.
■ Synchronous Reset Operation
Synchronous reset operation refers to entering the operation initialization reset (RST) state after all the bus
accesses have stopped when an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated.
If a reset (RST) request is accepted, the device does not enter the reset (RST) state while internal bus access
is in progress.
If the above request is accepted, a sleep request is issued to the internal buses. If all the buses stop and enter
the sleep state, the device enters the operation initialization reset (RST) state.
The result of all bus accesses is guaranteed because all the bus accesses are stopped at the time of transition
to each state. If bus access does not stop for some reason, no requests can be accepted while the bus access
is in progress. (Even in this case, the settings initialization reset (INIT) is immediately valid.)
Bus access may not stop in the following cases:
• A RDY (ready request) continues to be input to the external extended bus interface and bus wait is valid.
(In the following cases, the device eventually enters another state but only after a long time.)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
71
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.8 Reset (Device Initialization)
MB91313A Series
References:
• Please refer to the limitations of the bit9:SYNCR bit of TBCR (time-base counter control register)
for the use of reset of the software of the synchronous mode.
• The DMA controller, which stops transfer when a request is accepted, does not delay transition to
another state.
• If the SYNCR (bit9) of TBCR (time base counter control register) is set to "1", synchronous reset
mode is selected.
• For using software reset on the synchronous mode, see the limitations of the bit9:SYNCR bit of
TBCR (time-base timer counter control register).
The initial value returns to normal reset mode after a settings initialization reset (INIT).
72
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
2.9
Clock Generation Control
This section explains the clock generation control.
■ Generating Internal Operating Clock
The internal operating clock is generated as follows:
• Selecting the source clock:
The clock supply source is selected.
• Generating the base clock:
The base clock is generated by dividing the source clock by 2 or using PLL oscillation.
• Generating each internal clock:
The base clock is divided to generate 4 types of operating clocks to be supplied to each block.
The following section explains how to generate and control each clock.
For detail of the registers and flags in the following explanation, See Section "2.9.5 Block Diagram of
Clock Generation Control Block" and "2.9.6 Registers of Clock Generation Control Block".
■ Selecting the Source Clock
This section explains how the source clock is selected.
The source clock is the source oscillation generated in the built-in oscillation circuit by connecting an
oscillator to the X0/X1 and X0A/X1A external oscillator pin inputs.
All clock sources including the external bus clock are supplied from within this model.
The external oscillator pins and built-in oscillation circuit can use 2 types of clocks (main clock and sub
clock) and also switch between them during operation at any time.
• Main clock : Generated from the X0 and X1 pin inputs and intended for use as the high-speed clock.
• Sub clock : Generated from the X0A and X1A pin inputs and intended for use as the low-speed clock.
The main and sub clocks are multiplied by using the independently controllable built-in main PLL.
The internal base clock can be selectively generated from the following source clocks.
• Main clock divided by 2
• Main clock multiplied using the main PLL
• Sub clock as it is
φ is the base clock that is generated from the source clock divided by two or by using PLL oscillation.
Therefore, the system base clock is a clock generated in the above-mentioned internal base clock
generation.
Selection of the source clock is controlled by the clock source control register (CLKR) setting.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
73
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.1
MB91313A Series
PLL Control
The PLL oscillation circuit for the main clock can be controlled by enabling or disabling
its operation (oscillation) and setting the multiplication rate.
Each control operation is performed by setting the clock source control register
(CLKR).
This section explains the control operations.
■ Enabling PLL Operation
PLL1EN (bit10) in CLKR (clock source control register) is used to enable/disable the oscillation operation
of the main PLL.
PLL2EN (bit11) in CLKR (clock source control register) is used to enable/disable the oscillation operation
of the sub clock.
Both the PLL1EN and PLL2EN bits are initialized to "0" after a setting initialization reset (INIT) and the
PLL oscillation operation is stopped. While it is stopped, the PLL output cannot be selected as the source
clock.
Once program operation has started, set the multiplication rate for the PLL to be used as the clock source
and enable its operation, and then wait for the PLL lock wait time to elapse before switching the source
clock. In this case, it is recommended to use the time-base timer interrupt for the PLL lock wait time.
The PLL cannot be halted while the PLL output is selected as the source clock. (Writing to the register is
ignored.) When you wish to stop the PLL in such case as changing to stop mode, select the main clock
divided by 2 as the source clock before halting the PLL.
Note that if OSCD1 (bit0) and OSCD2 (bit1) in STCR (standby control register) are set so that oscillation
is stopped during stop mode, the corresponding PLL is automatically stopped when moving to stop mode.
Therefore, it is not necessary to set the bits again to stop the operation. Afterwards, when returning from
the stop mode, PLL automatically begins the oscillation operation. The PLL does not stop automatically if
the oscillation is set to continue during stop mode. In this case, stop the operation before changing to stop
mode if necessary.
74
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ PLL Multiplication Rate
The multiplication rate for the main PLL is set by PLL1S2, PLL1S1 and PLL1S0 (bit14 to bit12) in CLKR
(clock source control register).
All the bits are initialized to "0" after a setting initialization reset (INIT).
[Setting PLL multiplication rate]
When changing the PLL multiplication rate from its initial value, change it before or at the same time as
enabling the PLL operation after the program operation starts. Then wait for the PLL lock wait time to
elapse before switching the source clock. In this case, it is recommended to use the time-base timer
interrupt for the PLL lock wait time.
If you wish to change the PLL multiplication rate during operation, first change the source clock to any
clock other than the corresponding PLL. Then wait for the PLL lock wait time to elapse before
switching the source clock, as described above.
The PLL multiplication rate setting can be changed while the PLL is in use. In this case, however, it
automatically enters the oscillation stabilization wait state after the multiplication rate setting is
rewritten, and the program operation is stopped until the set oscillation stabilization wait time elapses.
The program operation does not stop when the clock source is switched to a clock other than the PLL.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
75
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.2
MB91313A Series
Oscillation Stabilization Wait and PLL Lock Wait Time
If the operation of the clock selected as the source clock is not stable, an oscillation
stabilization wait time is required. (See "2.8.4 Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time".)
After the PLL starts operating, a wait time is required until the PLL locks in order to
allow the output to stabilize at the specified frequency.
This section explains the wait time used in various situations.
■ Wait Time after Power-up
After power-up, it is necessary to input "L" level to the INITX pin input (setting initialization reset pin). In
this state, as none of the PLL's are allowed to operate, it is not required to consider a lock wait time.
■ Wait Time after Setting Initialization
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) is released, the device goes to the oscillation stabilization wait
state. The set oscillation stabilization wait time is internally generated.
In this state, as none of the PLL's are allowed to operate, it is not required to consider a lock wait time.
■ Wait Time after Enabling PLL Operation
If you enable the PLL in the stop state to operate after the program operation starts, the output of that PLL
cannot be used until the lock wait time elapses.
If the corresponding PLL is not selected as the source clock, the program can be executed even during the
lock wait time.
It is recommended to use the time-base timer interrupt for the PLL lock wait time.
■ Wait Time after Changing PLL Multiplication Rate
Even if you change the multiplication rate setting of the currently operating PLL after the program
operation starts, the output of that PLL must not be used until the lock wait time elapses.
If the corresponding PLL is not selected as the source clock, the program can be executed even during the
lock wait time.
The time-base timer interrupt can be used for the PLL lock wait time.
76
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ Wait Time after Returning from Stop Mode
After the program operation starts, the oscillation stabilization wait time set by the program is generated
internally after the device moves to stop mode and then returns from that mode.
If the device is set to halt the oscillation circuit for the clock selected as the source clock during stop mode,
the longer of the oscillation stabilization wait time for the oscillation circuit and the lock wait time for the
PLL in use is required as the wait time. Therefore, set the oscillation stabilization wait time before
changing to stop mode.
If the device is set not to halt the oscillation circuit for the clock selected as the source clock during stop
mode, the PLL is not halted automatically. Accordingly, no oscillation stabilization wait time is required
unless you halt the PLL. It is recommended to set the oscillation stabilization wait time to the minimum
value before changing to stop mode.
■ Wait Time after Switching from the Sub Clock to the Main Clock
When using the PLL after switching from the sub clock to the main clock, the output of that PLL must not
be used regardless of the value of PLL1EN (bit2) in CLKR (clock source register), until the lock wait time
elapses.
If the corresponding PLL is not selected as the source clock, the program can be executed even during the
lock wait time.
It is recommended to use the time-base timer interrupt for the PLL lock wait time.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
77
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.3
MB91313A Series
Clock Distribution
The operating clock for each function is generated based on the base clock generated
from the source clock.
There are 3 different internal operating clocks in total, and each clock can set its own
division ratio, independently from the other clocks.
■ CPU Clock (CLKB)
This clock is used for the CPU, internal memory and internal bus.
The circuits which use this clock are listed below:
• CPU
• Built-in RAM and built-in ROM
• Bit Search Module
• I-bus, D-bus, X-bus, F-bus
• DMA controller
• DSU
The maximum operable frequency is 33 MHz. Therefore, do not set any frequency combination of the
multiplication rate and division ratio that will exceed this frequency.
■ Peripheral Clock (CLKP)
This clock is used for peripheral circuits and peripheral bus.
The circuits which use this clock are listed below:
• Peripheral bus
• Clock control block (bus interface component only)
• Interrupt controller
• Peripheral I/O port
• I/O port bus
• External interrupt input
• UART
• 16-bit timer
• A/D converter
• Free-run timer
• Reload timer
• Up/down counter
• Input capture
• Output compare
• I2C interface
• PPG
78
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
The maximum operable frequency is 33 MHz. Therefore, do not set any frequency combination of the
multiplication rate and division ratio that will exceed this frequency.
■ External Bus Clock (CLKT)
This clock is used for external extended bus interfaces.
The circuits which use this clock are listed below:
• External extended bus interface
• External CLK output
The maximum operable frequency is 16.5 MHz. Therefore, do not set any frequency combination of the
multiplication rate and division ratio that will exceed this frequency.
Note:
The processing performance of CPU is influenced from the setting of flash memory wait register
(FLWC). Adjust the setting of this register to the best value and use it. See Section "18.2.2 Wait
Register (FLWC)".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
79
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.4
MB91313A Series
Clock Division
Each internal operating clock can independently set its own division ratio from the base
clock from the other clocks. This function allows the most suitable operating frequency
to be provided to each circuit.
■ Setting Division Ratio
The division ratio is set by DIVR0 (basic clock division setting register 0) and DIVR1 (basic clock division
setting register 1).
Each register contains 4 setting bits which correspond to each of the operating clocks, and the value
"register setting + 1" is used as the division ratio for the base clock of that particular clock. Even when the
division ratio is set to an odd number, Duty is always 50%.
If the setting is modified, the modified division ratio becomes valid from the rising edge of the next clock
signal.
■ Initializing the Division Ratio Setting
Even when an operation initialization reset (RST) occurs, the division ratio setting is not initialized and the
setting before the occurrence of the reset is maintained. The setting is initialized only when a setting
initialization reset (INIT) occurs. In the initial state, the division ratio is "1" for all except the peripheral
clock (CLKP). Therefore, make sure to set the division ratio before changing the source clock to a faster
one.
Note:
The maximum operable frequency is defined for each clock. Operation is not guaranteed if a
frequency, in combination with the source clock selection, PLL multiplication rate setting and division
ratio setting, is set to exceed the maximum frequency. In particular, take care to follow the correct
order in conjunction with modifying the source clock selection setting.
80
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
2.9.5
Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control Block
Figure 2.9-1 shows a block diagram of the clock generation control block.
For details of the registers shown in the diagram, see "2.9.6 Registers of Clock
Generation Control Block".
■ Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control Block
Figure 2.9-1 Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control Block
[Clock generation unit]
X1
X0A
X1A
(CLKB)
Peripheral clock
(CLKP)
External bus clock
(CLKT )
CLKR register
Oscillation
circuit
PLL
Oscillation
circuit
1/2
Real time clock
Selector
X0
External bus clock division
CPU clock
Stop control
Main clock
oscillation
stabilization
wait timer
(if sub-clock is
selected)
Peripheral clock division
b
u
s
Selector
CPU clock division
R
Selector
Selector
DIVR0, 1 registers
Base clock
( φ)
[Stop/Sleep control unit]
Watch
timer
Stop state
Internal
interrupt
STGR register
State
transition
control
circuit
Internal
reset
Sleep state
Reset
generation FF
Reset
generation FF
Internal reset (RST)
Internal reset (INIT)
[Reset source circuit]
INITX pin
RSRR register
[Watchdog control unit]
WPR register
Watchdog FF
CTBR register
Time base counter
Counter clock
Selector
TBCR register
Overflow detection FF
Interrupt enable
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Time base timer
interrupt request
81
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.6
MB91313A Series
Registers of Clock Generation Control Block
This section explains the registers in the clock generation control block.
■ RSRR: Reset Source Register/Watchdog Timer Control Register
The register configuration of the reset source register and watchdog timer control register is shown below.
RSRR
bit
Address: 000480H
Initial value (INITX pin)
Initial value (INIT)
Initial value (RST)
*:
R/W:
R:
X:
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
INIT
(R)
1
*
X
Reserved
WDOG
(R)
0
*
X
Reserved
SRST
Reserved
(R)
0
X
X
(R)
0
X
*
(R)
0
*
X
WT1
(R/W)
0
0
0
WT0
(R/W)
0
0
0
(R)
0
*
X
Initialized by a source.
Readable/writable
Read only
Undefined value
RSRR retains the source of the most recently generated reset, sets the watchdog timer cycle and controls its
activation.
When this register is read, the retained reset source is cleared after read. If more than one reset occur before
the register is read, reset source flags are accumulated, and as a result, the multiple flags are set.
Writing to this register activates the watchdog timer. After that, the watchdog timer continues to operate
until a reset (RST) occurs.
[bit15] INIT: External reset generation flag
This bit indicates whether the INITX pin input has generated a reset (INIT).
Value
Description
0
INITX pin input has not generated INIT.
1
INITX pin input has generated INIT.
•INIT is cleared to "0" immediately after reading.
•It is readable. Writing has no effect on the bit value.
[bit14] Reserved: Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit.
82
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit13] WDOG: Watchdog reset generation flag
It indicates whether the watchdog timer has generated a reset (INIT).
Value
Description
0
Watchdog timer has not generated INIT.
1
Watchdog timer has generated INIT.
•This bit is cleared to "0" at a reset (INIT) by the INITX pin input upon power-up or immediately after
reading.
•It is readable. Writing has no effect on the bit value.
[bit12] Reserved: Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit.
[bit11] SRST: Software reset generation flag
This bit indicates whether a reset (RST) has been generated by writing to the SRST bit in the STCR
register (software reset).
Value
Description
0
Software reset has not generated RST.
1
Software reset has generated RST.
•This bit is cleared to "0" at a reset (INIT) by the INITX pin input upon power-up or immediately after
reading.
•It is readable. Writing has no effect on the bit value.
Please refer to the limitations of bit9:SYNCR bit of TBCR (time-base counter control register) when
using software reset of the synchronous mode.
[bit10] Reserved: Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
83
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit9, bit8] WT1, WT0: Watchdog timer interval time selection bits
These bits are used to select the cycle for the watchdog timer.
Based on the value written to the bits, the watchdog timer cycle is selected from the 4 options shown in
the following table.
Minimum interval for writing to WPR,
required to prevent a watchdog reset
from being generated
Time from when the last 5AH is
written to WPR to when a watchdog
reset is generated
0
φ × 220 (Initial value)
φ × 220 to φ × 221
0
1
φ × 222
φ × 222 to φ × 223
1
0
φ × 224
φ × 224 to φ × 225
1
1
φ × 226
φ × 226 to φ × 227
WT1
WT0
0
(φ: Cycle of system base clock)
•These bits are initialized to "00B" by a reset (RST).
•They are readable. Writing is allowed only once after a reset (RST); succeeding write operations are
not valid.
84
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ STCR: Standby Control Register
The configuration of the standby control register is shown below.
STCR
bit
7
6
Address: 000481H
STOP SLEEP
5
4
3
2
HIZ
SRST
OS1
OS0
1
0
OSCD2 OSCD1
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
(R/W)
Initial value (INITX pin)
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Initial value (INIT)
0
0
1
1
X
X
1
1
Initial value (RST)
0
0
X
1
X
X
X
X
R/W: Readable/writable
STCR controls the operating mode of the device.
STCR is used to place the device in one of the 2 standby modes (stop/sleep) and stop the pin operation and
oscillation during stop mode as well as to set the oscillation stabilization wait time and issue a software
reset.
Note:
To place the device in a standby mode, use the synchronous standby mode, set in SYNCS (bit8) of
TBCR (time-base counter control register) and be sure to follow the sequence shown below.
(LDI#value_of_standby,R0) ; "value_of_standby" is the data written to STCR.
(LDI#_STCR,R12)
; "_STCR" is the address of STCR (481H).
STB
R0,@R12
; Writing to the standby control register (STCR)
LDUB @R12,R0
; Reading from STCR for synchronous standby
LDUB @R12,R0
; Another dummy read from STCR
NOP
; NOP (for timing adjustment) × 5
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
[bit7] STOP: STOP mode bit
This bit directs the device to enter stop mode. If "1" is written to SLEEP (bit6) and this bit at the same
time, the device enters stop mode, as the STOP mode bit has higher priority.
Value
Description
0
Device does not enter stop mode [Initial value].
1
Device enters stop mode.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (RST) or an event that recovers the device from stop mode.
•This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
85
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit6] SLEEP: SLEEP mode bit
This bit directs the device to enter sleep mode. If "1" is written to STOP (bit7) and this bit at the same
time, the device enters stop mode, as the STOP bit (bit7) has higher priority.
Value
Description
0
Device does not enter sleep mode [Initial value].
1
Device enters sleep mode.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (RST) or an event that recovers the device from sleep mode.
•This bit is readable and writable.
[bit5] HIZ: Hi-Z mode bit
This bit controls the pin state in stop mode.
Value
Description
0
Retains the pin state before transition to stop mode
1
Sets the pin output to high impedance during stop mode
[Initial value].
•This bit is initialized to "1" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
[bit4] SRST: Software reset bit
SRST directs the issue of a software reset (RST).
Value
Description
0
Issues a software reset.
1
Does not issue a software reset [Initial value].
•This bit is initialized to "1" by a reset (RST).
•This bit is readable and writable. Reading always returns "1".
•For using software reset on the synchronous mode, see the limitations of the bit9:SYNCR bit of TBCR
(time-base counter control register).
86
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit3, bit2] OS1, OS0: Oscillation stabilization wait time selection bits
These bits set the oscillation stabilization wait time after a reset (INIT) or after the device returns from
stop mode.
Based on the value written to the bits, the oscillation stabilization wait time is selected from the 4
options shown in the following table.
OS1
OS0
Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Time
Source Oscillation:
16.5 MHz
Sub Clock Oscillation:
32 kHz
0
0
φ × 21 [Initial value]
0.242 μs
125 μs
0
1
φ × 211
0.248 ms
128 ms
1
0
φ × 216
7.94 ms
4s
1
1
φ × 222
508 ms
262 s
φ represents the cycle of the system base clock. Here, it is twice the cycle of the input source oscillation.
•These bits are initialized to "00B" by a reset (INIT) from the INITX pin input.
•These bits are readable and writable.
[bit1] OSCD2: Sub clock oscillation stop bit
OSCD2 stops the sub clock oscillation in stop mode.
Value
Description
0
Does not stop sub clock oscillation during stop mode.
1
Stops sub clock oscillation during stop mode [Initial value].
•This bit is initialized to "1" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
[bit0] OSCD1: Main clock oscillation stop bit
OSCD1 stops the oscillation of the main clock in stop mode.
Value
Description
0
Does not stop the main clock oscillation during stop mode.
1
Stops main clock oscillation during stop mode [Initial value].
•This bit is initialized to "1" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
87
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ TBCR: Time-Base Counter Control Register
The configuration of the time-base counter control register is shown below.
TBCR
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
TBIE
R/W
0
TBC2
R/W
X
TBC1
R/W
X
TBC0
R/W
X
Reserved
Initial value (INIT)
TBIF
R/W
0
Initial value (RST)
0
0
X
X
X
X
Address: 000482H
R/W
X
9
8
SYNCR SYNCS
R/W
R/W
0
0
X
X
R/W: Readable/writable
TBCR controls interrupts such as time-base timer interrupts.
TBCR is used to enable time-base timer interrupts, select the interrupt interval time, and set option function
of reset operation.
[bit15] TBIF: Time-base timer interrupt flag
TBIF is a time-base timer interrupt flag.
It indicates that the time-base counter has exceeded the specified interval time (set by bit13 to bit11:
TBC2 to TBC0).
A time-base timer interrupt request is generated, if this bit is set to "1" while TBIE (bit14) is enabled to
generate an interrupt (TBIE=1).
Clearing source
Writing "0" through instruction
Setting source:
Expiration of the set interval time
(Detecting the falling edge of the output of the time-base counter)
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (RST).
•It is readable and writable. For write operation, however, only "0" can be written. Writing "1" does not
change the bit value.
•Reading by read-modify-write (RMW) instruction always returns "1".
[bit14] TBIE: Time-base timer interrupt enable bit
TBIE enables the output of a time-base timer interrupt request.
TBIE controls the output of an interrupt request due to the expiration of the interval time of the timebase counter. If TBIF (bit15) is set to "1" when this bit is "1", a time-base timer interrupt request is
generated.
Value
Description
0
Disables the output of time-base timer interrupt request. [Initial value]
1
Enables the output of time-base timer interrupt request.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (RST).
•This bit is readable and writable.
88
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit13 to bit11] TBC2, TBC1, TBC0: Time-base timer counter selection bits
These bits set the interval time for the time-base counter used in the time-base timer.
Based on the value written to these bits, the interval time is selected from the 8 options shown on the
following table.
TBC2 TBC1 TBC0
Timer interval
time
When source oscillation = 16.5 MHz,
and PLL = multiply-by-2
Sub clock =
32 kHz
0
0
0
φ × 211
62.1 μs
61.4 ms
0
0
1
φ × 212
124.1 μs
123 ms
0
1
0
φ × 213
248.2 μs
246 ms
0
1
1
φ × 222
127 ms
126 s
1
0
0
φ × 223
254 ms
256 s
1
0
1
φ × 224
508 ms
512 s
1
1
0
φ × 225
1017 ms
1024 s
1
1
1
φ × 226
2034 ms
2048 s
φ: Cycle of system base clock
•The initial value is undefined. Always set a value before enabling an interrupt.
•These bits are readable and writable.
[bit10] Reserved: Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit. The read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
[bit9] SYNCR: Synchronous reset enable bit
SYNCR enables the synchronous reset operation.
It is used to select which should be performed if an operation initialization reset (RST) request occurs:
Normal reset operation in which a reset (RST) immediately performed; or synchronous reset in which an
operation initialization reset (RST) is performed after all the bus accesses stop.
Value
Description
0
Normal reset operation [Initial value]
1
Synchronous reset operation
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
89
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
Note:
Meet the following requirement before setting "0" to the SRST bit of STCR (standby control register)
at using software reset of the synchronous mode.
• Set the interrupt enable flag (I-Flag) to interrupt disabled (I-Flag=0).
• Do not used NMI.
[bit8] SYNCS: Synchronous standby enable bit
SYNCS enables the synchronous standby operation.
It is used to select one of the following operations, which is should be performed if an standby request
(either sleep or stop mode request) occurs: Normal standby operation, in which the device enters
standby mode only by writing to the control bit in the STCR register; or synchronous standby operation
in which the device enters standby mode by reading the STCR register after writing to the control bit in
the STCR register.
Value
Description
0
Normal standby operation [Initial value]
1
Synchronous standby operation
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
Note:
Please set the synchronous standby operation by setting "1" to this bit at changing to the standby
mode.
90
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ CTBR: Time-Base Counter Clear Register
The configuration of the time-base counter clear register is shown below.
CTBR
bit
Address: 000483H
Initial value
W:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D7
(W)
X
D6
(W)
X
D5
(W)
X
D4
(W)
X
D3
(W)
X
D2
(W)
X
D1
(W)
X
D0
(W)
X
Write only
CTBR is used to initialize the time-base counter.
When "A5H" and "5AH" are written to this register consecutively, all the bits of the time-base counter are
cleared to "0" immediately after "5AH" is written. There is no time limit between writing "A5H" and
"5AH". However, if data other than "5AH" is written after "A5H" is written, clear operation will not be
performed even when "5AH" is written, unless "A5H" is written again.
The read value of this register is undefined.
Note:
When this register is used to clear the time-base counter, there will be temporary fluctuations in the
oscillation stabilization wait interval, watchdog timer cycle, and time-base timer cycle.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
91
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ CLKR: Clock Source Control Register
The configuration of the clock source control register is shown below.
CLKR
bit
Address: 000484H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
PLL1S2 PLL1S1 PLL1S0 PLL2EN PLL1EN CLKS1 CLKS0
(R/W) (R/W) (R/W) (R/W) (R/W) (R/W) (R/W) (R/W)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Reserved
Initial value (INIT)
Initial value (RST)
R/W: Readable/writable
CLKR selects the clock source to be used as the system base clock and controls the PLL.
This register is used to select one out of the three available clock sources. It is also used to enable the
operation of the dual clock PLL (operation of both main clock and sub clock) and select the multiplication
rate.
[bit15] Reserved: Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit. Be sure to set the bit to "0".
[bit14 to bit12] PLL1S2, PLL1S1, PLL1S0: PLL multiplication rate selection bits
These bits are used to select the multiplication rate for the main PLL.
The multiplication rate for the main PLL is selected from 8 options.
Do not rewrite this bit while the main PLL is selected as the clock source.
The maximum operable frequency is 33 MHz. Therefore, do not set any higher frequency. This bit is
initialized to "000B" by a reset (INIT).
Main PLL multiplication
rate
PLL1S2
PLL1S1
PLL1S0
0
0
0
× 1 (equal)
φ = 60.6 ns (16.5 MHz)
0
0
1
× 2 (multiply-by-2)
φ = 30.3 ns (33 MHz)
0
1
0
× 3 (multiply-by-3)
φ = 20.2 ns (49.5 MHz)
0
1
1
× 4 (multiply-by-4)
Setting disabled
1
0
0
× 5 (multiply-by-5)
Setting disabled
1
0
1
× 6 (multiply-by-6)
Setting disabled
1
1
0
× 7 (multiply-by-7)
Setting disabled
1
1
1
× 8 (multiply-by-8)
Setting disabled
Source oscillation: 16.5 [MHz]
φ: Cycle of system base clock
These bits are readable and writable.
92
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit11] PLL2EN: Sub clock selection enable bit
PLL2EN is a selection enable bit for the sub clock.
Do not rewrite this bit while the sub clock is selected as the clock source. Also, do not select the sub
clock as the clock source while this bit is set to "0" (due to the settings of bit9 and bit8: CLKS1 and
CLKS0).
If OSCD2 (bit1) in STCR is "1", the sub clock will be stopped during stop mode, even when PLL2EN is
"1". The operation will be enabled again after return from stop mode.
Value
Description
0
Disables sub clock selection. [Initial value]
1
Enables sub clock selection.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
[bit10] PLL1EN: Main PLL enable bit
PLL1EN is an operation enable bit for the main PLL.
Do not rewrite this bit while the main PLL is selected as the clock source. Also, do not select the main
PLL as the clock source while this bit is set to "0" (due to the settings of bit9 and bit8: CLKS1 and
CLKS0).
If OSCD1 (bit0) in STCR is "1", the main PLL will be stopped during stop mode, even when PLL1EN
is "1". The operation will be enabled again after return from stop mode.
Value
Description
0
Stops main PLL. [Initial value]
1
Enables main PLL operation.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
93
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit9, bit8] CLKS1, CLKS0: Clock source selection bits
These bits set the clock source to be used.
Based on the value written to the bits, the clock source is selected from the 3 options shown in the
following table.
Note that the value of CLKS0 (bit8) cannot be modified while CLKS1 (bit9) is "1".
Unchangeable combination
Changeable combination
"00B"→"11B"
"00B"→"01B" or "10B"
"01B"→"10B"
"01B"→"11B" or "00B"
"10B"→"01B" or "11B"
"10B"→"00B"
"11B"→"00B" or "10B"
"11B"→"01B"
For the above reason, write "01" first, then write "11" to switch from the post-INIT state to the sub clock
selection.
CLKS1
CLKS0
Clock source setting
0
0
Source oscillation input from X0/X1 divided by 2 [Initial value]
0
1
Source oscillation input from X0/X1 divided by 2
1
0
Main PLL
1
1
Sub clock
•This bit is initialized to "00B" by a reset (INIT).
•These bits are readable and writable.
94
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ WPR: Watchdog Reset Generation Delay Register
The configuration of the watchdog reset generation delay register is shown below.
WPR
bit
Address: 000485H
Initial value
W:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D7
(W)
X
D6
(W)
X
D5
(W)
X
D4
(W)
X
D3
(W)
X
D2
(W)
X
D1
(W)
X
D0
(W)
X
Write only
WPR is a register used to delay the generation of a watchdog reset.
When "A5H" and "5AH" are written to this register consecutively, flip-flop for detecting the watchdog
timer is cleared immediately after "5AH" is written, to delay the generation of a watchdog reset.
There is no time limit between writing "A5H" and "5AH". However, if data other than "5AH" is written
after "A5H" is written, clear operation will not be performed even when "5AH" is written, unless "A5H" is
written again.
Table 2.9-1 shows the relationship between the time interval pertaining to the generation of watchdog
resets and the RSRR register value.
Unless the writing of both pieces of the data is completed within this interval, a watchdog reset is
generated. The time spent until the generation of a watchdog reset and the writing interval required to
inhibit the generation vary depending on the state of WT1 (bit9) and WT0 (bit8) in the RSRR register.
Table 2.9-1 Time Interval of Watchdog Reset Generation
Minimum interval for writing to WPR,
required to prevent a watchdog reset
to be generated by RSRR
Time from when the last 5AH is written
to WPR to when a watchdog reset is
generated
WT1
WT0
0
0
φ × 220 [Initial value]
φ × 220 to φ × 221
0
1
φ × 222
φ × 222 to φ × 223
1
0
φ × 224
φ × 224 to φ × 225
1
1
φ × 226
φ × 226 to φ × 227
φ represents the cycle of system base clock. WT1 and WT0 are bit9 and bit8 of RSRR, used to set the
cycle of the watchdog timer.
When the CPU is not in operation, such as during stop mode, sleep mode and DMA transfer, clear
operation is performed automatically. Therefore, once such condition occurs, a watchdog reset is delayed
automatically. However, a watchdog reset is not postponed when an external bus hold request (BRQ) has
been accepted. To hold the external bus for a long time, enter sleep mode and then input a hold request
(BRQ).
The read value of this register is undefined.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
95
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ DIVR0: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 0
The configuration of the basic clock division setting register 0 is shown below.
DIVR0
bit
Address: 000486H
Initial value (INIT)
Initial value (RST)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
B3
(R/W)
0
X
B2
(R/W)
0
X
B1
(R/W)
0
X
B0
(R/W)
0
X
P3
(R/W)
0
X
P2
(R/W)
0
X
P1
(R/W)
1
X
P0
(R/W)
1
X
R/W: Readable/writable
DIVR0 is a register used to control the division ratio of the base clock for each internal clock.
This register sets the division ratio between the CPU and the clock of the internal bus (CLKB), a peripheral
circuit and peripheral bus clock (CLKP).
Note:
The maximum operable frequency is defined for each clock. Operation is not guaranteed if a
frequency, in combination with the source clock selection, PLL multiplication rate setting and division
ratio setting, is set to exceed the maximum frequency. In particular, take care to follow the correct
order in conjunction with modifying the source clock selection setting.
When a setting of this register is changed, the new division ratio becomes valid from the next clock rate.
96
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit15 to bit12] B3, B2, B1, B0: CLKB division selection bits
These bits are used to set the division ratio for the CPU clock (CLKB). They set the clock division ratio
for the CPU, internal memory and internal bus.
Based on the value written to these bits, the division ratio (clock frequency) of the base clock for the
CPU and internal bus is selected from the 16 options shown in the following table.
The maximum operable frequency is 33 MHz. Therefore, do not set any division ratio that will cause
this frequency to be exceeded.
Clock division ratio
Clock frequency: When source oscillation
is 16.5 MHz, and PLL is multiplied by 2
B3
B2
B1
B0
0
0
0
0
φ
33.0 MHz [Initial value]
0
0
0
1
φ × 2 (divided-by-2)
16.5 MHz
0
0
1
0
φ × 3 (divided-by-3)
11 MHz
0
0
1
1
φ × 4 (divided-by-4)
8.25 MHz
0
1
0
0
φ × 5 (divided-by-5)
6.6 MHz
0
1
0
1
φ × 6 (divided-by-6)
5.5 MHz
0
1
1
0
φ × 7 (divided-by-7)
4.71 MHz
0
1
1
1
φ × 8 (divided-by-8)
4.13 MHz
…
…
…
…
1
1
1
1
…
φ × 16 (divided-by-16)
…
2.06 MHz
φ: Cycle of system base clock
•These bits are initialized to "0000B" by a reset (INIT).
•These bits are readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
97
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit11 to bit8] P3, P2, P1, P0: CLKP division selection bits
These bits are used to set the division ratio for the peripheral clock (CLKP).
They set the division ratio for the clock used for peripheral circuits and peripheral bus.
Based on the value written to these bits, the division ratio (clock frequency) of the base clock for the
peripheral circuit and peripheral bus clocks is selected from the 16 options shown in the following table.
The maximum operable frequency is 33 MHz. Therefore, do not set any division ratio that will cause
this frequency to be exceeded.
Clock division ratio
Clock frequency: When source
oscillation is 16.5 MHz, and
PLL is multiplied by 2
P3
P2
P1
P0
0
0
0
0
φ
33.0 MHz
0
0
0
1
φ × 2 (divided-by-2)
16.5 MHz
0
0
1
0
φ × 3 (divided-by-3)
11 MHz
0
0
1
1
φ × 4 (divided-by-4)
0
1
0
0
φ × 5 (divided-by-5)
6.6 MHz
0
1
0
1
φ × 6 (divided-by-6)
5.5 MHz
0
1
1
0
φ × 7 (divided-by-7)
4.71 MHz
0
1
1
1
φ × 8 (divided-by-8)
4.13 MHz
…
…
…
…
1
1
1
1
…
φ × 16 (divided-by-16)
8.25 MHz [Initial value]
…
2.06 MHz
φ: Cycle of system base clock
•These bits are initialized to "0011B" by a reset (INIT).
•These bits are readable and writable.
98
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ DIVR1: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 1
The configuration of the basic clock division setting register 1 is shown below.
DIVR1
bit
Address: 000487H
Initial value (INIT)
Initial value (RST)
7
6
5
4
T3
(R/W)
0
X
T2
(R/W)
0
X
T1
(R/W)
0
X
T0
(R/W)
0
X
3
2
1
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
(R/W)
0
X
(R/W)
0
X
(R/W)
0
X
(R/W)
0
X
R/W: Readable/writable
DIVR1 is a register used to control the division ratio of the base clock for each internal clock.
This register sets the division ratio of the clock for an external expansion bus interface (CLKT).
Note:
The maximum operable frequency is defined for each clock. Operation is not guaranteed if a
frequency, in combination with the source clock selection, PLL multiplication rate setting and division
ratio setting, is set to exceed the maximum frequency. In particular, take care to follow the correct
order in conjunction with modifying the source clock selection setting.
When a setting of this register is changed, the new division ratio becomes valid from the next clock rate.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
99
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[bit7 to bit4] T3, T2, T1, T0: CLKT division selection bits
These bits are used to set the division ratio for the external bus clock (CLKT).
They set the clock division ratio for the external extended bus interface.
Based on the value written to these bits, the division ratio (clock frequency) of the base clock for the
external expansion bus interface is selected from the 16 options shown in the following table.
The maximum operable frequency is 16.5 MHz. Therefore, do not set any division ratio that will cause
this frequency to be exceeded.
Clock division ratio
Clock frequency: When source
oscillation is 16.5 MHz, and
PLL is multiplied by 2
T3
T2
T1
T0
0
0
0
0
φ
33.0 MHz [Initial value]
0
0
0
1
φ × 2 (divided-by-2)
16.5 MHz
0
0
1
0
φ × 3 (divided-by-3)
11 MHz
0
0
1
1
φ × 4 (divided-by-4)
8.25 MHz
0
1
0
0
φ × 5 (divided-by-5)
6.6 MHz
0
1
0
1
φ × 6 (divided-by-6)
5.5 MHz
0
1
1
0
φ × 7 (divided-by-7)
4.71 MHz
0
1
1
1
φ × 8 (divided-by-8)
4.13 MHz
…
…
…
…
1
1
1
1
…
φ × 16 (divided-by-16)
…
2.06 MHz
φ: Cycle of system base clock
•These bits are initialized to "0000B" by a reset (INIT).
•These bits are readable and writable.
[bit3 to bit0] Reserved: Reserved bits
These are reserved bits.
100
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
■ OSCCR: Oscillation Control Register
The configuration of the oscillation control register is shown below.
OSCCR
bit
Address: 00048AH
Initial value (INIT)
Initial value (RST)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved OSCDS1
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
X
X
(R/W)
0
X
R/W: Readable/writable
OSCCR is a register used to control the main oscillation during sub clock operation.
[bit15 to bit9] Reserved: Reserved bits
These are reserved bits.
[bit8] OSCDS1: Main oscillation stop control bit (in sub clock operation mode)
OSCDS1 is used to stop the main oscillation while the sub clock is selected.
Writing "1" to this bit stops the main oscillation when the sub clock is selected as the clock source.
"1" cannot be written to this bit when the main clock is selected.
Do not select the main clock while this bit is "1". Set it to "0" and wait until the main oscillation
stabilizes before switching to the main clock. In this case, maintain the oscillation stabilization wait time
using the main oscillation stabilization wait timer. Moreover, the main oscillation stabilization wait time
is required when the clock source is switched to the main clock by INIT. At this point, the operation
after return is not guaranteed unless the settings of OS1 and OS0 (bit3 and bit2) in STCR (standby
control register) satisfy the main oscillation stabilization wait time.
In the above case, set OS1 and OS0 in STCR to a value that will satisfy both the sub clock oscillation
stabilization wait time and the main oscillation stabilization wait time.
For information about the oscillation stabilization waiting, see "2.9.2
and PLL Lock Wait Time".
Value
Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Description
0
Does not stop main oscillation during execution of sub clock [Initial value].
1
Stop main oscillation during execution of sub clock.
•This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
•This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
101
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
2.9.7
MB91313A Series
Peripheral Circuits in Clock Control Block
This section explains the peripheral circuit functions contained in the clock control
block.
■ Time-Base Counter
The clock control block includes a 26-bit time-base counter which runs on the system base clock.
In addition to measuring the oscillation stabilization wait time (see "2.8.4
Time"), the time-base counter is used for the following applications.
Oscillation Stabilization Wait
• Watchdog timer:
The bit output of the time-base counter is used to measure the watchdog timer for detecting system
hang-up.
• Time-base timer:
The output of the time-base counter is used to generate interval interrupts.
● Watchdog timer
The watchdog timer detects program hang-up, using the output of the time-base counter. When the
generation of a watchdog reset is no longer delayed during the set interval by an event such as program
hang-up, a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated as a watchdog reset.
[Activating the watchdog timer and setting the cycle]
The watchdog timer is activated when RSRR (reset source register/watchdog timer control register) is
written to for the first time after a reset (RST).
At this point, WT1 and WT0 (bit9 and bit8) are used to set the interval time for the watchdog timer. For
setting the interval time, only the time set in the initial write operation becomes valid. Any succeeding
write attempts are ignored.
[Delaying the generation of watchdog reset]
Once the watchdog timer is activated, data must be written periodically to WPR (watchdog reset
generation delay register) in the order of "A5H" and "5AH", using the program.
This procedure initializes the flag for generating a watchdog reset.
[Generating watchdog reset]
The flag for generating a watchdog reset is set at the falling edge of the output of the time-base counter
in the set interval. If the flag has been set when the second falling edge is detected, a setting
initialization reset (INIT) request is generated as a watchdog reset.
102
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
[Stopping the watchdog timer]
Once the watchdog timer is activated, it cannot be stopped until an operation initialization reset (RST) is
generated.
The watchdog timer can be stopped under the following condition in which an operation initialization
reset (RST) is generated, and it does not function until reactivated by program operation.
•Operation initialization reset (RST) state
•Setting initialization reset (INIT) state
•Oscillation stabilization wait reset (RST) state
[Suspending the watchdog timer (automatically delayed generation)]
While the CPU's program operation is stopped, the watchdog timer once initializes the flag for
generating a watchdog reset to delay the generation of such reset. "Suspended program operation" refers
to specific operations listed below.
•Sleep state
•Stop state
•Oscillation stabilization wait RUN state
•Break when emulator debugger and monitor debugger is used
•Period from execution of INTE instruction to execution of RETI instruction
•Step trace trap (Break for each instruction when T flag in PS register is set to "1")
•Data to cache memory at instruction cache control register (ISIZE, ICHCR) or RAM mode
When the time-base counter is cleared, the flag for generating a watchdog reset is also initialized at the
same time, and the generation of a watchdog reset is postponed.
Note that a watchdog reset may not be generated if system hang-up results in the above state. In that
case, perform a reset (INIT) from the external INITX pin.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
103
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
● Time-base timer
The time-base timer is a timer that generates interval interrupts using the output of the time-base counter.
The timer is suitable for measuring relatively long times, up to {base clock × 227} cycles such as for the
PLL lock wait time and sub clock oscillation stabilization wait time.
A time-base timer interrupt request is generated when the falling edge of the output of the time-base
counter corresponding to the set interval is detected.
[Activating the time-base timer and setting the interval]
The time-base timer sets the interval time using TBC2, TBC1 and TBC0 (bit13 to bit11) in TBCR (timebase counter control register).
The falling edge of the output of the time-base counter corresponding to the set interval is always detected.
Therefore, after setting the interval time, clear TBIF (bit15) first, then set TBIE (bit14) to "1" to enable the
output of an interrupt request.
When changing the interval time, disable the output of an interrupt request by setting TBIE (bit14) to "0"
beforehand.
The time-base counter always continues to count without being affected by the above settings. To achieve
the accurate interval interrupt time, clear the time-base counter before enabling interrupts. Otherwise, an
interrupt request may be generated immediately after interrupts are enabled.
[Clearing the time-base counter by program]
When "A5H" and "5AH" are written to the time-base counter clear register (CTBR) in that order, all the
bits of the time-base counter are cleared to "0" immediately after "5AH" is written. There is no time limit
between writing "A5H" and "5AH". However, if data other than "5AH" is written after "A5H" is written,
clear operation will not be performed even when "5AH" is written, unless "A5H" is written again.
When this time-base counter is cleared, the flag for generating a watchdog reset is also initialized
simultaneously, and the generation of a watchdog reset is postponed temporarily.
[Clearing the time-base counter by the device state]
When the device enters the following state, all the bits of the time-base counter are cleared to "0".
•Stop state
•Setting initialization reset (INIT) state
Particularly in stop state, a time-base timer interval interrupt may occur unintentionally, as the time-base
counter is used to measure the oscillation stabilization wait time.
Therefore, disable time-base timer interrupts and do not use the time-base timer before selecting stop
mode.
In any other state, an operation initialization reset (RST) is generated automatically. Consequently, timebase timer interrupts are disabled automatically.
104
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.9 Clock Generation Control
MB91313A Series
● Main oscillation stabilization wait timer (when sub clock is selected)
This is a 26-bit timer that is synchronized with the main clock to count up, without being affected by the
clock source selection or division setting.
The timer is used to measure the main oscillation stabilization wait time during sub clock operation.
The main oscillation can be controlled in sub clock operation by OSCDS1 (bit8) in OSCCR (oscillation
control register). This timer is used to measure the oscillation stabilization wait time, when the main
oscillation is stopped and then restarted.
Use the following procedure to switch to the main clock operation from the sub clock operation with the
main clock being stopped.
1) Clear the main oscillation stabilization wait timer.
2) Set OSCDS1 (bit8) in OSCCR (oscillation control register) to "0" to start the main oscillation.
3) Use the main oscillation stabilization wait timer to wait until the main clock becomes stable.
4) Once the main clock stabilizes, use CLKS1 and CLKS0 (bit9 and bit8) in CLKR (clock source
register) to switch from the sub clock to the main clock.
Note:
If the clock is switched to the main clock without waiting until it becomes stable, an unstable clock
signal will be supplied; therefore, the resulting operation will not be guaranteed. Always wait until the
clock stabilizes before switching to the main clock.
For details about the main oscillation stabilization wait timer, see "9.1
Wait Timer".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Main Oscillation Stabilization
105
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
2.10
MB91313A Series
Device State Control
This section explains various states of this model and how they are controlled.
■ Device States
Figure 2.10-1 shows the device states and each of the transitions of the FR family.
Figure 2.10-1 Device States
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
INITX pin = 0 (INIT)
INITX pin = 1 (INIT released)
Oscillation stabilization wait completed
Reset (RST) released
Software reset (RST)
Sleep (instruction written)
Stop (instruction written)
Interrupt
External interrupt requiring no clock
Main clock → sub clock switched
(instruction written)
11 Sub clock → main clock switched
(instruction written)
12 Watchdog reset (INIT)
13 Sub clock sleep (instruction written)
Highest
↓
↓
↓
↓
Lowest
Power-on
1
Priority order of transition requests
Setting initialization reset (INIT)
Oscillation stabilization wait completed
Operation initialization reset (RST)
Interrupt request
Stop
Sleep
Setting initialization (INIT)
2
Main clock mode
1
Main oscillation
stabilization wait reset 1
Main stop
9
3
1
Oscillation stabilization wait RUN 3
Program reset
(RST)
7
1
6
Main sleep
5
4
12
Main RUN
8
1
1
10
Sub clock mode
1
Sub clock sleep
Oscillation stabilization wait RUN
12
Sub RUN
13
3
1
1
11
8
7
5
1
4
Program reset
(RST)
1
9
Sub clock stop
(watch state *2)
Sub clock stop
(watch state *2)
*1: To switch the clock source between the main clock and sub clock, switch CLKS1 and
CLKS0 (bit1, bit0) in the CLKR (clock source register) while a stable supply of the
switched clock is maintained in operation mode.
*2: To stop anything other than the watch timer (watch state), place the device in stop mode
while OSCD2 (bit1) in the STCR (standby control register) is set to "0" and OSCD1 (bit0)
is set to "1" in the sub clock operation state (they can be written simultaneously).
106
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
■ Operational States of Device
This model is provided with the following device operational states:
● RUN state (normal operation)
In this state, the program is being executed.
All internal clocks are supplied to keep all circuits operable.
Only the clock for the 16-bit peripheral bus, however, is stopped unless the bus is accessed.
In this state, a state transition request is accepted. If synchronous reset mode is selected, however, state
transition operations different from normal reset mode are used for some requests.
For details, see "■ Synchronous Reset Operation" section of "2.8.5
Reset Operation Modes".
● Sleep state
In this state, the program is stopped. The device is placed in this state by program operation.
Only the execution of the program by the CPU is stopped, while the peripheral circuits are maintained
operable. The built-in memory and internal/external buses remain stopped unless requested by the DMA
controller. When a valid interrupt request is generated, this state is released and the device enters the RUN
state (normal operation).
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting initialization
reset (INIT) state.
When an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated, the device enters the operation
initialization reset (RST) state.
● Stop state
In this state, the device is stopped. The device is placed in this state by program operation.
In the stop state, all the internal circuits are stopped. The internal clocks are all stopped and the oscillation
circuit and PLL can be stopped by setting. Also, the external pins can be set to the same high impedance by
setting (except some pins).
The device enters the oscillation stabilization wait RUN state when a specific (non-clock-based) valid
interrupt occurs or when a main oscillation stabilization wait timer interrupt request is generated during
oscillation operation.
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting initialization
reset (INIT) state.
When an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated, the device enters the oscillation
stabilization wait reset (RST) state.
● Oscillation stabilization wait RUN state
In this state, the device is stopped. The device enters this state when returning from the stop state.
All the internal circuits except the clock generation control block (time-base counter and device state
control component) are stopped. While all the internal clocks are stopped, the oscillation circuit and the
PLL which has been enabled to operate are in operation.
This state releases the high impedance control of the external pins used in the stop state.
The device enters the RUN state (normal operation) when the set oscillation stabilization wait time has
elapsed.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
107
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting initialization
reset (INIT) state.
When an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated, the device enters the oscillation
stabilization wait reset (RST) state.
● Oscillation stabilization wait reset (RST) state
In this state, the device is stopped. The device enters this state after returning from the stop state or setting
initialization reset (INIT) state.
All the internal circuits except the clock generation control block (time-base counter and device state
control component) are stopped. While all the internal clocks are stopped, the oscillation circuit and the
PLL which has been enabled to operate are in operation.
This state releases the high impedance control of the external pins used in the stop state.
It outputs an operation initialization reset (RST) to the internal circuits.
The device enters the oscillation stabilization wait reset (RST) state when the set oscillation stabilization
wait time has elapsed.
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting initialization
reset (INIT) state.
● Operation initialization reset (RST) state
In this state, the program is initialized. The device enters this state once the operation initialization reset
(RST) request is accepted or the oscillation stabilization wait reset (RST) state ends.
The execution of the program by the CPU is stopped and the program counter is initialized. Most peripheral
circuits are initialized. All the internal clocks, the oscillation circuit and the PLL which has been enabled to
operate are in operation.
It outputs an operation initialization reset (RST) to the internal circuits.
When the operation initialization reset (RST) request is lost, the device enters the RUN state (normal
operation) to execute the operation initialization reset sequence. If the device has just returned from the
setting initialization reset (INIT) state, it will execute the setting initialization reset sequence.
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting initialization
reset (INIT) state.
● Setting initialization reset (INIT) state
In this state, all settings are initialized. The device enters this state once the settings initialization reset
(INIT) request is accepted or the hardware standby state ends.
The execution of the program by the CPU is stopped and the program counter is initialized. All the
peripheral circuits are initialized. Although the oscillation circuit is in operation, the PLL stops operation.
All the internal clocks are stopped while the "L" level is being input to the external INITX pin. In other
times, they operate.
A setting initialization reset (INIT) and operation initialization reset (RST) are output to the internal
circuits.
When the setting initialization reset (INIT) request is lost, this state is released and the device enters the
oscillation stabilization wait reset (RST) state. After that, the device goes through the operation
initialization reset (RST) state and executes the setting initialization reset sequence.
108
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
● Priority order of state transition requests
In any state, the device follows the priority order of the state transition requests, shown below. Note that
some requests can be generated only in a particular state; therefore, they are only valid in that state.
[Highest] Setting initialization reset (INIT) request
↓
Oscillation stabilization wait time completed
(This occurs only in oscillation stabilization wait reset state and oscillation stabilization wait
RUN state)
↓
Operation initialization reset (RST) request
↓
Valid interrupt request (Generated only in RUN, sleep and stop state)
↓
Stop mode request (register written) (Generated only in RUN state)
[Lowest]
CM71-10143-5E
Sleep mode request (register written) (Generated only in RUN state)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
109
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
2.10.1
MB91313A Series
Low-power Consumption Mode
Of all the operational states available in this model, this section explains the low-power
consumption modes as well as how to use them.
This model is provided with the following low-power consumption modes:
• Sleep Mode
The device is set to sleep mode by writing to a register.
• Stop Mode
The device is set to stop mode by writing to a register.
Each mode is explained below.
■ Sleep Mode
When "1" is written to the SLEEP bit (bit6) in STCR (standby control register), sleep mode is selected and
the device enters sleep mode.
After that, the device remains in sleep state until an event allowing the device to recover from sleep state
occurs.
When "1" is written to both the STOP bit (bit7) in STCR (standby control register) and this bit, the STOP
bit (bit7) has higher priority; therefore, the device enters the stop state.
For information about the sleep state, also see the "■ Operational States of Device" section of "2.10
Device State Control".
[Transition to sleep mode]
To place the device in a sleep mode, use the synchronous standby mode, set in SYNCS (bit8) of TBCR
(time-base counter control register) and be sure to follow the sequence shown below.
(LDI #value_of_sleep,R0)
; "value_of_sleep" is the data written to STCR.
(LDI #_STCR,R12)
; "_STCR" is the address of STCR (481H).
STB
; Writing to the standby control register (STCR)
R0,@R12
LDUB@R12,R0
; Reading from STCR for synchronous standby
LDUB@R12,R0
; Another dummy read from STCR
NOP
; NOP (for timing adjustment) × 5
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
[Circuits that stop in sleep state]
•Execution of program by CPU
•Bit search module (It however operates during DMA transfer.)
•Various types of built-in memory (It however operates during DMA transfer.)
•Internal/external buses (They however operate during DMA transfer.)
110
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
[Circuits that do not stop in sleep state]
•Oscillation circuit
•PLL enabled to operate
•Clock generation control block
•Interrupt controller
•Peripheral circuits
•DMA controller
•DSU
•Main oscillation stabilization wait timer
[Events that recover the device from sleep state]
•Generation of a valid interrupt request
When an interrupt request holding an interrupt level other than for disabling interrupt (1FH) is
generated, the device is released from sleep mode and enters the RUN state (normal state).
To maintain the device in sleep mode even when an interrupt request is generated, set the relevant
ICR to disable interrupts (1FH) for the interrupt level.
•Generation of a setting initialization reset (INIT) request
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting
initialization reset (INIT) state unconditionally.
•Generation of an operation initialization reset (RST) request
When an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated, the device enters the operation
initialization reset (RST) state unconditionally.
For information about the priority order of the sources, see "2.10
Device State Control".
[Synchronous standby operation]
If "1" is set for bit8:SYNCS bit of the time base counter control register (TBCR), synchronous standby
operation is enabled. In this case, the device does not enter the sleep state only by writing to the SLEEP
bit.
After the write operation, the STCR register must also be read from in order to set the device to the
sleep state.
When using sleep mode, always use the sequence described in [Transition to sleep mode].
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
111
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
■ Stop Mode
When "1" is written to the STOP bit (bit7) in STCR (standby control register), stop mode is selected and
the device enters the stop state. After that, the device remains in the stop state, until an event allowing the
device to recover from the stop state occurs.
When "1" is written to both the SLEEP bit (bit6) in STCR (standby control register) and this bit, the STOP
bit (bit7) has higher priority; therefore, the device enters the stop state.
For information about the stop state, also see the "■ Operational States of Device" section of "2.10
Device State Control".
[Stop mode transition]
Use the following sequences sifter using the synchronous standby mode (TBCR: Set by time base
counter control register bit8 CYNCS bit) when putting in the stop mode.
(LDI #value_of_stop,R0)
; "value_of_stop" is the data written to STCR.
(LDI #_STCR,R12)
; "_STCR" is the address of STCR (481H).
STB
; Writing to the standby control register (STCR)
R0,@R12
LDUB @R12,R0
; Reading from STCR for synchronous standby
LDUB @R12,R0
; Another dummy read from STCR
NOP
; NOP (for timing adjustment) × 5
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
Furthermore, set the I flag, ILM and ICR to ensure that branching into the interrupt handler which is a
return source occurs after returning to the standby mode.
[Circuits that halt in stop state]
•Oscillation circuit that has been set to stop:
The oscillation circuit for the sub clock that is in the stop state is set to halt, when OSCD2 (bit1) in
STCR (standby control register) is set to "1". In this case, the watch timer also halts.
The oscillation circuit for the main clock that is in the stop state is set to halt, when OSCD1 (bit0) in
STCR (standby control register) is set to "1". In this case, the main oscillation stabilization wait
timer also halts.
•PLL that is connected to the oscillation circuit either disabled to operate or set to halt:
When OSCD2 (bit1) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "1", the PLL for the sub clock that
is in the stop state is set to halt, even if PLL2EN (bit11) in CLKR (clock source control register) is
set to "1".
When OSCD1 (bit0) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "1", the PLL for the main clock that
is in the stop state is set to halt, even if PLL1EN (bit10) in CLKR (clock source control register) is
set to "1".
•All the internal circuits except the [Circuits that do not halt in stop state]
112
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
[Circuits that do not halt in stop state]
•Oscillation circuits that are not set to halt:
The oscillation circuit for the sub clock that is in the stop state does not halt, when OSCD2 (bit1) in
STCR (standby control register) is set to "0". In this case, the watch timer also does not halt.
The oscillation circuit for the main clock that is in the stop state does not halt, when OSCD1 (bit0) in
STCR (standby control register) is set to "0". In this case, the main oscillation stabilization wait
timer also does not halt.
•PLL that is connected to the oscillation circuit which is enabled to operate and not set to halt: When
OSCD2 (bit1) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "0", the PLL for the sub clock that is in the
stop state does not halt, if PLL2EN (bit11) in CLKR (clock source control register) is set to "1".
When OSCD1 (bit0) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "0", the PLL for the main clock that
is in the stop state does not halt, if PLL1EN (bit10) in CLKR (clock source control register) is set to "1".
[High-impedance control of pins in stop state]
The pin outputs in the stop state are set to high impedance, if the HIZ bit (bit5) in STCR (standby
control register) is set to "1". For information about the pins subject to this control feature, see
"APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State".
The pin outputs in the stop state retain the value used before the transition to the stop state, if the HIZ bit
(bit5) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "0". For details, see "APPENDIX C Pin Status In
Each CPU State".
[Events that recover the device from stop state]
•Generation of a specific (non-clock-based) valid interrupt request:
Only the following are valid: external interrupt input pin (INTn pin), main oscillation stabilization
wait timer interrupt during main oscillation, and watch interrupt during sub clock oscillation.
When an interrupt request holding an interrupt level other than for disabling interrupt (1FH) is
generated, the device is released from stop mode and enters the RUN state (normal state).
To maintain the device in stop mode even when an interrupt request is generated, set the relevant
ICR to disable interrupts (1FH) for the interrupt level.
•Main oscillation stabilization wait timer interrupt:
If a main oscillation stabilization wait timer interrupt request is generated, either when OSCDS1
(bit8) in OSCCR (oscillation control register) is set to "0" with the sub clock being selected, or when
OSCD1 (bit0) in STCR (standby control register) is set to "0" with the main clock being selected, the
device is released from stop mode and enters the RUN state (normal state).
To maintain the device in stop mode even when an interrupt request is generated, stop the main
oscillation stabilization wait timer or disable the interrupt enable bit of the main oscillation
stabilization wait timer.
•Generation of a setting initialization reset (INIT) request:
When a setting initialization reset (INIT) request is generated, the device enters the setting
initialization reset (INIT) state unconditionally.
•Generation of an operation initialization reset (RST) request:
When an operation initialization reset (RST) request is generated, the device enters the operation
initialization reset (RST) state unconditionally.
For information about the priority order of the sources, see the "■ Operational States of Device" section
of "2.10 Device State Control".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
113
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.10 Device State Control
MB91313A Series
[Clock source selection in stop mode]
Select the main clock divided by 2 as the source clock before setting stop mode. For details, see "2.9
Clock Generation Control", especially "2.9.1 PLL Control" in that section.
Note that the same restrictions as in normal operation apply when setting the division ratio.
114
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.11 Operating Mode
MB91313A Series
2.11
Operating Mode
This section explains the operating modes of the FR family.
■ Operating Mode
The operating modes include bus mode and access mode.
● Bus Modes
Bus mode is a mode that controls the operations of the internal ROM and external access function. It is
selected based on the content of the mode setting pins (MD2, MD1, and MD0).
● Access Mode
Access mode is a mode that controls the external data bus width. It is selected by the WTH1 and WTH0
bits in the mode register and the DBW0 bit in ACR0 to ACR3 (Area Configuration Register).
■ Bus Mode 0 (Single-chip Mode)
In this mode, the internal I/O, F-bus RAM and F-bus ROM are enabled, but access to other areas is
disabled.
The external pins serve as either a peripheral or general-purpose port. They do not function as bus pins.
■ Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM / External Bus Mode)
In this mode, the internal I/O, F-bus RAM and F-bus ROM are enabled, and access to an externally
accessible area is handled as access to an external space. Some external pins serve as bus pins.
■ Mode Setting
In the FR family, each operating mode is set by the mode pins (MD2, MD1, and MD0) and the mode
register (MODR).
● Mode pins
3 pins (MD2, MD1, and MD0) are used for specification related to mode vector fetch.
Table 2.11-1 lists specification pertaining to mode vector fetch.
Table 2.11-1 Mode Vector Fetch Related Specification
Mode pins MD2, MD1, MD0
Mode name
Reset vector access area
000B
Internal ROM mode vector
Internal
Note that settings other than as specified above are prohibited.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
115
CHAPTER 2 CPU AND CONTROL BLOCK
2.11 Operating Mode
MB91313A Series
● Mode register (MODR)
The data written to the mode register by mode vector fetch is called mode data. See Section "2.8.3
Sequence" for information about mode vector fetch.
Reset
Once the mode register (MODR) is set, the device runs in the operating mode set according to this register.
The mode register is set by any reset source. It cannot be written from the user program.
Reference:
Nothing exists in the address (0007FFH) of the mode register of the conventional FR family.
It can however be rewritten in emulator mode. In this case, use an 8-bit data transfer instruction.
It cannot be written by a 16/32-bit transfer instruction.
The details of the mode register are as follows.
[Register's Detail Explanation]
MODR
bit
Address:0007FDH
7
6
5
4
3
2
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
1
0
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
WTH1 WTH0
Operating mode
[bit7 to bit2] Reserved bits
Always set them to "000001B".
Operation is not guaranteed if a value other than "000001B" is set.
[bit1, bit0] WTH1, WTH0 (Bus width specification bits)
These bits specify the bus width for external bus mode.
In external bus mode, this value is set in the DBW0 bit in ACR0 (CS0 area).
116
WTH1
WTH0
Function
0
0
8-bit bus width
External bus mode
0
1
16-bit bus width
External bus mode
1
0
1
1
−
Single-chip mode
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Remarks
Setting disabled
Single-chip mode
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3
EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
This chapter explains the features, block diagram, I/O
pins, and registers of the external bus interface.
3.1 Overview of External Bus Interface
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
3.3 Chip Select Area
3.4 Address/Data Multiplex Interface
3.5 DMA Access
3.6 Register Setting Procedure
3.7 Note on Using External Bus Interface
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
117
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.1 Overview of External Bus Interface
3.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of External Bus Interface
The external bus interface controller controls the interface between the LSI's internal
buses and external memory and I/O devices.
■ Features
• Address/data multiplex bus (8-bit/16-bit width)
• Four independent banks (chip select areas) can be set, and chip select for each bank can be output.
CS0X and CS1X, in units of 64K/128K/256K/512KB, can be set to the space assigned to the external
bus areas up to "003FFFFFH"
CS2X and CS3X, in units of 1M/2M/4M/8MB, can be set to the space between "00400000H" and
"00FFFFFFH".
Boundaries may be limited depending on the size of the area.
• In each chip select area, the following functions can be set independently:
Enabling and disabling of the chip select area (disabled areas cannot be accessed)
Setting of the access timing type to support various kinds of memory
Detailed access timing setting (individual setting of the access type such as the wait cycle)
Setting of the data bus width (8-bit/16-bit)
• A different detailed timing can be set for each access timing type
For the same type of access timing, a different setting can be made in each chip select area
Auto-wait can be set to up to seven cycles (asynchronous SRAM, ROM, FLASH, and I/O area)
The bus cycle can be extended by external RDY input (asynchronous SRAM, ROM, FLASH, and I/O
area)
Various kinds of idle/recovery cycles and setting delays can be inserted
• Pins that are not used by the external interface can be used as general-purpose I/O ports through settings
118
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.1 Overview of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Figure 3.1-1 Block Diagram of External Bus Interface
Internal
Address Bus
32
Internal
Data Bus
32
A-Out
Write
Buffer
Switch
Read
Buffer
Switch
M
U
X
External
Data Bus
Data Block
Address Block
+1 or +2
Address
Buffer
A-Out
Comparator
ASR
ASZ
External Pin Control Division
CS0X to CS3X
RDX
WR0X, WR1X
ASX
All Block Control
Register & Control
RDX
CLK
■ I/O Pins
I/O pins are external bus interface pins.
<Multiplex bus interface>
AD15 to AD00
CS0X, CS1X, CS2X, CS3X
ASX, CLK
RDX
WR0X, WR1X
RDY
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
119
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.1 Overview of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ Register List
Figure 3.1-2 Register List of External Bus Interface
Address
bit31
24
23
16
15
8
7
000640H
ASR0
ACR0
000644H
ASR1
ACR1
000648H
ASR2
ACR2
00064CH
ASR3
ACR3
000650H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000654H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000658H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
00065CH
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000660H
AWR0
AWR1
000664H
AWR2
AWR3
000668H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
00066CH
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
0
000670H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000674H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000678H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
00067CH
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000680H
CSER
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000684H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
000688H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
00068CH
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
0007F8H
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
0007FCH
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved bit
Reserved: Reserved register. Be sure to set "0" at write.
120
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
3.2
Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
This section describes the configuration and functions of the registers used for external
bus interface.
■ ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register)
Figure 3.2-1 Bit Configuration of ASR (Area Select Register)
ASR0
Address
bit
15
…
8
7
6
...
1
0
000640H
Reserved
…
Reserved
A23
A22
...
A17
A16
ASR1
Address
bit
15
…
8
7
6
1
0
000644H
Reserved
…
Reserved
A23
A22
A17
A16
ASR2
Address
bit
15
…
8
7
6
1
0
000648H
Reserved
…
Reserved
A23
A22
A17
A16
ASR3
Address
bit
15
…
8
7
6
1
0
00064CH
Reserved
…
Reserved
A23
A22
A17
A16
...
...
...
Initial value
When INIT When RST
Access
0000H
0000H
R/W
00XXH
00XXH
R/W
00XXH
00XXH
R/W
00XXH
00XXH
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
[bit15 to bit8] Reserved: Reserved bits
Be sure to set these bits to "00H".
[bit7 to bit0] A23 to A16
ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register 0 to 3) specify the start address of each chip select area in CS0X
to CS3X.
The start address can be set in the high-order 8 bits of A[23:16]. Each chip select area starts with the
address set in this register and covers the range set by the ASZ[1:0] bit of the ACR0 to ACR3 registers.
The boundary of each chip select area obeys the setting of the ASZ[1:0] bit of the ACR0 to ACR3
registers. For example, if an area of 1M bytes is set by the ASZ[1:0] bit, the low-order four bits of the
ASR0 to ASR3 registers are ignored and only A[23:20] bit are valid.
The ASR0 register is initialized to "00H" by INIT and RST. ASR1 to ASR3 are not initialized by INIT
and RST and are therefore undefined. After starting the LSI operation, be sure to set the corresponding
ASR register before enabling each chip select area with the CSER register.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
121
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ ACR0 to ACR3 (Area Configuration Register)
Figure 3.2-2 Bit Configuration of ACR (Area Configuration Register)
ACR0H
bit
000642H
15
14
Reserved Reserved
13
12
11
10
9
8
ASZ1
ASZ0
Reserved
DBW0
5
4
3
2
1
0
WREN
Reserved
TYP3
TYP2
TYP1
TYP0
13
12
11
10
9
8
ASZ1
ASZ0
Reserved
DBW0
5
4
3
2
WREN
Reserved
TYP3
TYP2
13
12
11
10
ASZ1
ASZ0
Reserved
DBW0
5
4
3
2
1
0
WREN
Reserved
TYP3
TYP2
TYP1
TYP0
13
12
11
10
9
8
ASZ1
ASZ0
Reserved
DBW0
5
4
3
2
1
0
WREN
Reserved
TYP3
TYP2
TYP1
TYP0
Reserved Reserved
Initial value
When INIT
When RST
Access
00110X00B
00110X00B
R/W
00000000B
00000000B
R/W
00XX0X00B
00XX0X00B
R/W
00X0XXXXB 00X0XXXXB
R/W
00XX0X00B
00XX0X00B
R/W
00X0XXXXB 00X0XXXXB
R/W
00XX0X00B
00XX0X00B
R/W
00X0XXXXB 00X0XXXXB
R/W
ACR0L
bit
000643H
7
6
Reserved Reserved
ACR1H
bit
000646H
15
14
Reserved Reserved
Reserved Reserved
ACR1L
bit
000647H
7
6
Reserved Reserved
1
0
Reserved Reserved
ACR2H
bit
00064AH
15
14
Reserved Reserved
9
8
Reserved Reserved
ACR2L
bit
00064BH
7
6
Reserved Reserved
ACR3H
bit
00064EH
15
14
Reserved Reserved
Reserved Reserved
ACR3L
bit
00064FH
7
6
Reserved Reserved
R/W: Readable/Writable
ACR0 to ACR3 (Area Configuration Register 0 to 3) set the functions of each chip select area.
[bit15, bit14] Reserved: Reserved bits
Be sure to set these bits to "00B".
122
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
[bit13, bit12] ASZ1, ASZ0 = Area Size Bit [1:0]
The size of each chip select area is set as follows:
Register ASZ1 ASZ0
ASR0/
ASR1
ASR2/
ASR3
Size of Each Chip Select Area
0
0
64 KB
(00010000H byte, ASR A[23:16] bit is valid)
0
1
128 KB
(00020000H byte, ASR A[23:17] bit is valid)
1
0
256 KB
(00040000H byte, ASR A[23:18] bit is valid)
1
1
512 KB
(00080000H byte, ASR A [23:19] bit is valid)
0
0
1 MB
(00100000H byte, ASR A[23:20] bit is valid)
0
1
2 MB
(00200000H byte, ASR A[23:21] bit is valid)
1
0
4 MB
(00400000H byte, ASR A[23:22] bit is valid)
1
1
8 MB
(00800000H byte, ASR A[23] bit is valid)
Setting
Only CS0X and CS1X
are valid
Only CS2X and CS3X
are valid
ASZ[1:0] are used to set the size of each area by modifying the number of bits for address comparison
to a value different from ASR. Thus, an ASR contains bits that are not compared.
The ASZ[1:0] bit of ACR0 are initialized to "11B" by RST. Despite this setting, however, the CS0 area
just after RST is executed is specially set from "00000000H" to "00FFFFFFH" (setting of entire area).
The entire-area setting is reset after the first write to ACR0 and an appropriate size is set as indicated in
the table shown above.
[bit11] Reserved: Reserved bit
Be sure to set this bit to "0".
[bit10] DBW0 = Data Bus Width[0]
Data bus width of each chip select area is set as follows:
DBW0
Data Bus Width
0
8 Bit
1
16 Bit
(Byte Access)
(Half Word Access)
The same values as those of the WTH bits of the mode vector are written automatically to bits DBW0 of
ACR0 during the reset sequence.
[bit9 to bit6] Reserved: Reserved bits
Be sure to set these bits to "0000B".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
123
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
[bit5] WREN = WRite ENable
This bit sets enabling and disabling of writing to each chip select area.
WREN
Write enable/disable
0
Disable write
1
Enable write
If an area for which write operations are disabled is accessed for a write operation from the internal bus,
the access is ignored and no external access at all is performed.
Set the WREN bit of areas for which write operations are required, such as data areas, to "1".
[bit4] Reserved: Reserved bit
Be sure to set this bit to "0".
[bit3 to bit0] TYP3 to TYP0 = TYPe select
Access type of each chip select area is set as follows:
TYP3 TYP2 TYP1 TYP0
Access type
0
x
x
Normal access (asynchronous SRAM, I/O, single ROM/FLASH)
1
x
x
Address data multiplex access (8/16-bit bus width only)
x
0
Disable WAIT insertion by the RDY pin
x
1
Enable WAIT insertion by the RDY pin
0
x
Use the WR0X and WR1X pins as write strobes
1
x
Setting disabled
0
Setting disabled
1
Setting disabled
0
x
0
0
0
1
0
Setting disabled
0
1
1
Setting disabled
1
0
0
Setting disabled
1
0
1
Setting disabled
1
1
0
Setting disabled
1
1
1
Mask area setting (The access type is the same as that of the overlapping area) *1
1
124
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
Set the access type as the combination of all bits.
See the section of operation explanation for details on how each access type works.
*1:
CS area mask setting function
If you want to set an area some of whose operation settings are changed for a certain CS area
(referred to as the base setting area), you can set ACR:TYP[3:0]=1111 in another CS area so that
the area can function as a mask setting area.
If you do not use the mask setting function, disable any overlapping area settings for multiple CS
areas.
Access operations to the mask setting area are as follows:
-CSnX corresponding to a mask setting area is not asserted.
-CSnX corresponding to a base setting area is asserted.
-For the following ACR settings, the settings on the mask setting area side are valid:
Bit [10] DBW0 : Bus width setting
Bit [5] WREN : Write-enable setting *
*:For this setting only, a setting that is different from that of the base setting area is not
allowed.
-For the following ACR setting, the setting on the base setting area side is valid:
Bit [3:0] TYP[3:0] : Access type setting
-For the AWR settings, the settings on the mask setting area side are valid.
A mask setting area can be set for only part of another CS area (base setting area). You cannot set
a mask setting area for an area without a base setting area. Do not overlap multiple mask setting
areas. Use care when setting ASR and the ACR:ASZ[1:0] bit.
(Restrictions)
A write-enable setting cannot be implemented by a mask.
Write-enable settings in the base CS area and the mask setting area must be identical.
If write operations to a mask setting area are disabled, the area is not masked and operates as a
base CS area.
If write operations to the base CS area are disabled but are enabled to the mask setting area, the
area has no base, resulting in malfunctions.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
125
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ AWR0 to AWR3 (Area Wait Register)
Figure 3.2-3 Bit Configuration of AWR (Area Wait Register)
AWR0H
Address
bit
000660H
AWR0L
Address
bit
000661H
AWR1H
Address
bit
000662H
AWR1L
Address
bit
000663H
AWR2H
Address
bit
000664H
AWR2L
Address
bit
000665H
AWR3H
Address
bit
000666H
AWR3L
Address
bit
000667H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved
W14
W13
W12
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
W06
Reserved
W04
Reserved
W02
W01
W00
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved
W14
W13
W12
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
W06
Reserved
W04
Reserved
W02
W01
W00
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved
W14
W13
W12
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
W06
Reserved
W04
Reserved
W02
W01
W00
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved
W14
W13
W12
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
W06
Reserved
W04
Reserved
W02
W01
W00
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Initial value
Access
When INIT When RST
01110000B 01110000B
R/W
01011011B 01011011B
R/W
0XXX0000B 0XXX0000B
R/W
0X0X1XXXB 0X0X1XXXB
R/W
0XXX0000B 0XXX0000B
R/W
0X0X1XXXB 0X0X1XXXB
R/W
0XXX0000B 0XXX0000B
R/W
0X0X1XXXB 0X0X1XXXB
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
AWR0 to AWR3 specify various kinds of wait timing for each chip select area.
The function of each bit changes according to the access type (TYP[3:0] bit) setting of the ACR0 to ACR3
registers.
126
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ Normal Access or a Address/Data Multiplex Access Operation
A chip select area determined by either of the following settings for the access type (TYP[3:0] bit) of
ACR0 to ACR3 registers becomes the area for normal access or a address/data multiplex access operation.
TYP3
TYP2
TYP1
TYP0
Access type
0
0
x
x
Normal access
(asynchronous SRAM, I/O, single ROM/FLASH)
0
1
x
x
Address data multiplex access
(8/16-bit bus width only)
The following lists the functions of each AWR0 to AWR3 bit for a normal access or address/data multiplex
access area. Since the initial values of registers other than AWR0 are undefined, set them to their initial
values before enabling each area with the CSER register.
[bit15] Reserved: Reserved bit
Be sure to set this bit to "0".
[Bit 14 to Bit 12] W14 to W12 = First Access Wait Cycle
These bits set the number of auto-wait cycles to be inserted into the first access cycle of each cycle.
The initial value of the CS0 area is set to 7 (wait). The initial values of other areas are undefined.
W14
W13
W12
First access wait cycle
0
0
0
Auto-wait cycle 0
0
0
1
Auto-wait cycle 1
…
…
1
1
0
Auto-wait cycle 6
1
1
1
Auto-wait cycle 7
[bit11 to bit7] Reserved: Reserved bits
Always set them to "00000B".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
127
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
[bit6] W06 = Read → Write Idle Cycle
The read → write idle cycle is set to prevent collision of read data and write data on the data bus when a
write cycle follows a read cycle. During an idle cycle, all chip select signals are negated and the data
terminals maintain the high impedance state.
If a write cycle follows a read cycle or an access operation to another chip select area occurs after a read
cycle, the specified idle cycle is inserted.
Read → write idle cycles
W06
0
0 cycle
1
1 cycle
[bit5] Reserved: Reserved bit
Be sure to set the bit to "0".
[bit4] W04 = Write Recovery Cycle
The write recovery cycle is set to control the access to a device in which the interval of access
subsequently after write access is limited. During a write recovery cycle, all chip select signals are
negated and the data terminals maintain the high impedance state.
If the write recovery cycle is set to "1" or more, a write recovery cycle is always inserted after write
access.
W04
Write recovery cycles
0
0 cycle
1
1 cycle
[bit3] Reserved: Reserved bit
Be sure to set the bit to "1".
128
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
[bit2] W02 = Address → CSX Delay
The address → CSX delay setting is made when a certain type of setup is required for the address when
CSX falls or CSX edges are needed for successive accesses to the same chip select area.
Set the address and set the delay from ASX output to CS0X to CS3X output.
Address → CSX delay
W02
0
No delay
1
Delay
If no delay is selected by setting "0", assertion of CS0X to CS3X starts at the same timing that ASX is
asserted. If successive accesses are made to the same chip select area at this time, assertion of CS0 to
CS3X may continue without a change between two access operations.
If delay is specified by selecting "1", assertion of CS0X to CS3X starts when the external memory clock
SYSCLK output rises. If successive accesses are made to the same chip select area at this point, CS0X
to CS3X are negated at a timing between two access operations.
If CSX delay is selected, one setup cycle is inserted before asserting the read/write strobe after assertion
of the delayed CSX (operation is the same as the CSX → RDX/WRX setup setting of W01).
[bit1] W01 = CSnX → RDX/WRX Setup Delay Cycle
The CSnX → RDX/WRX setup extension cycle is set to extend the period before the read/write strobe
is asserted after CSnX is asserted. At least one setup extension cycle is inserted before the read/write
strobe is asserted after CSnX is asserted.
CSnX → RDX/WRX setup delay cycle
W01
0
0 cycle
1
1 cycle
If 0 cycle is selected by setting "0", RDX/WR0X and WR1X are output at the earliest when the external
memory clock SYSCLK output rises just after CSn is asserted. WR0X and WR1X may be delayed 1
cycle or more depending on the internal bus state.
If 1 cycle is selected by setting "1", RDX/WR0X and WR1X are always output 1 cycle or more later.
When successive accesses are made within the same chip select area without negating CSnX, a setup
extension cycle is not inserted. If a setup extension cycle for determining the address is required, set the
W02 bit and insert the address → CSnX delay. Since CSnX is negated for each access operation, the
setup extension cycle is enabled.
If the CSnX delay set by W02 is inserted, this setup cycle is always enabled regardless of the setting of
the W01 bit.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
129
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
[bit0] W00 = RDX/WRX → CSnX Hold Extension Cycle
The RDX/WRX → CSnX hold extension cycle is set to extend the period before negating CSnX after
the read/write strobe is negated. One hold extension cycle is inserted before CSnX is negated after the
read/write strobe is negated.
RDX/WRX → CSnX hold extension cycle
W00
0
0 cycle
1
1 cycle
If 0 cycle is selected by setting "0", CS0X to CS3X are negated after the hold delay from the rising edge
of external memory clock SYSCLK output after RDX/WR0X and WR1X are negated.
If 1 cycle is selected by setting "1", CS0X to CS3X are negated one cycle later.
When making successive accesses within the same chip select area without negating CSnX, the hold
extension cycle is not inserted. If a hold extension cycle for determining the address is required, set the
W02 bit and insert the address → CSnX delay. Since CSnX is negated for each access operation, the
hold extension cycle is enabled.
130
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.2 Explanation of Registers of External Bus Interface
MB91313A Series
■ CSER (Chip Select Enable Register)
Figure 3.2-4 Bit Configuration of CSER (Chip Select Enable register)
Address bit
000680H
31
30
29
28
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
27
26
25
CSE3
CSE2
CSE1
Initial value
When INIT When RST
24
CSE0 00000001B 00000001B
Access
R/W
The chip select enable register enables and disables each chip select area.
[bit31 to bit28] Reserved: Reserved bits
Be sure to set these bits to "0000B".
[bit27 to bit24] CSE3 to CSE0 = Chip Select Area Enable (Chip Select Enable 0 to 3)
These bits are the chip select area enable bits for CS0X to CS3X.
The initial value is "0001B", which enables only the CS0 area.
When "1" is written, a chip select area operates according to the settings of ASR0 to ASR3, ACR0 to
ACR3, and AWR0 to AWR3.
Before setting this register, be sure to make all settings required for the corresponding chip select areas.
CM71-10143-5E
CSE3 to CSE0
Area control
0
Disable
1
Enable
CSE bit
Corresponding CSX
Bit [24]: CSE0
CS0X
Bit [25]: CSE1
CS1X
Bit [26]: CSE2
CS2X
Bit [27]: CSE3
CS3X
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
131
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.3 Chip Select Area
3.3
MB91313A Series
Chip Select Area
In the external bus interface, a total of four chip select areas can be set.
■ Example of Chip Select Area Setting
The address space for each area is in ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register) and ACR0 to ACR3 (Area
Configuration Register). CS0X and CS1X can be set in the space assigned to external bus areas between
"00000000H" and "003FFFFFH" in units of 64K/128K/256K/512KB. CS2X and CS3X can be set in the
space between "00400000H" to "00FFFFFFH" in units of 1M/2M/4M/8MB.
When bus access is made to an area specified by these registers, the corresponding chip select signals,
CS2X and CS3X, are activated ("L" output) during the access cycle.
● Example of ASR and ASZ[1:0] settings
1. ASR1=0010H ACR1 → ASZ[1:0]=00B Chip select area 1 is assigned to "00100000H" to "0010FFFFH".
2. ASR2=0040H ACR2 → ASZ[1:0]=00B Chip select area 2 is assigned to "00400000H" to "004FFFFFH".
3. ASR3=0081H ACR3 → ASZ[1:0]=11B Chip select area 3 is assigned to "00800000H" to "00FFFFFFH".
Since 8 MB is set for ACR → ASZ[1:0] at this point, the unit for
boundaries is 8 MB and ASR3[22:16] are ignored.
Before there is any writing to ACR0 after a reset, "00000000H" to "00FFFFFFH" is assigned to the chip
select area 0.
Note:
Set the chip select areas so that there is no overlap.
Figure 3.3-1 Setting Example of Chip Select Area
(Initial value)
00000000H
(Example)
00000000H
00100000H
Area 1
64 KB
00400000H
Area 2
1 MB
00800000H
Area 3
8 MB
Area 0
00FFFFFFH
132
00FFFFFFH
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.4 Address/Data Multiplex Interface
MB91313A Series
3.4
Address/Data Multiplex Interface
This section indicates the timing of operation of the address/data multiplex interface.
■ Without External Wait (TYP[3:0]=0100B, AWR=0008H)
Figure 3.4-1 Timing Chart of Address/Data Multiplex Interface (Without External Wait)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
ASX
CSnX
RDX
Read
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
Data[15:0]
WRnX
Write
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
Data[15:0]
• Making a setting such as TYP[3:0]=01xxB in the ACR register enables the address/data multiplex
interface to be set.
• If the address/data multiplex interface is set, set 8 bits or 16 bits for the data bus width (DBW0 bit).
• In the address/data multiplex interface, the total of 3 cycles of 2 address output cycles + 1 data cycle
becomes the basic number of access cycles.
• In the address output cycles, ASX is asserted as the output address latch signal. However, when the
CSnX → RDX/WRnX setup delay (AWR:W01) is set to "0", the multiplex address output cycle consists
of only one cycle as shown in the figure above. Since the address cannot be directly latched at the rising
edge of ASX, fetch the address at the rising edge of MCLK of the cycle in which "L" is asserted for
ASX. When the address is directly latched at the rising edge of ASX, see "Setting of CSnX → RDX/
WRnX setup".
• As with a normal interface, the address indicating the start of access is output to AD[15:0] during the
time division bus cycle. Use this address if you want to use an address more than 8/16 bits in the
address/data multiplex interface.
• As with the normal interface, auto-wait (AWR:W14 to W12), read → write idle cycle (AWR:W06),
write recovery (AWR:W04), address → CSnX delay (AWR:W02), CSnX → RDX/WRX setup delay
(AWR:W01), and RDX/WRX → CSnX hold delay (AWR:W00) can be set.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
133
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.4 Address/Data Multiplex Interface
MB91313A Series
■ With External Wait (TYP[3:0]=0101B, AWR=1008H)
Figure 3.4-2 Timing Chart of Address/Data Multiplex Interface (With External Wait)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
ASX
CSnX
RDX
Read
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
Data[15:0]
WRnX
Write
AD[15:0]
Data15:0]
Address[15:0]
External wait
Clear
RDY
Making a setting such as TYP[3:0]=01x1B in the ACR register enables RDY input in the address/data
multiplex interface.
134
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.4 Address/Data Multiplex Interface
MB91313A Series
■ Setting of CSX → RDX/WRX Setup (TYP[3:0]=0101B, AWR=100BH)
Figure 3.4-3 Timing Chart of Address/Data Multiplex Interface (Setting of CSX → RDX/WRX Setup)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
ASX
CSnX
RDX
Read
AD[15:0]
Address[15:0]
Data[15:0]
Address[15:0]
Data[15:0]
WRnX
Write
AD[15:0]
Setting "1" for the CSnX → RDX/WRnX setup delay (AWR:W01) enables the multiplex address output
cycle to be extended by 1 cycle as shown in the figure above, allowing the address to be latched directly to
the rising edge of ASX. Use this setting if you want to use ASX as an ALE (Address Latch Enable) strobe
without using SYSCLK.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
135
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.5 DMA Access
3.5
MB91313A Series
DMA Access
This section indicates the timing of operation of the DMA access.
■ 2-Cycle Transfer (The Timing is the Same as for Internal RAM → External I/O, RAM,
External I/O, RAM → Internal RAM.) (TYP[3:0]=0000B, AWR=0008H)
Figure 3.5-1 2-Cycle Transfer (Internal RAM → External I/O, RAM) (When no wait is set on the I/O side)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
I/O address
ASX
CSnX (I/O side)
WRnX
AD[15:0]
The bus access is the same as that of the interface for non-DMAC transfer.
136
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.5 DMA Access
MB91313A Series
■ 2-Cycle Transfer (External → I/O) (TYP[3:0]=0000B, AWR=0008H)
Figure 3.5-2 2-Cycle Transfer (External → I/O) (When memory and I/O wait are not set)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
Memory address
idle
I/O address
ASX
CSnX
RDX
CSnX
WRnX
AD[15:0]
The bus access is the same as that of the interface for non-DMAC transfer.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
137
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.5 DMA Access
MB91313A Series
■ 2-Cycle Transfer (I/O → External) (TYP[3:0]=0000B, AWR=0008H)
Figure 3.5-3 2-Cycle Transfer (I/O → External) (When memory and I/O wait are not set)
SYSCLK
AD[15:0]
I/O address
idle
Memory address
ASX
CSnX
WRnX
CSnX
RDX
AD[15:0]
The bus access is the same as that of the interface for non-DMAC transfer.
138
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.6 Register Setting Procedure
MB91313A Series
3.6
Register Setting Procedure
This section explains the procedure of the register used in the external bus interface.
■ Register Setting Procedure
For setting procedure concerning with external bus interface, follow the principle described below.
1.
Before rewriting the contents of a register, be sure to set the CSER register so that the corresponding
area is set "0".
If you change the settings while "1" is set, access before and after the change cannot be guaranteed.
2.
Use the following procedure to change a register:
(1) Set "0" for the CSER bit corresponding to the applicable area.
(2) Set both ASR and ACR at the same time using word access.
When accessing ASR and ACR using half word, set ACR after setting ASR.
(3) Set AWR.
(4) Set the CSER bit corresponding to the applicable area.
3.
The CS0X area is enabled after a reset is released. If the area is used as a program area, the register
contents need to be rewritten while the CSER bit is "1". In this case, make the settings described in (2)
to (3) above in the initial state with a low-speed internal clock. Then, switch the clock to a high-speed
clock.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
139
CHAPTER 3 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE
3.7 Note on Using External Bus Interface
3.7
MB91313A Series
Note on Using External Bus Interface
This section explains the note on using the external bus interface.
■ Notes on Using External Bus Interface
To mix the area where WR0X and WR1X are used as write strobes (TYP[3:0]=0X0XB) and area
where WRnX is used as write strobe (TYP[3:0]=0X1XB), be sure to set the following items for all the
areas to be used.
(1) Set one or more read → write idle cycles (AWR:W06=1).
(2) Set one or more write recovery cycles (AWR:W04=1).
These restrictions do not apply if the area where WR0X and WR1X are used as write strobes
(TYP[3:0]=0X0XB) is specified but WR0X and WR1X is unavailable (only ROM is connected). The
restrictions do not apply if the area where WRX is used as write strobe (TYP[3:0]=0X1XB) is
specified and both address → RDX/WRX setup cycle (W01=1) and RDX/WRX → address hold cycle
(W00=1) are set.
<Reason for the Restrictions>
In the area where TYP[3:0]=0X1XB is set and WRnX is used as write strobe, the WR0X/WR1X pins
are in form of the byte enable (UBX/LBX) output. In this case, the byte enable output generates the
enable signal for each byte location at the same timing as the address and CSX output.
Therefore, if an access is made to an area where the WR0X/WR1X pins are used as asynchronous
write strobes before or after the operation, the area may not satisfy the AC standard between CSX and
WR0X/WR1X, resulting into an error writing.
If a read → write idle cycle and write recovery cycle are set, CSX is not asserted (the "H" level is
maintained) in these cycles, so the AC standard is satisfied.
The restriction does not apply if there is a space for the AC standard (setup and hold) between CSX
and WR0X/WR1X in the area where the WR0X/WR1X pins are used as asynchronous write strobes.
140
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4
I/O PORTS
This chapter gives an overview of I/O ports and
describes their register configuration and functions.
4.1 Overview of I/O Ports
4.2 Settings of Port Data Registers
4.3 Settings of Data Direction Registers
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
4.5 Pull-up Control Register
4.6 External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register
4.7 Noise Filter Control Register for I2C
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
141
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.1 Overview of I/O Ports
4.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of I/O Ports
This section gives an overview of the I/O ports of the MB91313A series.
■ Basic Block Diagram of Ports
It can be used as an I/O port if the settings are made so that the external bus interfaces or peripherals
corresponding to the pins do not use the pins for input/output.
Figure 4.1-1 shows a basic block diagram of ports.
Figure 4.1-1 Basic Block Diagrams of Ports
R-bus
CMOS
External bus
interface input
CMOS
Schmitt
Peripheral input
0
PDR read
PCR
External bus
control output
Peripheral output
1
PullUp
control
Output
MUX
33 kΩ
Output
driver
Pin
Peripheral output
PDR
DDR
PFR
Port
Direction
control
EPFR
142
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.1 Overview of I/O Ports
MB91313A Series
■ General Specifications of Ports
• Each port has a port data register (PDR) to store output data. A reset does not initialize the PDR register.
• Each port has a data direction register (DDR) to switch its data direction between input and output. A
reset switches the data direction of all ports to input (DDR=00H).
- Port input mode (PFR=0 & EPFR=0 & DDR=0)
PDR read :Reads the level at the corresponding external pin.
PDR write:Writes a set value to the port data register.
- Port output mode (PFR=0 & EPFR=0 & DDR=1)
PDR read :Reads a value from the port data register.
PDR write:Writes a set value to the port data register to output it to the corresponding external pin.
- Peripheral output mode (other settings than PFR=0 & EPFR=0)
PDR read :Reads the output value from the peripheral when DDR=0.
Reads a value from the port data register when DDR=1.
PDR write:Writes a set value to the port data register.
- The read-modify-write (RMW) instruction for a port data register reads the register set value
irrespective of the state of the corresponding port.
- Barring some unique circumstance, the input to a peripheral is always connected to a pin. Usually,
use the port input mode for input to a peripheral.
• Each port has the pull-up control register, and can set the pull-up of 33 kΩ per pin.
• The ports have the port function register (PFR), and some have the extended port function register
(EPFR). They mainly control the peripheral output.
• In the external bus mode, the pin assigned to the external bus interface invalidates the setting of DDR
and PFR, and the function of the bus interface is prioritized. When these pins are used as the generalpurpose port/peripheral output in the external bus mode, set the EPFR and disable the function of the
bus interface.
• In STOP mode, input is fixed to "0". Note, however, that the external interrupt inputs to their respective
pins are not fixed and can be used as interrupts when the interrupts are enabled (with the ENIR bit set
and the PFR/EPFR/DDR register selecting the input pins).
• Two-way signals of peripherals (the I2C function SOT and SCK of UART) are enabled by the PFR
register. For switching between input and output, see the chapter for the relevant peripheral.
Notes:
• If using the pins as an input resource, make sure that PFR=0 and DDR=0 (port input mode).
• There is no register switched between general-purpose port input and peripheral input. The value
input via an external pin is always passed to the general-purpose port and peripheral circuit.
Even with the DDR output setting, the value output to the outside is always propagated to the
general-purpose port and peripheral circuit.
For use as a peripheral input, use PER, EPER and DDR input and enable each peripheral’s input
signal.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
143
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.2 Settings of Port Data Registers
4.2
MB91313A Series
Settings of Port Data Registers
This section explains the configuration and functions of the port data register.
Each port has a port data register (PDR) to store output data. A reset does not initialize the PDR register.
■ Configuration of Port Data Register (PDR)
The following figure shows the configuration of the port data register (PDR).
Figure 4.2-1 Configuration of Port Data Register (PDR)
Address
bit
PDR0 000000H
PDR1 000001H
PDR2 000002H
PDR3 000003H
PDR4 000004H
PDR5 000005H
PDR6 000006H
PDRC 00000CH
PDRD 00000DH
PDRE 00000EH
PDRF 00000FH
7
PDR07
PDR17
PDR27
PDR37
PDR47
PDR57
PDRC7
PDRD7
PDRE7
PDRF7
R/W
6
PDR06
PDR16
PDR26
PDR36
PDR46
PDR56
PDRC6
PDRD6
PDRE6
PDRF6
R/W
5
PDR05
PDR15
PDR25
PDR35
PDR45
PDR55
PDR65
PDRC5
PDRD5
PDRE5
PDRF5
R/W
4
PDR04
PDR14
PDR24
PDR34
PDR44
PDR54
PDR64
PDRC4
PDRD4
PDRE4
PDRF4
R/W
3
PDR03
PDR13
PDR23
PDR33
PDR43
PDR53
PDR63
PDRC3
PDRD3
PDRE3
PDRF3
R/W
2
PDR02
PDR12
PDR22
PDR32
PDR42
PDR52
PDR62
PDRC2
PDRD2
PDRE2
PDRF2
R/W
1
PDR01
PDR11
PDR21
PDR31
PDR41
PDR51
PDR61
PDRC1
PDRD1
PDRE1
PDRF1
R/W
0
PDR00
PDR10
PDR20
PDR30
PDR40
PDR50
PDR60
PDRC0
PDRD0
PDRE0
PDRF0
R/W
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
--XXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
XXXXXXXXB
PDR0 to PDR6, PDRC to PDRF are the I/O data registers for the I/O port.
Input/output is controlled by the corresponding DDR0 to DDR6 and DDRC to DDRF.
The read-modify-write (RMW) instruction for a port data register reads the register set value irrespective of
the state of the corresponding port.
144
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.3 Settings of Data Direction Registers
MB91313A Series
4.3
Settings of Data Direction Registers
This section explains the configuration and functions of the data direction register.
■ Configuration of Data Direction Register
The following figure shows the configuration of the data direction register (DDR).
Figure 4.3-1 Configuration of Data Direction Register (DDR)
Address
bit
DDR0 000400H
DDR1 000401H
DDR2 000402H
DDR3 000403H
DDR4 000404H
DDR5 000405H
DDR6 000406H
DDRC 00040CH
DDRD 00040DH
DDRE 00040EH
DDRF 00040FH
7
DDR07
DDR17
DDR27
DDR37
DDR47
DDR57
DDRC7
DDRD7
DDRE7
DDRF7
R/W
6
DDR06
DDR16
DDR26
DDR36
DDR46
DDR56
DDRC6
DDRD6
DDRE6
DDRF6
R/W
5
DDR05
DDR15
DDR25
DDR35
DDR45
DDR55
DDR65
DDRC5
DDRD5
DDRE5
DDRF5
R/W
4
DDR04
DDR14
DDR24
DDR34
DDR44
DDR54
DDR64
DDRC4
DDRD4
DDRE4
DDRF4
R/W
3
DDR03
DDR13
DDR23
DDR33
DDR43
DDR53
DDR63
DDRC3
DDRD3
DDRE3
DDRF3
R/W
2
DDR02
DDR12
DDR22
DDR32
DDR42
DDR52
DDR62
DDRC2
DDRD2
DDRE2
DDRF2
R/W
1
DDR01
DDR11
DDR21
DDR31
DDR41
DDR51
DDR61
DDRC1
DDRD1
DDRE1
DDRF1
R/W
0
DDR00
DDR10
DDR20
DDR30
DDR40
DDR50
DDR60
DDRC0
DDRD0
DDRE0
DDRF0
R/W
Initial value
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
--000000B
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
• Each port has a data direction register (DDR) to switch its data direction between input and output. A
reset switches the data direction of all ports to input (DDR=00H).
- Port input mode (PFR=0 & EPFR=0 & DDR=0)
PDR read : Reads the level at the corresponding external pin.
PDR write: Writes a set value to the port data register.
- Port output mode (PFR=0 & EPFR=0 & DDR=1)
PDR read : Reads a value from the port data register.
PDR write: Writes a set value to the port data register to output it to the corresponding external pin.
- Peripheral output mode (PFR=1)
PDR read : Reads the output value from the corresponding peripheral.
PDR write: Writes a set value to the port data register.
- Barring some unique circumstance, the input to a peripheral is always connected to a pin. Usually,
use the port input mode for input to a peripheral.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
145
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
4.4
MB91313A Series
Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
This section describes the functions of port functions registers.
■ Port 0
Port 0 is controlled by PFR0 and EPFR0.
In the external bus 16-bit mode, port 0 is AD[7:0] of the bus interface. In other mode, it is assigned to Multi
Function serial interface ch.3 to ch.5. Select the input pin in each resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-1 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 0)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR0 000420H PFR07 PFR06 PFR05 PFR04 PFR03 PFR02 PFR01 PFR00 00000000B
EPFR0 000520H EPFR07 EPFR06 EPFR05 EPFR04 EPFR03 EPFR02 EPFR01 EPFR00 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
146
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
Table 4.4-1 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 0)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
CM71-10143-5E
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface5 SOT5 output / SDA5 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface4 SCK4 I/O / SCL4 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface4 SOT4 output / SDA4 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface3 SCK3 I/O / SCL3 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface3 SOT3 output / SDA3 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
147
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 1
Port 1 is controlled by PFR1 and EPFR1.
In the external bus 8/16-bit mode, port 1 is AD[15:7] of the bus interface. In other mode, it is assigned to
multi function serial interface ch.5 to ch.7. Select the input pin in each resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-2 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 1)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR1 000421H PFR17 PFR16 PFR15 PFR14 PFR13 PFR12 PFR11 PFR10 00000000B
EPFR1 000521H EPFR17 EPFR16 EPFR15 EPFR14 EPFR13 EPFR12 EPFR11 EPFR10 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-2 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 1)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
148
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface7 SCK7 I/O / SCL7 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface7 SOT7 output / SDA7 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface6 SCK6 I/O / SCL6 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface6 SOT6 output / SDA6 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface5 SCK5 I/O / SCL5 I/O pin
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 2
Port 2 is controlled by PFR2 and EPFR2.
It is assigned to multi function serial interface ch.0 to ch.2. Select the input pin in each resource for
selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-3 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 2)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR2 000422H PFR27 PFR26 PFR25 PFR24 PFR23 PFR22 PFR21 PFR20 00000000B
EPFR2 000522H EPFR27 EPFR26 EPFR25 EPFR24 EPFR23 EPFR22 EPFR21 EPFR20 11111111B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-3 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 2)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface2 SOT2 output / SDA2 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface1 SCK1 I/O SCL1 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface1 SOT1 output / SDA1 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface0 SCK0 I/O SCL0 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface0 SOT0 output / SDA0 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
When the external bus is not set, it is invalid if it is set to external address output, and the port becomes a
general-purpose port.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
149
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 3
Port 3 is controlled by PFR3 and EPFR3.
It is assigned to multi function serial interface ch.2, reload timer 0/1/2 and PWC. Select the input pin in
each resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-4 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 3)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR3 000423H PFR37 PFR36 PFR35 PFR34 PFR33 PFR32 PFR31 PFR30 00000000B
EPFR3 000523H EPFR37 EPFR36 EPFR35 EPFR34 EPFR33 EPFR32 EPFR31 EPFR30 11111111B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-4 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 3)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Output of reload timer TOT2
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Output of reload timer TOT1
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Output of reload timer TOT0
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface2 SCK2 I/O SCL2 I/O pin
Setting disabled
When the external bus is not set, it is invalid if it is set to external address output, and the port becomes a
general-purpose port.
150
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 4
Port 4 is controlled by PFR4 and EPFR4.
It is assigned to the multifunction timer. Select the input pin in each resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-5 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 4)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR4 000424H PFR47 PFR46 PFR45 PFR44 PFR43 PFR42 PFR41 PFR40 00000000B
EPFR4 000524H EPFR47 EPFR46 EPFR45 EPFR44 EPFR43 EPFR42 EPFR41 EPFR40 11111111B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-5 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 4)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface10 SCK10 I/O / SCL10 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface10 SOT10 I/O / SDA10 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TMO3 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TMO2 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TMO1 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TMO0 output
Setting disabled
When the external bus is not set, it is invalid if it is set to external address output, and the port becomes a
general-purpose port.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
151
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 5
Port 5 is controlled by PFR5 and EPFR5. In the external bus mode, it is control pin for the bus interface
(CSnX, ASX, RDX, WRnX). In other mode, it is assigned to PPG0 to PPG3. Select the input pin in each
resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-6 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 5)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR5 000425H PFR57 PFR56 PFR55 PFR54 PFR53 PFR52 PFR51 PFR50 00000000B
EPFR5 000525H EPFR57 EPFR56 EPFR55 EPFR54 EPFR53 EPFR52 EPFR51 EPFR50 11111111B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-6 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 5)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Write strobe 1 (WR1X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Write strobe 0 (WR0X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Read strobe (RDX) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Address strobe (ASX) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Chip select 3 (CS3X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
PPG3 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Chip select 2 (CS2X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
PPG2 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Chip select 1 (CS1X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
PPG1 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Chip select 0 (CS0X) output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
PPG0 output
Setting disabled
When the external bus is not set, it is invalid if it is set to external control output, and the port becomes a
general-purpose port.
152
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port 6
Port 6 is controlled by PFR6 and EPFR6. In the external bus mode, it is control pin for the bus interface
(RDY, CLK). In other mode, it is assigned to reload timer. Select the input pin in each resource for
selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-7 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port 6)
Address
bit
PFR6 000426H
EPFR6 000526H
7
R/W
6
R/W
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFR65 PFR64 PFR63 PFR62 PFR61 PFR60 --000000B
EPFR65 EPFR64 EPFR63 EPFR62 EPFR61 EPFR60 --001000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-7 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port 6)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
Ignored
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
CLK output (Enabled when the external bus is set)
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
RDY input
TOT5 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TOT4 output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
TOT3 output
Setting disabled
When the external bus is not set, it is invalid if it is set to external control output, and the port becomes a
general-purpose port.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
153
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port C
Port C is controlled by PFRC and EPFRC. It is also used for PPG and multi function serial interface ch.9.
Figure 4.4-8 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port C)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFRC 00042CH PFRC7 PFRC6 PFRC5 PFRC4 PFRC3 PFRC2 PFRC1 PFRC0 00000000B
EPFRC 00052CH EPFRC7 EPFRC6 EPFRC5 EPFRC4 EPFRC3 EPFRC2 EPFRC1 EPFRC0 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-8 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port C)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
154
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPGB (PPG2 & PPG3) output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPGA (PPG0 & PPG1) output
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface9 SCK9 I/O SCL9 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface9 SOT9 input / SDA9 I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port D
Port D is controlled by PFRD and EPFRD. It is also used for an analog input of the A/D converter. The port
setting is disabled if the corresponding bit is set in the ADER register, and the port becomes an analog
input pin. In this case, all the input values to the pin are handled as "0". Select the input pin in each
resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-9 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port D)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
00042D
00000000
PFRD
H PFRD7 PFRD6 PFRD5 PFRD4 PFRD3 PFRD2 PFRD1 PFRD0
B
EPFRD 00052DH EPFRD7 EPFRD6 EPFRD5 EPFRD4 EPFRD3 EPFRD2 EPFRD1 EPFRD0 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-9 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port D)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
CM71-10143-5E
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
155
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
Note:
By default, the ADER register is set to A/D analog input. If using other function than analog input,
clear the settings of the ADER register.
156
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port E
Port E is controlled by PFRE and EPFRE. It is also used for an analog input and PPG of the multi function
serial interface ch.8 and A/D converter. The port setting is disabled if the corresponding bit is set in the
ADER register, and the port becomes an analog input pin. In this case, all the input values to the pin are
handled as "0". Select the input pin in each resource for selectable input signals.
Figure 4.4-10 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port E)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFRE 00042EH PFRE7 PFRE6 PFRE5 PFRE4 PFRE3 PFRE2 PFRE1 PFRE0 00000000B
EPFRE 00052EH EPFRE7 EPFRE6 EPFRE5 EPFRE4 EPFRE3 EPFRE2 EPFRE1 EPFRE0 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-10 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port E)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
CM71-10143-5E
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface8 SCK8 I/O SCL8 I/O pin
Multi Function Serial Interface8 SCK8 / SOL8 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface8 SOT8 output / SDA8 I/O pin
Multi Function Serial Interface8 SOT8 / SDA8 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPG3 output
UART PPG3 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPG2 output
UART PPG2 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPG1 output
UART PPG1 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
PPG0 output
UART PPG0 pseudo open drain output
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
157
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
MB91313A Series
■ Port F
Port E is controlled by PFRF and EPFRF. It is also used for an analog input of the CEC and remote control
0, 1.
Figure 4.4-11 Configuration of Extra Port Control Register (Port F)
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
PFRF 00042FH PFRF7 PFRF6 PFRF5 PFRF4 PFRF3 PFRF2 PFRF1 PFRF0 00000000B
EPFRF 00052FH EPFRF7 EPFRF6 EPFRF5 EPFRF4 EPFRF3 EPFRF2 EPFRF1 EPFRF0 00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Table 4.4-11 Function of Extra Port Control Register (Port F)
Bit
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
PFR
EPFR
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
Function
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Multi Function Serial Interface SOT input / SDA I/O pin
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
HDMI-CEC1 ACK output*
Setting disabled
General-purpose port
Setting disabled
HDMI-CEC0 ACK output*
1
1
Setting disabled
0
0
General-purpose port
0
1
Setting disabled
bit1
1
0
HDMI-CEC1 input/output (pseudo open drain)
1
1
Setting disabled
0
0
General-purpose port
0
1
Setting disabled
bit0
1
0
HDMI-CEC0 input/output (pseudo open drain)
1
1
Setting disabled
*: The ACK output is only available on the MB91F313A. This setting is prohibited on the MB91F313.
158
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.4 Settings of Extra Port Control Registers
Note:
Only set HDMI-CEC input/output mode when using HDMI-CEC mode. Set as a general-purpose port
and set as an input in the DDRF register when using remote control reception mode.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
159
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.5 Pull-up Control Register
4.5
MB91313A Series
Pull-up Control Register
Pins can be added with a 33 kΩ pull-up resistor. This function can be controlled by
software using the bit for each pin.
■ Pull-up Control
The pull-up function is controlled by the port pull-up control register (PCR).
Pin pull-up control is disabled automatically in the following cases:
• Port in the output state
• STOP mode output Hi-Z is selected
■ Port Pull-Up Control Register
Table 4.5-1 shows the settings of port pull-up/pull-down control registers. The setting of each bit is valid
only with the corresponding PCR bit set.
Ports P07 to P00, P17 to P10, P57 to P50, and P65 to P60 can be available for the pull-up control. Each
port has the corresponding bit.
Table 4.5-1 Settings of Port Pull-up/Pull-down Control Registers
Port Pull-Up/Pull-Down Control Register
Bit
PCRxy
0 (Initial Value)
1
No pull-up
Pull-up
Figure 4.5-1 Configuration of Port Pull-Up Control Register
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
PCR0 000500H PCR07 PCR06 PCR05 PCR04
PCR1 000501H PCR17 PCR16 PCR15 PCR14
PCR5 000505H PCR57 PCR56 PCR55 PCR54
PCR6 000506H
PCR65 PCR64
160
3
PCR03
PCR13
PCR53
PCR63
2
PCR02
PCR12
PCR52
PCR62
1
PCR01
PCR11
PCR51
PCR61
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
0
PCR00
PCR10
PCR50
PCR60
Initial value
00000000B
00000000B
00000000B
--000000B
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.6 External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register
MB91313A Series
4.6
External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register
This function enables the external bus. This function can be controlled by software
using the bit for each pin.
■ ADER: External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register
Figure 4.6-1 Configuration of External Bus, I2C Bridge, ADER Control Register
Address
bit
000570H
bit
15
14
13
12
EXT
11
10
9
8
Initial value
I2CBR12 I2CBR01 ADER9 ADER8 00000011B
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADER7 ADER6 ADER5 ADER4 ADER3 ADER2 ADER1 ADER0 11111111B
[bit15 to bit12] EXT: External bus control
Writing "1010B" to this bit enables the external bus function.
The procedure is as follows:
•Set the necessary functions in the PFR and EPFR register from port 2 to 5.
•Set the external bus interface (640H to 687H).
•Writing "1010B" to this bit enables the external bus.
•The data bus of port 0 and 1 corresponds to the mode register setting and the bus width specified in the
external bus interface.
•8-bit bus width: Port 1 is the data bus.
•16-bit bus width: Port 1 and 0 are the data bus.
•It serves as a single chip unless this register is set. Therefore, set 8 bit or 16 bit of the data bus width
for the mode register.
[bit11,bit10] I2CBR12,I2CBR01: I2C bridge function
Setting this bit (=1) enables the I2C pin to be bridged.
•If set I2CBR12, P24=P27 and P25=P30 are short-circuited inside the chip.
•If set I2CBR01, P21=P24 and P22=P25 are short-circuited inside the chip.
•If set both, P21=P24=P27 and P22=P25=P30 are short-circuited inside the chip.
[bit9 to bit0] ADER9 to ADER0: A/D input enable
The PD0 to PD7, PE0, and PE1 pins are also used for the A/D converter input. Set the corresponding bit
if used for the A/D analog input.
Setting this bit (=1) fixes the input gate inside the chip to "0". If using other function than analog input,
clear this bit (=0).
With this register, be sure to use half word (16 bit) for access.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
161
CHAPTER 4 I/O PORTS
4.7 Noise Filter Control Register for I2C
4.7
MB91313A Series
Noise Filter Control Register for I2C
This section explains the noise filter control register for I2C.
■ NSF: Noise Filter Control Register for I2C
Figure 4.7-1 Configuration of Noise Filter Control Register for I2C
Address
000578H
bit
15
bit
7
NSF7
14
6
NSF6
13
5
NSF5
12
4
NSF4
11
3
NSF3
10
NSF10
2
NSF2
9
NSF9
1
NSF1
8
NSF8
0
NSF0
Initial value
-----000B
00000000B
[bit10 to bit0] NSF10 to NSF0: Noise filter enable bit for I2C
NSFn
Operation
0
Noise filter disabled
1
Noise filter enabled
(n = 0 to 10)
Set the value to "1" only if used with 100 kbps or faster environment.
With this register, be sure to use half word (16 bit) for access.
162
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5
16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
This chapter explains an overview, register
configuration/functions and operations of the 16-bit
reload timer.
5.1 Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.3 Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.4 Operating Status of Counter
5.5 Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
163
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.1 Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer
The 16-bit reload timer consists of a 16-bit down counter, a 16-bit reload register, a
prescaler for creating internal count clock, and a control register.
■ Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer
This series has three built-in channels (0 to 2), for the 16-bit reload timer.
ch.0 to ch.2 can activate the DMA transfer via interrupt.
The input clock can be selected from three internal clocks (machine clock divided by 2, 8, and 32) and an
external clock.
The output pin (TOUT) provides a toggle output waveform each time an underflow occurs (in reload
mode), or a rectangular wave that indicates that counting is in progress (in one shot mode).
The input pin (TIN) can be used for event input in the external event count mode, and trigger or gate input
in the internal clock mode.
The external event count function, when used in the reload mode, can be used as a clock frequency divider
for the external clock mode.
■ Block Diagram
Figure 5.1-1 shows a block diagram of the 16-bit reload timer.
Figure 5.1-1 Block Diagram of 16-Bit Reload Timer
16-bit reload register
(TMRLR)
Reload
R-bus
16-bit down counter
(TMR)
RELD
UF
OUTL
OUT
CTL
Count
enable
INTE
AND
Clock
selector
CSL1
CSL0
EXCK
Prescaler
Prescaler
clear
UF
CNTE
IRQ
TRG
to port
IN CTL
MOD2
MOD1
MOD0
External
trigger select
External
trigger input
φ
164
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
5.2
Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
This section explains the configurations and functions of the registers used by the 16bit
reload timer.
■ Register List of 16-Bit Reload Timer
Figure 5.2-1 Register List of 16-Bit Reload Timer
bit
15
14
13
12
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
11
10
9
8
CSL1
CSL0
MOD2
MOD1
Control status register (TMCSR)
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MOD0
Reserved
OUTL
RELD
INTE
UF
CNTE
TRG
bit15
bit0
16-bit timer register (TMR)
bit15
bit0
16-bit reload register (TMRLR)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
165
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.2.1
MB91313A Series
Control Status Register (TMCSR)
The control status register (TMCSR) controls the operating modes and interrupts of the
16-bit reload timer.
■ Bit Configuration of Control Status Register (TMCSR)
Figure 5.2-2 Bit Configuration of Control Status Register (TMCSR)
TMCSR
Address
bit
15
ch.0 00004EH
ch.1 000056H
ch.2 00005EH
14
13
12
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
11
10
9
8
Initial value
CSL1
CSL0
MOD2
MOD1
00000000B
R
R
R
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
MOD0
Reserved
OUTL
RELD
INTE
UF
CNTE
TRG
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
bit
R/W : Readable/Writable
R:
Read only
Rewrite the bit other than UF, CNTE, and TRG bits if CNTE=0.
The control status register (TMCSR) supports simultaneous writing.
The following explains bit functions of control status register (TMCSR).
[bit15 to bit12] Reserved: Reserved bits
The read value is always "0000B".
[bit11, bit10] CSL1, CSL0 (Count clock SeLect)
These bits are the count clock select bits. Table 5.2-1 shows the clock sources that can be selected using
these bits. Countable edges used when external event count mode is set are set by the MOD1 and MOD0
bits.
Table 5.2-1 Clock Sources Set Using the CSL Bits
CSL1
CSL0
Clock Source (φ: Machine Clock)
0
0
φ/21
0
1
φ/23
1
0
φ/25
1
1
External clock (event)
Note:
166
The minimum pulse width required for an external clock is 2T (T: Peripheral machine clock
cycle).
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit9 to bit7] MOD2, MOD1, MOD0 (MODe)
These bits set the operating modes and functions of the I/O pin.
The MOD2 bit selects the functions of the input pin. If this bit is "0", the input pin becomes the trigger
input pin. When a valid edge is input, the contents of the reload register are loaded into the counter and
the count operation is continued. Setting this bit to "1" enters the gate count mode. The input pin
becomes the gate input, and the count operation is performed only when a valid level is being input.
The MOD1 and MOD0 bits set the pin function for each mode. Table 5.2-2 and Table 5.2-3 show the
settings of the MOD2, MOD1, and MOD0 bits.
Table 5.2-2MOD2, MOD1, and MOD0 Setting Method 1
(in Internal Clock Mode (CSL0, CSL1=00B, 01B, 10B))
MOD2
MOD1
MOD0
Input Pin Function
Valid Edge, Level
0
0
0
Trigger disabled
-
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
×
0
Rising edge
Trigger input
Falling edge
Both edges
"L" level
Gate input
1
×
1
"H" level
Table 5.2-3MOD2, MOD1, and MOD0 Setting Method 2
(in Event Count Mode (CSL0, CSL1=11B))
MOD2
MOD1
MOD0
Input Pin Function
Valid Edge, Level
0
0
-
-
0
1
1
0
1
1
Rising edge
×
Note:
Event input
Falling edge
Both edges
× in this table represents any value.
[bit6] Reserved: Reserved bit
The read value is always "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
167
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit5] OUTL
This bit sets the output level of the TOUT pin. The pin level is reversed depending on whether this bit is
"0" or "1". This bit, bit4 (RELD bit), and the corresponding bit of the PFR register of the I/O port are
combined to specify the output waveform. Table 5.2-4 shows the setting of a combination of these bits.
Table 5.2-4 Setting of PFR, RELD, and OUTL
PFR
OUTL
RELD
0
×
×
General-purpose port
1
0
0
Rectangular wave of "H" during counting
1
1
0
Rectangular wave of "L" during counting
1
0
1
Toggle output of "L" at count start
1
1
1
Toggle output of "H" at count start
Note:
Output waveform
PFR is the corresponding bit of the PFR register of the I/O port
[bit4] RELD
This bit is the reload enable bit."1" turns on the reload mode. As soon as the counter value underflows
from "0000H" → "FFFFH", the contents of the reload register are loaded into the counter and the count
operation is continued.
If this bit is set to "0", the count operation is stopped when the counter value underflows from "0000H" →
"FFFFH".
[bit3] INTE
This bit is an interrupt request enable bit. If the INTE bit is set to "1," an interrupt request is generated
when the UF bit is set to "1."If it is set to "0", no interrupt request is generated.
[bit2] UF
This bit is the timer interrupt request flag. This bit is set to "1" when the counter value underflows from
"0000H" → "FFFFH". Writing "0" clears the flag.
Writing "1" to this bit has no effect on the operations. For a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction, "1" is
always read.
[bit1] CNTE
This bit is the count enable bit of the timer. Write "1" to this bit to enter the activation trigger wait state.
Writing "0" to this bit stops the count operation.
[bit0] TRG
This bit is the software trigger bit. Writing "1" to this bit generates a software trigger, loads the contents
of the reload register into the counter, and starts the count operation.
Writing "0" to this bit has no effect on the operations. Reading value is always "0".
The trigger input to this register is valid only if CNTE=1.
168
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
5.2.2
16-Bit Timer Register (TMR)
The 16-bit timer register (TMR) can be used to read the count value of the 16-bit timer.
The initial value is undefined.
Be sure to read this register using a 16-bit data transfer instruction.
■ Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register (TMR)
Figure 5.2-3 shows the bit configuration of the 16-bit timer register (TMR).
Figure 5.2-3 Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register (TMR)
TMR
bit0
~ ~
~ ~
Address:
ch.0 00004AH bit15
ch.1 000052H
ch.2 00005AH
R
Initial value
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
...
...
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R: Read only
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
169
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.2 Registers of 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.2.3
MB91313A Series
16-Bit Reload Register (TMRLR)
The 16-bit reload register (TMRLR) holds the initial value of a counter. The initial value
is undefined.
Be sure to write the value to this register using a 16-bit data transfer instruction.
■ Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register (TMRLR)
Figure 5.2-4 shows the bit configuration of the 16-bit reload register (TMRLR).
Figure 5.2-4 Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register (TMRLR)
TMRLR
bit0
~ ~
~ ~
Address:
ch.0 000048H bit15
ch.1 000050H
ch.2 000058H
W
Initial value
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
...
...
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W: Write only
170
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.3 Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
5.3
Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
This section explains the following operations of the 16-bit reload timer:
• Internal clock operation
• Underflow operation
• Input pin function operation
• Output pin function operation
■ Internal Clock Operation
If the timer operates with a division clock of the internal clock, one of the clocks created by dividing the
machine clock by 2, 8, or 32 can be selected as the clock source.
The external input pin can be used for the trigger input or gate input depending on the register setting.
To start the count operation as soon as counting is enabled, write "1" to the CNTE and TRG bits of the
control status register. Trigger input due to the TRG bit is always valid regardless of the operating mode,
when the timer is running (CNTE=1).
Figure 5.3-1 shows the activation and operations of the counter.
Time as long as T (T: peripheral clock machine cycle) is required after the counter activation trigger is
input and before the data of the reload register is actually loaded into the counter.
Figure 5.3-1 Activation and Operations of the Counter
Count clock
Reload data
Counter
-1
-1
-1
Data load
CNTE (bit)
TRG (bit)
T
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
171
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.3 Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Underflow Operation
Underflow is an event in which the counter value changes from "0000H" to "FFFFH". Thus, an underflow
occurs at the count of [Reload register setting value +1].
If the RELD bit of the control status register (TMCSR) is set to "1" when an underflow occurs, the contents
of the 16-bit reload register (TMRLR) are loaded into the counter and the count operation is continued. If
the RELD bit is set to "0", the counter stops at "FFFFH".
The underflow sets the UF bit of the control status register (TMCSR). If the INTE bit is set to "1," an
interrupt request is generated.
Figure 5.3-2 shows the timing chart of the underflow operation.
Figure 5.3-2 Timing Chart of the Underflow Operation
When [RDRF=1]
Count clock
Counter
0000H
Reload data
0000H
FFFFH
-1
-1
-1
Data load
Underflow set
When [RELD=0]
Count clock
Counter
Underflow set
172
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.3 Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Operation of Input Pin Function (in Internal Clock Mode)
If an internal clock is selected as the clock source, the TIN pin can be used as the trigger input or gate
input.
● Operation of Trigger Input
If the pin is used as the trigger input when a valid edge is input, the contents of the 16-bit reload register
(TMRLR) are loaded into the counter, the internal prescaler is cleared, and the count operation is started.
Input the pulse with 2T (T is peripheral clock machine cycle) or more for TIN.
Figure 5.3-3 shows the timing chart of the trigger input operation.
Figure 5.3-3 Timing Chart of the Trigger Input Operation
Count clock
TIN
Rising edge detection
Prescaler clear
Counter
-1
Reload data
-1
-1
-1
Load
2T to
2.5T
● Operation of Gate Input
If the pin is used as the gate input, the count operation is performed only while the valid level, set by the
MOD0 bit of the control status register (TMCSR), is input from the TIN pin. In this case, the count clock
keeps operating. In the gate mode, the software trigger is available, regardless of the gate level. The pulse
width for the TIN pin should be 2T (T is peripheral clock machine cycle) or more.
Figure 5.3-4 shows the timing chart of the gate input operation.
Figure 5.3-4 Timing Chart of the Gate Input Operation
Count clock
When the MOD0 bit = 1
(Count during input of "H")
TIN
Counter
-1
-1
-1
■ External Event Count Operation
If an external clock is selected, the TIN pin becomes the external event input pin, and the valid edge set by
the register is counted. The pulse width for the TIN pin should be 2T (T is peripheral clock machine cycle)
or more.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
173
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.3 Operations of 16-Bit Reload Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Output Pin Function Operation
The TOT pin provides a toggle output that is inverted by an underflow (in reload mode), or a pulse output
that indicates that counting is in progress (in one shot mode). The output polarity can be set using the
OUTL bit of the control status register (TMCSR). If OUTL=0, toggle output is "0" for the initial value, and
the one-shot pulse output is "1" while the count operation is in progress. If OUTL=1, the output waveform
is reversed.
Figure 5.3-5 shows the timing chart of the output pin function operation.
Figure 5.3-5 Timing Chart of the Output Pin Function Operation
When [RELD=1, OUTL=0]
Count activation
Underflow
Inverted at OUTL=1
TOUT
GeneralCNTE purpose port
Activation trigger
When [RELD=0, OUTL=0]
Count activation
Underflow
TOUT
Inverted at OUTL=1
GeneralCNTE purpose port
Activation trigger
Activation trigger
waiting state
■ Other Operations
Ch.0 to ch.2 of the 16-bit reload timer can be used to activate the DMA transfer with its interrupt request
signal.
The DMA controller clears the interrupt flag of the reload timer at the time of the reception of a transfer
request.
174
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.4 Operating Status of Counter
MB91313A Series
5.4
Operating Status of Counter
The counter state is determined by the CNTE bit of the control status register (TMCSR)
and the WAIT signal, which is an internal signal. The states that can be set include the
stop state, when CNTE=0 and WAIT=1 (STOP state); the activation trigger wait state,
when CNTE=1 and WAIT=1 (WAIT state); and the operation state, when CNTE=1 and
WAIT=0 (RUN state).
■ Operating Status of Counter
Figure 5.4-1 shows the transition of each state.
Figure 5.4-1 Counter State Transition
Reset
State transition by hardware
State transition by register access
STOP
CNTE=0, WAIT=1
TIN: Input disabled
TOUT: General-purpose port
Counter: Holds the value when it
stops
Undefined just after reset
CNTE=0
WAIT
CNTE=0
CNTE=1
CNTE=1
TRG=0
TRG=1
CNTE=1, WAIT=1
RUN
TIN: Only trigger input enabled
CNTE=1, WAIT=0
TIN:Serves as TIN
TOUT: Initial value output
TOUT:Serves as TOUT
RELD·UF
Counter: Holds the value when it stops
Counter: operation
Undefined just after reset and until
data is loaded
TRG=1
TRG=1
RELD·UF
LOAD
Trigger from TIN
CM71-10143-5E
CNTE=1, WAIT=0
Loads contents of reload register
into counter
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Load completed
175
CHAPTER 5 16-BIT RELOAD TIMER
5.5 Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer
5.5
MB91313A Series
Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer
This section explains the precautions when using the 16-bit reload timer.
■ Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer
● Internal prescaler
The internal prescaler is enabled if a trigger (software or external trigger) is applied while bit1 (timer
enable: CNTE) of the control status register (TMCSR) is set to "1".
Even if used only with the gate count mode, be sure to assign a trigger before inputting the valid gate level.
It is recommended that "1" is written to bit0 (TRG) of the TMCSR register when setting CNTE.
● Timing of setting and clearing the interrupt request flag
If the device attempts to set and clear the interrupt request flag at the same time, the flag is set and the clear
operation becomes ineffective.
● 16-bit timer register (TMR) / 16-bit reload register (TMRLR)
If the device attempts to write to the 16-bit timer register and reload the data into the 16-bit reload register
at the same time, old data is loaded into the counter. New data is loaded into the counter only in the next
reload timing.
● 16-bit timer register (TMR)
If the device attempts to load and count the 16-bit timer register at the same time, the load (reload)
operation takes precedence.
176
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6
PPG (PROGRAMMABLE
PULSE GENERATOR)
This chapter gives an outline of the PPG (Programmable
Pulse Generator) timer and explains the register
configuration and functions and the timer operations.
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
6.2 Operation of the PPG Timer
6.3 Precautions on Using the PPG Timer
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
177
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
6.1
MB91313A Series
Outline of the PPG Timer
The PPG timer can efficiently output highly accurate PWM waveforms.
The MB91313A series has four channels of the PPG timer.
■ Characteristics of PPG Timer
• Each channel consists of a 16-bit down counter, 16-bit data register with a cycle setting buffer, 16-bit
compare register with a duty setting buffer, and pin control block.
• One of the four count clocks can be selected for the 16-bit down counter:
Peripheral clocks: φ, φ/4, φ/16, and φ/64
• A reset or counter borrow can initialize the counter value to "FFFFH".
• Each channel has PPG output (PPG0 to PPG3).
• Registers
Cycle setting register : Data register for reload with buffer
Data is transferred from the buffer when an activation trigger signal is detected
and a counter borrow occurs.
The PPG output is inverted when a counter borrow occurs.
Duty setting register : Compare register with buffer
PPG output is inverted when the value of this register and the counter value
match.
• Pin control
Set to "1" when the duty matches (priority).
Reset to "0" when a counter borrow occurs.
Output-value fixed mode is available to facilitate output of all-L (or H).
The polarity can be specified.
• An interrupt request can be generated as one of the following combinations:
Activation of PPG timer (software trigger or trigger input)
Generation of counter borrow (cycle match)
Generation of duty match
Generation of counter borrow (cycle match) or duty match
• Restart during operation can be set.
• Remote control sending is supported.
178
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Registers
Figure 6.1-1 Registers of PPG
Address
bit15
bit0
000120H
PDUT0
R
ch.0 Duty setting register
000122H
PCSR0
W
ch.0 Cycle setting register
000124H
PTMR0
W
ch.0 Timer register
000126H
000127H
PCNH0
PCNL0
R/W ch.0 Control status register
000128H
PDUT1
R
ch.1 Duty setting register
00012AH
PCSR1
W
ch.1 Cycle setting register
00012CH
PTMR1
W
ch.1 Timer register
00012EH
PCNH1
PCNL1
R/W ch.1 Control status register
000130H
PDUT2
R
ch.2 Duty setting register
000132H
PCSR2
W
ch.2 Cycle setting register
000134H
PTMR2
W
ch.2 Timer register
000136H
PCNH2
PCNL2
R/W ch.2 Control status register
000138H
PDUT3
R
ch.3 Duty setting register
00013AH
PCSR3
W
ch.3 Cycle setting register
00013CH
PTMR3
W
ch.3 Timer register
00013EH
CM71-10143-5E
PCNH3
PCNL3
R/W ch.3 Control status register
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
179
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Figure 6.1-2 Overall Block Diagram
TRG input
External TRG0
PPG0
PPG timer ch.0
PPGA
TRG input
External TRG1
PPG1
PPG timer ch.1
TRG input
External TRG2
PPG2
PPG timer ch.2
PPGB
TRG input
External TRG3
PPG3
PPG timer ch.3
Figure 6.1-3 Block Diagram for One Channel of PPG Timer
PCSR
PDUT
Prescaler
1/1
1/4
CK
Load
CMP
1/16
16-bit
down counter
1/64
Start
Borrow
PPG mask
Peripheral clock
S
Q
PPG output
R
Interrupt
select
Reverse bit
Enable
TRG input
Edge
detection
IRQ
Software trigger
180
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Control Status Register
Figure 6.1-4 Bit Configuration of Control Status Register
PCNH
bit 15
14
13
12
11
Address: ch.0 000126H CNTE STGR MDSE RTRG CKS1
ch.1 00012EH
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
ch.2 000136H R/W
0
0
0
0
0
ch.3 00013EH
×
×
×
10
9
CKS0 PGMS
8
-
R/W
R/W
-
← Attribute
0
×
0
-
← Initial value
← Rewrite during operation
PCNL
bit
7
6
Address: ch.0 000127H EGS1 EGS0
ch.1 00012FH
R/W
ch.2 000137H R/W
0
0
ch.3 00013FH
×
×
5
4
3
2
1
0
IREN
IRQF
IRS1
IRS0
-
OSEL
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
0
0
0
×
0
×
-
R/W ← Attribute
0
×
← Initial value
← Rewrite during operation
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
[bit15] CNTE: Timer enable bit
This bit enables operation of the 16-bit down counter.
0
Disabled (initial value)
1
Enabled
[bit14] STGR: Software trigger bit
Writing 1 into this bit applies software trigger.
The read value is always 0.
[bit13] MDSE: Mode select bit
This bit is used to select either the PWM mode in which continuous pulses are output or the one-shot
mode in which a single pulse is output.
0
PWM mode (initial value)
1
One-shot mode
[bit12] RTRG: Restart select bit
This bit enables a restart resulting from a software trigger or trigger input.
CM71-10143-5E
0
Restart disabled (initial value)
1
Restart enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
181
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit11, bit10] CKS1, CKS0: Count clock select bit
These bits are used to select the count clock of the 16-bit down counter.
CKS1
CKS0
Cycle
0
0
φ (initial value)
0
1
φ/4
1
0
φ/16
1
1
φ/64
φ: Peripheral machine clock
[bit9] PGMS: PPG Output mask select bit
Writing 1 into this bit allows PPG output to be masked to 0 or 1, regardless of mode, cycle, and duty
settings.
PPG output when write "1" to PGMS
Polarity
PPG output
Ordinary polarity
L output
Reverse polarity
H output
For all-H output in ordinary polarity mode and all-L output in reverse polarity mode, specify the same
value in the cycle setting register and duty setting register in order to output the above mask value with
the polarity reversed.
[bit8] This bit is undefined.
[bit7, bit6] EGS1, EGS0: Trigger input edge select bit
These bits are used to select an effective edge for PPG input.
Regardless of the mode that is selected, writing "1" to the bit of a software trigger enables the software
trigger.
182
EGS1
EGS0
Edge selection
0
0
Not effective (initial value)
0
1
Rising edge
1
0
Falling edge
1
1
Both edges
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
[[bit5] IREN: Interrupt request enable bit
0
Disabled (initial value)
1
Enabled
[bit4] IRQF: Interrupt request flag bit
If bit5:IREN, is enabled and an interrupt source selected in bit3, bit2:IRS1 and IRS0, occurs then this bit
is set and an interrupt request is generated and issued to the CPU.
This bit is cleared if "0" is written to it.
This bit remains unchanged if "1" is written to it.
The read value by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction is always "1", regardless of the bit value.
[bit3, bit2] IRS1, IRS0: Interrupt resource select bit
These bits are used to select a source that sets bit4:IRQF.
IRS1
IRS0
Interrupt resource
0
0
Software trigger or trigger input (initial value)
0
1
Occurrence of a counter borrow (cycle match)
1
0
Occurrence of a duty match
1
1
Occurrence of a counter borrow (cycle match) or duty match
[bit1] Unused bit
[bit0] OSEL: PPG output polarity specification bit
This bit sets the polarity of the PPG output.
The followings show the combination results for this bit and bit9:PGMS.
CM71-10143-5E
PGMS
OSEL
PPG output
0
0
Ordinary polarity (initial value)
0
1
Reverse polarity
1
0
Output fixed to "L"
1
1
Output fixed to "H"
Polarity
After reset
Ordinary polarity
"L" output
Reverse polarity
"H" output
Duty match
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Counter borrow
183
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ PCSR (PPG Cycle Setting Register)
Figure 6.1-5 Bit Configuration of PCSR (PPG Cycle Setting Register)
PCSR
bit
Address: ch.0 000122H
ch.1 00012AH
ch.2 000132H
ch.3 00013AH
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
← Attribute
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
← Initial value
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
← Attribute
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
← Initial value
W:
Write only
The PPG cycle setting register (PCSR) is a register with a buffer for setting a cycle. Transfers from the
buffer are performed with counter borrow.
When initializing or rewriting the cycle setting register, be sure to write to the duty setting register after the
writing of the cycle setting register.
This register must be accessed using 16-bit data.
■ PDUT (PPG Duty Setting Register)
Figure 6.1-6 Bit Configuration of PDUT (PPG Duty Setting Register)
PDUT
bit
Address: ch.0 000120H
ch.1 000128H
ch.2 000130H
ch.3 000138H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
← Attribute
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
← Initial value
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
← Attribute
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
← Initial value
W:
Write only
The PPG duty setting register (PDUT) is a register with buffer for setting a duty. Transfers from the buffer
are performed with counter borrow.
When the same value is set in the cycle setting register and the duty setting register, all-H is output in
ordinary polarity mode and all-L is output in reverse polarity mode.
Do not specify a smaller value in PCSR than that in PDUT. Otherwise, PPG output becomes undefined.
This register must be accessed using 16-bit data.
184
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.1 Outline of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ PTMR (PPG Timer Register)
Figure 6.1-7 Bit Configuration of PTMR (PPG Timer Register)
PTMR
bit
Address: ch.0 000124H
ch.1 00012CH
ch.2 000134H
ch.3 00013CH
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
← Attribute
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
← Initial value
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
← Attribute
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
← Initial value
R:
Read only
The PPG timer register (PTMR) is a register used to read the value of the 16-bit down counter.
This register must be accessed using 16-bit data.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
185
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.2 Operation of the PPG Timer
6.2
MB91313A Series
Operation of the PPG Timer
This section describes the PPG timer operation.
■ Timing Charts for PWM Operation
Figure 6.2-1 PWM Operation Timing Chart (When reactivation is disabled)
Rising edge detection
Trigger ignored
Activation
trigger
m
n
0
PPG
(1)
(2)
(1) = T (n+1) ms
(2) = T (m+1) ms
T : Count clock cycle
m : PCSR value
n : PDUT value
Figure 6.2-2 PWM Operation Timing Chart (When reactivation is enabled)
Rising edge detection
Restart by trigger
Activation
trigger
m
n
0
PPG
(1)
(2)
(1) = T (n+1) ms
(2) = T (m+1) ms
T : Count clock cycle
m: PCSR value
n : PDUT value
● PWM mode
In PWM mode, the PPG timer can output pulses continuously after an activation trigger signal is detected.
The output pulse cycle can be controlled with the PCSR value, and the duty ratio can be controlled with the
PDUT value.
Note:
186
After data is written to PCSR, be sure to write data to PDUT.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.2 Operation of the PPG Timer
■ Timing Charts for One-Shot Operation
Figure 6.2-3 Timing Charts for One-Shot Operation (When restart is disabled)
Rising edge detection
Trigger ignored
Activation
trigger
m
n
0
PPG
(1)
(2)
T : Count clock cycle
m : PCSR value
n : PDUT value
(1) = T (n+1) ms
(2) = T (m+1) ms
Figure 6.2-4 Timing Charts for One-Shot Operation (When restart is enabled)
Rising edge detection
Restart by trigger
Activation
trigger
m
n
0
PPG
(1)
(2)
(1) = T (n+1) ms
(2) = T (m+1) ms
T : Count clock cycle
m : PCSR value
n : PDUT value
● One-shot mode
In one-shot mode, the PPG timer can output a single pulse of an arbitrary width when triggered.
When reactivation is enabled, the PPG timer reloads the counter value after an edge is detected during
operation.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
187
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.2 Operation of the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart (with PPG Output Set for Ordinary Polarity)
Figure 6.2-5 Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart
Activation trigger
2.5T maximum
Load
Clock
Count value
X
0003 H
0002 H
0001 H
0000 H
0003 H
PPG
Interrupt
Effective edge
Duty match
Counter borrow
It takes at most 2.5T (T stands for the count clock cycle) to load a count value after an activation trigger is
input.
■ Examples of Methods of All-L and All-H PPG Output
Figure 6.2-6 Methods of All-L and All-H PPG Output
PPG
Reduce the
duty.
When using an interrupt by borrow, set the
PGMS (mask bit) to "1".
If the PGMS (mask bit) is set to "0" during
use of an interrupt by borrow, the PWM
waveform can be output without generating
glitches.
PPG
Increase the
duty.
When using an interrupt by compare match,
write to the duty setting register the same
values as that in the cycle setting register.
188
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.3 Precautions on Using the PPG Timer
MB91313A Series
6.3
Precautions on Using the PPG Timer
This section gives notes on using the PPG timer.
■ Precautions on Using the PPG Timer
• If the device attempts to set and clear the interrupt request flag at the same time, the flag is set and the
clear operation becomes ineffective.
• The settings of bit11 and bit10 (count clock select bits CKS1 and CKS0) of the PPG control register are
reflected immediately after data is written to the bits. Change the settings of the bits when counting
stops.
• If the device attempts to load and count the PPG down counter (PPGC: 16-bit down counter) at the same
time, the load operation takes precedence.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
189
CHAPTER 6 PPG (PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR)
6.3 Precautions on Using the PPG Timer
190
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 7
16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
This chapter gives an overview of the 16-bit pulse width
counter and explains the register configuration and
functions and the counter operation.
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
7.2 Operation of the PWC Timer
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
191
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
7.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of the PWC Timer
The 16-bit pulse width counter uses a 16-bit up counter to measure the pulse width of
externally input signals.
The 16-bit pulse width counter consists of a 16-bit up counter, three 8-bit control
registers, a PWC data register, PWC upper data register, and a low-pass filter (LPF).
• Interrupt request generation during data register transfer
■ Registers of the 16-Bit Pulse Width Counter
Address
bit15
0000D0H
bit8 bit7
bit0
PWCCL
0000D4H
PWCCH
PWC control register
PWCD
0000D8H
PWC data register
PWCC2
0000DCH
Reserved
PWC control register
PWCUD
PWC upper value setting register
■ Block Diagram
Figure 7.1-1 PWC Block Diagram
Upper value register
Count clock
Count clear
Overflow
LPF
RIN
16 bit Counter
Upper
value
Count clock
5
Control circuit
4
Captuer Register
Sampling interval
Flag set
Control bit
PWCD
Sampling interval selection
Count clock selection
PWCCH
PWCCL
IRQ
Internal bus
192
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
■ PWC Control Register (PWCCL)
Figure 7.1-2 Bit Configuration of PWC Control Register (PWCCL)
PWCCL
Address
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
INT
INTE
OVFL
OVFLE
-
-
Reserved
ST
0000 --00B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
-
-
R/W
0000D0H
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
[bit7] INT
This bit is a flag that indicates that capture data has been transferred to the PWC data register. When a
capture data transfer interrupt request is enabled (bit6: INTE = 1) and this bit is set, an interrupt request
is generated.
The read modify write (RMW) instruction is read as "1".
0
Interrupt source is cleared.
1
Capture data is available.
[bit6] INTE
This bit is the capture data transfer request interrupt enable bit.
0
Interrupt request is disabled.
1
Interrupt request is enabled.
[bit5] OVFL
This bit is a flag that indicates that the 16-bit up counter has overflowed from FFFFH to 0000H. When
an overflow interrupt request is enabled (bit4: OVFLE = 1) and this bit is set, an interrupt request is
generated.
The read modify write (RMW) instruction is read as "1".
0
Interrupt source is cleared.
1
An overflow occurs.
[bit4] OVFLE
This bit is the overflow interrupt request enable bit.
CM71-10143-5E
0
Interrupt request is disabled.
1
Interrupt request is enabled.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
193
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit3, bit2] Unused bits
[bit1] Reserved: Reserved bit
This bit is a reserved bit. Be sure to write "0" at writing.
[bit0] ST
This bit is the PWC start bit.
0
PWC stops.
1
PWC operates.
■ PWC Control Register (PWCCH)
Figure 7.1-3 Bit Configuration of PWC Control Register (PWCCH)
PWCCH
Address
bit
0000D0H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
TEST1
TEST0
-
CSLF1
CSLF0
CS2
CS1
CS0
00-00000B
R/W
R/W
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
[bit7, bit6] TEST1, TEST0
These bits are test bits.
Be sure to write "0" at writing.
[bit5] Unused bit
[bit4, bit3] CSLF1, CSLF0
These bits are used to select the LPF sampling interval from the followings.
CSLF1
CSLF0
Sampling Interval
0
0
φ × 26
0
1
φ × 28
1
0
φ × 210
1
1
φ × 212
(φ is the cycle of the system base clock.)
194
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit2, bit1, bit0] CS2, CS1, CS0
These bits are used to select the internal count clock as shown below.
CS2
CS1
CS0
Count clock selection
0
0
0
φ
0
0
1
φ × 26
0
1
0
φ × 28
0
1
1
φ × 210
1
0
0
φ × 212
(φ is the cycle of the system base clock.)
■ PWC Data Register (PWCD)
Figure 7.1-4 Bit Configuration of PWC Data Register (PWCD)
PWCD
Address
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
0000D4H
bit
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R: Read only
The PWC data register (PWCD) stores the measured value of the pulse width. Only the edge of input signal
is captured the capture value.
When the overflow is performed and the upper value is exceeded, this register does not capture.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
195
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
■ PWC Control Register 2 (PWCC2)
Figure 7.1-5 Bit Configuration of PWC Control Register 2 (PWCC2)
PWCC2
Address
bit
0000D8H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
UPINT
UPINTE
LOW
-
-
-
-
-
000-----B
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
-
-
-
-
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Undefined
[bit7] UPINT
This bit is a flag that indicates that the setting value of upper register has counted. When the upper value
interrupt request is enabled (bit6: UPINTE=1) and this bit is set, an interrupt request is generated.
The read modify write (RMW) instruction is read as "1".
0
Interrupt source is cleared. (Initial value)
1
Upper value over count is available.
[bit6] UPINTE
This bit is an upper value interrupt request enable bit. Set to this bit to "1" and compare the counter
value and the upper setting register.
0
Interrupt request is disabled. (Initial value)
1
Interrupt request is enabled.
[bit5] LOW
The bit represents that the capture value in the data register is indicated "L" width.
0
"H" width measurement is completed (Initial value)
1
"L" width measurement is completed.
[bit4 to bit0] Unused bit
196
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.1 Overview of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
■ PWC Upper Value Setting Register (PWCUD)
Figure 7.1-6 Bit Configuration of PWC Upper Value Setting Register (PWCUD)
PWCUD
Address
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
0000DCH
bit
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
XXXXXXXXB
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
This register stores the upper value of a pulse width measurement.
This register is corresponding to each width regardless of H and L width, the pulse which exceeds the upper
value is measured and the UPINT bit of PWCC2 register is set. When this register exceeds the counter
value, the count is continued and is not stopped. Therefore the initial value of this register is undefined,
writing "1" to the UPINTE bit of PWCC2 register, and write the upper value before compare it.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
197
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.2 Operation of the PWC Timer
7.2
MB91313A Series
Operation of the PWC Timer
The 16-bit pulse width counter consists of a 16-bit up counter, three 8-bit control
registers, a PWC data register, PWC upper value setting register, and an LPF. This
counter measures the pulse width. One of five count clocks can be selected.
The basic operation is described below.
■ Operation Overview
● Pulse width count operation
The PWC captures the counter value and clears the counter at the rising and falling edge of the RIN signal.
The cleared counter continues counting unchanged. When the count value is captured, the PWC generates
an interrupt.
When the counter value changes from FFFFH to 0000H, the PWC generates an overflow interrupt.
Figure 7.2-1 shows the operation of the 16-bit pulse width counter.
Figure 7.2-1 PWC Operation
ST
(operation enable)
RIN input
The upper value interrupt is
set, but not captured.
Rising edge
Falling edge
FFFFH
Upper value mmmmH
Count value
0000H
PWCD *
xxxxH
aaaaH
bbbbH
ccccH
ddddH
eeeeH
INT *
UPINT *
OVFL *
LOW *
* : These are internal signals.
Note:
198
The first edge (ST=1) is not captured after the operation enables.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.2 Operation of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Count Clock Selection
One of five count clocks can be selected.
Selectable count clock is shown as follow.
Count clock selection
PLL frequency multiply by 2
(33 MHz)
PLL off
(Source oscillation 16.5 MHz)
CS2
CS1
CS0
0
0
0
CLKP
30 ns
61 ns
0
0
1
φ × 26 *
1.9 μs
3.8 μs
0
1
0
φ × 28 *
7.8 μs
15.5 μs
0
1
1
φ × 210 *
31.0 μs
62.1 μs
1
0
0
φ × 212 *
124.1 μs
248.2 μs
(CLKP is the peripheral clock. φ is the cycle of the system base clock.)
■ LPF Sampling Intervals
The LPF sampling intervals can be selected as follow.
Sampling interval
PLL frequency multiply by 2
(33 MHz)
PLL off
(Source oscillation 16.5 MHz)
CSLF1
CSLF0
0
0
φ × 26 *
1.9 μs
3.8 μs
0
1
φ × 28 *
7.8 μs
15.5 μs
1
0
φ × 210 *
31.0 μs
62.1 μs
1
1
φ × 212 *
124.1 μs
248.2 μs
(φ is the cycle of the system base clock.)
*: Caution of setting
The PWC operation clock is CLKP. The count clock and the LFP sampling clock operate using φ.
Therefore, it does not operate correctly when the PWC operation clock is not faster than the count
clock and the LFP sampling clock.
Cycle: PWC operation clock × 4 < count clock
PWC operation clock × 4 < keep the LFP sampling clock condition.
Example: at CLKP: 33 MHz → 30 ns × 4 < count clock (φ × 26: 1.9 μs) No problem
at CLKP: 16.5 MHz → 61 ns × 4 < count clock (φ × 26: 1.9 μs) No problem
at CLKP: 8.25 MHz → 121 ns × 4 < count clock (φ × 26: 1.9 μs) No problem
at CLKP: 4.13 MHz → 242 ns × 4 < count clock (φ × 26: 1.9 μs) No problem
at CLKP: 0.26 MHz → 3879 ns × 4 < count clock (φ × 26: 1.9 μs) Setting prohibited
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
199
CHAPTER 7 16-BIT PULSE WIDTH COUNTER
7.2 Operation of the PWC Timer
MB91313A Series
Figure 7.2-2 LFP Operation
"L" is eliminated.
"H" is eliminated.
Input signal
Sampling clock
Internal LFP output
"H" is eliminated.
"L" is eliminated.
Input signal
Sampling clock
Internal LFP output
■ Interrupt Request Generation
The 16-bit pulse width counter can generate the following three interrupt requests:
• Capture data transfer interrupt request
When capture data is transferred to the PWC data register, the interrupt flag is set. When interrupt
requests are enabled, an interrupt request is generated.
• Counter overflow interrupt request
When the counter value overflows from FFFFH to 0000H during measurement, the overflow flag is set.
When interrupt requests are enabled, an interrupt request is generated.
Capture is not performed in overflow.
• Interrupt request which counts exceeding the value of upper register during counting
When the counter value is larger than the upper setting register during measurement, the flag is set.
When interrupt requests are enabled, an interrupt request is generated.
200
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8
MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
This chapter gives an overview of the multifunction
timer and explains the register configuration and
functions and the timer operation.
8.1 Overview of the Multifunction Timer
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
201
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.1 Overview of the Multifunction Timer
8.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of the Multifunction Timer
The multifunction timer consists of four channels for a 16-bit up counter. The
multifunction timer has the following features:
• A low-pass filter reduces noise that is below the amplitude of the set clock.
• The pulse width can be measured according to settings using seven types of clock
signals.
• An event count from pin input is available.
• An interval timer that uses seven types of clocks and external input clocks is
available.
• An HSYNC counter is available.
■ Registers
Figure 8.1-1 Registers List of Multifunction Timer
Address
202
0000F0H
T0LPCR
T0CCR
(R/W)
0000F2H
T0TCR
T0R
(R/W)
0000F4H
T0DRR
(R/W)
0000F6H
T0CRR
(R/W)
0000F8H
T1LPCR
T1CCR
(R/W)
0000FAH
T1TRR
T1R
(R/W)
0000FCH
T1DRR
(R/W)
0000FEH
T1CRR
(R/W)
000100H
T2LPCR
T2CCR
(R/W)
000102H
T2TRR
T2R
(R/W)
000104H
T2DRR
(R/W)
000106H
T2CRR
(R/W)
000108H
T3LPCR
T3CCR
(R/W)
00010AH
T3TRR
T3R
(R/W)
00010CH
T3DRR
(R/W)
00010EH
T3CRR
(R/W)
000110H
TMODE
(R/W)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.1 Overview of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Figure 8.1-2 Block Diagram of the Multifunction Timer (Simple)
Synchronization
Divider
TO
C
CLKP
CKI
CK
Event counter
16bit Counter
CNT
CPIB
Edge
detection
EN
CLR
Interval
register
Synchronization
CPIA
Capture
register
LPF
Interrupt
Division
CLKP
OUT
Figure 8.1-3 Block Diagram of the Multifunction Timer (Universal)
HCNTMD
CKI
TMO0
TMI0
TO
Ch.0
CPIA
OUT
CPIB
CKI
TMO1
TMI1
TO
Ch.1
CPIA
CPIB
CKI
TMO2
TMI2
TO
Ch.2
CPIA
CPIB
CKI
TMO3
TMI3
TO
Ch.3
CPIA
CPIB
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
203
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
8.2
MB91313A Series
Registers of the Multifunction Timer
■ TxLPCR (Low-Pass Filter Control Register)
Figure 8.2-1 Bit Configuration of TxLPCR (Low-Pass Filter Control Register)
TxLPCR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F0H
ch.1 0000F8H
ch.2 000100H
ch.3 000108H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
-
-
-
-
-
FCx1
FCx0
FxEN
-----000B
-
-
-
-
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
The low-pass filter control register (TxLPCR) sets the low-pass filter for input pins. The low-pass filter
control register (TxLPCR) can be 8-bit accessed. Because this filter reduces noise logically, the delay
between the output waveform and the input waveform is the noise reduction width plus two cycles.
[bit15 to bit11] Unused bits
[bit10, bit9] FCx1, FCx0 (filter clock select flag)
These bits are used to select the operating clock for the LPF.
Table 8.2-1 Operating Clock Selection
FCx1
FCx0
Clock cycle
Noise reduction width (@33MHz)
0
0
φ × 22
0.12 μs [Initial value]
0
1
φ × 23
0.24 μs
1
0
φ × 24
0.48 μs
1
1
φ × 25
0.97 μs
[bit8] FxEN (filter enable flag)
This bit specifies whether the filter is used.
204
0
The filter is not used [initial value].
1
The filter is used.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ TxCCR (Capture Control Register)
Figure 8.2-2 Bit Configuration of TxCCR (Capture Control Register)
TxCCR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F1H
ch.1 0000F9H
ch.2 000101H
ch.3 000109H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
CPF
Reserved
CPST
CPED
CPIE
CPOV
CPMD
CPIS
0-000000B
R/W
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
The capture control register (TxCCR) sets the count, edge, and interrupt in capture mode.
The capture control register can be 8-bit accessed. If this register is written to during operation (entire
register ST = 1), the timer operation is unpredictable. Be sure to rewrite this register when it is stopped (ST = 0).
[bit7] CPF (capture edge detection flag)
This bit indicates that the capture end edge has been detected.
0
No capture edge [initial value]
1
Capture edge
Writing "1" to this bit has no effect.
Note:
If data is written to this flag from the hardware and the CPU at the same time, writing from the
hardware has priority.
[bit6] Reserved: Reserved bit
[bit5] CPST (capture start edge select flag)
This bit sets the polarity of the capture start edge.
0
Rising edge [initial value]
1
Falling edge
Note:
When you specify the same edge as the polarity of capture end edge for a value of this bit,
capture is restarted after the next edge from the end edge.
[bit4] CPED (capture end edge select flag)
This bit sets the polarity of the capture end edge.
CM71-10143-5E
0
Rising edge [initial value]
1
Falling edge
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
205
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit3] CPIE (capture interrupt enable flag)
This bit enables capture interrupt at capture end.
0
Capture interrupts are disabled [initial value]
1
Capture interrupts are enabled
When this bit and CPF are both set to "1", an interrupt is sent to the CPU.
[bit2] CPOV (capture overflow detection flag)
This bit indicates that the counter has detected an overflow from FFFFH to 0000H in the free-run mode
of capture mode.
0
No capture overflow [initial value]
1
Capture overflow
Notes:
• Writing "1" to this bit has no effect.
• If data is written to this bit from the hardware and the CPU at the same time, writing from the
hardware has priority.
[bit1] CPMD (capture count mode flag)
This bit sets the count mode of the capture counter.
0
Free-run mode [initial value]
1
Upper-limit compare mode
[bit0] CPIS (capture input select flag)
This bit is used to select the input signal for capture.
206
0
CPIA input is used [initial value].
1
CPIB input is used.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ TxTCR (Timer Setting Register)
Figure 8.2-3 Bit Configuration of TxTCR (Timer Setting Register)
TxTCR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F2H
ch.1 0000FAH
ch.2 000102H
ch.3 00010AH
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
TCF
TSES
TCC
TIE
CINV
TCS2
TCS1
TCS0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
The timer setting register (TxTCR) controls the timer operation.
The timer setting register (TxTCR) can be 8-bit accessed.
If this register is rewritten during operation (entire register ST = 1), the timer operation is unpredictable. Be
sure to rewrite this register when it is stopped (ST = 0).
[bit15] TCF (timer compare match detection flag)
This bit indicates that a timer compare match has been detected.
0
No compare match [initial value]
1
Compare match
Notes:
• Writing "1" to this bit has no effect.
• If data is written to this bit from the hardware and the CPU at the same time, writing data from
the hardware has priority.
[bit14] TSES (timer start edge select flag)
This bit sets the start edge of the timer.
0
Rising edge [initial value]
1
Falling edge
[bit13] TCC (timer count clear setting flag)
This bit specifies that the counter is cleared when a timer compare match is detected.
CM71-10143-5E
0
Count clear [initial value]
1
No count clear
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
207
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit12] TIE (timer interrupt enable flag)
This bit enables timer interrupts.
0
Timer interrupts are disabled [initial value].
1
Timer interrupts are enabled.
When this bit and TCF are both set to "1", an interrupt is sent to the CPU.
[bit11] CINV (timer clock invert flag)
This bit inverts the timer input clock signal from the external pin.
0
The count increments at the rising edge of the clock [initial value].
1
The count increments at the falling edge of the clock.
[bit10 to bit8] TCS2 to TCS0 (timer clock select flag)
These bits are used to select the timer clock.
Note: To use the event count mode, set these bits to "111B".
TCS bit
208
Clock and source to be selected
TCS2
TCS1
TCS0
Division ratio
Cycle (@33MHz)
0
0
0
φ × 23
0.24 μs
0
0
1
φ × 25
0.96 μs
0
1
0
φ × 27
3.88 μs
0
1
1
φ × 29
15.5 μs
1
0
0
φ × 210
31.0 μs
1
0
1
φ × 212
124.1 μs
1
1
0
φ × 214
496.5 μs
1
1
1
External clock
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ TxR (Entire Timer Control Register)
Figure 8.2-4 Bit Configuration of TxR (Entire Timer Control Register)
TxR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F3H
ch.1 0000FBH
ch.2 000103H
ch.3 00010BH
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
-
-
-
TST2
TST1
MD1
MD0
ST
---00000B
-
-
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
The entire timer control register (TxR) controls the entire timer operation.
The entire timer control register (TxR) can be 8-bit accessed.
[bit7 to bit5] Unused bits
[bit4, bit3] TST2, TST1 (test bits)
Always write 0 to these bits.
[bit2, bit1] MD1, MD0 (timer select flag)
These bits are used to select the timer operation.
MD1
MD0
Selection mode
0
0
Interval timer [initial value]
0
1
Event count
1
0
Capture
1
1
Setting prohibited
[bit0] ST (timer operation start flag)
0
Timer operation is disabled [initial value].
1
Timer operation is enabled.
Set CPIE or TIE to "0" before ST=0.
When ST=0 and the interrupt factor occurs at the same time, even though ST=0, the interrupt occurs.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
209
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ TxDRR (Timer Compare Data Register)
Figure 8.2-5 Bit Configuration of TxDRR (Timer Compare Data Register)
TxDRR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F4H
ch.1 0000FCH
ch.2 000104H
ch.3 00010CH
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
XXXXXXXXB
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
XXXXXXXXB
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
The timer compare data register (TxDRR) stores timer compare data. The timer compare data register
(TxDRR) compares data in this register and the value of the timer counter and then indicates whether there
is a compare match.
To use this register, set the interval time in the timer mode and the event count in the external event mode.
Enter the upper count limit in capture mode. This register cannot be 8-bit accessed. Setting "0" in this
register results in 216 counts.
■ TxCRR (Capture Data Register)
Figure 8.2-6 Bit Configuration of TxCRR (Capture Data Register)
TxCRR
Address
bit
ch.0 0000F6H
ch.1 0000FEH
ch.2 000106H
ch.3 00010EH
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
XXXXXXXXB
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
XXXXXXXXB
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
The capture data register (TxCRR) is used to read the captured value.
This register can be written to enter the initial value.
This register cannot be 8-bit accessed.
210
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.2 Registers of the Multifunction Timer
MB91313A Series
■ TMODE
Figure 8.2-7 Bit Configuration of TMODE
TMODE
Address
bit
000110H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
bit
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
HCNTMD
R/W
Reserved Reserved
R/W
Initial value
00000000B
Initial value
00000000B
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
TMODE is a register to set the HSYNC counter mode.
This register is allowed an access with 16-bit.
[bit15 to bit3] Reserved: Reserved bits
These bits are reserved. Write "0" to these bits.
[bit2] HCNTMD:
This bit sets the HSYNC counter mode.
0: Normal mode
1: HSYNC counter mode
The counter ch.0 is used in the HSYNC counter mode.
When input HSYNC to TMI0 and VSYNC to TMI1, the counter is used to set to the capture mode.
Be sure to specify different edge for capture start and end edges.
[bit1, bit0] Reserved: Reserved bits
These bits are reserved. Write "0" to these bits.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
211
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
8.3
MB91313A Series
Multifunction Timer Operation
The multifunction timer has the following operating modes:
• Interval timer
• Event count
• Capture mode
This section gives an overview of operation in each mode. The initial value of the toggle
output of this module is 0 in all modes.
■ Interval Timer Mode
In the interval timer mode, the multifunction timer has functions that use the clock selected from the seven
types of clock sources for the timer count and toggle output and generate an interrupt if the counter value
and the compare register value match. The following figure shows the multifunction timer operating state
in interval timer mode.
Figure 8.3-1 Operating State in Interval Timer Mode
FFFFH
Compare register
value
Counter value
0000H
Pin output
Interrupt
An interrupt is generated
at the pin output edge.
212
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
MB91313A Series
■ Event Count Mode
In the event count mode, the multifunction timer detects the pin input edge and counts the edges the
specified number of times.
When the counter value and the compare register value match, TCF is set to "1". If TIE is set to "1" at this
time, an interrupt is generated. When a compare match is detected, the counter can be cleared.
Figure 8.3-2 Operating State in Event Count Mode
Clock
Pin input
Edge detection
Compare
register
2
0
Counter
4
2
3
4
3
Toggle output
An output signal is
output when a compare
match is detected.
CM71-10143-5E
This signal enables an
interrupt to be generated
and the counter to be
cleared.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
213
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
MB91313A Series
■ Capture Mode
In the capture mode, the width between the rising or falling edges of an external pin input can be measured.
The clock for measurement can be selected from the seven types of clock sources. The start and end edges
can be selected from either the rising or falling edge. In free-run mode, the count value is captured when
the end edge is reached. In the upper-limit compare mode, an upper limit is input if the count value and the
upper-limit compare value match before the end edge is reached. Otherwise, the captured value at the end
edge is input. The following figure shows an example of starting the count at the rising edge and ending it
at the falling edge in free-run mode.
Figure 8.3-3 Operating State in Capture Mode
External input
FFFFH
Counter value
0000H
Capture register
XXXXH
7777H
The value at this
point is captured.
214
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
MB91313A Series
■ Low-Pass Filter
This module contains a low-pass filter for each external pin input.
This filter enables logical reduction of noise in four types of widths.
Figure 8.3-4 Noise Reduction of Low-Pass Filter
Filter clock
Input signal
Capture signal
State
0
1
0
1
2
2
1
2
1
0
1
0
1
2
Output signal
This noise is
eliminated.
Filter clock
Input signal
Capture signal
State
0
0
1
0
Output signal
This noise is
eliminated.
CM71-10143-5E
All noise except signals that
continue for at least two cycles
of the filter clock is eliminated.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
215
CHAPTER 8 MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
8.3 Multifunction Timer Operation
216
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9
OTHER TIMERS
This chapter explains the main oscillation stabilization
wait timer, interval timer, and watch timer.
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
9.2 Watch Timer
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
217
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
9.1
MB91313A Series
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
The main oscillation stabilization wait timer is a 23-bit counter that is synchronized with
the main clock to count up. It includes an interval timer function that continues to
generate interrupts in regular time intervals.
This timer uses the main clock to secure the oscillation stabilization wait time, when the
main oscillation is temporarily suspended during sub clock operation and restarted
using OSCDS1 (bit8) in OSCCR (oscillation control register).
■ Interval Times of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Table 9.1-1 shows types of the interval times. The following 3 interval times are available for selection.
Table 9.1-1 Interval Times of Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Main clock cycle
Interval time
211/FCL (124 μs)
1/FCL (approx. 60 ns)
216/FCL (3.9 ms)
222/FCL (254 ms)
Note:
218
FCL represents the main clock oscillation frequency (at FCL = 16.5 MHz).
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Figure 9.1-1 shows a block diagram of the main oscillation stabilization wait timer.
Figure 9.1-1 Block Diagram of Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Counter for the main
oscillation stabilization
wait timer
FCL
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
22
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
211
216
223
(124 μs)
Interval
timer
selector
(3.9 ms)
(254 ms)
Counter
clear circuit
Reset
(INIT)
Interval timer
interrupt
Main oscillation stabilization wait timer control
register (OSCR)
WIF
WIE
WEN
Reserved Reserved
WS1
WS0
WCL
FCL: Source oscillation of main clock
Number in ( ) is the cycle when the source oscillation of the
main clock is 16.5 MHz
● Main oscillation stabilization wait timer
This timer is a 23-bit up-counter that uses the source oscillation of the main clock for its count clock.
● Counter clear circuit
This circuit clears the counter at a reset (INIT), other than the OSCR register setting (WCL=0).
● Interval timer selector
Out of 3 different division outputs of the counter for the main oscillation stabilization wait timer, this
circuit selects one to be used for the interval timer. The falling edge of the selected division output is used
as the interrupt source.
● Main oscillation stabilization wait register (OSCR)
This register selects the interval time, clears the counter, controls interrupts and checks the interrupt state.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
219
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Explanation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer Register
The configuration of the main oscillation stabilization wait timer register is shown below.
Figure 9.1-2 Bit Configuration of Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Control Register
OSCR
Address
bit
15
14
13
WIF
WIE
WEN
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Initial value (INIT)
0
0
0
Initial value (RST)
X
X
X
000490H
12
11
10
9
8
WS1
WS0
WCL
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
Reserved Reserved
R/W: Readable/writable
[bit15] WIF: Timer interrupt flag
WIF is the flag for main oscillation stabilization wait interrupt requests.
It is set to "1" at the falling edge of the selected division output for the interval timer.
A main oscillation stabilization interrupt request is output, when this bit and the interrupt request enable
bit are set to "1".
Value
Description
0
No request for main oscillation stabilization interrupt [Initial value]
1
Request for main oscillation stabilization interrupt
• This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
• This bit is readable and writable. For write operation, however, only "0" can be written. Writing "1"
does not change the bit value.
• Reading by read-modify-write (RMW) instruction always returns "1".
[bit14] WIE: Timer interrupt enable bit
WIE enables/disables the output of an interrupt request to the CPU. A main oscillation stabilization
interrupt request is output, when this bit and the main oscillation stabilization interrupt request flag bit
are set to "1".
Value
Description
0
Disables the output of main oscillation stabilization interrupt request. [Initial value]
1
Enables the output of main oscillation stabilization interrupt request.
• This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
• This bit is readable and writable.
220
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit13] WEN: Timer operation enable bit
WEN enables the timer operation.
When this bit is set to "1", the timer performs count operation.
Value
Description
0
The timer stops. [Initial value]
1
The timer operates.
• This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit12, bit11] Reserved: Reserved bits
These are reserved bits. Write "0" on writing (writing "1" is disabled).
Read value is undefined.
[bit10, bit9] WS1, WS0:Timer interval time selection bits
These bits select the cycle for the interval timer.
The cycle is selected from the following 3 output bits of the counter for the main oscillation stabilization
wait timer.
Interval timer cycle (When FCL = 16.5 MHz)
WS1
WS0
0
0
Prohibited setting [Initial value]
0
1
211/FCL (124 μs)
1
0
216/FCL (3.9 ms)
1
1
222/FCL (254 ms)
• These bits are initialized to "00B" by a reset (INIT).
• These bits are readable and writable.
• To use the main oscillation stabilization wait time timer, write data to this register.
[bit8] WCL: Timer clear bit
When "0" is written to WCL, the oscillation stabilization wait timer is cleared to "0".
For write operation, only "0" can be written. Writing "1" has no effect on operation.
• Reading always returns "1".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
221
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Interrupt
The counter for the main oscillation stabilization wait timer counts on the main clock, and sets the main
oscillation stabilization wait interrupt request flag (WIF) to "1" when the set interval time has elapsed. In
this case, if the interrupt request enable bit has been enabled (WIE=1), an interrupt request is generated to
the CPU. However, if the oscillation of the main clock is stopped (see the next section "■ Operation of the
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer"), the count operation also stops. As a result, no main oscillation
stabilization wait interrupt is generated.
To clear an interrupt request, write "0" to the WIF flag in the interrupt processing routine.
Note that WIF is set at the falling edge of the specified division output, regardless of the WIE value.
Note:
When enabling the output of an interrupt request (WIE=1) after reset release or modifying WS1,WS0
bit, always clear WIF and WCL at the same time (WIF=WCL=0).
References:
• When WIF is set to "1", an interrupt request is generated as soon as WIE is enabled from the
disabled state (0 → 1).
• WIF is not set, if the counter is cleared (WPCR:WCL=1) at the same time as an overflow occurs
at the selected bit.
■ Operation of Interval Timer Function
The counter for the main oscillation stabilization wait timer counts up on the main clock. Under the
following conditions, however, the count operation stops because the oscillation of the main clock stops.
• When WEN is set to "0"
• If the device enters stop mode when the main oscillation is set to stop in stop mode (bit0:OSCD1 in the
standby control register STCR = 1), the count operation stops during stop mode.
OSCD1 is initialized to "1" at a reset (INIT). Therefore, to operate the main oscillation stabilization wait
timer even during stop mode, set OSCD2 to "0" before the device enters standby mode.
• When OSCDS1 (bit8) in OSCCR (oscillation control register) is set to "1" in sub clock mode, the main
oscillation stops and the timer also stops the count operation.
When the counter is cleared (WCL=0), it starts count operation from "000000H". Once it reaches
"7FFFFFH", it goes back to "000000H" and continues to count. When a falling edge is generated at the
selected division output for the interval timer, the main oscillation stabilization wait interrupt request bit
(WIF) is set to "1". This means that a main oscillation stabilization wait timer interrupt request is generated
at every selected interval time, based on the cleared time.
222
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Operation of Clock Supply Function
The time-base counter is used to secure the oscillation stabilization wait timer after INIT or stop mode.
However, to secure the oscillation stabilization wait time for the main clock when the sub clock is selected
as the clock source, the main oscillation stabilization wait timer is used, as it operates on the main clock
regardless of the clock source selection.
To perform the main clock oscillation stabilization wait from the main oscillation stop state in the sub clock
operation, follow the procedure described below.
1) Set the time required to stabilize the oscillation of the main clock in WT1 and WT0 and clear the
counter to "0" (WT1 and WT0 =oscillation stabilization wait time; write "0" to WCL).
To perform processing after the completion of oscillation stabilization wait by an interrupt, also
initialize the interrupt flag (write "0" to WIF and WIE).
2) Start the oscillation of the main clock (write "1" to OSCDS1 (bit8) in OSCCR).
3) Wait until the WIF flag is set to "1" by program.
4) Make sure that the WIF flag has been set to "1" and then perform the processing after the
completion of the oscillation stabilization wait. If interrupts are enabled, an interrupt occurs when
WIF is set to "1". In this case, perform the processing after the completion of the oscillation
stabilization wait in the interrupt routine.
Also, when switching from the sub clock to main clock, make sure that WIF has been set to "1" beforehand,
as described in 4). (If the clock is switched to the main clock without waiting until the oscillation stabilizes,
an unstable clock signal is supplied through the device, and the succeeding operation is not guaranteed.)
■ Operation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Figure 9.1-3 shows the state of the counter during transition to the main clock when the main oscillation
stabilization wait timer is activated.
Figure 9.1-3 State of Counter during Transition to Main Clock when Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer is Activated
7FFFFFH
Counter value
Main clock oscillation
stabilization wait time
• Clear the timer (WCL=1) * When not "0"
• Set the interval time (WS1, WS0=11B)
• Start the main oscillation (OSCCR:OSCDS1=0)
WIF
(interrupt request)
Cleared in interrupt
routine
WIE
(interrupt masking)
Clock mode
Sub clock
Main clock
Change from sub clock to main clock
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
223
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.1 Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Notes on Using the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
The oscillation stabilization wait time should be used for reference only, as the oscillation cycle is unstable
immediately after the oscillation starts.
While the oscillation of the main clock is stopped, the counter is also stopped. Consequently, no main
oscillation stabilization interrupt occurs. Therefore, to perform any processing using a main oscillation
stabilization interrupt, do not stop the main oscillation.
If the WIF flag set request and the clearing to "0" from the CPU occur simultaneously, the flag set request
will have higher priority; therefore, the clearing to "0" will be cancelled.
224
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
9.2
Watch Timer
The watch timer is a 21-bit free-run counter that is synchronized with the sub clock to
count up. It includes an interval timer function that continues to generate interrupts in
regular time intervals.
■ Interval Time of Watch Timer
The following 7 interval times are available for selection.
Table 9.2-1 Interval Time of Watch Timer
Sub clock cycle
Interval time
213/FCL (0.25 s)
214/FCL (0.50 s)
215/FCL (1.00 s)
1/FCL (approx. 30.5 μs)
216/FCL (2.00 s)
15×215/FCL (15 s)
15×216/FCL (30 s)
15×217/FCL (60 s)
Note: FCL is the sub clock oscillation frequency (at FCL = 32.768 kHz).
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
225
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram of Watch Timer
Figure 9.2-1 Block Diagram of Watch Timer
Counter for
watch timer
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
FCL
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
10
2 2
11
2
12
2
13
2
14
2
15
2
15 to 18
19 20
× 15
216 217
16
2
(0.25 s)
(0.5 s)
(1.0 s)
Interval
timer
selector
(2.0 s)
(15 s)
(30 s)
(60 s)
Reset
(INIT)
Counter clear
circuit
Watch interrupt
Watch timer control
register (WPCR)
WIF
WIE
Reserved Reserved
WS2
WS1
WS0
WCL
FCL: Sub clock source oscillation
Number in ( ) is the cycle when the source oscillation of the
sub clock is 32.768 kHz
[Watch timer]
This timer is a 21-bit up-counter that uses the source oscillation of the sub clock for its count clock.
[Counter clear circuit]
This circuit clears the counter at a reset (INIT), other than the WPCR register setting (WCL=0).
[Interval timer selector]
Out of 4 different division outputs of the counter for the watch timer, this circuit selects one to be used
for the interval timer. The falling edge of the selected division output is used as the interrupt source.
[Watch timer control register (WPCR)]
This register selects the interval time, clears the counter, controls interrupts and checks the interrupt
state.
226
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Registers of Watch Timer
Figure 9.2-2 Bit Configuration of Registers of Watch Timer
WPCR
Address
bit
15
14
13
00048CH
WIF
WIE
Initial value (INIT)
R/W
0
R/W
0
W
0
Initial value (RST)
X
X
X
12
11
10
9
8
WS2
WS1
WS0
WCL
W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
W
0
X
X
X
X
X
Reserved Reserved
R/W: Readable/writable
W:
Write only
[bit15] WIF (Watch timer Interrupt Flag)
This bit is the watch interrupt request flag.
It is set to "1" at the falling edge of the selected division output for the interval timer.
A watch interrupt request is output, when this bit and the interrupt request enable bit are set to "1".
0
No watch interrupt request (initial value)
1
Watch interrupt request
• This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
• This bit is readable and writable. For write operation, however, only "0" can be written. Writing "1"
does not change the bit value. Reading by read-modify-write (RMW) instruction always returns "1".
[bit14] WIE (Watch timer Interrupt Enable)
WIE enables/disables the output of an interrupt request to the CPU. A watch interrupt request is output,
when this bit and the watch interrupt request flag bit are set to "1".
0
Watch interrupt request output disabled (initial value)
1
Watch interrupt request output enabled
• This bit is initialized to "0" by a reset (INIT).
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit13 to bit12] Reserved: Reserved bits
These are reserved bits. Write "0" on writing (writing "1" is disabled).
Read value is undefined.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
227
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
[bit11 to bit9] WS2 to WS0 (Watch timer interval Select 2 to 0)
These bits select the cycle for the interval timer.
The cycle is selected from the following 7 output bits of the counter for the watch timer.
WS1
WS0
WS0
Interval timer cycle (When FCL = 32.768 kHz)
0
0
0
213 / FCL (0.25 s) (Initial value)
0
0
1
214 / FCL (0.50 s)
0
1
0
215 / FCL (1.00 s)
0
1
1
216 / FCL (2.0 s)
1
0
0
15×215 / FCL (15 s)
1
0
1
15×216 / FCL (30 s)
1
1
0
15×217 / FCL (60 s)
1
1
1
Setting disabled
• These bits are initialized to "000B" by a reset (INIT).
• These bits are readable and writable.
[bit8] WCL (Watch timer CLear)
When "0" is written to WCL, the watch timer is cleared to "0".
• For write operation, only "0" can be written. Writing "1" has no effect on operation.
• Reading always returns "1".
■ Watch Interrupt
The counter for the watch timer counts on the sub clock, and sets the watch interrupt request flag (WIF) to
"1" when the set interval time has elapsed. In this case, if the interrupt request enable bit has been enabled
(WIE=1), an interrupt request is generated to the CPU. However, if the oscillation of the sub clock is
stopped (see "■ Operation of Interval Timer Function"), the count operation also stops. As a result, no
watch interrupt is generated.
To clear an interrupt request, write "0" to the WIF flag in the interrupt processing routine.
Note that WIF is set at the falling edge of the specified division output, regardless of the WIE value.
Note:
When enabling the output of an interrupt request (WIE=1) after reset release or modifying WS1,WS0
bit, always clear WIF and WCL at the same time (WIF=WCL=0).
• When WIF is set to "1", an interrupt request is generated as soon as WIE is enabled from the
disabled state (0 → 1).
• WIF is not set, if the counter is cleared (WPCR:WCL=1) at the same time as an overflow occurs
at the selected bit.
228
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Operation of Interval Timer Function
The counter for the watch timer always counts up during the sub clock oscillation. Under the following
conditions, however, the count operation stops because the oscillation of the sub clock stops.
• When PLL2EN (bit11) of the clock source register CLKR is "0".
PLL2EN is initialized to "0" at reset (INIT). When using the watch timer, write "1" to PLL2EN to start
the oscillation of the sub clock.
• If the device enters stop mode when the sub oscillation is set to stop in stop mode (OSCD2 (bit1) in the
standby control register STCR = 1), the count operation stops during stop mode. In this model, OSCD2
is initialized to "1" at a reset (INIT). Therefore, to operate the watch timer even during stop mode, set
OSCD2 to "0" before the device enters standby mode.
When the counter is cleared (WCL=0), it starts count operation from "000000H". Once it reaches
"1FFFFFH", it goes back to "000000H" and continues to count. When a falling edge is generated at the
selected division output for the interval timer, the watch interrupt request bit (WIF) is set to "1". This
means that a watch interrupt request is generated at every selected interval time, based on the cleared time.
■ Operation of Clock Supply Function
The time-base counter is used to secure the oscillation stabilization wait time after INIT or stop mode.
However, to secure the oscillation stabilization wait time for the sub clock when the main clock is selected
as the clock source, this watch timer is used, as it operates on the sub clock regardless of the clock source
selection.
To perform the sub clock oscillation stabilization wait from the main clock operation, follow the procedure
described below:
1) Set the interval time of the watch timer to 1 s (when FCL = 32.768 kHz) and clear the counter to "0".
(Write "011" to WS2 to WS0, and "0" to WCL)
To perform processing after the completion of oscillation stabilization wait by an interrupt, also
initialize the interrupt flag (write "0" to WIF and "1" to WIE).
2) Start the oscillation of the sub clock (write "1" to PLL2EN (bit11) in CLKR).
3) Wait until the WIF flag is set to "1" by program.
4) Make sure that the WIF flag has been set to "1" and then perform the processing after the
completion of the oscillation stabilization wait. If interrupts are enabled, an interrupt occurs when
WIF is set to "1". In this case, perform the processing after the completion of the oscillation
stabilization wait in the interrupt routine.
Also, when switching from the main clock to sub clock, make sure that WIF has been set to "1"
beforehand, as described in 4). (If the clock is switched to the sub clock without waiting until the
oscillation stabilizes, an unstable clock signal is supplied through the device, and the succeeding
operation is not guaranteed.)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
229
CHAPTER 9 OTHER TIMERS
9.2 Watch Timer
MB91313A Series
■ Operations of Watch Timer
The following shows the state of the counter when activating the watch timer, when making a transition to
the sub clock, and when making a transition to the stop mode in the sub clock operation.
1FFFFF H
Counter value
004000 H
Oscillation stabilization
wait time for the sub clock
Interval
time
Cleared in Cleared in Cleared in
• Clear the timer (WCL=1) * When not "0"
interrupt
interrupt
interrupt
• Set the interval time (WS2 to WS0=011B)
routine
routine
routine
• Activate sub clock oscillation (CLKR:PLL2EN=1)
WIF
Clock source
Main clock
Sub clock
Stop *
Clock mode
RUN
RUN
Instruction for transition to stop mode
• Change the interval time (WS2 to WS0=010B)
• Change from the main clock to sub clock
*: When STCR:OSCD2=0 (the oscillation is not stopped when stopped) is set
■ Notes on Using Watch Timer
• The oscillation stabilization wait time should be used for reference only, as the oscillation cycle is
unstable immediately after the oscillation starts.
• While the oscillation of the sub clock is stopped, the watch timer is also stopped. Consequently, no
watch interrupt occurs. Therefore, to perform any processing using a watch interrupt, do not stop the
oscillation of sub clock.
• If the WIF flag set request and the clearing to "0" from the CPU occur simultaneously, the flag set
request will have higher priority; therefore, the clearing to "0" will be cancelled.
230
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
This chapter gives an overview of the interrupt
controller and explains its register configuration/
functions and its operations.
10.1 Overview of Interrupt Controller
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
231
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.1 Overview of Interrupt Controller
10.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of Interrupt Controller
The interrupt controller receives and arbitrates interrupts.
■ Hardware Configuration of the Interrupt Controller
This module consists of the following components:
• ICR register
• Interrupt priority judgment circuit
• Interrupt level and interrupt number (vector) generation unit
• Hold request cancel request generation unit
■ Major Functions of the Interrupt Controller
This module has the following major functions:
• Priority judgment (by interrupt level and number)
• Transmission of the interrupt level of the interrupt source selected by priority judgment (to the CPU)
• Transmission of the interrupt number of the interrupt source selected by priority judgment (to the CPU)
• Generation of a request to the bus master to cancel a hold request
232
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.1 Overview of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Register List of Interrupt Controller
Figure 10.1-1 lists the registers of the interrupt controller.
Figure 10.1-1 List of Interrupt Controller Registers
Address
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
000440H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR00
000441H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR01
000442H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR02
000443H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR03
000444H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR04
000445H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR05
000446H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR06
000447H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR07
000448H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR08
000449H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR09
00044AH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR10
00044BH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR11
00044CH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR12
00044DH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR13
00044EH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR14
00044FH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR15
000450H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR16
000451H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR17
000452H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR18
000453H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR19
000454H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR20
000455H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR21
000456H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR22
000457H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR23
000458H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR24
000459H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR25
00045AH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR26
00045BH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR27
00045CH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR28
00045DH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR29
00045EH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR30
00045FH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR31
000460H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR32
000461H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR33
000462H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR34
000463H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR35
000464H
-
-
-
ICR4
R
ICR3
R/W
ICR2
R/W
ICR1
R/W
ICR0
R/W
ICR36
(Continued)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
233
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.1 Overview of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
(Continued)
Address
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
000465H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR37
000466H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR38
000467H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR39
000468H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR40
000469H
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR41
00046AH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR42
00046BH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR43
00046CH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR44
00046DH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR45
00046EH
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
ICR46
00046FH
-
-
-
ICR4
R
ICR3
R/W
ICR2
R/W
ICR1
R/W
ICR0
R/W
ICR47
-
-
-
LVL4
LVL3
LVL2
LVL1
LVL0
HRCL
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Address:
000045H
■ Interrupt Controller Block Diagram
Figure 10.1-2 is a block diagram of the interrupt controller.
Figure 10.1-2 Interrupt Controller Block Diagram
WAKEUP (1 when the level ≠ 11111B)
UNMI
Priority judgment
NMI
processing
Level 4 to 0
5
Level/
vector
generation
Level judgment
ICR00
RI00
•
•
•
Vector
judgment
•
•
•
ICR47
6
HLDREQ
cancel
request
MHALTI
VCT5 to VCT0
RI47
( DLYIRQ)
R-bus
234
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
10.2
Registers of Interrupt Controller
This section describes the register configuration and functions of the interrupt
controller.
■ Details of Interrupt Controller Registers
The interrupt controller has the following two types of registers:
• ICR (Interrupt Control Register)
• HRCL (Hold Request Cancel Request Register)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
235
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller
10.2.1
MB91313A Series
ICR (Interrupt Control Register)
An interrupt control register (ICR) is provided for each interrupt input to set the
interrupt level of the corresponding interrupt request.
■ Interrupt Control Register (ICR)
The interrupt control register (ICR) consists of the following bits:
Figure 10.2-1 Bit Configuration of Interrupt Control Register (ICR)
ICR
Address
000440H
to
00046FH
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
-
-
-
ICR4
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
---11111B
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
R:
Read only
-:
Unused
[bit4 to bit0] ICR4 to ICR0
These bits are interrupt level setting bits to specify the interrupt level of the corresponding interrupt
request.
The CPU masks the interrupt request if the interrupt level set in this register is greater than or equal to
the level mask value set in the ILM register of the CPU.
The bits are initialized to "11111B" at a reset.
236
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
Table 10.2-1 lists the available settings of the interrupt level setting bits and their respective interrupt
levels.
Table 10.2-1 Available Settings of Interrupt Level Setting Bits and Corresponding
Interrupt Levels
ICR4*
ICR3
ICR2
ICR1
ICR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
14
0
1
1
1
1
15
1
0
0
0
0
16
1
0
0
0
1
17
1
0
0
1
0
18
1
0
0
1
1
19
1
0
1
0
0
20
1
0
1
0
1
21
1
0
1
1
0
22
1
0
1
1
1
23
1
1
0
0
0
24
1
1
0
0
1
25
1
1
0
1
0
26
1
1
0
1
1
27
1
1
1
0
0
28
1
1
1
0
1
29
1
1
1
1
0
30
1
1
1
1
1
31
*: ICR4 is fixed to be "1"; "0" cannot be written to it.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Interrupt level
System-reserved
NMI
Highest level available
(High)
(Low)
Interrupts disabled
237
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.2 Registers of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
HRCL (Hold Request Cancel Request Register)
10.2.2
The hold request cancel request register (HRCL) is a level setting register for
generating a request to cancel a hold request.
■ Hold Request Cancel Request Register (HRCL)
The hold request cancel request register (HRCL) consists of the following bits:
Figure 10.2-2 Bit Configuration of Hold Request Cancel Request Register (HRCL)
HRCL
Address
bit
00000045H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
-
-
-
LVL4
LVL3
LVL2
LVL1
LVL0
0--11111B
-
-
-
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
R:
Read only
-:
Unused
[bit4 to bit0] LVL4 to LVL0
These bits set the interrupt level for generating a request to the bus master to cancel a hold request.
If an interrupt request with a higher priority level than the interrupt level set in this register occurs, a
request to cancel the hold request is issued to the bus master.
The LVL4 bit is fixed to be "1"; "0" cannot be written to it.
238
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
10.3
Operations of Interrupt Controller
This section describes the operations of the interrupt controller.
■ Determining the Priority
This module selects the highest-priority interrupt among any interrupt sources that occur simultaneously
and outputs its interrupt level and interrupt number to the CPU.
The criteria for determining the priority of interrupt sources are as follows.
• Interrupt source whose interrupt level is not 31 (31 indicates "interrupt disabled")
• Interrupt source with the lowest interrupt level value
• Interrupt source with the smallest interrupt number while satisfying the above
If no interrupt source is selected by the above criteria, 31 (11111B) is output as the interrupt level. The
interrupt number in this case is indeterminate.
For information on relationship between the interrupt sources, interrupt numbers, and interrupt levels, see
"APPENDIX B Vector Table".
■ Hold Request Cancel Request
If you want to process high- priority interrupts during a CPU hold (during DMA transfer), the module that
generated the hold request needs to cancel the request. Use the HRCL register to set the reference interrupt
level at which a request to cancel is to be generated.
● Generation criteria
If an interrupt source with a higher priority level than the level set in the HRCL register occurs, a request to
cancel the hold request is generated.
If interrupt level in HRCL register > level of interrupt after priority judgment, then generate cancel
request.
If interrupt level in HRCL register ≤ level of interrupt after priority judgment, then do not generate
cancel request.
The cancel request remains active until the interrupt source that generated the cancel request is cleared and
therefore no DMA transfer occurs during this time. Always clear the associated interrupt source.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
239
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
● Possible levels
The values able to be set in the HRCL register are "10000B" to "11111B", the same as in the ICR.
If "11111B" is set, a cancel request is generated for all interrupt levels.
Table 10.3-1 shows the interrupt level settings for generating a request to cancel a hold request.
Table 10.3-1 Interrupt Level Settings That Generate a Hold Request Cancel Request
16
None
17
Interrupt level 16
18
Interrupt levels 16 and 17
~
Interrupt levels that generate a cancel request
~
HRCL register
31
Interrupt levels 16 to 30 [Initial value]
Once a reset occurs, DMA transfer is inhibited for all interrupt levels. As this means that no DMA transfer
will be performed when an interrupt occurs, set the required value in the HRCL register.
■ Returning from Standby (Stop or Sleep) Mode
The function for using an interrupt request to return from stop mode is performed by this module. If even
one interrupt request from a peripheral (with interrupt level other than "11111B") occurs, a request to return
from stop mode is issued to the clock control unit.
As the priority judgment unit restarts operation once the clock supply starts after recovery from stop mode,
the CPU is able to execute instructions until the priority judgment unit produces a result.
The same operation occurs when returning from sleep mode. Access to the registers in this module remains
possible even in sleep mode.
Note:
Set the interrupt level for interrupt sources that you do not want to cause the device to return from
stop or sleep mode to "11111B" in the corresponding peripheral control register.
240
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Example of Using the Function to Generate a Request to Cancel a Hold Request
(HRCR)
If you want the CPU to perform high-priority processing during DMA transfer, you need to cancel the hold
state by requesting the DMA to cancel its hold request. This example uses an interrupt to cause the DMA to
cancel its hold request and to give priority to CPU operation.
● Control registers
(1) HRCL (Hold request cancel level setting register): this module:
If an interrupt with a higher-priority level than the interrupt level set in this register occurs, a request
to cancel the hold request is passed to the DMA. Set the level to use as the criterion.
(2) ICR: this module:
Set an interrupt level with a higher priority than the level set in the HRCL register in the ICRs of the
interrupt sources you want to use.
● Hardware configuration
Figure 10.3-1 shows the flow of each signal for a hold request.
Figure 10.3-1 Hold Request Signal Flow
This module
IRQ
Bus access request
MHALTI
I-unit
DHREQ
DMA
B-unit
DHREQ : D-bus hold request
CPU
DHACK : D-bus hold acknowledge
IRQ
(ICR)
: Interrupt request
MHALTI : Hold request cancel request
(HRCL)
DHACK
● Sequence
Figure 10.3-2 shows the interrupt level for a higher priority level than the level set in the HRCL register.
Figure 10.3-2 Interrupt Level: HRCL < ICR (LEVEL)
RUN
CPU
Bus access
request
DHREQ
Bus hold
Interrupt processing
(1)
(2)
Bus hold (DMA transfer)
Example of
interrupt routine
(1) Clear interrupt
source
to
DHACK
(2) RETI
IRQ
LEVEL
MHALTI
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
241
CHAPTER 10 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
10.3 Operations of Interrupt Controller
MB91313A Series
When an interrupt request occurs and the interrupt level changes, the MHALTI signal to the DMA goes
active if the new level has a higher priority than the level set in the HRCL register. This causes the DMA to
cancel access requests and the CPU to return from the hold state and start processing the interrupt.
Figure 10.3-3 shows the interrupt level for multiple interrupts.
Figure 10.3-3 Interrupt Level: HRCL < ICR (Interrupt I) < ICR (Interrupt II)
RUN
Bus hold
Interrupt
processing II
Interrupt I
CPU
Bus access
request
(3)
(4)
Interrupt
processing I
(1)
Bus hold
(DMA transfer)
(2)
DHREQ
DHACK
IRQ1
IRQ2
LEVEL
MHALTI
[Example of interrupt routine]
(1), (3) Clear interrupt source
to
(2), (4) RETI
The above example shows the case when a higher priority interrupt occurs during execution of interrupt
routine I.
DHREQ remains low while the interrupt with an interrupt level higher than the interrupt level set in the
HRCL register is present.
Note:
Pay due attention to the relationship between the interrupt levels set in the HRCL register and ICRs.
242
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 11
EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
CONTROL UNIT
This chapters gives an overview of the external interrupt
control unit and describes its register configuration/
functions and its operations.
11.1 Overview of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.3 Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
243
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.1 Overview of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of External Interrupt Control Unit
The external interrupt control unit is a block to control an external interrupt request
input to the INT pin.
The external interrupt to be detected can be selected from among the following four:
• "H" level
• "L" level
• Rising edge
• Falling edge
These levels can be used for the STOP restore.
■ List of Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
The registers of the external interrupt control unit are listed below.
Address
000040H
to
0000C0H
0000C4H
bit31
24 23
16 15
EIRR0
ENIR0
EIRR1
EIRR2
ENIR1
ENIR2
87
1
ELVR0
|
ELVR1
ELVR2
■ Block Diagram of External Interrupt Control Unit
Figure 11.1-1 is a block diagram of the external interrupt control unit.
Figure 11.1-1 Block Diagram of External Interrupt Control Unit
R-bus
8
24
Interrupt enable register
Gate
24
Source FF
Edge detection circuit
INT0 to INT23
8
Interrupt source register
16
Request level setting register
244
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
MB91313A Series
11.2
Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
This section describes the register configuration and functions of the external interrupt
control unit.
■ Details of Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
The external interrupt control unit has the following three types of registers:
• Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR)
• External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR)
• External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register (ELVR)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
245
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.2.1
MB91313A Series
Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR)
The interrupt enable register (ENIR) controls the masking of the external interrupt
request output.
■ Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR)
The interrupt enable register consists of the following bits:
Figure 11.2-1 Bit Configuration of Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR)
ENIR0
Address
bit
000041H
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Initial value
EN7
EN6
EN5
EN4
EN3
EN2
EN1
EN0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
EN15
EN14
EN13
EN12
EN11
EN10
EN9
EN8
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
EN23
EN22
EN21
EN20
EN19
EN18
EN17
EN16
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
ENIR1
Address
bit
0000C1H
ENIR2
Address
bit
0000C5H
R/W: Readable/writable
When "1" is written to a bit in this register, the interrupt request output corresponding to the bit is enabled
(for example, EN0 controls the enabling of INT0), and the interrupt request is output to the interrupt
controller. The pin corresponding to the bit to which "0" is written holds the interrupt source but does not
generate a request to the interrupt controller.
246
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
MB91313A Series
11.2.2
External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR)
The external interrupt source register (EIRR) is a register to indicate that a
corresponding external interrupt request exists when read, and to clear a content of the
flip-flop showing this request when written.
■ External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR)
The external interrupt source register consists of the following bits:
Figure 11.2-2 Bit Configuration of External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR)
EIRR0
Address
bit
000040H
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Initial value
ER7
ER6
ER5
ER4
ER3
ER2
ER1
ER0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
ER15
ER14
ER13
ER12
ER11
ER10
ER9
ER8
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
ER23
ER22
ER21
ER20
ER19
ER18
ER17
ER16
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
EIRR1
Address
bit
0000C0H
EIRR2
Address
bit
0000C4H
R/W: Readable/writable
The operation performed when this EIRR register is read depends on the read value as follows.
When a bit contains "1", it indicates that there is an external interrupt request at the pin corresponding to
that bit. Writing "0" to a bit in this register clears the request flip-flop of that bit.
Writing "1" is ignored. When this bit is read to a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction, "1" is always read.
Depending on the pin state, the bit value of the external interrupt source register can be "1" even if "0" is
written to the corresponding bit of the external interrupt enable register.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
247
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.2.3
MB91313A Series
External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register (ELVR)
The external interrupt request level setting register (ELVR) is a register to select request
detections.
■ External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register (ELVR)
The external interrupt request level setting register (ELVR) consists of the following bits.
Figure 11.2-3 Bit Configuration of External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register (ELVR)
ELVR0
Address
bit
000042H
Address
bit
000043H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
LB7
LA7
LB6
LA6
LB5
LA5
LB4
LA4
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
LB3
LA3
LB2
LA2
LB1
LA1
LB0
LA0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
LB15
LA15
LB14
LA14
LB13
LA13
LB12
LA12
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
LB11
LA11
LB10
LA10
LB9
LA9
LB8
LA8
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
LB23
LA23
LB22
LA22
LB21
LA21
LB20
LA20
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
LB19
LA19
LB18
LA18
LB17
LA17
LB16
LA16
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
ELVR1
Address
bit
0000C2H
Address
bit
0000C3H
ELVR2
Address
bit
0000C6H
Address
0000C7H
bit
R/W: Readable/writable
248
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.2 Registers of External Interrupt Control Unit
MB91313A Series
In the ELVR register, two bits are assigned to each interrupt channel, which results in the settings shown in
the table below.
When each bit in the EIRR register is cleared while the level is in the request input level, the corresponding
bit is set again as long as the input is at active level.
Table 11.2-1 shows assignment of ELVR.
Table 11.2-1 Assignment of ELVR
LBx, LAx
Operation
00
"L" level indicates the presence of a request. [Initial value]
01
"H" level indicates the presence of a request.
10
A rising edge indicates the presence of a request. *
11
A falling edge indicates the presence of a request. *
*: The setting to INT16-to-INT23 is disabled.
Note: Any request level can be set for restoring from STOP. (INT0 to INT15)
Notes:
• If external interrupt request level is changed, internal interrupt request may be occurred. So clear
the external interrupt register after changing the external interrupt request level. When you want
to clear the external interrupt request level register once.
• Edge detection is not available for the INT17 and INT19 channels. Always set these channels to
use level detection.
This restriction does not apply to the MB91F313A.
• All request levels are able to be set after recovery from STOP (except for INT17 and INT19).
This restriction does not apply to the MB91F313A.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
249
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.3 Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit
11.3
MB91313A Series
Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit
This section describes the operations of the external interrupt control unit.
■ Operations of an External Interrupt
If, after a request level and an enable register are set, a request defined in the ELVR register is input to the
corresponding pin, this module generates an interrupt request signal to the interrupt controller. The
interrupt controller identifies the priorities of interrupts simultaneously generated within the interrupt
controller and, if it determines that the interrupt request from this resource has the highest priority, the
corresponding interrupt generates.
Figure 11.3-1 shows the external interrupt operation.
Figure 11.3-1 External Interrupt Operation
External interrupt
ELVR
Resource
request
Interrupt controller
ICRyy
EIRR
ENIR
CPU
IL
CMP
ICRxx
CMP
ILM
Source
■ Operating Procedure for an External Interrupt
Set up the registers located inside the external interrupt control unit as follows:
1. Set the general-purpose I/O port served dual use as external interrupt input pin as the input port.
2. Disable the target bit in the enable interrupts register (ENIR).
3. Set the target bit in the external interrupt request level setting register (ELVR).
4. Read the external interrupt request level setting register (ELVR).
5. Clear the target bit in the enable interrupts register (ENIR).
6. Enable the target bit in the enable interrupts register (ENIR).
However, simultaneous writing of 16-bit data is allowed for steps 5. and 6.
Before setting a register in this module, you must disable the enable register. In addition, before enabling
the enable register, you must clear the interrupt source register. This procedure is required to prevent an
interrupt source from occurring by mistake while a register is being set or an interrupt is enabled.
250
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.3 Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit
MB91313A Series
■ External Interrupt Request Level
If the request level is an edge request, a pulse width of at least 3 machine cycles (peripheral clock machine
cycles) is required to detect an edge.
When the request input level is a level setting, the required pulse width is a minimum of 3 machine cycles.
While the interrupt input pin is holding its active level, the interrupt request to the interrupt controller keeps
on being generated even with the external interrupt source register cleared.
If the request input level is a level setting, a request input is entered from outside and is then cancelled, the
request to the interrupt controller remains active because a source holding circuit exists internally.
The external interrupt source register must be cleared to cancel a request to the interrupt controller.
Figure 11.3-2 illustrates the clearing of the source holding circuit when a level is set.
Figure 11.3-2 Clearing the Source Holding Circuit When a Level is Set
Interrupt input
Level detection
Source FF
(source holding circuit)
Enable gate
Interrupt
controller
Holds a source unless it is cleared.
Figure 11.3-3 shows an interrupt source and an interrupt request to the interrupt controller when interrupts
are enabled.
Figure 11.3-3 Interrupt Source with Interrupts Enables and Interrupt Request to Interrupt Controller
R-bus
8
24
Interrupt enable register
Gate
24
Source FF
Edge detection circuit
INT0 to INT23
8
Interrupt source register
16
Request level setting register
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
251
CHAPTER 11 EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROL UNIT
11.3 Operations of External Interrupt Control Unit
252
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 12
DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE
This chapter explains the overview of the delay interrupt
module, configuration/functions of the registers, and
operations of the module.
12.1 Overview of Delay Interrupt Module
12.2 Registers of Delay Interrupt Module
12.3 Operations of Delay Interrupt Module
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
253
CHAPTER 12 DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE
12.1 Overview of Delay Interrupt Module
12.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of Delay Interrupt Module
The delay interrupt module generates an interrupt for switching tasks.
Using this module, software can generate or release an interrupt request for the CPU.
■ Register List of Delay Interrupt Module
Register list of the delay interrupt module is as follows:
DICR
Address
000044H
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DLYI
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Undefined
■ Block Diagram of Delay Interrupt Module
Figure 12.1-1 shows a block diagram of the delay interrupt module.
Figure 12.1-1 Block Diagram of Delay Interrupt Module
R-bus
Interrupt request
254
DLYI
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 12 DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE
12.2 Registers of Delay Interrupt Module
MB91313A Series
12.2
Registers of Delay Interrupt Module
This section explains the register configurations/functions of the delay interrupt
module.
■ DICR (Delay Interrupt Module Register)
DICR controls the delay interrupt.
The bit configuration of the delay interrupt module register (DICR) is as follows:
DICR
Address
bit
000044H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DLYI
-------0B
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Undefined
[bit0] DLYI
DLYI
Description
0
No release and request of delay interrupt source [Initial value]
1
Generated delay interrupt source
This bit controls generating and releasing of the corresponding interrupt sources.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
255
CHAPTER 12 DELAY INTERRUPT MODULE
12.3 Operations of Delay Interrupt Module
12.3
MB91313A Series
Operations of Delay Interrupt Module
The delay interrupt is an interrupt generated for switching tasks.Use this function to
allow a software program to generate an interrupt request for the CPU or to release an
interrupt request.
■ Interrupt Number
A delay interrupt is assigned to the interrupt source corresponding to the largest interrupt number.
In this model, a delay interrupt is assigned to interrupt number 63 (3FH).
■ DLYI Bit of DICR
Writing "1" to this bit generates a delay interrupt source.Writing "0" clears a delay interrupt source.
This bit is the same as the interrupt source flag for a normal interrupt. Therefore, clear this bit and switch
tasks in the interrupt routine.
256
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 13
BIT SEARCH MODULE
This chapter explains the overview of the bit search
module, configurations/functions of the registers, and
operations of the module.
13.1 Overview of Bit Search Module
13.2 Registers of Bit Search Module
13.3 Operations of Bit Search Module
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
257
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.1 Overview of Bit Search Module
13.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of Bit Search Module
The bit search module searches for "0", "1", or any points of change for data written to the
input register and then returns the detected bit locations.
■ Register List of Bit Search Module
Register list of the bit search module is as follows:
bit31
Address: 0003F0H
bit0
BSD0
0 Detection data register
Address: 0003F4H
BSD1
1 Detection data register
Address: 0003F8H
BSDC
Change point detection data register
Address: 0003FCH
BSRR
Detection result register
■ Block Diagram of Bit Search Module
Figure 13.1-1 shows a block diagram of the bit search module.
Figure 13.1-1 Block Diagram of Bit Search Module
D-bus
Input latch
Address decoder
Detection mode
1 detection data
Bit search circuit
Detection result
258
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.2 Registers of Bit Search Module
MB91313A Series
13.2
Registers of Bit Search Module
This section explains the register configurations/functions of the bit search module.
■ 0 Detection Data Register (BSD0)
0 detection is performed for written value.
Shown below is the configuration of the 0 detection data register (BSD0):
Figure 13.2-1 Bit Configuration of 0 Detection Data Register (BSD0)
Address
bit31
bit0
0003F0H
Read/write
Initial value
W
XXXXXXXXH
The initial value after a reset is undefined. Read value is undefined.
Use a 32-bit length data transfer instruction for data transfer (Do not use 8-bit or 16-bit length data transfer
instructions).
■ 1 Detection Data Register (BSD1)
Shown below is the configuration of the 1 detection data register (BSD1):
Figure 13.2-2 Bit Configuration of 1 Detection Data Register (BSD1)
Address
bit31
bit0
0003F4H
Read/write
Initial value
R/W
XXXXXXXXH
Use a 32-bit length data transfer instruction for data transfer (Do not use 8-bit or 16-bit length data transfer
instructions).
• Writing:
"1" detection is performed for the written value.
• Reading:
Saved data of the internal state in the bit search module is read. This register is used to save and restore
to the original state when the bit search module is used by, for example, an interrupt handler.
Even though data is written to the 0 detection, change point detection, or data register, the data can be
saved and restored only by using the 1 detection data register.
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
259
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.2 Registers of Bit Search Module
MB91313A Series
■ Change Point Detection Data Register (BSDC)
Point of change is detected in the written value.
Shown below is the configuration of the change point detection data register (BSDC):
Figure 13.2-3 Bit Configuration of Change Point Detection Data Register (BSDC)
Address
bit31
bit0
0003F8H
Read/write
Initial value
W
XXXXXXXXH
The initial value after a reset is undefined.
Read value is undefined.
Use a 32-bit length data transfer instruction for data transfer (Do not use 8-bit or 16-bit length data transfer
instructions).
■ Detection Result Register (BSRR)
The result of 0 detection, 1 detection, or change point detection is read.
Which detection result is to be read is determined by the data register that has been written to last.
Register configuration of the detection result register (BSRR) is as follows:
Figure 13.2-4 Bit Configuration of Detection Result Register (BSRR)
Address
bit31
bit0
0003FCH
Read/write
Initial value
260
R
XXXXXXXXH
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.3 Operations of Bit Search Module
MB91313A Series
13.3
Operations of Bit Search Module
This section explains the operations of the bit search module.
■ 0 Detection
The bit search module scans data written to the 0 detection data register from MSB to LSB and returns the
location where the first "0" is detected.
The detection result can be obtained by reading the detection result register. The relationship between the
detected location and the return value is described in Table 13.3-1.
If "0" is not found (that is, the value is FFFFFFFFH), 32 is returned as the search result.
[Execution example]
Written data
Read value (decimal)
11111111111111111111000000000000B (FFFFF000H)
→
20
11111000010010011110000010101010B (F849E0AAH)
→
5
10000000000000101010101010101010B (8002AAAAH)
→
1
11111111111111111111111111111111B (FFFFFFFFH)
→
32
■ 1 Detection
The bit search module scans data written to the 1 detection data register from MSB to LSB and returns the
location where the first "1" is detected.
The detection result can be obtained by reading the detection result register. The relationship between the
detected location and the return value is described in Table 13.3-1.
If "1" is not found (that is, the value is 00000000H), 32 is returned as the search result.
[Execution example]
Written data
CM71-10143-5E
Read value (decimal)
00100000000000000000000000000000B (20000000H)
→
2
00000001001000110100010101100111B (01234567H)
→
7
00000000000000111111111111111111B (0003FFFFH)
→
14
00000000000000000000000000000001B (00000001H)
→
31
00000000000000000000000000000000B (00000000H)
→
32
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
261
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.3 Operations of Bit Search Module
MB91313A Series
■ Change Point Detection
The bit search module scans data written to the change point detection data register from bit30 to LSB for
comparison with the MSB value.
The first location where a value that is different from that of the MSB is detected is returned. The detection
result can be obtained by reading the detection result register.
The relationship between the detected location and the return value is described in Table 13.3-1.
If a change point is not detected, 32 is returned. In change point detection, "0" is never returned as a result.
[Execution example]
Written data
Read value (decimal)
00100000000000000000000000000000B (20000000H)
→
2
00000001001000110100010101100111B (01234567H)
→
7
00000000000000111111111111111111B (0003FFFFH)
→
14
00000000000000000000000000000001B (00000001H)
→
31
00000000000000000000000000000000B (00000000H)
→
32
11111111111111111111000000000000B (FFFFF000H)
→
20
11111000010010011110000010101010B (F849E0AAH)
→
5
10000000000000101010101010101010B (8002AAAAH)
→
1
11111111111111111111111111111111B (FFFFFFFFH)
→
32
Table 13.3-1 shows the bit locations and return values (decimal).
Table 13.3-1 Bit Locations and Return Values (Decimal)
Detected Bit
Location
Return
Value
Detected Bit
Location
Return
Value
Detected Bit
Location
Return
Value
Detected Bit
Location
Return Value
31
0
23
8
15
16
7
24
30
1
22
9
14
17
6
25
29
2
21
10
13
18
5
26
28
3
20
11
12
19
4
27
27
4
19
12
11
20
3
28
26
5
18
13
10
21
2
29
25
6
17
14
9
22
1
30
24
7
16
15
8
23
0
31
Does not exist
32
262
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.3 Operations of Bit Search Module
MB91313A Series
■ Process of Save/Restore
If it is necessary to save and restore the internal state of the bit search module, such as when the bit search
module is used in an interrupt handler, use the following procedure:
1) Read the 1 detection data register and save its content (save).
2) Use the bit search module.
3) Write the data saved in 1) to the 1 detection data register (restore).
With the above operation, the value obtained when the detection result register is read the next time
corresponds to the value written to the bit search module before 1).
If the data register written to last is the 0 detection or change point detection register, the value is restored
correctly with the above procedure.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
263
CHAPTER 13 BIT SEARCH MODULE
13.3 Operations of Bit Search Module
264
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 14
10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
This chapter gives an overview of the 10-bit A/D
converter, register configuration and functions, and
10- bit A/D converter operation.
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
265
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
14.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
The 10-bit successive approximation A/D converter has two operation modes:
conversion start by software and conversion start by external trigger.
■ Features of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
• Conversion time: 7.94 μs (sampling: 5.91 μs, conversion: 2.03 μs) when fch is @33MHz
• A/D conversion result register available for each channel
• Channel scan function
■ Registers
Address
000020H
266
bit15
bit0
ADCTH
ADCTL
A/D Converter control register
000022H
ADCH
Software conversion analog input select register
000024H
ADAT0
A/D conversion result register ch.0
000026H
ADAT1
A/D conversion result register ch.1
000028H
ADAT2
A/D conversion result register ch.2
00002AH
ADAT3
A/D conversion result register ch.3
00002CH
ADAT4
A/D conversion result register ch.4
00002EH
ADAT5
A/D conversion result register ch.5
000030H
ADAT6
A/D conversion result register ch.6
000032H
ADAT7
A/D conversion result register ch.7
000034H
ADAT8
A/D conversion result register ch.8
000036H
ADAT9
A/D conversion result register ch.9
000038H
TEST
A/D converter test register (access prohibited)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Figure 14.1-1 A/D Converter Block Diagram
BUFFER× 10
Internal data bus
D/A Converter
Comparator
MPX
AN9
AN8
AN7
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
Control Logic
S/H
A/D
ch & Status
Control Logic
External pin
ATRG
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
IRQ
267
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
MB91313A Series
■ A/D Converter Control Register (ADCTH, ADCTL)
Figure 14.1-2 Bit Configuration of A/D Converter Control Register (ADCTH, ADCTL)
ADCTH
Address
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
-
-
-
-
-
-
TRG
STR
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
ASS3
ASS2
ASS1
ASS0
BUSY
-
INT
INTE
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
000020H
ADCTL
Address
000021H
bit
R/W: Readable/writable
[bit15 to bit10] Unused bits
The read value of these bits are always "000000B".
[bit9] TRG
0
Start by external pin trigger is prohibited.
1
Start by external pin trigger
When this bit is set to "1", A/D conversion is started when a rising edge is detected at external pin
(ATRG) input.
This bit is ignored if an edge is detected during A/D conversion.
[bit8] STR
This bit is the A/D conversion start bit.
0
No effect
1
Software start/restart (write during conversion)
The read value of this bit is always "0".
[bit7 to bit4] ASS3 to ASS0
These bits enable reading of the selected analog channel.
This bit enables reading of effective data when [bit3] BUSY = 1.
268
0000B to 1001B
Selected channel
Others
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
MB91313A Series
[bit3] BUSY
This bit is a flag that indicates A/D conversion is in progress.
0
A/D conversion is not in progress.
1
A/D conversion is in progress.
[bit2] Unused bit
The read value of this bit is always "0".
[bit1] INT
This bit is the A/D conversion end flag.
0
No conversion, or conversion is in progress.
1
Conversion is completed.
[bit0] INTE
This bit is the A/D conversion interrupt enable bit.
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
When INT and INTE are both set to "1", an interrupt request is generated.
■ Software Conversion Analog Input Select Register
Figure 14.1-3 Bit Configuration of Software Conversion Analog Input Select Register
ADCH
Address
bit
000022H
Address
bit
000022H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
-
-
-
-
-
-
i9
i8
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
i7
i6
i5
i4
i3
i2
i1
i0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W:Readable/writable
[bit15 to bit10] Unused bits
The read value of these bits are always "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
269
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
MB91313A Series
[bit9 to bit0] i9 to i0
These bits are the software conversion analog input select bits.
0
Input is not selected.
1
Input is selected.
If multiple inputs are selected, data is sequentially converted for all selected inputs.
■ A/D Conversion Result Register (Channels 0 to 9)
Figure 14.1-4 Bit Configuration of A/D Conversion Result Register (Channels 0 to 9)
ADAT0 to ADAT9
Address
bit
000022H
Address
000022H
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
-
-
-
-
-
-
d9
d8
00000000B
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
d7
d6
d5
d4
d3
d2
d1
d0
00000000B
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R: Read only
[bit15 to bit10] Reserved
The read value of these bits are always "000000B".
[bit9 to bit0] d9 to d0
These bits store the A/D conversion result for the channels.
■ A/D Conversion Started by Software
To perform A/D conversion started by software, select the required channel from analog input pins AN0 to
AN9. Write "1" to the corresponding bit of the ADCH register to enable A/D conversion.
(1) Single channel
If only one channel is selected as the analog input pin for conversion, writing "1" to the STR bit of the
ADCTH register starts software-started conversion and sets the BUSY bit of the ADCH register to
"1".
Writing "1" to the STR bit again during conversion initializes the converter and restarts conversion.
After A/D conversion ends, the BUSY bit of the ADCH register is reset to "0" and the INT bit of the
ADCTL register is set to "1". These status bits can be read to determine whether conversion has ended.
To generate an interrupt to complete conversion, set the INTE bit of the ADCTL register to "1"
beforehand.
(2)
Multiple channels (scan conversion)
If multiple channels are selected as the analog input pins for conversion, the converter performs A/D
conversion for the first selected channel and then stores the conversion result in the register
corresponding to the channel. The converter then repeats this process for the remaining selected
channels.
270
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
MB91313A Series
Writing 1 to the corresponding bit of the ADCH register to select the channel for conversion and
writing "1" to the STR bit of the ADCH register start conversion and set the BUSY bit of the ADCTL
register to "1". The channels are converted sequentially from 0 to 9. If a channel is not selected in the
ADCH register, the converter skips that channel and starts conversion for the next selected channel.
Writing "1" to the STR bit again during conversion initializes the converter and restarts conversion for
the selected channels in the order of 0 to 9.
When A/D conversion for all selected channels ends, the BUSY bit of the ADCTL register is reset to
"0" and the INT bit of the ADCTL register is set to "1". To generate an interrupt to complete
conversion, set the INTE bit of the ADCTL register to "1" beforehand.
The results of A/D conversion are stored in the registers of individual channels.
■ A/D Conversion Started by External Trigger
If external trigger start is enabled (ADCTH: TRG = 1), detection of a rising edge at external pin (ATRG)
input starts A/D conversion. If the signal for A/D conversion by software is received when the external
trigger is enabled, conversion is also started. If a rising edge is detected again at external pin (ATRG) input
during A/D conversion, conversion is initialized and restarts the operation from the beginning.
Note:
When entering the stop mode in the low-power consumption mode, be sure to confirm that A/D
conversion is not in progress.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
271
CHAPTER 14 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER
14.1 Overview of the 10-Bit A/D Converter
272
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15
MULTI FUNCTION
SERIAL INTERFACE
This chapter describes the functions and operations of
the multi function serial interface.
15.1 Overview of the Multi Function Serial Interface
15.2 Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.4 Interrupts of UART
15.5 Operations of UART
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
15.7 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 0
(Asynchronous Normal Mode)
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
15.9 Notes on UART Mode
15.10 Overview of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
15.15 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for CSIO (Clock
Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.16 Notes on CSIO Mode
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
273
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
MB91313A Series
15.17 Overview of the I2C Interface
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
15.19 Interrupts of the I2C Interface
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
15.21 Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
15.23 Notes on I2C Mode
274
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.1 Overview of the Multi Function Serial Interface
MB91313A Series
15.1
Overview of the Multi Function Serial Interface
This section describes the overview of multi function serial interface.
■ Interface Mode
The multi function serial interface can select the following interface modes depending on the operating
mode setting:
• UART0 (asynchronous normal multi function serial interface)
• UART1 (asynchronous multiprocessor multi function serial interface)
• CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial interface) (capable of supporting SPI)
• I2C (I2C bus interface)
■ Switching the Interface Modes
When communicating with each multi function serial interface, set the operating mode in the registers
shown in Table 15.1-1 before starting the communication.
Figure 15.1-1 Bit Configuration of Serial Mode Register (SMR)
SMR
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
MD2
MD1
MD0
-
WUCR
SBL
SCKE
SOE
000-0000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Undefined
Table 15.1-1 Switching the Interface Modes
MD2
MD1
MD0
Interface mode
0
0
0
UART0 (asynchronous normal multi function serial interface)
0
0
1
UART1 (asynchronous multiprocessor multi function serial interface)
0
1
0
CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial interface)
(capable of supporting SPI)
1
0
0
I2C (I2C bus interface)
Note: Any mode other than those above is prohibited to set.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
275
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.1 Overview of the Multi Function Serial Interface
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• If you switch the mode while transmission/reception operation using 1 multi function serial
interface, the transmission/reception operation cannot be guaranteed.
• Set the operating mode first because the other registers will be initialized once the operating
mode has been changed. However, when SCR and SMR are written at the same time by 16-bit
writing, the written contents will be reflected on SCR.
■ Transmission and Reception FIFO (Ch.0, Ch.1 and Ch.2)
16-byte transmission FIFO and 16-byte reception FIFO are provided to ch.0, ch.1 and ch.2. Read the
number of stages of FIFO described from here on as 16-byte. Since FIFO will not be provided other than
ch.0, ch.1 and ch.2, ignore the description about FIFO and refer to the description when FIFO is not used.
276
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.2
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.2 Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
UART (asynchronous multi function serial interface) is a general-purpose serial data
communication interface for asynchronous communication with external devices. UART
supports bidirectional communication function (normal mode), master/slave
communication function (multiprocessor mode: supports both master/slave). In
addition, it has the transmission/reception FIFO.
■ Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Function
1
Data
2
Serial input
3
Transfer format
4
Baud rate
5
Data length
6
Signal method
7
Start bit detection
8
Performs oversampling 3 times and determines the reception value by majority decision of
the sampling values
Asynchronous
• Dedicated baud rate generator (15-bit reload counter configuration)
• External clock input can be adjusted with the reload counter
• 5 to 9 bits (normal mode) and 7 or 8 bits (multiprocessor mode)
NRZ (Non Return to Zero), invert NRZ
• Synchronizes with the start bit falling edge (for NRZ method)
• Synchronizes with the start bit rising edge (for invert NRZ method)
• Framing error
Reception error detection • Overrun error
• Parity error*
9
Interrupt request
10
Master/slave
communication function
(multiprocessor mode)
11
• Full-duplex, double buffering (when FIFO is not used)
• Transmission/reception FIFO (maximum size 16-byte each) (when FIFO is used)
FIFO options
• Reception interrupt
(reception completion, framing error, overrun error, and parity error*)
• Transmission interrupt (transmission data empty, transmission bus idle)
• Transmission FIFO interrupt (when the transmission FIFO is empty)
• Both transmission/reception have the extended intelligent I/O service (EI2OS) and DMA
function
1: n communication (1 = master, n = slaves) is enabled
(supports both master and slave systems)
• Transmission/reception FIFO are provided (maximum size: transmission FIFO 16-byte,
reception FIFO 16-byte)
• Transmission FIFO and reception FIFO can be selected
• Transmission data can be retransmitted
• Reception FIFO interrupt timing can be changed from the software
• Independent FIFO reset support
*: Parity error is enabled in normal mode only.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
277
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.3
This section shows the register list of UART (asynchronous multi function serial
interface).
■ Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.3-1 Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Address
bit15
bit8 bit7
bit0
000X0H
000X1H
SCR (serial control register)
SMR (serial mode register)
000X2H
000X3H
SSR (serial status register)
ESCR
(extended communication control register)
UART 000X4
H
000X5H
RDR1/TDR1
(transmission and reception data register 1)
RDR0/TDR0
(transmission and reception data register)
000X6H
000X7H
BGR1 (baud rate generator register 1)
BGR0 (baud rate generator register 0)
000X8H
000X9H
000YAH
000YBH
FCR1 (FIFO control register 1)
FCR0 (FIFO control register 0)
000YCH
000YDH FBYTE2 (FIFO2 byte register)
FBYTE1 (FIFO1 byte register)
FIFO
-
-
(X = 06H, 07H, 08H, 09H, 0AH, 0BH, 1BH, 1CH, 1DH, 1EH, 1FH, Y = 06H, 07H, 08H)
Table 15.3-2 Bit Arrangement of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
bit15 bit14 bit13 bit12 bit11 bit10 bit9 bit8 bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1
SCR/SMR UPCL
-
-
SSR/ESCR REC
-
PE
L0
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
FLST FLD FSET FCL2 FCL1 FE2
FE1
FD15 FD14 FD13 FD12 FD11 FD10 FD9 FD8 FD7 FD6 FD5 FD4 FD3 FD2 FD1
FD0
EXT B14 B13 B12 B11 B10
INV PEN
D8(AD)
D7
D6
D5
B8
B7
B6
B5
-
FCR1/FCR0 FTST1 FTST0
278
B9
-
SOE
L1
-
-
SBL BDS SCKE
L2
-
FBYTE2/
FBYTE1
FRE ORE RDRF TDRE TBI
-
P
TDR (RDR)
BGR1/BGR0
RIE TIE TBIE RXE TXE MD2 MD1 MD0
bit0
-
-
FLSTE FRIIE FDRQ
FTIE FSEL
-
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
■ Operating Modes
UART (asynchronous multi function serial interface) operates in 2 different modes. MD2, MD1, and MD0
in the serial mode register (SMR) are used to select the operating mode.
Table 15.3-3 Operating Mode of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Operating mode
CM71-10143-5E
MD2 MD1 MD0
Type
0
0
0
0
UART0 (asynchronous normal mode)
1
0
0
1
UART1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
279
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.3.1
MB91313A Series
Serial Control Register (SCR)
Serial control register (SCR) can enable/disable the transmission and reception, the
transmission and reception interrupt, transmission bus idle interrupt, and perform
UART reset.
■ Serial Control Register (SCR)
Figure 15.3-1 shows the bit configuration of the serial control register (SCR), and Table 15.3-4 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-1 Bit Configuration of Serial Control Register (SCR)
SCR
bit
15
ch.0 000060H
UPCL
ch.1 000070H
ch.2 000080H R/W
ch.3 000090H
ch.4 0000A0H
ch.5 0000B0H
ch.6 0001B0H
ch.7 0001C0H
ch.8 0001D0H
ch.9 0001E0H
ch.A 0001F0H
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
−
−
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
0--00000B
−
−
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
TXE
0
1
Transmission enable bit
Disables transmission
Enables transmission
RXE
0
1
Reception enable bit
Disables reception
Enables reception
TBIE
Transmission bus idle interrupt enable bit
Disables transmission bus idle interrupt
0
1
Enables transmission bus idle interrupt
TIE
0
1
Transmission interrupt enable bit
Disables transmission interrupt
Enables transmission interrupt
RIE
0
1
Reception interrupt enable bit
Disables reception interrupt
Enables reception interrupt
Unused bits
Read the values are undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
UPCL
R/W
: Readable/writable
0
1
Programmable clear bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
Programmable clear
: Initial value
280
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.3-4 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Control Register (SCR)
Bit name
Function
bit15
UPCL:
Programmable clear bit
Initializes the internal state of UART.
When "1" is set:
• UART is directly reset (software reset). However, the register setting is retained. The
UART that is under transmission/reception status is immediately disconnected.
• Baud rate generator reloads the value set in BGR1/BGR0 register and restarts.
• All transmission and reception interrupt sources (PE, FRE, ORE, RDRF, TDRE, and
TBI) are initialized (000011B).
When "0" is set: There is no effect.
When reading, "0" is always returned.
Notes:
• Execute programmable clear after you disable an interrupt.
• When using FIFO, disable FIFO (FE2, FE1 = 0) before you execute programmable
clear.
bit14,
bit13
Unused bits
When reading : Values are undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit12
RIE:
Reception interrupt enable
bit
• Enables/disables the output of a reception interrupt request to the CPU.
• A reception interrupt request is output when RIE bit and the reception data flag bit
(RDRF) are "1" or when any of the error flag bits (PE, ORE, FRE) is set to "1".
bit11
TIE:
Transmission interrupt
enable bit
• Enables/disables the output of a transmission interrupt request to the CPU.
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
bit10
TBIE:
Transmission bus idle
interrupt enable bit
• Enables/disables the output of a transmission bus idle interrupt request to the CPU.
• A transmission bus idle interrupt request is output when TBI bit and the TBIE bit are
"1".
bit9
Enables/disables the reception operation of UART.
• When "0" is set: Disables the reception operation.
• When "1" is set: Enables the reception operation.
RXE:
Notes:
Reception operation enable
• Even if the reception operation is enabled (RXE = 1), it will not start until the start
bit
bit falling edge (for NRZ format (INV = 0)) is input (For invert NRZ format
(INV=1), it will not start until the rising edge is input).
• The reception operation is immediately stopped if you disable it (RXE = 0) while
receiving.
bit8
TXE:
Transmission operation
enable bit
CM71-10143-5E
Enables/disables the transmission operation of UART.
When "0" is set: Disables the transmission operation.
When "1" is set: Enables the transmission operation.
Note:
The transmission operation is immediately stopped if you disable it (TXE = 0) while
transmitting.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
281
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.3.2
MB91313A Series
Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Serial mode register (SMR) can set the operating mode, select transfer direction, data
length and stop bit length, and enable/disable the output to the pin of the serial data
and clock.
■ Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Figure 15.3-2 shows the bit configuration of the serial mode register (SMR), and Table 15.3-5 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-2 Bit Configuration of Serial Mode Register (SMR)
SMR
bit 7
6
5
ch.0 000061H
MD0
MD2 MD1
ch.1 000071H
ch.2 000081H
R/W R/W R/W
ch.3 000091H
ch.4 0000A1H
ch.5 0000B1H
ch.6 0001B1H
ch.7 0001C1H
ch.8 0001D1H
ch.9 0001E1H
ch.A 0001F1H
4
−
3
2
1
0
Initial value
SBL BDS SCKE SOE 000−0000B
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
SOE
0
1
Serial data output enable bit
Disables SOT output
Enables SOT output
SCKE
Serial clock output enable bit
Disables SCK output
or
Enables SCK input
Enables SCK output
0
1
BDS
0
1
SBL
0
1
Transfer direction selection bit
LSB first (transferred with the lowest bit)
MSB first (transferred with the highest bit)
Stop bit length selection bit
1-bit
2-bit
Undefined bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
R/W
: Readable/writable
: Initial value
MD2 MD1 MD0
Operating mode setting bits
0
0
0 Operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
0
0
1 Operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
0
1
0 Operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
1
0
0 Operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
Note: This chapter explains the register and operation in the
operating modes 0 and 1.
282
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.3-5 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Bit name
Function
bit7
to
bit5
MD2, MD1, MD0:
Operating mode setting
bits
Sets the operating mode of the asynchronous multifunction multi function serial
interface.
"000B": Sets to the operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
"001B": Sets to the operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
"010B": Sets to the operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
"100B": Sets to the operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
This chapter explains the register and operation in the operating mode 0 (asynchronous
normal mode) and 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode).
Notes:
• Any setting other than those above is disabled.
• When switching the operating mode, execute the programmable clear
(SCR:UPCL =1) before switching it.
• Set the operating mode, and then set each register.
bit4
Unused bit
When reading : Value is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit3
SBL:
Stop bit length selection
bit
Specifies the bit length of the stop bit (frame end mark of the transmission data).
When "0" is set: Sets the stop bit to 1-bit.
When "1" is set: Sets the stop bit to 2-bit.
Notes:
• When receiving, only the first bit of the stop bit is always detected.
• Specify this bit when the transmission is disabled (TXE = 0).
bit2
BDS:
Transfer direction
selection bit
Specifies whether the transfer serial data is transferred with the lowest bit (LSB first,
BDS = 0) or the highest bit (MSB first, BDS = 1).
Note:
Specify this bit when the transmission/reception are disabled (TXE = RXE= 0).
bit1
Controls the I/O port of the serial clock.
When "0" is set: Enables SCK "H" output or SCK input.
SCKE:
When using as SCK input, set the general-purpose I/O port as an input
Serial clock output enable
port. In addition, select the external clock by using the external clock
bit
selection bit (BGR:EXT = 1).
When "1" is set: Enables SCK output.
bit0
SOE:
Serial data output enable
bit
Enables/disables the output of the serial data.
When "0" is set: Enables SOT "H" output.
When "1" is set: Enables SOT output.
Note:
Set the operating mode first because the other registers will be initialized once the operating mode
has been changed. However, when SCR and SMR are written at the same time by 16-bit writing, the
written contents will be reflected on SCR.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
283
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.3.3
MB91313A Series
Serial Status Register (SSR)
Serial status register (SSR) verifies the transmission/reception status and the reception
error flag, and also clears the reception error flag.
■ Serial Status Register (SSR)
Figure 15.3-3 shows the bit configuration of the serial status register (SSR), and Table 15.3-6 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-3 Bit Configuration of Serial Status Register (SSR)
SSR
bit 15
ch.0 000062H
ch.1 000072H REC
ch.2 000082H R/W
ch.3 000092H
ch.4 0000A2H
ch.5 0000B2H
ch.6 0001B2H
ch.7 0001C2H
ch.8 0001D2H
ch.9 0001E2H
ch.A 0001F2H
14
13
12
−
PE
FRE
−
R
R
11
10
9
8
ORE RDRF TDRE TBI
R
R
R
Initial value
0-000011B
R
TBI
0
1
Transmission bus idle flag bit
Transmitting
No transmission operation
TDRE
0
1
Transmission data empty flag bit
Transmission data register (TDR) has data
Transmission data register is empty
RDRF
Reception data full flag bit
Reception data register (RDR) is empty
0
1
Reception data register (RDR) has data
ORE
0
1
Overrun error flag bit
No overrun error
There is an overrun error
FRE
0
1
Framing error flag bit
No framing error
There is a framing error
PE
0
1
Parity error flag bit
No parity error
There is a parity error
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
REC
0
R/W
R
-
: Readable/writable
: Read only
: Undefined
1
Reception error flag clear bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always reads "0"
Clears reception error flags
(PE, FRE, ORE)
: Initial value
284
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.3-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Status Register (SSR) (1 / 2)
Bit name
Function
bit15
REC:
Reception error flag clear
bit
Clears PE, FRE and ORE flags in the serial status register (SSR).
• Writing "1" to this bit clears the error flags.
• Writing "0" has no effect.
When reading, "0" is always returned.
bit14
Unused bit
When reading : Value is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
PE:
Parity error flag bit (only
operating mode 0
functions)
• SMR: If PEN = 1 and when a parity error occurs while receiving, this bit is set to
"1". When you write "1" to REC bit in the serial status register (SSR), this bit is
cleared.
• A reception interrupt request is output when PE bit and SCR: RIE bit are "1".
• Data in the reception data register (RDR) is invalid if this flag is set.
• When this bit is set while using the reception FIFO, the enable bit in the reception
FIFO will be cleared and the reception data will not be stored into the reception
FIFO.
FRE:
Framing error flag bit
• When a framing error occurs while receiving, this bit is set to "1". When you write
"1" to REC bit in the serial status register (SSR), this bit is cleared.
• A reception interrupt request is output when FRE bit and RIE bit are "1".
• Data in the reception data register (RDR) is invalid if this flag is set.
• When this bit is set while using the reception FIFO, the enable bit in the reception
FIFO will be cleared and the reception data will not be stored into the reception
FIFO.
bit11
ORE:
Overrun error flag bit
• When an overrun error occurs while receiving, this bit is set to "1". When you write
"1" to REC bit in the serial status register (SSR), this bit is cleared.
• A reception interrupt request is output when ORE bit and RIE bit are "1".
• Data in the reception data register (RDR) is invalid if this flag is set.
• When this bit is set while using the reception FIFO, the enable bit in the reception
FIFO will be cleared and the reception data will not be stored into the reception
FIFO.
bit10
• Indicates the status of the reception data register (RDR).
• When the reception data is loaded to RDR, this bit is set to "1". If the reception data
register (RDR) is read, this bit is cleared to "0".
• A reception interrupt request is output when RDRF bit and RIE bit are "1".
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" when the reception FIFO has
received a predefined number of data.
RDRF:
• When using the reception FIFO, if the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit
Reception data full flag bit
(FCR1:FRIIE) is "1" and the reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud
rate clock (because the reception FIFO has not received a predefined number of data
and some data still remains in the reception FIFO), RDRF is set to "1". If you read
the RDR while counting 8 clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8
clocks all over again.
• When using the reception FIFO, this bit is cleared to "0" when the reception FIFO
gets empty.
bit13
bit12
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
285
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Table 15.3-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Status Register (SSR) (2 / 2)
Bit name
Function
• Indicates the status of the transmission data register (TDR).
• When you write a transmission data to TDR, this bit becomes "0" to indicate that
there is some valid data. When the data is loaded to the transmission shift register to
start transmission, this bit becomes "1" to indicate that there is no valid data in
TDR.
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
• If you set UPCL bit in the serial control register (SCR) to "1", TDRE bit becomes
"1".
• For more information about set/reset timing of TDRE bit when using the
transmission FIFO, see "15.4.2 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When
Using Reception FIFO".
bit9
TDRE:
Transmission data empty
flag bit
bit8
• Indicates that UART is not processing the transmission operation.
• This bit becomes "0" when transmission data is written to the transmission data
register (TDR).
TBI:
• This bit becomes "1" when the transmission data register is empty (TDRE = 1) and
Transmission bus idle flag
the transmission operation is not in progress.
bit
• If you set "1" to UPCL bit in the serial control register (SCR), TBI bit becomes "1".
• A transmission interrupt request is output when this bit is "1" and the transmission
bus idle interrupt is enabled (SCR:TBIE = 1).
286
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.3.4
Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Extended communication control register (ESCR) can set the transmission/reception data
length, enable/disable the parity bit, select the parity bit, and specify the inversion of the
serial data format.
■ Bit Configuration of Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Figure 15.3-4 shows the bit configuration of the extended communication control register (ESCR), and
Table 15.3-7 shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-4 Bit Configuration of Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
ESCR
bit
ch.0 000063H
ch.1 000073H
ch.2 000083H
ch.3 000093H
ch.4 0000A3H
ch.5 0000B3H
ch.6 0001B3H
ch.7 0001C3H
ch.8 0001D3H
ch.9 0001E3H
ch.A 0001F3H
R/W
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
−
−
INV
PEN
P
L2
L1
L0
--000000B
−
−
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
L2
0
0
0
0
1
: Readable/writable
: Undefined
L1
0
0
1
1
0
L0
0
1
0
1
0
Data length selection bits
8-bit length
5-bit length
6-bit length
7-bit length
9-bit length
P
0
1
Parity selection bit
Even parity
Odd parity
PEN
0
1
Parity enable bit
Parity disabled
Parity enabled
INV
0
1
Invert serial data format bit
NRZ format
Invert NRZ format
Undefined bits
Read values are undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
287
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Table 15.3-7 Function Description of Each Bit in the Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Bit name
Function
bit7,
bit6
Unused bits
When reading : Values are undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit5
INV:
Invert serial data format
bit
Specifies whether the serial data format should be NRZ format or invert NRZ format.
bit4
PEN:
Parity enable bit (only
operating mode 0
functions)
Specifies whether to provide (when transmitting) and detect (when receiving) a parity
bit.
• When "0" is set: Does not add a parity bit.
• When "1" is set: Adds a parity bit.
Note:
This bit is internally fixed to "0" in the operating mode 1.
bit3
P:
Parity selection bit
(only operating mode 0
functions)
When parity is enabled (ESCR:PEN = 1), this bit selects even parity "0" or odd parity
"1".
• When "0" is set: Selects even parity.
• When "1" is set: Selects odd parity.
L2 to L0:
Data length selection bits
Specifies the data length of the transmission/reception data.
• When "000B" is set: Sets the data length to 8-bit.
• When "001B" is set: Sets the data length to 5-bit.
• When "010B" is set: Sets the data length to 6-bit.
• When "011B" is set: Sets the data length to 7-bit.
• When "100B" is set: Sets the data length to 9-bit.
Notes:
• Any setting other than those above is disabled.
• Sets the data length to 7-bit or 8-bit when using the operating mode 1. Any setting
other than this is disabled.
bit2
to
bit0
288
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.3.5
Reception/Transmission Data Registers (RDR/TDR)
Reception/transmission data registers are arranged in the same address. When reading,
it functions as the reception data register and when writing, it functions as the
transmission data register.
If the FIFO operating is enabled, RDR/TDR address works as FIFO reading/writing
address.
■ Reception Data Register (RDR)
Figure 15.3-5 shows the bit configuration of the reception data register (RDR).
Figure 15.3-5 Bit Configuration of the Reception Data Register (RDR)
RDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
R: Read only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15........... bit8
000094H
D8
0000B4H
0001C4H
R
0001E4H
bit7
D7
bit6
D6
bit5
D5
bit4
D4
bit3
D3
bit2
D2
bit1
D1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
bit0 Initial value
D0 00000000B
R
Reception data register (RDR) is a 9-bit data buffer register for serial data reception.
• A serial data signal transmitted to the serial input pin (SIN pin) is converted at the shift register and then
stored in this reception data register (RDR).
• As described below, "0" is set in the upper bits depending on the data length.
Data length
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9-bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8-bit
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-bit
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6-bit
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
5-bit
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
(X represents the received data bit)
• When the received data is stored in the reception data register (RDR), the reception data full flag bit
(SSR:RDRF) is set to "1". If the reception interrupt is enabled (SSR:RIE = 1), a reception interrupt
request occurs.
• Read the reception data register (RDR) when the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is "1". If the
reception data register (RDR) is read, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is automatically
cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
289
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
• If a reception error has occurred (any of PE, ORE or FRE in SSR is "1"), the data in the reception data
register (RDR) becomes invalid.
• For the operating mode 1 (multiprocessor mode), the operation becomes 7-bit or 8-bit length and the
received AD bit is stored into D8 bit.
• For 9-bit length transfer and the operating mode 1, RDR reading is performed by 16-bit access.
Notes:
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" if the reception FIFO has received a
predefined number of data.
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is cleared to "0" if the reception FIFO gets empty.
• When a reception error occurs (any of PE, ORE or FRE in SSR is "1") while using the reception
FIFO, the enable bit in the reception FIFO will be cleared and the received data will not be stored
into the reception FIFO.
290
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
■ Transmission Data Register (TDR)
Figure 15.3-6 shows the bit configuration of the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.3-6 Bit Configuration of the Transmission Data Register (TDR)
TDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
W: Write only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15...........
000094H
0000B4H
0001C4H
0001E4H
8
D8
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
Initial value
D0 111111111B
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Transmission data register (TDR) is a 9-bit data buffer register for serial data transmission.
• If data to be transmitted is written to the transmission data register (TDR) when the transmission
operation is enabled (SCR:TXE=1), the data is transferred to the transmission shift register where the
data is converted to serial data, and then transmitted from the serial data output pin (SOT pin).
• As described below, data becomes invalid from the upper bits depending on the data length.
Data length
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9-bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8-bit
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-bit
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6-bit
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
5-bit
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
• A transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is cleared to "0" when the transmission data is written into
the transmission data register (TDR).
• If the transmission FIFO is disabled or empty, the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is set to
"1" when the transmission data is transferred to the transmission shift register and the transmission is
started.
• When the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "1", you can write the transmission data. If
transmission interrupt is enabled, a transmission interrupt request occurs. Write a transmission data
when a transmission interrupt occurs or when the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "1".
• You cannot write the transmission data when the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "0" and
also the transmission FIFO is disabled or full.
• For the operating mode 1 (multiprocessor mode), the operation becomes 7-bit or 8-bit length and the AD
bit is transmitted by writing to D8 bit.
• For 9-bit length transfer and the operating mode 1, writing to TDR is performed by 16-bit access.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
291
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• The transmission data register (TDR) is a write only register and the reception data register (RDR)
is a read only register. These registers are located at the same address, so the read value is
different from the write value. Therefore an instruction that operates read-modify-write (RMW)
instruction, such as INC/DEC, cannot be used.
• For more information about the set timing of the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) when
using the transmission FIFO, see "15.4.2 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Reception FIFO".
292
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.3.6
Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
The baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) sets the division ratio for the serial
clock. They can also select an external clock as the clock source of the reload counter.
■ Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
Figure 15.3-7 shows the bit configuration of the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
Figure 15.3-7 Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
14
BGR bit 15
ch.0 000066H
EXT B14
ch.1 000076H
ch.2 000086H R/W R/W
ch.3 000096H
ch.4 0000A6H
ch.5 0000B6H
ch.6 0001B6H
ch.7 0001C6H
ch.8 0001D6H
ch.9 0001E6H
ch.A 0001F6H
R/W
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
00000000B
: Readable/writable
R/W
R/W
BGR0
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 0
Writes to the reload counter bits 0 to 7
Reads the value set to BGR0
BGR1
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 1
Writes to the reload counter bits 8 to 14
Reads the value set to BGR1
EXT
0
1
External clock selection bit
Uses internal clock
Uses external clock
: Initial value
• The baud rate generator registers (BGR) set the division ratio for the serial clock.
• BGR1 (supports the upper bits) and BGR0 (supports the lower bits) can write the reload value to count
and read the value set to BGR1/BGR0.
• The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
• Specify whether to use the internal clock or external clock for a clock source of the reload counter using
EXT bit in bit15. EXT = 0 specifies the internal clock. EXT = 1 specifies the external clock.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
293
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• Write to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) by 16-bit access.
• When you change the value set to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0), new
value is reloaded after the counter value reaches "000000000000000B". Therefore, if you want to
reflect the change immediately, execute programmable clear (UPCL) after you change the value
set to BGR1/BGR0.
• If the reload value is an even number, "L" width of the reception serial clock is longer than "H"
width by 1 cycle of the machine clock. If it is an odd number, "H" and "L" widths of the serial clock
have the same length.
• Set a value more than 4 to BGR1/BGR0. However, they may not be able to receive data properly
depending on a baud rate error and the setting for the reload value.
• If you want to change to the external clock setting (EXT = 1) while operating the baud rate
generator, write "0" into the baud rate generator 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) and execute programmable
clear (UPCL), and then specify the external clock (EXT = 1).
294
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.3.7
FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) sets the test for FIFO, specifies the transmission/
reception FIFO, enables the transmission FIFO interrupt, and controls the interrupt flag.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
Figure 15.3-8 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1), and Table 15.3-8 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-8 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FCR1
bit
15
14
ch.0 00006AH
FTST1 FTST0
ch.1 00007AH
ch.2 00008AH R/W R/W
13
−
12
11
10
9
FLSTE FRIIE FDRQ FTIE
(−)
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
8
Initial value
FSEL
00-00100B
R/W
FSEL
FIFO selection bit
Transmission FIFO: FIFO1, Reception FIFO: FIFO2
0
1
Transmission FIFO: FIFO2, Reception FIFO: FIFO1
FTIE
0
1
Transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit
Disables the transmission FIFO interrupt
Enables the transmission FIFO interrupt
FDRQ
0
1
FRIIE
0
1
Transmission FIFO data request bit
Does not request the transmission FIFO data
Requests the transmission FIFO data
Reception FIFO idle detection enable bit
Disables the reception FIFO idle detection
Enables the reception FIFO idle detection
FLSTE
0
1
Retransmission data lost detection enable bit
Disables the data lost detection
Enables the data lost detection
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
FTST1.0
00B
Other than 00B
R/W
: Readable/writable
-
: Unused
FIFO test bits
Disables FIFO test
Setting disabled
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
295
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Table 15.3-8 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
Bit name
Function
bit15, FTST1, FTST0:
bit14 FIFO test bits
These are the test bits for FIFO.
Be sure to set these bits to "0".
Note:
If you set these bits to "1", the test for FIFO will be executed.
bit13
Unused bit
When reading : Value is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit12
FLSTE:
Retransmission data lost
detection enable bit
Enables data lost detection.
When "0" is set: Disables data lost detection.
When "1" is set: Enables data lost detection.
Note:
When you set this bit to "1", set FSET bit to "1" before doing so.
bit11
FRIIE:
Reception FIFO idle
detection enable bit
Specifies whether to detect the reception idle state that continues over 8-bit time with
the reception FIFO holding valid data. If the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE =
1), a reception interrupt occurs when the reception idle state is detected.
When "0" is set: Disables the reception FIFO idle state detection.
When "1" is set: Enables the reception FIFO idle state detection.
bit10
FDRQ:
Transmission FIFO data
request bit
This is a data request bit for the transmission FIFO.
When this bit is set to "1", it indicates that the transmission data is being requested. A
FIFO transmission interrupt request is output when this bit is "1" and the transmission
FIFO interrupt is enabled (FTIE = 1).
FDRQ set condition
FBYTE (for transmission) = 0 (transmission FIFO is empty)
FDRQ reset condition
• When writing "0" to this bit
• When the transmission FIFO gets full
Notes:
• When the transmission FIFO is enabled, writing "0" is valid.
• When FBYTE (for transmission) = 0, writing "0" to this bit is disabled.
• Setting "1" to this bit has no effect on the operations.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
bit9
FTIE:
Transmission FIFO
interrupt enable bit
This is an interrupt enable bit for the transmission FIFO. If this bit is set to "1", an
interrupt occurs when FDRQ bit is "1".
FSEL:
FIFO selection bit
Selects the transmission/reception FIFO.
When "0" is set: Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO1 and the reception FIFO:FIFO2.
When "1" is set: Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO2 and the reception FIFO:FIFO1.
Notes:
• This bit cannot be cleared by the FIFO reset (FCL2, FCL1 = 1).
• When you change this bit, disable FIFO operation (FCR:FE2, FE1 = 0) first.
bit8
Note:
There are 2 transmission interrupts: transmission FIFO interrupt request and transmission buffer
interrupt request.
296
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.3.8
FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FIFO control register 0 (FCR0) enables/disables FIFO operation, performs FIFO reset,
saves the read pointer, and sets the retransmission.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
Figure 15.3-9 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 0 (FCR0), and Table 15.3-9 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.3-9 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FCR0 bit
ch.0 00006BH
ch.1 00007BH
ch.2 00008BH
7
−
6
5
4
3
2
1
FLST FLD FSET FCL2 FCL1 FE2
( −)
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
Initial value
FE1 00000000B
R/W
FE1
0
1
FIFO1 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO1 operation
Enables FIFO1 operation
FE2
0
1
FIFO2 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO2 operation
Enables FIFO2 operation
FCL1
0
1
FCL2
0
1
: Readable/writable
R
: Read only
-
: Unused
Read
Always read "0"
FIFO2 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO2 reset
Read
Always read "0"
0
1
FIFO pointer save bit
Write
Read
Does not save
Always read "0"
Executes save
FLD
0
1
FIFO pointer reload bit
Does not reload
Executes reload
FLST
0
1
FIFO retransmission data lost flag bit
Disables the data lost
Enables the data lost
FSET
R/W
FIFO1 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO1 reset
Unused bit
When reading, "0" is always read. When writing, "0" is always written.
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
297
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
Table 15.3-9 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (1 / 2)
Bit name
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
298
Function
Unused bit
When reading : "0" is always read.
When writing : Always write "0".
FLST:
FIFO retransmission data
lost flag bit
Indicates that retransmission data of the transmission FIFO has been lost.
FLST set condition
Writing (Overwriting) to FIFO when FLSTE bit in the FIFO control register 1
(FCR1) is "1" and also the write pointer of the transmission FIFO and the read
pointer saved by FSET bit match each other.
FLST reset condition
• FIFO reset (writing "1" into FCL)
• When writing "1" to FSET bit
Setting this bit to "1" overwrites the data indicated by the read pointer saved with FSET
bit, therefore FLD bit cannot set the retransmission when an error occurs. If you
retransmit with this bit set to "1", perform FIFO reset and write the data again into
FIFO.
FLD:
FIFO pointer reload bit
Reloads the data saved to the transmission FIFO by FSET bit to the read pointer. This
bit is used for the retransmission due to a communication error.
When a retransmission setting is completed, this bit becomes "0".
Notes:
• As long as this bit is set to "1", this bit is reloading to the read pointer. Therefore, do
not write anything other than FIFO reset.
• Setting this bit to "1" is disabled while transmitting or being in FIFO enabled state.
• Set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then write "1" into this bit. After you enabled the
transmission FIFO, set TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
FSET:
FIFO pointer save bit
Saves the read pointer of the transmission FIFO.
Once you save the read pointer before communication, when FLST bit is "0" it is
possible to retransmit in the case a communication error.
When "1" is set: Retains the current value set to the read pointer.
When "0" is set: No effect.
Note:
Set this bit to "1" when the number of bytes for transmission (FBYTE) indicates "0".
FCL2:
FIFO reset bit
Resets FIFO2.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO2 is initialized.
Only the FLST bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is initialized and the other bits
in the FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables any transmission/reception before performing FIFO2 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE2 register becomes "0".
FCL1:
FIFO1 reset bit
Resets FIFO1.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO1 is initialized.
Only the FLST bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is initialized and the other bits
in the FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables any transmission/reception before performing FIFO1 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE1 register becomes "0".
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.3-9 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (2 / 2)
Bit name
bit1
bit0
Function
FE2:
FIFO2 operation enable
bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO2.
• When using FIFO2, set this bit to "1".
• Set FIFO2 to the transmission FIFO (FCR1:FSEL = 1). When there is some data in
FIFO2 and UART is enabled for transmission (TXE = 1), writing "1" into this bit
starts transmitting immediately. Set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then write "1" into
this bit to make TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
• If specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• When using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the
transmission buffer is empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or
"0" to this bit when the reception buffer is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO2 is disabled, the state of FIFO2 is still retained.
FE1:
FIFO1 operation enable
bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO1.
• When using FIFO1, set this bit to "1".
• Set FIFO1 to the transmission FIFO (FCR1:FSEL = 0). When there is some data in
FIFO1 and UART is enabled for transmission (TXE = 1), writing "1" into this bit
starts transmitting immediately. Set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then write "1" into
this bit to make TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
• If specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• If using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the transmission
buffer is empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit
when the reception buffer is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO1 is disabled, the state of FIFO1 is still retained.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
299
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
15.3.9
MB91313A Series
FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data for FIFO. In addition, it
can specify whether to generate a reception interrupt when the predefined number of
data has been received at the reception FIFO.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
Figure 15.3-10 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
Figure 15.3-10 Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FBYTE bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
ch.0 00006CH
FD15 FD14 FD13 FD12 FD11 FD10 FD9
ch.1 00007CH
ch.2 00008CH R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
FD8
FD7
FD8
FD5
FD4
FD3
FD2
FD1
FD0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
FBYTE1
Write
Read
FIFO1 data number display bit
Sets the transfer count
Reads the number of valid data
FBYTE2
Write
Read
FIFO2 data number display bit
Sets the transfer count
Reads the number of valid data
00000000B
00000000B
R/W: Readable/writable
Read (number of valid data)
When transmitting : The number of data that are written into FIFO and have not transmitted yet.
When receiving : The number of data that are received at FIFO.
Write (transfer count)
When transmitting : Sets "00H".
When receiving : Sets the number of data that generates a reception interrupt.
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data written or received into FIFO. The number
varies as follows, depending on the setting of FSEL bit in the FCR1 register.
Table 15.3-10 The Number of Data Displayed
FSEL
FIFO selection
The number of data displayed
0
FIFO2: Reception FIFO, FIFO1: Transmission FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
1
FIFO2: Transmission FIFO, FIFO1: Reception FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
• The initial value of the transfer count of the FBYTE register is "08H".
• Set the number of data to generate a reception interrupt flag to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO. An
interrupt flag (RDRF bit in the SSR) is set to "1" when the defined transfer count matches with the
number of data displayed in the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
300
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.3 Registers of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
Notes:
• Set "00H" to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) in the transmission FIFO.
• Set a data more than "1" to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO.
• Disable the reception before you change the setting.
• You cannot use any read-modify-write (RMW) instruction to this register.
• The setting that exceeds the FIFO size is disabled.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
301
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
15.4
MB91313A Series
Interrupts of UART
UART uses both reception and transmission interrupts. An interrupt request can be
generated by the following sources:
• When the received data is set in the reception data register (RDR), or a reception
error occur.
• When the transmission data is transferred from the transmission data register (TDR)
to the transmission shift register and the transmission has started.
• Transmission bus idle (no transmission operation)
• Transmission FIFO data request
■ Interrupts of UART
Table 15.4-1 shows the UART interrupt control bit and the interrupt source.
302
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
MB91313A Series
Table 15.4-1 UART Interrupt Control Bit and Interrupt Source
Interrupt
type
Interrupt
request
flag bit
Flag
register
Operating
mode
0
Interrupt source
1
Interrupt
source
enable bit
Receive 1 byte
How to clear the interrupt
request flag
Read reception data (RDR)
The value set to FBYTE
is received
RDRF
SSR
Detect the reception idle
state that continues over
8-bit time with the
reception FIFO holding SCR:RIE
valid data when FRIIE
bit is "1"
ORE
SSR
Overrun error
FRE
SSR
Framing error
PE
SSR
Reception
TDRE
Transmission
TBI
FDRQ
SSR
SSR
FCR1
×
Read reception data (RDR) until
the reception FIFO gets empty
Write "1" to the reception error
flag clear bit (SSR:REC)
Parity error
Transmission register is
SCR:TIE
empty
Write to the transmission data
(TDR), or write "1" to the
transmission FIFO operation
enable bit when it is "0" and the
transmission FIFO has a valid
data (retransmission)*
No transmission
operation
SCR:TBIE
Write to the transmission data
(TDR), or write "1" to the
transmission FIFO operation
enable bit when it is "0" and the
transmission FIFO has a valid
data (retransmission)*
Transmission FIFO is
empty
Write "0" to the FIFO
transmission data request bit
FCR1:FTIE
(FCR1:FDRQ), or the
transmission FIFO is full
*: Set TIE bit to "1" after TDRE bit has become "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
303
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
15.4.1
MB91313A Series
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
A reception completion (RDRF bit in SSR) and a reception error occurrence (PE, ORE,
FRE bits in SSR) are the sources of the reception interrupt.
■ Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
Detection of the first stop bit stores the reception data to the reception data register (RDR). When a
reception is completed (SSR:RDRF = 1) or a reception error occurs (SSR:PE, ORE, FRE = 1), each flag is
set. If reception interrupt is enabled (SSR:RIE = 1) at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
Note:
If a reception error occurs, the data in the reception data register (RDR) becomes invalid.
Figure 15.4-1 Set Timing of RDRF (Reception Data Full) Flag Bit
Reception data
ST
D0
D1
D2
D5
D6
D7
SP
ST
RDRF
Reception interrupt occurred
Figure 15.4-2 Set Timing of FRE (Framing Error) Flag Bit
Reception data
ST
D0
D1
D2
D5
D6
D7
SP
ST
RDRF
FRE
Reception interrupt occurred
A framing error occurs when the first stop bit is "L" level.
Even when a framing error occurs, RDRF is set to "1" to receive the data however, the reception data
becomes invalid.
Figure 15.4-3 Set Timing of ORE (Overrun Error) Flag Bit
Reception data ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 SP ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 SP
RDRF
ORE
An overrun error occurs when next data is transferred before the reception data is read (RDRF = 1).
304
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
MB91313A Series
15.4.2
Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Reception FIFO
When using the reception FIFO, an interrupt is generated when the same value set to
the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) has been received.
■ Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Reception FIFO
When using the reception FIFO, the generation of an interrupt depends on the value set to the FIFO byte
register (FBYTE).
• When the amount of data set to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) as the transfer count has been received,
the reception data full flag bit in the serial status register (RDRF bit in SSR) is set to "1". If reception
interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE) at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
• When the reception data (RDR) is read until the reception FIFO gets empty, the reception data full flag
bit (SSR:RDRF) is cleared.
• If next data is received with the FIFO size displayed as the number of data that can be received, an
overrun error occurs (SSR:ORE = 1).
Figure 15.4-4 Reception Interrupt Generation Timing When Using Reception FIFO
Reception data
ST 1st byte SP
ST 2nd byte SP
F byte setting
(transfer count)
F byte reading
(valid byte displayed)
ST 3rd byte SP
ST 4th byte SP
ST 5th byte SP
3
0
1
2
3
2 1
0
1
2
RDRF
RDR reading
An interrupt occurs upon a match between F byte
setting (transfer count) and the number of data received
CM71-10143-5E
Read all reception data
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
305
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.4-5 Set Timing of ORE (Overrun Error) Flag Bit
Reception data
ST 62nd byte SP
ST 63rd byte SP ST 64th byte SP
F byte setting
(transfer count)
F byte reading
(valid byte displayed)
ST 65th byte SP
ST 66th byte SP
62
62
63
64
RDRF
ORE
An overrun error occurs
An overrun error occurs when next data is received with the FIFO size displayed as the F byte reading.
The figure shows an example where a FIFO size of 64 bytes is used.
306
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
MB91313A Series
15.4.3
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
A transmission interrupt occurs when the transmission data is transferred from the
transmission data register (TDR) to the transmission shift register (SSR:TDRE = 1) and
the transmission has started, or when the transmission operation is not in progress
(SSR:TBI=1).
■ Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
● Set timing of the transmission data empty flag (TDRE)
Once the data written into the transmission data register (TDR) is transferred to the transmission shift register,
next data can be written (SSR:TDRE = 1). If transmission interrupt is enabled (SCR:TIE = 1) at this point, a
transmission interrupt occurs. As TDRE bit is read only, it is cleared to "0" by writing data into the
transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.4-6 Set Timing of Transmission Data Empty Flag (TDRE)
A transmission interrupt occurred
Transmission data
(mode0 and mode1)
ST
D0
D1 D2
D3
A transmission interrupt occurred
D4 D5 D6
D7
SP ST
D0 D1
D2
TDRE
Writing to TDR
ST: Start bit
D0 to D7: Data bits
SP: Stop Bit
● Set timing of the transmission bus idle flag (TBI)
TBI bit in the serial status register (SSR) is set to "1" when the transmission data register is empty (TDRE = 1)
and the transmission operation is not in progress. If transmission bus idle interrupt is enabled (SCR:TBIE =
1) at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs. TBI bit and the transmission interrupt request are cleared
when a transmission data is set to the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.4-7 Set Timing of Transmission Bus Idle Flag (TBI)
Transmission
data
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
SP
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
TBI
TDRE
Writing to TDR
ST: Start bit
CM71-10143-5E
A transmission interrupt
by TBI bit occurred
D0 to D7: Data bits
SP: Stop Bit
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
307
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.4 Interrupts of UART
MB91313A Series
Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Transmission FIFO
15.4.4
When using the transmission FIFO, an interrupt occurs when the transmission FIFO has
no data.
■ Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Transmission
FIFO
• When the transmission FIFO has no data, FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) is set to
"1".
If FIFO transmission interrupt is enabled (FCR1:FTIE = 1) at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs.
• Once the transmission interrupt has been generated and you have written the required data into the
transmission FIFO, write "0" to the FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) to clear the
interrupt request.
• The FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) becomes "0" when the transmission FIFO gets
full.
• You can verify if the transmission FIFO has data or not by reading the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
FBYTE = 00H indicates that the transmission FIFO has no data.
Figure 15.4-8 Transmission Interrupt Generation Timing When Using Transmission FIFO
Transmission
data
F byte
ST 1st byte SP
0
1
2
ST 2nd byte SP
1
0
1
ST 3rd byte ST
2
SP 4th byte SP
SP 5th byte
0
1
FDRQ
TDRE
Clear by writing "0"
A transmission
interrupt occurred *1
Writing to transmission FIFO (TDR)
Clear by writing "0"
A transmission
interrupt occurred *1
Transmission data register is empty *2
*1: FDRQ is set to "1" as the transmission FIFO is empty.
*2: TDRE is set to "1" as the transmission shift register and the transmission buffer register have no data.
308
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.5 Operations of UART
MB91313A Series
15.5
Operations of UART
UART operates in the mode 0 for bidirectional serial asynchronous communication and
the mode 1 for master/slave multiprocessor communication.
■ Operations of UART
● Transmission and reception data formats
• The transmission and reception data always start with the start bit, continue as long as the data bit length
specified, and end with at least 1 bit of the stop bit.
• The data transfer direction (LSB first or MSB first) is determined by BDS bit in the serial mode register
(SMR). If parity is enabled, a parity bit is always placed between the last data bit and the first stop bit.
• In operating mode 0 (normal mode), you can select whether to enable or disable the parity.
• In operating mode 1 (multiprocessor mode), AD bit is added instead of the parity.
Figure 15.5-1 shows the transmission and reception data formats in operating modes 0 and 1.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
309
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.5 Operations of UART
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.5-1 Example of Transmission and Reception Data Format (Operating Modes 0 and 1)
[Operating mode 0]
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP1 SP2
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP1
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP1 SP2
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP1
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
SP1 SP2
P
disabled
8-bit data
P
enabled
P
disabled
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
SP1
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
P
SP1 SP2
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
P
SP1
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
AD
SP1 SP2
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
AD
SP1
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
AD SP1 SP2
ST
D0 D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
AD SP1
7-bit data
P
enabled
[Operating mode 1]
8-bit data
7-bit data
ST
SP
P
AD
D0 to D7
: Start bit
: Stop Bit
: Parity bit
: Address bit
: Data bit
Notes:
• The figure above shows the case where the data length is set to 7 and 8 bits (the data length can
be set between 5 and 9 bits in operating mode 0).
• If BDS bit in the serial mode register (SMR) is set to "1" (MSB first), the bit is processed in order
as D7, D6, D5, ..., D1, D0, (P).
• If the data length is set to X-bit, the lower X-bit in the transmission and reception data registers
(RDR/TDR) are enabled.
310
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.5 Operations of UART
● Transmission operation
• If the transmission data empty flag bit (TDRE) in the serial status register (SSR) is "1", you can write a
transmission data into the transmission data register (TDR) (if the transmission FIFO is enabled, you
can also write the transmission data when TDRE = 0).
• The transmission data empty flag bit (TDRE) is cleared to "0" when a transmission data is written into
the transmission data register (TDR).
• When the transmission operation enable (TXE) bit in the serial control register (SCR) is set to "1", the
transmission data is loaded to the transmission shift register and the transmission starts with the start bit.
• Once the transmission has started, the transmission data empty flag bit (TDRE) is set back to "1". If
transmission interrupt is enabled (SCR:TIE = 1) at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs. In the
interrupt process, next transmission data can be written to the transmission data register.
Notes:
• Since the initial value of the transmission data empty bit flag (TDRE) in the serial status register
(SSR) is "1", a transmission interrupt will occur immediately once the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE).
• Since the initial value of the FIFO transmission data request bit (FDRQ) in the FIFO control
register 1 (FCR1) is "1", a transmission interrupt will occur immediately once the FIFO
transmission interrupt is enabled (FCR1:FTIE = 1).
● Reception operation
• A reception operation is performed when the reception operation is enabled (SCR:RXE = 1).
• When a start bit is detected, 1 frame data is received according to the data format set to the extended
communication control register (ESCR:PEN, P, L2, L1, L0) and the serial mode register (SMR:BDS).
• When the reception of 1 frame of data is completed, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is set to
"1". If reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1) at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
• If you want to read the received data, wait until the reception of 1 frame of data is completed to verify
the status of the error flag in the serial status register (SSR). If a reception error occurs, correct the error.
• When the received data is read, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is cleared to "0".
• When the reception FIFO is enabled, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is set to "1" after the
certain frames set to the reception FBYTE have been received.
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
311
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.5 Operations of UART
MB91313A Series
• If the reception FIFO is enabled, when the error flag in the serial status register (SSR) is set to "1", the
data that generated the error is not stored into the reception FIFO. In this case, the reception data full
flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is not set to "1" (however, RDRF flag will be set to "1" when it is an overrun
error). The reception FBYTE displays the number of data that has been successfully received before the
error. The reception FIFO will not be enabled until the error flag in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
• If the reception FIFO is enabled, reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is cleared to "0" when the
reception FIFO gets empty.
Note:
The data in the reception data register (RDR) becomes valid when the reception data full flag bit
(SSR:RDRF) is set to "1" and no reception error is generated (SSR:PE, ORE, FRE = 0).
● Clock selection
• You can use the internal clock or the external clock.
• When using an external clock, set EXT bit in the serial mode register (SMR) to "1". If so, the external
clock is divided by the baud rate generator.
● Start bit detection
• In asynchronous mode, the start bit is detected by the falling edge of the SIN signal.
Therefore, the reception operation does not start without inputting the falling edge of the SIN signal,
even if the reception operation is enabled (SCR:RXE = 1).
• When the falling edge of the start bit is detected, the reception reload counter of the baud rate generator
is reset to reload and starts counting down. This makes it possible to take a sample always in the center
of the data.
Start bit
Data bit
SIN
SIN (OverSampled)
SEDGE
(Internal signal)
Reset the reload
counter
Data sampling
Reception
sampling clock
1-bit time
● Stop bit
• You can choose 1-bit or 2-bit length.
• The reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is set to "1" when the first stop bit is detected.
312
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.5 Operations of UART
MB91313A Series
● Error detection
• In operating mode 0, parity, overrun, and framing errors can be detected.
• In operating mode 1, overrun and framing errors can be detected. Parity error cannot be detected.
● Parity bit
• Parity bit can be added only in the operating mode 0. The parity enable bit (ESCR:PEN) can specify
whether to enable or disable the parity, and the parity selection bit (ESCR:P) can specify whether to use
even parity or odd parity.
• Parity cannot be used in operating mode 1.
Figure 15.5-2 shows the operation when parity is enabled.
Figure 15.5-2 Operation When Parity Is Enabled
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP
A parity error occurs upon the
reception in even parity
(ESCR:P=0)
Reception
data (mode 0)
SMR:PE
Transmission of even parity
(ESCR:P=0)
Transmission
data (mode 0)
Transmission of odd parity
(ESCR:P=1)
Transmission
data (mode 0)
ST: Start bit
SP: Stop bit
With parity (ESCR: PEN = 1), when data length is 8-bit
(Note) Parity cannot be used in operating mode 1.
● Data signal method
You can specify the NRZ (Non Return to Zero) (ESCR:INV = 0) or invert NRZ (ESCR:INV = 1) signal
methods depending on the setting of the INV bit in the extended communication control register.
Figure 15.5-3 shows the NRZ (Non Return to Zero) and invert NRZ signal methods.
Figure 15.5-3 NRZ (Non Return to Zero) and Invert NRZ Signal Methods
SIN (NRZ)
INV = 0
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP
SIN (invert NRZ)
INV = 1
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP
SOT (NRZ)
INV = 0
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP
SOT (invert NRZ)
INV = 1
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
SP
● Data transfer method
You can select the LSB first or MSB first as the data bit transfer method.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
313
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
15.6
MB91313A Series
UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
One of the followings can be selected for the transmission and reception clock source
of UART:
• Dedicated baud rate generator (reload counter)
• Input an external clock to the baud rate generator (reload counter)
■ UART Baud Rate Selection
You can select 1 type of baud rate out of the following 2 types:
● Baud rate that can be obtained by dividing the internal clock with the dedicated baud rate generator
(reload counter)
There are 2 internal reload counters that correspond to transmission and reception serial clocks. Baud rate
can be specified by setting the reload value for 15 bits with the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/
BGR0).
The reload counter divides the internal clock by the set value.
To set the clock source, select the internal clock (SMR:EXT = 0).
● Baud rate that can be obtained by dividing the external clock with the dedicated baud rate generator
(reload counter)
An external clock is used as the clock source of the reload counter.
Baud rate can be specified by setting the reload value for 15 bits with the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
The reload counter divides the external clock by the set value.
To set the clock source, select the external clock and enable the baud rate generator clock (SMR:EXT = 1).
This mode is provided for the case where the resonator that has special frequency is divided to use.
Notes:
• Be sure to specify the external clock (EXT = 1) after the reload counter has stopped (BGR1/BGR0 =
15"H00).
• When you specified to the external clock (EXT = 1), the minimum widths required for "H" and "L"
of the external clock is 2-machine clock or more.
314
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
15.6.1
Baud Rate Setting
This section shows the setting for the baud rate. The calculation result of serial clock
frequency is also described.
■ Calculating Baud Rate
2 of 15-bit reload counters are set using the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
The equation to calculate the baud rate is shown below:
(1) Reload value
V = φ / b -1
V: Reload value
b : Baud rate, φ: Machine clock, External clock frequency
(2) Example of calculation
Where the machine clock is 16 MHz, the internal clock is enabled, and the baud rate is set to 19200
bps, the reload value is calculated as follows:
Reload value:
V = (16 × 1000000)/19200 - 1 = 832
Therefore, the baud rate is:
b = (16 × 1000000)/(832+1) = 19208 bps
(3) Baud rate error
Baud rate error can be calculated by the following equation:
Error (%) = (calculated value - desired value) / desired value × 100
(Example) Where the machine clock is 20 MHz and the desired baud rate is set to 153600 bps:
Reload value = (20 × 10000000) / 153600 - 1 = 129
Baud rate (calculated value) = (20 × 10000000) / (129 + 1) = 153846 (bps)
Error (%) = (153846 -153600) / 153600 x100 = 0.16 (%)
Notes:
• If the reload value is set to "0", the reload counter will stop.
• If the reload value is an even number, "L" width of the reception serial clock is longer than "H"
width by 1 cycle of the machine clock. If it is an odd number, "H" and "L" widths of the serial clock
have the same length.
• Be sure to set the reload value to 4 or more. However, data may not be able to receive properly
depending on a baud rate error and the setting for the reload value.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
315
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
■ Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock Frequency
Table 15.6-1 Reload Value And Baud Rate
Baud rate
(bps)
8 MHz
10 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
24 MHz
32MHz
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
4M
-
-
-
-
-
0
4
0
5
0
7
0
2.5 M
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2M
-
0
4
0
7
0
9
0
11
0
15
0
1M
7
0
9
0
15
0
19
0
23
0
31
0
500000
15
0
19
0
31
0
39
0
47
0
63
0
460800
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
51
-0.16
-
-
250000
31
0
39
0
63
0
79
0
95
0
127
0
230400
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
103
-0.16
-
-
153600
51
-0.16
64
-0.16
103
-0.16
129
-0.16
155
-0.16
207
-0.16
125000
63
0
79
0
127
0
159
0
191
0
255
0
115200
68
-0.64
86
0.22
138
0.08
173
0.22
207
-0.16
277
0.08
76800
103
-0.16
129
-0.16
207
-0.16
259
-0.16
311
-0.16
416
0.08
57600
138
0.08
173
0.22
277
0.08
346
-0.16
416
0.08
555
0.08
38400
207
-0.16
259
-0.16
416
0.08
520
0.03
624
0
832
-0.04
28800
277
0.08
346
<0.01
554
-0.01
693
-0.06
832
-0.03
1110
-0.01
19200
416
0.08
520
0.03
832
-0.03
1041
0.03
1249
0
1666
0.02
10417
767
<0.01
959
<0.01
1535
<0.01
1919
<0.01
2303
<0.01
3071
<0.01
9600
832
0.04
1041
0.03
1666
0.02
2083
0.03
2499
0
3332
-0.01
7200
1110
<0.01
1388
<0.01
2221
<0.01
2777
<0.01
3332
<0.01
4443
-0.01
4800
1666
0.02
2082
-0.02
3332
<0.01
4166
<0.01
4999
0
6666
<0.01
2400
3332
<0.01
4166
<0.01
6666
<0.01
8332
<0.01
9999
0
13332
<-0.01
1200
6666
<0.01
8334
0.02
13332
<0.01
16666
<0.01
19999
0
26666
<0.01
600 13332
<0.01
16666
<0.01
26666
<0.01
-
-
-
-
-
-
300 26666
26666
<0.01
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
• Value : Value set to BGR1/BGR0 registers (decimal)
• ERR : Baud rate error (%)
316
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
■ Baud Rate Tolerance Level upon the Reception
The baud rate tolerance level upon the reception is shown as follows.
Make sure that the baud rate error upon the reception falls into the tolerance level using the equation shown
below.
Figure 15.6-1 Baud Rate Tolerance Level upon the Reception
Sampling
UART transfer rate
Start
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 7
Parity
Stop
FL
1 data frame (11 x FL)
Minimum transfer
rate allowed
Start
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 7
Parity
Stop
FLmin
Maximum transfer
rate allowed
Start
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 7
Parity
Stop
FLmax
As described in the figure, once the start bit is detected, the counter set in the BGR1/BGR0 registers decide
the sampling timing of the reception data. If the last data (stop bit) can be included in this sampling timing,
the data is received successfully.
If this is applied to 11-bit reception, the tolerance level can theoretically be calculated as follows:
Where the margin of the sampling timing is 2 clocks of the machine clock (φ), the minimum transfer rate
allowed (FLmin) can be as follows:
FLmin = (11 bit × (V+1) - (V+1)/2 + 3)/φ = (21V+27)/2φ (s)
V: Reload value, φ: Machine clock
Therefore, the receivable maximum baud rate (BGmax) for the destination is as follows:
BGmax = 11/FLmin = 22φ/(21V+27) (bps)
V: Reload value, φ: Machine clock
Similarly, the maximum transfer rate allowed (FLmax) can be calculated as follows:
FLmax = (11 bits × (V+1) + (V+1)/2 - 3)/φ = (23V+17)/2φ (s)
V: Reload value, φ: Machine clock
Therefore, the receivable minimum baud rate (BGmin) for the destination is as follows:
BGmin = 11/FLmax = 22φ/(23V+17) (bps)
CM71-10143-5E
V: Reload value, φ: Machine clock
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
317
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.6 UART Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
The following table shows the allowable error between UART and the destination baud rate calculated by
the equations for the maximum/minimum baud rate value described above:
Reload value (V)
Maximum baud rate error allowed
Minimum baud rate error allowed
3
0%
0
10
+2.98%
-2.81%
50
+4.37%
-4.02%
100
+4.56%
-4.18%
200
+4.66%
-4.26%
32767
+4.76%
-4.35%
Note:
Accuracy of the reception depends on the number of bits for 1 frame, the machine clock, and the
reload value. The higher the machine clock and the division ratio become, the higher the accuracy
becomes.
■ External Clock
The baud rate generator divides the external clock when "1" is written to EXT bit in the baud rate generator
registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
Note:
The external clock signal is synchronized with the internal clock at UART. Therefore, the operation
becomes unstable when the external clock is unsynchronizable.
■ Functions of the Reload Counter
The reload counter has the transmission and reception reload counters that function as the dedicated baud
rate generator. The reload counter consists of 15-bit register and generates a transmission and reception
clock by the external or internal clock.
■ Start of a Count
The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
■ Restart
The reload counters can be restarted for the following conditions:
● For both transmission/reception reload counters
Programmable reset (SCR: UPCL bit)
● For reception reload counter only
Detection of the start bit falling edge in asynchronous mode
318
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.7 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 0
(Asynchronous Normal Mode)
MB91313A Series
15.7
Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 0
(Asynchronous Normal Mode)
In operating mode 0, asynchronous serial bidirectional communication is available.
■ Inter-CPU Connection
In operating mode 0 (normal mode), the bidirectional communication is selected. As shown in
Figure 15.7-1, 2 CPUs are connected each other.
Figure 15.7-1 Example of Bidirectional Communication Connection in UART Operating Mode 0
SOT
SOT
SIN
SIN
SCK
SCK
CPU–1 (Master)
CPU–2 (Slave)
■ Flowchart
● Without FIFO
Figure 15.7-2 Example of Bidirectional Communication Flowchart (Without FIFO)
(Transmission side)
(Reception side)
Start
Start
Set operating mode
(set to mode 0)
Set operating mode
(coordinate with the
transmission side)
Transmit the data
Set 1 byte data to
TDR to communicate
NO
RDRF=1
YES
NO
RDRF=1
YES
Read the received
data to process
CM71-10143-5E
Transmit the data
Read the received
data to process
(ANS)
Transmit 1 byte data
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
319
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.7 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 0
(Asynchronous Normal Mode)
● With FIFO
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.7-3 Example of Bidirectional Communication Flowchart (With FIFO)
(Transmission side)
(Reception side)
Start
Start
Set operating mode
(set to mode 0)
Set operating mode
(set to mode 0)
• Enable the transmission and
reception FIFO
• Specify the FBYTE
• Enable the transmission and
reception FIFO
• Specify the FBYTE
Set N byte to the
transmission FIFO
Transmit
the data
NO
RDRF=1
YES
Write "0" to FDRQ bit
NO
RDRF=1
Read the data according
to the value set to the
FBYTE and process it
Return the
data
Set N byte to the
transmission FIFO
YES
Read the data according
to the value set to the
FBYTE and process it
320
Write "0" to FDRQ bit
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
MB91313A Series
15.8
Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
In operating mode 1 (multiprocessor mode), multiple CPUs communication using the
master/slave connection is available. It is possible to use as master/slave.
■ Inter-CPU Connection
As shown in the figure below, the master/slave communication system consists of 1 master CPU and
multiple slave CPUs connected by 2 common communication lines. UART can be used for the master or
slave.
Figure 15.8-1 Example of UART Master/Slave Communication Connection
SOT
SIN
Master CPU
SOT
SIN
SOT
Slave CPU#0
SIN
Slave CPU#1
■ Function Selection
For master/slave communication, select the operating mode and data transfer method as shown in Table
15.8-1.
Table 15.8-1 Master/Slave Communication Function Selection
Operating mode
Data
Master CPU
Address
transmission
and reception
Data
transmission
and reception
Mode 1
(AD bit
transmission)
Parity
Stop bit
Bit direction
None
1-bit or 2-bit
LSB first or MSB
first
Slave CPU
Mode 1
(AD bit
reception)
AD = 1
+
7-bit or 8-bit address
AD = 0
+
7-bit or 8-bit data
Note:
Use word access to perform the transmission and reception data (TDR/RDR) in the operating mode
1.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
321
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
● Communication procedure
MB91313A Series
The communication starts when the master CPU transmits address data. The address data, where D8 bit is
set to "1", selects the slave CPU to be the destination of the communication. Each slave CPU identifies the
address data with the program and communicates with the master CPU (normal data) when the address data
matches with the address assigned to the slave CPU.
Figure 15.8-2 and Figure 15.8-3 show the flowcharts for master/slave communication.
322
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
MB91313A Series
■ Flowchart
● Without FIFO
Figure 15.8-2 Example of Master/Slave Communication Flowchart (Without FIFO)
(Master CPU)
(Slave CPU)
Start
Start
Set operating mode
(set to mode 1)
Set operating mode
(set to mode 1)
Set SIN pin as serial data
input
Set SOT pin as serial data
output
Set SIN pin as serial data
input
Set SOT pin as serial data
output
Set 7 or 8 data bits
Set 1 or 2 stop bits
Set 7 or 8 data bits
Set 1 or 2 stop bits
Set D8 bit to "1"
Enable transmission and
reception operation
Enable transmission and
reception operation
Receive byte
NO
Transmit the slave address
D8 bit = 1
YES
NO
Set D8 bit to "0"
Slave address
matched
YES
Communicate with slave CPU
Terminate
communication?
Communicate with
master CPU
NO
Terminate
communication?
YES
NO
YES
Communicate with
other slave CPU
NO
YES
Disable transmission
and reception operation
End
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
323
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.8 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for Operating Mode 1
(Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode)
● With FIFO
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.8-3 Example of Master/Slave Communication Flowchart (With FIFO)
(Master CPU)
(Slave CPU)
Start
Start
Set operating mode
(set to mode 1)
Set operating mode
(set to mode 1)
• Enable the transmission
and reception FIFO
• Specify the FBYTE
Enable the transmission
and reception FIFO
Set AD bit to "1"
Set a slave address to the
transmission FIFO and
write "0" to FDRQ bit
Set FBYTE = 1
Transmit the
slave address
RDRF=1
NO
YES
AD=1 &
slave address
matched
Set AD bit to "0"
NO
YES
Set N byte to the transmission
FIFO and write "0" to FDRQ bit
Transmit the data
Set FBYTE = N
Reception
FIFO is full
Set D8 bit to "0"
NO
YES
NO
YES
Read the data according to the value
set to the FBYTE and process it
324
Read the data according to the value
set to the FBYTE and process it
RDRF=1
Transmit the data
Set N byte to the transmission
FIFO and write "0" to FDRQ bit
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.9 Notes on UART Mode
MB91313A Series
15.9
Notes on UART Mode
The notes for when you use the UART mode are shown below.
• FIFO cannot be used for requesting DMA transfer with a channel with FIFO. Please set as FIFO
operation disable.
• To request a DMA transfer request, set the block size of DMA to one time.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
325
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.10 Overview of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.10
MB91313A Series
Overview of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial interface) is a general-purpose serial
data communication interface for synchronous communication with external devices
(SPI compliant). In addition, it has the transmission/reception FIFO (Maximum 16-byte
each).
■ Functions of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Function
1
Data buffer
2
Transfer format
3
Baud rate
4
Data length
5
Reception error
detection
6
Interrupt request
7
Synchronous mode
8
Pin access
9
FIFO options
• Full-duplex, double buffering (when FIFO is not used)
• Transmission/reception FIFO (maximum 16-byte each) * (when FIFO is used)
• Clock synchronous (no start/stop bit)
• Master/slave function
• SPI compliant (both master/slave)
• Dedicated baud rate generator (15-bit reload counter configuration, when master
operation)
• External clock input capability (when slave operation)
• Variable 5 to 9 bits
• Overrun error
•
•
•
•
Reception interrupt (reception completion, overrun error)
Transmission interrupt (transmission data empty, transmission bus idle)
Transmission FIFO interrupt (when the transmission FIFO is empty)
Both transmission/reception have the extended intelligent I/O service (EI2OS) and DMA
transfer function
• Master or slave function
• "1" can be set to the serial data output pin
• Transmission/reception FIFO are provided (maximum size: transmission FIFO 16-byte,
reception FIFO 16-byte)*
• Transmission FIFO and reception FIFO can be selected
• Transmission data can be retransmitted
• Reception FIFO interrupt timing can be changed from the software
• Independent FIFO reset support
*: FIFO is only provided to ch.0, ch.1 and ch.2 (16-byte each for transmission and reception).
326
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.11
Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)
This section shows the register list of CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial
interface).
■ Register List of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Table 15.11-1 Register List of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
Address
CSIO
FIFO
bit15
bit8 bit7
bit0
00X0H
00X1H
SCR (serial control register)
SMR (serial mode register)
00X2H
00X3H
SSR (serial status register)
ESCR
(extended communication control register)
00X4H
00X5H
RDR1/TDR1
(transmission and reception data register 1)
RDR0/TDR0
(transmission and reception data register 0)
00X6H
00X7H
BGR1 (baud rate generator register 1)
BGR0 (baud rate generator register 0)
00X8H
00X9H
00YAH
00YBH FCR1 (FIFO control register 1)
FCR0 (FIFO control register 0)
00YCH
00YDH FBYTE2 (FIFO2 byte register)
FBYTE1 (FIFO1 byte register)
-
-
(X = 06H, 07H, 08H, 09H, 0AH, 0BH, 1BH, 1CH, 1DH, 1EH, 1FH, Y=06H, 07H, 08H)
Table 15.11-2 Bit Arrangement of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit12
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
MD2
MD1
MD0
-
SCINV
BDS
SCKE
SOE
-
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
TBI
SOP
-
-
-
-
L2
L1
L0
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
SCR/SMR UPCL
SSR/
ESCR
REC
TDR/RDR
BGR1/
BGR0
-
-
B14
B13
B12
FCR1/
FCR0
B11
B10
B9
-
FTST1 FTST0
FBYTE2/
FD15
FBYTE1
FD14
CM71-10143-5E
-
FD13
-
FLSTE FRIIE
FD12
FD11
FDRQ
FTIE
FSEL
-
FLST
FLD
FSET
FCL2
FCL1
FE2
FE1
FD10
FD9
FD8
FD7
FD6
FD5
FD4
FD3
FD2
FD1
FD0
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
327
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.1
MB91313A Series
Serial Control Register (SCR)
Serial control register (SCR) can enable/disable the transmission and reception
interrupts, the transmission and reception operations, and transmission idle interrupt. It
is also able to set to connect to SPI and reset CSIO.
■ Serial Control Register (SCR)
Figure 15.11-1 shows the bit configuration of the serial control register (SCR), and Table 15.11-3 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-1 Bit Configuration of Serial Control Register (SCR)
SCR
bit
15
ch.0 000060H
UPCL
ch.1 000070H
ch.2 000080H R/W
ch.3 000090H
ch.4 0000A0H
ch.5 0000B0H
ch.6 0001B0H
ch.7 0001C0H
ch.8 0001D0H
ch.9 0001E0H
ch.A 0001F0H
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
TXE
0
1
Transmission enable bit
Disables transmission
Enables transmission
RXE
0
1
Reception enable bit
Disables reception
Enables reception
TBIE
Transmission bus idle interrupt enable bit
Disables transmission bus idle interrupt
0
1
TIE
0
1
Transmission interrupt enable bit
Disables transmission interrupt
Enables transmission interrupt
RIE
0
1
Reception interrupt enable bit
Disables reception interrupt
Enables reception interrupt
SPI
0
1
SPI compliant bit
Normal synchronous transfer
SPI compliant
MS
0
1
Master/slave function selection bit
Master mode
Slave mode
UPCL
R/W
: Readable/writable
Enables transmission bus idle interrupt
0
1
Programmable clear bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
Programmable clear
: Initial value
328
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-3 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Control Register (SCR)
Bit name
Function
UPCL:
Programmable clear bit
Initializes the internal state of CSIO.
When "1" is set:
• CSIO is directly reset (software reset). However, the register setting is retained. The
CSIO that is under transmission/reception status is immediately disconnected.
• Baud rate generator reloads the value set in BGR1/BGR0 register and restarts.
• All transmission and reception interrupt sources (TDRE, TBI, RDRF, and ORE) are
initialized.
• When "0" is set: No effect on the operation.
When reading, "0" is always read.
Notes:
• Execute programmable clear after you disable an interrupt.
• When using FIFO, disable FIFO (FE2, FE1 = 0) before you execute programmable
clear.
bit14
MS:
Master/slave function
selection bit
Specifies whether to use master or slave mode.
When "0" is set: Sets to the master mode.
When "1" is set: Sets to the slave mode.
Note:
If the slave mode is specified, an external clock is directly input when SCKE = 0 in the
serial mode register (SMR).
bit13
SPI:
SPI compliant bit
This bit is provided for the SPI compliant communication.
When "0" is set: Performs the normal synchronous communication.
When "1" is set: Performs the SPI compliant communication.
bit12
RIE:
• Enables/disables the output of a reception interrupt request to the CPU.
Reception interrupt enable • A reception interrupt request is output when RIE bit and the reception data flag bit
bit
(RDRF) are "0" or when the error flag bit (ORE) is set to "1".
bit11
TIE:
Transmission interrupt
enable bit
• Enables/disables the output of a transmission interrupt request to the CPU.
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
bit10
TBIE:
Transmission bus idle
interrupt enable bit
• Enables/disables the output of a transmission bus idle interrupt request to the CPU.
• A transmission bus idle interrupt request is output when TBI bit and the TBIE bit
are "1".
RXE:
Reception operation
enable bit
Enables/disables the reception operation of CSIO.
• When "0" is set: Disables the data frame reception operation.
• When "1" is set: Enables the data frame reception operation.
Note:
The reception operation is immediately stopped if you disable it (RXE = 0) while
receiving.
TXE:
Transmission operation
enable bit
Enables/disables the transmission operation of CSIO.
• When "0" is set: Disables the data frame transmission operation.
• When "1" is set: Enables the data frame transmission operation.
Note:
The transmission operation is immediately stopped if you disable it (TXE = 0) while
transmitting.
bit15
bit9
bit8
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
329
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.2
MB91313A Series
Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Serial mode register (SMR) can set the operating mode, select transfer direction, data
length and serial clock inversion, and enable/disable the output to the pin of the serial
data and clock.
■ Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Figure 15.11-2 shows the bit configuration of the serial mode register (SMR), and Table 15.11-4 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-2 Bit Configuration of Serial Mode Register (SMR)
SMR
bit
ch.0 000061H
ch.1 000071H
ch.2 000081H
ch.3 000091H
ch.4 0000A1H
ch.5 0000B1H
ch.6 0001B1H
ch.7 0001C1H
ch.8 0001D1H
ch.9 0001E1H
ch.A 0001F1H
7
6
5
MD2 MD1 MD0
4
3
−
SCINV
2
1
0
Initial value
BDS SCKE SOE 000-0000B
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
SOE
0
1
Serial data output enable bit
Disables SOT output
Enables SOT output
SCKE
Serial clock output enable bit
Disables SCK output
or
Enables SCK input
0
1
Enables SCK output
BDS
0
1
Transfer direction selection bit
LSB first (transferred with the lowest bit)
MSB first (transferred with the highest bit)
SCINV
0
1
Serial clock inversion bit
Mark level "H" format
Mark level "L" format
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
R/W
-
330
: Readable/writable
: Unused
: Initial value
Operating mode setting bits
MD2 MD1 MD0
0
0
0
Operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
0
0
1
Operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
0
1
0
Operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
1
0
0
Operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
Note: This section explains the register and operation in the operating mode 2.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-4 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Bit name
Function
bit7
to
bit5
MD2 to MD0:
Operating mode setting
bits
Sets the operating mode.
"000B": Sets to the operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
"001B": Sets to the operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
"010B": Sets to the operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
"100B": Sets to the operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
Notes:
• Any setting other than those above is disabled.
• When switching the operating mode, execute the programmable clear (SCR:UPCL = 1)
before switching it.
• Set the operating mode, and then set each register.
bit4
Unused bit
When reading : Value is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit3
SCINV:
Serial clock inversion bit
Inverts the serial clock format.
When "0" is set:
• The mark level of the serial clock output is set to "H".
• The transmission data is synchronized with the falling edge of a serial clock in
normal transfer or the rising edge of a serial clock in SPI transfer to output.
• The reception data is sampled at the rising edge of a serial clock in normal transfer
or the falling edge of a serial clock in SPI transfer.
When "1" is set:
• The mark level of the serial clock output is set to "L".
• The transmission data is synchronized with the rising edge of a serial clock in
normal transfer or the falling edge of a serial clock in SPI transfer to output.
• The reception data is sampled at the falling edge of a serial clock in normal transfer
or the rising edge of a serial clock in SPI transfer.
Note:
Specify this bit when the transmission/reception are disabled (TXE = RXE= 0).
bit2
BDS:
Transfer direction
selection bit
Specifies whether the transfer serial data is transferred with the lowest bit (LSB first,
BDS = 0) or the highest bit (MSB first, BDS = 1).
Note:
Specify this bit when the transmission/reception are disabled (TXE = RXE= 0).
bit1
Controls the I/O port of the serial clock.
SCKE:
When "0" is set: Enables SCK "H" output or SCK input. When using as SCK input, set
Serial clock output enable
the general-purpose I/O port as an input port.
bit
When "1" is set: Enables SCK output.
bit0
SOE:
Serial data output enable
bit
Enables/disables the output of the serial data.
When "0" is set: Enables SOT "H" output.
When "1" is set: Enables SOT output.
Note:
Set the operating mode first because the other registers will be initialized once the operating mode
has been changed. However, when SCR and SMR are written at the same time by 16-bit writing, the
written contents will be reflected on SCR.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
331
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.3
MB91313A Series
Serial Status Register (SSR)
Serial status register (SSR) verifies the transmission/reception status and the reception
error flag, and also clears the reception error flag.
■ Serial Status Register (SSR)
Figure 15.11-3 shows the bit configuration of the serial status register (SSR), and Table 15.11-5 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-3 Bit Configuration of Serial Status Register (SSR)
SSR bit 15
ch.0 000062H
ch.1 000072H REC
ch.2 000082H R/W
ch.3 000092H
ch.4 0000A2H
ch.5 0000B2H
ch.6 0001B2H
ch.7 0001C2H
ch.8 0001D2H
ch.9 0001E2H
ch.A 0001F2H
14
13
12
−
−
−
−
−
−
11
10
9
8
ORE RDRF TDRE TBI
R
R
R
Initial value
0---0011B
R
TBI
0
1
TDRE
0
Transmission bus idle flag bit
Transmitting
No transmission operation
1
Transmission data empty flag bit
Transmission data register (TDR) has data
Transmission data register is empty
RDRF
0
1
Reception data full flag bit
Reception data register (RDR) is empty
Reception data register (RDR) has data
ORE
0
1
Overrun error flag bit
No overrun error
There is an overrun error
Unused bits
Read values are undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
REC
R/W : Readable/writable
R
: Read only
: Unused
: Initial value
332
0
1
Reception error flag clear bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
Clears reception error
flags (FRE, ORE)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-5 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Status Register (SSR)
MB91313A Series
Bit name
Function
bit15
REC:
Reception error flag clear
bit
Clears ORE flag in the serial status register (SSR).
• Writing "1" to this bit clears the error flags.
• Writing "0" has no effect.
When reading, "0" is always read.
bit14
to
bit12
Unused bits
When reading: Values are undefined.
When writing: No effect.
bit11
ORE:
Overrun error flag bit
• When an overrun error occurs while receiving, this bit is set to "1". When you write
"1" to REC bit in the serial status register (SSR), this bit is cleared.
• A reception interrupt request is output when ORE bit and RIE bit are "1".
• Data in the reception data register (RDR) is invalid if this flag is set.
• When this bit is set while using the reception FIFO, the enable bit in the reception
FIFO will be cleared and the reception data will not be stored into the reception
FIFO.
bit10
• Indicates the status of the reception data register (RDR).
• When the reception data is loaded to RDR, this bit is set to "1". If the reception data
register (RDR) is read, this bit is cleared to "0".
• A reception interrupt request is output when RDRF bit and RIE bit are "1".
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" if the reception FIFO has
received a predefined number of data.
RDRF:
• When using the reception FIFO, if the reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of
Reception data full flag bit
the baud rate clock (because the reception FIFO has not received a predefined
number of data and some data still remains in the reception FIFO), RDRF is set to
"1". If you read the RDR while counting 8 clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and
start counting 8 clocks all over again.
• When using the reception FIFO, this bit is cleared to "0" if the reception FIFO gets
empty.
bit9
TDRE:
Transmission data empty
flag bit
• Indicates the status of the transmission data register (TDR).
• When you write a transmission data to TDR, this bit becomes "0" to indicate that
there is some valid data. When the data is loaded to the transmission shift register to
start transmission, this bit becomes "1" to indicate that there is no valid data in
TDR.
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
• If you set UPCL bit in the serial control register (SCR) to "1", TDRE bit becomes
"1".
• For more information about set/reset timing of TDRE bit when using the
transmission FIFO, see "15.4.4 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When
Using Transmission FIFO".
bit8
• Indicates that CSIO is not processing the transmission operation.
• This bit becomes "0" when data is written to the transmission data register (TDR).
• This bit becomes "1" when the transmission data register (TDR) is empty (TDRE =
TBI:
1) and the transmission operation is not in progress.
Transmission bus idle flag
• If you set UPCL bit in the serial control register (SCR) to "1", TDRE bit becomes
bit
"1".
• A transmission interrupt request is output when this bit is "1" and the transmission
bus idle interrupt is enabled (SCR:TBIE = 1).
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
333
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.4
MB91313A Series
Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Extended communication control register (ESCR) can set the transmission/reception
data length and fix the serial output to "H".
■ Bit Configuration of Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Figure 15.11-4 shows the bit configuration of the extended communication control register (ESCR), and
Table 15.11-6 shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-4 Bit Configuration of Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
ESCR
bit
7
ch.0 000063H
SOP
ch.1 000073H
ch.2 000083H
R/W
ch.3 000093H
ch.4 0000A3H
ch.5 0000B3H
ch.6 0001B3H
ch.7 0001C3H
ch.8 0001D3H
ch.9 0001E3H
ch.A 0001F3H
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
−
−
−
−
L2
L1
L0
0----000B
−
−
−
−
R/W
R/W
R/W
L2
0
0
0
0
1
L1
0
0
1
1
0
L0
0
1
0
1
0
Data length selection bits
8-bit length
5-bit length
6-bit length
7-bit length
9-bit length
Unused bits
Read values are undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
SOP
R/W
-
: Readable/writable
: Unused
0
1
Serial output pin set bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
Sets SOT pin to "H"
: Initial value
334
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the Extended Communication Control Register (ESCR)
Bit name
Function
bit7
SOP:
Serial output pin set bit
• Sets the serial output pin to "H" level.
• When reading, "0" is always read.
Note:
Do not set this bit while transmitting the serial data.
Configuration value for this bit is enabled only when TXE bit for serial control
register (SCR) is "0".
bit6
to
bit3
Unused bits
When reading : Values are undefined.
When writing : No effect.
Specifies the data length of the transmission/reception data.
bit2
to
bit0
L2 to L0:
Data length selection bits
CM71-10143-5E
• When "000B" is set: Sets the data length to 8-bit.
• When "001B" is set: Sets the data length to 5-bit.
• When "010B" is set: Sets the data length to 6-bit.
• When "011B" is set: Sets the data length to 7-bit.
• When "100B" is set: Sets the data length to 9-bit.
Note:
Any setting other than those above is disabled.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
335
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.5
MB91313A Series
Reception Data Register/Transmission Data Register
(RDR/TDR)
Reception/transmission data registers are arranged in the same address. When reading,
it functions as the reception data register and when writing, it functions as the
transmission data register.
■ Reception Data Register (RDR)
Figure 15.11-5 shows the bit configuration of the reception data register (RDR).
Figure 15.11-5 Bit Configuration of the Reception Data Register (RDR)
RDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
R: Read only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15...........
000094H
0000B4H
0001C4H
0001E4H
8
D8
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Initial value
000000000B
Reception data register (RDR) is a 9-bit data buffer register for serial data reception.
• A serial data signal transmitted to the serial input pin (SIN pin) is converted at the shift register and then
stored in this reception data register (RDR).
• As described below, data becomes "0" from the upper bits depending on the data length.
Data length
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9-bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8-bit
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-bit
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6-bit
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
5-bit
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
• When the received data is stored in the reception data register (RDR), the reception data full flag bit
(SSR:RDRF) is set to "1". If the reception interrupt is enabled (SSR:RIE = 1), a reception interrupt
request occurs.
• Read the reception data register (RDR) when the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is "1". If the
serial reception data register (RDR) is read, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is automatically
cleared to "0".
• If a reception error occurs (SSR:ORE), the data in the reception data register (RDR) becomes invalid.
• For 9-bit length transfer, RDR reading is performed by 16-bit access.
336
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Notes:
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" if the reception FIFO has received a
predefined number of data.
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is cleared to "0" if the reception FIFO gets empty.
• When a reception error occurs (SSR:ORE = 1) while using the reception FIFO, the enable bit in
the reception FIFO will be cleared and the received data will not be stored into the reception
FIFO.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
337
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
■ Transmission Data Register (TDR)
Figure 15.11-6 shows the bit configuration of the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.11-6 Bit Configuration of the Transmission Data Register (TDR)
TDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
W: Write only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15...........
000094H
0000B4H
0001C4H
0001E4H
8
D8
7
D7
6
D6
4
D5
5
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0
D0
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Initial value
111111111B
Transmission data register (TDR) is a 9-bit data buffer register for serial data transmission.
• If data to be transmitted is written to the transmission data register (TDR) when the transmission
operation is enabled (SCR:TXE = 1), the data is transferred to the transmission shift register where the
data is converted to serial data, and then transmitted from the serial data output pin (SOT pin).
• As described below, data becomes invalid from the upper bits depending on the data length.
Data length
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
9-bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8-bit
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7-bit
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6-bit
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
X
5-bit
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
X
X
X
X
X
• A transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is cleared to "0" when the transmission data is written into
the transmission data register (TDR).
• If the transmission FIFO is disabled or empty, the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is set to
"1" when the transmission data is transferred to the transmission shift register and the transmission is
started.
• When the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "1", you can write next transmission data. If
transmission interrupt is enabled, a transmission interrupt request occurs. Write next transmission data
when a transmission interrupt occurs or when the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "1".
• You cannot write a transmission data to the transmission data register (TDR) when the transmission data
empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "0" and also the transmission FIFO is disabled or full.
• For 9-bit length transfer, writing to TDR is performed by 16-bit access.
338
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Notes:
• The transmission data register (TDR) is a write only register and the reception data register (RDR)
is a read only register. These registers are located at the same address, so the read value is
different from the write value. Therefore an instruction that operates read-modify-write (RMW)
instruction, such as INC/DEC, cannot be used.
• For more information about the set timing of the transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) when
using the transmission FIFO, see "15.4.4 Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Transmission FIFO".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
339
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
15.11.6
The baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) sets the division ratio for the serial
clock.
■ Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
Figure 15.11-7 shows the bit configuration of the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
Figure 15.11-7 Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
BGR
bit
ch.0 000066H
ch.1 000076H
ch.2 000086H
ch.3 000096H
ch.4 0000A6H
ch.5 0000B6H
ch.6 0001B6H
ch.7 0001C6H
ch.8 0001D6H
ch.9 0001E6H
ch.A 0001F6H
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
−
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0 -0000000B
−
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Initial value
R/W
00000000B
BGR0
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 0
Writes to the reload counter bits 0 to 7
Reads the value set to BGR0
BGR1
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 1
Writes to the reload counter bits 8 to 14
Reads the value set to BGR1
Unused bit
R/W: Readable/writable
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
• Set a value to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1, BGR0).
• BGR1 (supports the upper bits) and BGR0 (supports the lower bits) can write the reload value to count
and read the value set to BGR1/BGR0.
• The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
340
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Notes:
• Write to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) by 16-bit access.
• If the reload value is an even number, "L" and "H" widths of the serial clock become as follows
depending on the setting for SCINV bit: If it is an odd number, "H" and "L" widths of the serial
clock have the same length.
When SCINV = 0, "H" width of the serial clock is longer than "L" width by 1 cycle of the machine
clock.
When SCINV = 1, "L" width of the serial clock is longer than "H" width by 1 cycle of the machine
clock.
• Be sure to set the reload value to 1 or more. However, if you use CSIO for the master and slave,
set the reload value for the master CSIO to 3 or more.
• When you change the value set to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR0/BGR1), new
value is reloaded after the counter value reaches "000000000000000B". Therefore, if you want to
reflect the change immediately, execute CSIO reset (UPCL) after you change the value set to
BGR1/BGR0.
• When using the reception FIFO, you need to set a baud rate to BGR1/BGR0 if the reception FIFO
idle detection enable bit is set to "1" (FCR1:FRIIE) to operate as the slave mode.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
341
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.7
MB91313A Series
FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) sets the test for FIFO, specifies the transmission/
reception FIFO, enables the transmission FIFO interrupt, and controls the interrupt flag.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
Figure 15.11-8 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1), and Table 15.11-7 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-8 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FCR1
bit
15
14
13
ch.0 00006AH
FTST1 FTST0
ch.1 00007AH
ch.2 00008AH R/W R/W
12
11
FLSTE FRIIE
R/W
R/W
10
9
FDRQ FTIE
R/W
R/W
8
FSEL
Initial value
00-00100B
R/W
FSEL
FIFO selection bit
0
1
Transmission FIFO: FIFO1, Reception FIFO: FIFO2
FTIE
0
1
Transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit
Disables the transmission FIFO interrupt
Enables the transmission FIFO interrupt
Transmission FIFO: FIFO2, Reception FIFO: FIFO1
FDRQ
0
1
Transmission FIFO data request bit
Does not request the transmission FIFO data
Requests the transmission FIFO data
FRIIE
0
1
Reception FIFO idle detection enable bit
Disables the reception FIFO idle detection
Enables the reception FIFO idle detection
FLSTE
0
1
Retransmission data lost detection enable bit
Disables the data lost detection
Enables the data lost detection
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
FTST1.0
00B
R/W
: Readable/writable
-
: Unused
Other than 00B
FIFO test bits
Disables FIFO test
Prohibited setting
: Initial value
342
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-7 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
MB91313A Series
Bit name
Function
bit15, FTST1, FTST0:
bit14 FIFO test bits
These are the test bits for FIFO.
Be sure to set these bits to "0".
Note:
If you set these bits to "1", the test for FIFO will be executed.
bit13
Unused bit
When reading : Value is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit12
FLSTE:
Retransmission data lost
detection enable bit
Enables data lost detection.
When "0" is set: Disables data lost detection.
When "1" is set: Enables data lost detection.
Note:
When you set this bit to "1", set FSET bit to "1" before doing so.
bit11
FRIIE:
Reception FIFO idle
detection enable bit
Specifies whether to detect the reception idle state that continues over 8-bit time with
the reception FIFO holding valid data. If the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE =
1), a reception interrupt occurs when the reception idle state is detected.
When "0" is set: Disables the reception idle state detection.
When "1" is set: Enables the reception idle state detection.
bit10
FDRQ:
Transmission FIFO data
request bit
This is a data request bit for the transmission FIFO.
When this bit is set to "1", it indicates that the transmission data is being requested. A
transmission FIFO interrupt request is output when this bit is "1" and the transmission
FIFO interrupt is enabled (FTIE = 1).
FDRQ set condition
• FBYTE (for transmission) = 0 (transmission FIFO is empty)
• Reset the transmission FIFO
FDRQ reset condition
• When writing "0" to this bit
• When the transmission FIFO gets full
Notes:
• When FBYTE (for transmission) = 0, writing "0" to this bit is disabled.
• When this bit is set to "0", change of FSEL bit is disabled.
• Setting "1" to this bit has no effect on the operations.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
bit9
FTIE:
Transmission FIFO
interrupt enable bit
This is an interrupt enable bit for the transmission FIFO. If this bit is set to "1", an
interrupt occurs when FDRQ bit is "1".
FSEL:
FIFO selection bit
Selects the transmission/reception FIFO.
When "0" is set:Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO1 and the reception FIFO:FIFO2.
When "1" is set:Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO2 and the reception FIFO:FIFO1.
Notes:
• This bit cannot be cleared by the FIFO reset (FCL2, FCL1 = 1).
• When you want to change this bit, disable FIFO operation (FE2, FE1 = 0) and any
transmission/reception (TXE = RXE = 0) first.
bit8
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
343
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.11.8
MB91313A Series
FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FIFO control register 0 (FCR0) enables/disables FIFO operation, performs FIFO reset,
saves the read pointer, and sets the retransmission.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
Figure 15.11-9 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 0 (FCR0), and Table 15.11-8 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.11-9 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FCR0
bit
ch.0 00006BH
ch.1 00007BH
ch.2 00008BH
7
−
6
5
4
3
2
1
FLST FLD FSET FCL2 FCL1 FE2
(−)
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
Initial value
FE1 -0000000B
R/W
FE1
0
1
FIFO1 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO1 operation
Enables FIFO0 operation
FE2
0
1
FIFO2 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO2 operation
Enables FIFO2 operation
FCL1
0
1
FIFO1 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO1 reset
FCL2
0
1
FSET
R/W
: Readable/writable
R
: Read only
-
: Unused
Read
Always read "0"
FIFO2 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO2 reset
Read
Always read "0"
0
1
FIFO pointer save bit
Write
Read
Does not save
Always read "0"
Executes save
FLD
0
1
FIFO pointer reload bit
Does not reload
Executes reload
FLST
0
1
FIFO retransmission data lost flag bit
Disables the data lost
Enables the data lost
Unused bit
When reading, "0" is always read. When writing, "0" is always written.
: Initial value
344
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-8 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (1 / 2)
MB91313A Series
Bit name
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
Function
Unused bit
When reading : "0" is always read.
When writing : Always write "0".
FLST:
FIFO retransmission data
lost flag bit
Indicates that retransmission data of the transmission FIFO has been lost.
FLST set condition
• Writing to FIFO when FLSTE bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is "1"
and also the write pointer of the transmission FIFO and the read pointer saved
by FSET bit match each other.
FLST reset condition
• FIFO reset (writing "1" into FCL)
• When writing "1" to FSET bit
Setting this bit to "1" overwrites the data indicated by the read pointer saved with FSET
bit, therefore FLD bit cannot set the retransmission when an error occurs. If you
retransmit with this bit set to "1", perform FIFO reset and write the data again into
FIFO.
FLD:
FIFO pointer reload bit
Reloads the data saved to the transmission FIFO by FSET bit to the read pointer. This
bit is used for the retransmission due to a communication error.
When a retransmission setting is completed, this bit becomes "0".
Notes:
• As long as this bit is set to "1", this bit is reloading to the read pointer. Therefore, do
not write anything other than FIFO reset.
• Setting this bit to "1" is disabled while transmitting or being in FIFO enabled state.
• Set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then write "1" into this bit. After you enabled the
transmission FIFO, set TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
FSET:
FIFO pointer save bit
Saves the read pointer of the transmission FIFO.
Once you save the read pointer before transmission, when FLST bit is "0" it is possible
to retransmit in the case a communication error.
When "1" is set: Retains the current value set to the read pointer.
When "0" is set: No effect.
Note:
Set this bit to "1" when the number of bytes for transmission (FBYTE) indicates
"0".
FCL2:
FIFO2 reset bit
Resets FIFO2.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO2 is initialized.
Only the FLST2 bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is initialized and the other
bits in the FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables any transmission/reception before performing FIFO2 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE2 register becomes "0".
FCL1:
FIFO1 reset bit
Resets FIFO1.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO1 is initialized.
Only the FLST1 bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is initialized and the other
bits in the FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables any transmission/reception before performing FIFO1 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE1 register becomes "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
345
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Table 15.11-8 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (2 / 2)
MB91313A Series
Bit name
bit1
bit0
346
Function
FE2:
FIFO2 operation enable
bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO2.
• When using FIFO2, set this bit to "1".
• Set FIFO2 to the transmission FIFO (FCR1:FSEL = 1). When there is some data in
FIFO2 and UART is enabled for transmission (TXE = 1), writing "1" into this bit
starts transmitting immediately. At this time, set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then
write "1" into this bit to make TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
• If specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• When using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the
transmission buffer is empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or
"0" to this bit when the reception buffer is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO2 is disabled, the state of FIFO2 is still retained.
FE1:
FIFO1 operation enable
bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO1.
• When using FIFO1, set this bit to "1".
• Set FIFO1 to the transmission FIFO (FCR1:FSEL = 0). When there is some data in
FIFO1 and UART is enabled for transmission (TXE = 1), writing "1" into this bit
starts transmitting immediately. At this time, set TIE and TBIE bits to "0" and then
write "1" into this bit to make TIE and TBIE bits to "1".
• If specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• When using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the
transmission buffer is empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or
"0" to this bit when the reception buffer is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO1 is disabled, the state of FIFO1 is still retained.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.11.9
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data for FIFO.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
Figure 15.11-10 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
Figure 15.11-10 Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FBYTE bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
ch.0 00006CH
FD15
FD14
FD13
FD12
FD11
FD10
FD9
ch.1 00007CH
ch.2 00008CH R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
8
6
5
4
3
FD7
FD8
FD5
FD4
FD3
FD2
FD1
FD0
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
00000000B
FBYTE1
Write
Read
2
1
0
Initial value
7
FD8
FIFO1 data number display bit
Sets the transfer count
Reads the number of valid data
FBYTE2
FIFO2 data number display bit
Write
Sets the transfer count
R/W: Readable/writable
Read
Reads the number of valid data
Read (number of valid data)
When transmitting : The number of data that are written into FIFO and have not transmitted yet.
When receiving : The number of data that are received at FIFO.
Write (transfer count)
When transmitting : Sets "00H".
When receiving : Sets the number of data that generates a reception interrupt.
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data of FIFO. The number varies as follows,
depending on the setting of FSEL bit in the FCR1 register.
Table 15.11-9 The Number of Data Displayed
FSEL
FIFO selection
The number of byte displayed
0
FIFO2: Reception FIFO, FIFO1: Transmission FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
1
FIFO2: Transmission FIFO, FIFO1: Reception FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
• The initial value of the transfer count of the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) is "08H".
• Set the number of data to generate a reception interrupt flag to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO. An
interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the defined transfer count matches with the number of data
displayed in the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
347
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.11 Registers of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
• To receive the data with the master operation (master reception), set TIE and TBIE bits to "0", specify
the number of data to receive in the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) of the transmission FIFO, and write
"0" to FDRQ bit. Then, the specified number of data for serial clock can be output when TXE bit is "1"
to receive the specified number of data. If you want to set TIE and TBIE bits to "1", wait until FDRQ bit
becomes "1".
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• In the master operation, set "00H" to FBYTE of the transmission FIFO except that data is
received.
• When receiving data with the master operation, set the number of transmission data when the
transmission FIFO is empty and also TIE and TBIE bits are set to "0".
• If you want to disable the reception (RXE=0) while receiving the data with the master operation,
disable the transmission FIFO before disabling the transmission and reception.
• Set a data more than "1" to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO.
• Disable the reception before changing the FBYTE in the reception FIFO.
• You cannot use any read-modify-write (RMW) instruction to this register.
• The setting that exceeds the FIFO size is disabled.
348
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.12
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)
There are reception and transmission interrupts for CSIO (clock synchronous multi
function serial interface) and an interrupt request can be generated by the following
sources:
• When the received data is set in the reception data register (RDR), or a reception
error occurs
• When the transmission data is transferred from the transmission data register (TDR)
to the transmission shift register and the transmission has started
• Transmission bus idle (no transmission operation)
• Transmission FIFO data request
■ Interrupts of CSIO
Table 15.12-1 shows the CSIO interrupt control bit and the interrupt source.
Table 15.12-1 CSIO Interrupt Control Bit and Interrupt Source
Interrupt
type
Interrupt
request
flag bit
Flag
register
Interrupt source
Interrupt
source
enable bit
Receive 1 byte
How to clear the interrupt request flag
Read reception data (RDR)
The value set to FBYTE is
received
RDRF
SSR
Reception
ORE
TDRE
Transmission
SSR
SSR
TBI
SSR
FDRQ
FCR1
Detect the reception idle
state that continues over
8-bit time with the
reception FIFO holding
valid data when FRIIE bit
is "1"
SCR:RIE
Read reception data (RDR) until the
reception FIFO gets empty
Overrun error
Write "1" to the reception error flag clear
bit (SSR:REC)
Transmission register is
empty
SCR:TIE
Write to the transmission data (TDR), or
write "1" to the transmission FIFO
operation enable bit when it is "0" and the
transmission FIFO has a valid data
(retransmission)*
No transmission operation
SCR:TBIE
Write to the transmission data (TDR), or
write "1" to the transmission FIFO
operation enable bit when it is "0" and the
transmission FIFO has a valid data
(retransmission)*
Transmission FIFO is
empty
Write "0" to the FIFO transmission data
FCR1:FTIE request bit (FCR1:FDRQ), or the
transmission FIFO is full
*: Set TIE bit to "1" after TDRE bit has become "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
349
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
15.12.1
A reception completion (RDRF bit in SSR) and a reception error occurrence (ORE bit in
SSR) are the sources of the reception interrupt.
■ Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
Detection of the last data bit stores the reception data to the reception data register (RDR). When a
reception is completed (SSR:RDRF = 1) or a reception error occurs (SSR:ORE = 1), each flag is set. If
reception interrupt is enabled (SSR:RIE = 1) at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
Note:
If a reception error occurs, the data in the reception data register (RDR) becomes invalid.
Figure 15.12-1 Reception Operation and Flag Set Timing
SCK
D0
SIN
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Reception data
sampling
RDRF
Note:
This figure shows the timing under the following conditions:
SCR: MS=1, SPI=0
ESCR: L2 to L0=000B
SMR:SCINV=0, BDS=0, SCKE=0, SOE=0
Reception interrupt occurred
Figure 15.12-2 ORE (Overrun Error) Flag Set Timing
SCK
SIN
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1 D2
D3
D4 D5 D6 D7
Reception data
sampling
RDRF
ORE
Note:
This figure shows the timing under the following conditions:
SCR: MS=1, SPI=0
ESCR: L2 to L0=000B
SMR:SCINV=0, BDS=0, SCKE=0, SOE=0
An overrun error occurs
An overrun error occurs when next data is transferred before the reception data is read (RDRF = 1).
350
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.12.2
Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Reception FIFO
When using the reception FIFO, an interrupt is generated when the same value set to
the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) has been received.
■ Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Reception FIFO
When using the reception FIFO, the generation of an interrupt depends on the value set to the FIFO byte
register (FBYTE).
• When the amount of data set to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) as the transfer count has been received,
the reception data full flag bit in the serial status register (RDRF bit in SSR) is set to "1". If reception
interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE) at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
• When the reception data (RDR) is read until the reception FIFO gets empty, the reception data full flag
bit (SSR:RDRF) is cleared.
• If next data is received with the FIFO size displayed as the number of data that can be received, an
overrun error occurs (SSR:ORE = 1).
Figure 15.12-3 Reception Interrupt Generation Timing When Using Reception FIFO
SCK
Reception data
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
FIFO byte
(reception)
Valid byte
displayed
4th byte
5th byte
6th byte
1
2
7th byte
3
0
1
2
3 2 1 0
3
2 1
0
1
RDRF
RDR reading
An interrupt occurs upon a match between
FIFO byte setting (transfer count) and the
number of data received
CM71-10143-5E
Read all reception data
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
351
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
Figure 15.12-4 Set Timing of ORE (Overrun Error) Flag Bit
MB91313A Series
SCK
Reception
data
FIFO byte
(reception)
Valid byte
displayed
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byte
5th byte
6th byte
7th byte
60
59
60
61
62
63
64
RDRF
ORE
An interrupt occurs upon a match between
FIFO byte (reception) setting + 1 and the
number of data received
An overrun error occurs
An overrun error occurs when next data is received with the FIFO size displayed in the FIFO. The figure
shows an example where a FIFO size of 64 bytes is used.
352
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.12.3
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
A transmission interrupt occurs when the transmission data is transferred from the
transmission data register (TDR) to the transmission shift register (SSR:TDRE = 1) and the
transmission has started, or when the transmission operation is not in progress (SSR:TBI =
1).
■ Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
● Set timing of the transmission data empty flag (TDRE)
Once the data written into the transmission data register (TDR) is transferred to the transmission shift
register, next data can be written into TDR (SSR:TDRE = 1). If transmission interrupt is enabled (SCR:TIE = 1)
at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs. As TDRE bit is read only, it is cleared to "0" by writing data
into the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.12-5 Set Timing of Transmission Data Empty Flag (TDRE)
SCK
Transmission data
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
TDRE
Writing to TDR
A transmission interrupt occurred
● Set timing of the transmission bus idle flag (TBI)
TBI bit in the serial status register (SSR) is set to "1" when the transmission data register is empty (TDRE = 1)
and the transmission operation is not in progress. If transmission bus idle interrupt is enabled (SCR:TBIE = 1)
at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs. TBI bit and the transmission interrupt request are cleared
when a transmission data is set to the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.12-6 Set Timing of Transmission Bus Idle Flag (TBI)
SCK
Transmission data
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
TBI
TDRE
Writing to TDR
CM71-10143-5E
A transmission interrupt
by the bus idle occurred
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
353
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.12 Interrupts of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
15.12.4
MB91313A Series
Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using
Transmission FIFO
When using the transmission FIFO, an interrupt occurs when the transmission FIFO has
no data.
■ Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing When Using Transmission
FIFO
• When the transmission FIFO has no data, FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) is set to
"1".
If FIFO transmission interrupt is enabled (FCR1:FTIE = 1) at this point, a transmission interrupt occurs.
• Once the transmission interrupt has been generated and you have written the required data into the
transmission FIFO, write "0" to the FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) to clear the
interrupt request.
• The FIFO transmission data request bit (FCR1:FDRQ) becomes "0" when the transmission FIFO gets
full.
• You can verify if the transmission FIFO has data or not by reading the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
FBYTE = 00H indicates that the transmission FIFO has no data.
Figure 15.12-7 Transmission Interrupt Generation Timing When Using Transmission FIFO
SCK
Transmission data
FIFO byte
displayed
3rd byte
1st byte
0
1
2
1
0
1
4th byte
0
FDRQ
TDRE
Writing "0" to clear
A transmission interrupt occurred *1
Writing to
transmission
FIFO
Transmission buffer is empty *2
TXE
*1: FDRQ is set to "1" as the transmission FIFO is empty.
*2: TDRE is set to "1" as the transmission buffer register has no data.
354
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.13
Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)
The clock synchronous method is employed as the transfer method.
■ Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
(1) Normal transfer (I)
● Features
Item
Description
1
Mark level of the serial clock (SCK)
"H"
2
Transmission data output timing
Falling edge of SCK
3
Reception data sampling
Rising edge of SCK
4
Data length
5 to 9 bits
● Register setting
The following table shows the register setting required for the normal transfer (I):
Table 15.13-1 Normal Transfer (I) Register Setting
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit12
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
SCR/
SMR
UPCL
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
MD2
MD1
MD0
0
1/0
0
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
0
0
SSR/
ESCR
REC
-
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
TBI
SOP
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
D8
D7
-
*
TDR/
RDR
BGR1/
BGR0
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
BDS
SCKE
SOE
0
*
1/0
1/0
-
-
L2
L1
L0
-
-
-
*
*
*
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
WUCR SCINV
-
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
-
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1: Set "1"
0: Set "0"
*: Setting defined by the user
Note:
The values set for the bits above (1/0) varies depending on the master operation and slave
operation. Set as follows:
Master transmission : SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 1
Master reception
: SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 0
Slave transmission : SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 1
Slave reception
: SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 0
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
355
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
● Normal Transfer (I) Timing Chart
1st byte
Transmission
operation
SCK
SOUT
D0 D1 D2
MB91313A Series
2nd byte
D3 D4 D5 D6
D7 D0
D1 D2 D3 D4
D5 D6
D7
TDRE
TDR RW
TXE
Reception
operation
SIN
D0 D1
D2 D3 D4
D5 D6 D7
D0
D1 D2
D3 D4 D5
D6
D7
Sampling
RDRF
RDR RD
RXE
● Operating explanation
[1] Master operation (SCR:MS = 0, SMR:SCKE = 1)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1), and
disable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 0). Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR,
TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "0" to output the transmission data in
synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock (SCK) output.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) Disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0), and enable the transmission operation (SCR:TXE =
1) and the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1). Then, when you write a dummy data to TDR, the
reception data is sampled in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock output (SCK).
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
356
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• If you want the reception operation only, write a dummy data to TDR in order to output the serial
clock (SCK).
• When the transmission and reception FIFO are enabled, setting the number of frames you want to
transfer to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) outputs the serial clock (SCK) of the desired number of
frames.
[2] Slave operation (SCR:MS = 1, SMR:SCKE = 0)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1).
Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "0" to output the transmission data in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial
clock (SCK) input.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) If you disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0) and enable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1),
the reception data is sampled in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock (SCK)
input.
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
357
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
(2) Normal transfer (II)
● Features
Item
Description
1
Mark level of the serial clock (SCK)
"L"
2
Transmission data output timing
Rising edge of SCK
3
Reception data sampling
Falling edge of SCK
4
Data length
5 to 9 bits
● Register setting
The following table shows the register setting required for the normal transfer (II):
Table 15.13-2 Normal Transfer (II) Register Setting
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit12
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
SCR/
SMR
UPCL
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
MD2
MD1
MD0
0
1/0
0
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
0
0
SSR/
ESCR
REC
-
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
TBI
SOP
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
D8
D7
-
*
TDR/
RDR
BGR1/
BGR0
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
BDS
SCKE
SOE
1
*
1/0
1/0
-
-
L2
L1
L0
-
-
-
*
*
*
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
WUCR SCINV
-
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
-
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1: Set "1"
0: Set "0"
*: Setting defined by the user
Note:
The values set for the bits above (1/0) varies depending on the master operation and slave
operation. Set as follows:
Master transmission : SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 1
Master reception
: SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 0
Slave transmission : SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 1
Slave reception
: SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 0
358
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
● Normal Transfer (II) Timing Chart
Transmission
operation
1st byte
2nd byte
Mark level
SCK
SOUT
D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5 D6
D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4
D5 D6
D7
TDRE
TDR RW
TXE
Reception
operation
SIN
D0 D1
D2 D3 D4
D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5
D6
D7
Sampling
RDRF
RDR RD
RXE
● Operating explanation
[1] Master operation (SCR:MS = 0, SMR:SCKE = 1)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1), and
disable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 0). Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR,
TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "0" to output the transmission data in
synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock (SCK) output.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) Disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0), and enable the transmission operation (SCR:TXE =
1) and the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1). Then, when you write a dummy data to TDR, the
reception data is sampled in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock output (SCK).
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
359
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• If you want the reception operation only, write a dummy data to TDR in order to output the serial
clock (SCK).
• When the transmission and reception FIFO are enabled, setting the number of frames you want to
transfer to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) outputs the serial clock (SCK) of the desired number of
frames.
[2] Slave operation (SCR:MS = 1, SMR:SCKE = 0)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1).
Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "0" to output the transmission data in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial
clock (SCK) input.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) If you disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0) and enable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1),
the reception data is sampled in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock (SCK)
input.
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
360
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
(3) SPI transfer (I)
● Features
Item
Description
1
Mark level of the serial clock (SCK)
"H"
2
Transmission data output timing
Rising edge of SCK
3
Reception data sampling
Falling edge of SCK
4
Data length
5 to 9 bits
● Register setting
The following table shows the register setting required for the SPI transfer (I):
Table 15.13-3 SPI Transfer (I) Register Setting
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit12
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
SCR/
SMR
UPCL
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
MD2
MD1
MD0
0
1/0
1
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
0
0
SSR/
ESCR
REC
-
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
TBI
SOP
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
D8
D7
-
*
TDR/
RDR
BGR1/
BGR0
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
BDS
SCKE
SOE
0
*
1/0
1/0
-
-
L2
L1
L0
-
-
-
*
*
*
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
WUCR SCINV
-
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
-
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1: Set "1"
0: Set "0"
*: Setting defined by the user
Note:
The values set for the bits above (1/0) varies depending on the master operation and slave
operation. Set as follows:
Master transmission : SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 1
Master reception
: SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 0
Slave transmission : SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 1
Slave reception
: SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 0
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
361
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
● SPI Transfer (I) Timing Chart
1st byte
Transmission
operation
SCK
SOUT
MB91313A Series
2nd byte
*A
D0
D1 D2 D3 D4
D5 D6
D7 D0 D1 D2 D3
D4
D5 D6
D7
TDRE
TDR RW
TXE
Reception
operation
SIN
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5
D6
D7
Sampling
RDRF
RDR RD
RXE
*A: In the slave transmission (MS = 1, SCKE = 0, SOE = 1), you need to
wait the time more than 4 machine cycles is elapsed after writing to TDR.
● Operating explanation
[1] Master operation (SCR:MS = 0, SMR:SCKE = 1)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1), and
disable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 0). Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR,
TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "0" to output the 1st bit. Then, the
transmission data is output in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock (SCK)
output.
(2) TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "1" before the half cycle of the falling edge of
the first serial clock. A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt
is enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) Disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0), and enable the transmission operation (SCR:TXE =
1) and the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1). Then, when you write a dummy data to TDR, the
reception data is sampled in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock output (SCK).
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
362
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• If you want the reception operation only, write a dummy data to TDR in order to output the serial
clock (SCK).
• When the transmission and reception FIFO are enabled, setting the number of frames you want to
transfer to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) outputs the serial clock (SCK) of the desired number of
frames.
[2] Slave operation (SCR:MS = 1, SMR:SCKE = 0)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1).
Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "0" to output the 1st bit. Then, the transmission data is output in synchronization with the
rising edge of the serial clock (SCK) output.
(2) TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "1" before the half cycle of the falling edge of
the first serial clock. A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt
is enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) If you disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0) and enable the reception operation (SCR:RXE =
1), the reception data is sampled in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock (SCK)
input.
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
363
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
(4) SPI transfer (II)
● Features
Item
Description
1
Mark level of the serial clock (SCK)
"L"
2
Transmission data output timing
Falling edge of SCK
3
Reception data sampling
Rising edge of SCK
4
Data length
5 to 9 bits
● Register setting
The following table shows the register setting required for the SPI transfer (II):
Table 15.13-4 SPI Transfer (II) Register Setting
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit12
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
SCR/
SMR
UPCL
MS
SPI
RIE
TIE
TBIE
RXE
TXE
MD2
MD1
MD0
0
1/0
1
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
0
0
SSR/
ESCR
REC
-
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
TBI
SOP
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
D8
D7
-
*
TDR/
RDR
BGR1/
BGR0
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
BDS
SCKE
SOE
1
*
1/0
1/0
-
-
L2
L1
L0
-
-
-
*
*
*
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
WUCR SCINV
-
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
-
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1: Set "1"
0: Set "0"
*: Setting defined by the user
Note:
The values set for the bits above (1/0) varies depending on the master operation and slave
operation. Set as follows:
Master transmission : SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 1
Master reception
: SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1, SOE = 0
Slave transmission : SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 1
Slave reception
: SCR: MS = 1, SMR: SCKE = 0, SOE = 0
364
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
● SPI Transfer (II) Timing Chart
Transmission
operation
SCK
SOUT
1st byte
2nd byte
*A
D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5 D6
D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4
D5 D6
D7
TDRE
TDR RW
TXE
Reception
operation
SIN
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5
D6
D7
Sampling
RDRF
RDR RD
RXE
*A: In the slave transmission (MS = 1, SCKE = 0, SOE = 1), you need to
wait the time more than 4 machine cycles is elapsed after writing to TDR.
● Operating explanation
[1] Master operation (SCR: MS = 0, SMR: SCKE = 1)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR: SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1), and
disable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 0). Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR,
TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR) becomes "0" to output the transmission data in
synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock (SCK) output.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) Disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0), and enable the transmission operation (SCR:TXE =
1) and the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1). Then, when you write a dummy data to TDR, the
reception data is sampled in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock output (SCK).
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
365
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.13 Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)
MB91313A Series
Notes:
• If you want the reception operation only, write a dummy data to TDR in order to output the serial
clock (SCK).
• When the transmission and reception FIFO are enabled, setting the number of frames you want to
transfer to the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) outputs the serial clock (SCK) of the desired number of
frames.
[2] Slave operation (SCR:MS = 1, SMR:SCKE = 0)
• Transmission operation
(1) Enable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 1) and the transmission operation (SCR:TXE = 1).
Then, when you write a transmission data to TDR, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "0" to output the transmission data in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial
clock (SCK) output.
(2) When the 1st bit of the transmission data is output, TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR)
becomes "1". A transmission interrupt request is also output when the transmission interrupt is
enabled (SCR:TIE = 1). At this point, 2nd byte of the transmission data can be written.
• Reception operation
(1) If you disable the serial data output (SMR:SOE = 0) and enable the reception operation (SCR:RXE = 1),
the reception data is sampled in synchronization with the rising edge of the serial clock (SCK)
input.
(2) Receiving the last bit sets RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) to "1". A reception interrupt
request is also output when the reception interrupt is enabled (SCR:RIE = 1).
At this point, the reception data (RDR) can be read.
(3) If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the RDRF bit in the serial status register (SSR) is
cleared to "0".
366
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.14
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
The CSIO dedicated baud rate generator only functions in the master operation.
However, if you use the reception FIFO, set the dedicated baud rate generator even in
the slave operation.
■ CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface) Baud Rate Selection
The setting for the dedicated baud rate generator varies depending on the master operation and slave
operation.
● Master operation
Select the baud rate by dividing the internal clock by the dedicated baud rate generator.
- There are 2 internal reload counters that correspond to transmission and reception serial clocks. Baud
rate can be specified by setting the reload value for 15 bits with the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
- The reload counter divides the internal clock by the set value.
● Slave operation
The dedicated baud rate generator does not function in the slave operation (SCR:MS = 1).
(The external clock input from the clock input pin SCK is directly used)
Note:
If you use the reception FIFO, set the dedicated baud rate generator even in the slave operation.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
367
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
15.14.1
MB91313A Series
Baud Rate Setting
This section shows the setting for the baud rate. The calculation result of serial clock
frequency is also described.
■ Calculating Baud Rate
2 of 15-bit reload counters are set using the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
The equation to calculate the baud rate is shown below:
(1) Reload value
V = φ / b -1
V: Reload value, b: Baud rate, φ: Machine clock frequency
(2) Example of calculation
Where the machine clock is 16 MHz, the internal clock is enabled, and the baud rate is set to
19200 bps, the reload value is calculated as follows:
Reload value:
V = (16 × 1000000) / 19200 - 1 = 832
Therefore, the baud rate is:
b = (16 × 1000000) / (832 + 1) = 19208 (bps)
(3) Baud rate error
Baud rate error can be calculated by the following equation:
Error (%) = (calculated value - desired value) / desired value × 100
Ex.) Where the machine clock is 20 MHz and the desired baud rate is set to 153600 bps:
Reload value = (20 × 1000000)/153600 - 1 = 129
Baud rate (calculated value) = (20 × 1000000)/(129+1) = 153846 (bps)
Error (%) = (153846 - 153600)/153600 × 100 = 0.16 (%)
Notes:
• If the reload value is set to "0", the reload counter will stop.
• If the reload value is an even number, "L" and "H" widths of the serial clock become as follows
depending on the setting for SCINV bit:If it is an odd number, "H" and "L" widths of the serial clock
have the same length.
When SCINV = 0, "H" width of the serial clock is longer than "L" width by 1 cycle of the machine
clock.
When SCINV = 1, "L" width of the serial clock is longer than "H" width by 1 cycle of the machine
clock.
• Be sure to set the reload value to 3 or more.
368
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
■ Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock Frequency
Table 15.14-1 Reload Value And Baud Rate
Baud rate
(bps)
8 MHz
10 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
24 MHz
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
Value
ERR
8M
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6M
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Value
32MHz
ERR
Value
ERR
-
-
3
0
3
0
-
-
5M
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
0
-
-
-
-
4M
-
-
-
-
3
0
4
0
5
0
7
0
2.5 M
-
-
3
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2M
3
0
4
0
7
0
9
0
11
0
15
0
1M
7
0
9
0
15
0
19
0
23
0
31
0
500000
15
0
19
0
31
0
39
0
47
0
63
0
460800
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
51
-0.16
-
-
250000
31
0
39
0
63
0
79
0
95
0
127
0
230400
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
103
-0.16
-
-
153600
51
-0.16
64
-0.16
103
-0.16
129
-0.16
155
-0.16
207
-0.16
125000
63
0
79
0
127
0
159
0
191
0
255
0
115200
68
-0.64
86
0.22
138
0.08
173
0.22
207
-0.16
277
0.08
76800
103
-0.16
129
-0.16
207
-0.16
259
-0.16
311
-0.16
416
0.08
57600
138
0.08
173
0.22
277
0.08
346
-0.16
416
0.08
555
0.08
38400
207
-0.16
259
-0.16
416
0.08
520
0.03
624
0
832
-0.04
28800
277
0.08
346
<0.01
554
-0.01
693
-0.06
832
-0.03
1110
-0.01
19200
416
0.08
520
0.03
832
-0.03
1041
0.03
1249
0
1666
0.02
10417
767
<0.01
959
<0.01
1535
<0.01
1919
<0.01
2303
<0.01
3071
<0.01
9600
832
0.04
1041
0.03
1666
0.02
2083
0.03
2499
0
3332
-0.01
7200
1110
<0.01
1388
<0.01
2221
<0.01
2777
<0.01
3332
<0.01
4443
-0.01
4800
1666
0.02
2082
-0.02
3332
<0.01
4166
<0.01
4999
0
6666
<0.01
2400
3332
<0.01
4166
<0.01
6666
<0.01
8332
<0.01
9999
0
13332
<-0.01
1200
6666
<0.01
8334
0.02
13332
<0.01
16666
<0.01
19999
0
26666
<0.01
600 13332
<0.01
16666
<0.01
26666
<0.01
-
-
-
-
-
-
300 26666
26666
<0.01
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
• Value : Value set to BGR1/BGR0 registers
• ERR : Baud rate error (%)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
369
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.14 CSIO Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
■ Functions of the Reload Counter
The reload counter has the transmission and reception reload counters that function as the dedicated baud
rate generator. The reload counter consists of 15-bit register and generates a transmission and reception
clock from the internal clock.
■ Start of a Count
The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
■ Restart
The reload counters can be restarted for the following conditions:
● For both transmission/reception reload counters
Programmable reset (SCR: UPCL bit)
370
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.15 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for CSIO (Clock Synchronous
Multi Function Serial Interface)
MB91313A Series
15.15
Setting Procedure and Program Flow for CSIO
(Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
In CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial interface), a synchronous serial
bidirectional communication is available.
■ Inter-CPU Connection
The bidirectional communication is selected in CSIO (clock synchronous multi function serial interface).
As shown in Figure 15.15-1 CPUs are connected each other.
Figure 15.15-1 Example of Bidirectional Communication Connection in CSIO
(Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface)
SOT
SOT
SIN
SIN
SCK
SCK
CPU–1 (Master)
CPU–2 (Slave)
■ Flowchart
● Without FIFO
Figure 15.15-2 Example of Bidirectional Communication Flowchart (Without FIFO)
(Master side)
(Slave side)
Start
Start
Set the operating format
Set operating format (coordinate
with the master side)
Transmit the data
Set 1 byte data to TDR
to communicate
NO
RDRF=1
YES
NO
RDRF=1
YES
Read and process the
reception data
CM71-10143-5E
Transmit the
data (ANS)
Read and process
the reception data
Transmit 1 byte data
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
371
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.15 Setting Procedure and Program Flow for CSIO (Clock Synchronous
Multi Function Serial Interface)
● With FIFO
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.15-3 Example of Bidirectional Communication Flowchart (With FIFO)
(Master side)
(Slave side)
Start
Start
Set the operating format
Set operating format (coordinate
with the master side)
Enable the transmission
and reception FIFO
Enable the transmission
and reception FIFO
Specify the reception FBYTE
Specify the reception FBYTE
Set N byte to the
transmission FIFO and
write "0" to FDRQ bit
Transmit the data
RDRF=1
YES
RDRF=1
YES
Transmit the data
(ANS)
NO
NO
Read the data according
to the value set to the
FIFOBYTE and process it
Set N byte to the
transmission FIFO and
write "0" to FDRQ bit
Read the data according
to the value set to the
FBYTE and process it
372
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.16 Notes on CSIO Mode
MB91313A Series
15.16
Notes on CSIO Mode
The notes for when you use the CSIO mode are shown below.
• FIFO cannot be used for requesting DMA transfer with a channel with FIFO. Please set as FIFO
operation disable.
• To request a DMA transfer request, set the block size of DMA to one time.
• When master reception and slave reception are selected, it is required to use two channels for DMA; one
is used for DMA transfer to receive data and the other one is used for DMA transfer to send dummy
data.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
373
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.17 Overview of the I2C Interface
15.17
MB91313A Series
Overview of the I2C Interface
I2C interface that supports the Inter IC bus operates as the master/slave device on the I2C
bus. In addition, it has the transmission/reception FIFO (Maximum 16-byte each).
■ Functions of the I2C Interface
I2C interface has the following functions:
• Master/slave transmission and reception function
• Arbitration function
• Clock synchronization function
• Transfer direction detection function
• Function that generates and detects a repetitive start condition
• Bus error detection function
• General call addressing function
• 7-bit addressing as master and slave
• Capable of generating an interrupt upon the transfer and bus error
• 10-bit addressing function can be supported by program
• Noise filter provided
■ Functions of FIFO
FIFO has the following functions:
• Transmission/reception FIFO provided (maximum size: transmission FIFO 16-byte, reception FIFO
16-byte)
• Transmission FIFO and reception FIFO can be selected
• Capable of retransmitting the transmission data
• Reception FIFO interrupt timing can be changed from the software
• Independent FIFO reset supported
374
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Registers of the I2C Interface
15.18
This section shows the register list of I2C interface.
■ Register List of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-1 Register List of the I2C Interface
Address
00X2H
00X1H IBCR
bus control register)
00X3H SSR (serial status register)
00X4H
00X5H
00X6H
00X7H BGR1 (baud rate generator register 1)
00X9H ISMK (7-bit slave address mask register)
00X8H
FIFO
bit8 bit7
(I2C
00X0H
I2C
bit15
SMR (serial mode register)
IBSR (I2C bus status register)
RDR/TDR
(transmission and reception data register)
BGR0 (baud rate generator register 0)
-
IBSA (7-bit slave address register)
00YBH FCR1 (FIFO control register 1)
00YDH FBYTE2 (FIFO2 byte register)
00YAH
00YCH
bit0
FCR0 (FIFO control register 0)
FBYTE1 (FIFO1 byte register)
(X = 06H, 07H, 08H, 09H, 0AH, 0BH, 1BH, 1CH, 1DH, 1EH, 1FH, Y = 06H, 07H, 08H)
Table 15.18-2 Bit Arrangement of the I2C Interface
bit15
bit14
bit13
bit11
bit10
bit9
bit8
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
IBCR/
SMR
MSS
ACT/
SCC
ACKE WSEL CNDE
INTE
BER
INT
MD2
MD1
MD0
-
RIE
TIE
ITST1
ITST0
SSR/
IBSR
REC
TSET
-
-
ORE
RDRF
TDRE
-
FBT
RACK
RSA
TRX
AL
RSC
SPC
BB
TDR1/
TDR0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
BGR1/
BGR0
-
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
ISMK/
ISBA
EN
SM6
SM5
SM4
SM3
SM2
SM1
SM0
SAEN
SA6
SA5
SA4
SA3
SA2
SA1
SA0
FDRQ
FTIE
FSEL
-
FLST
FLD
FSET
FCL2
FCL1
FE2
FE1
FD10
FD9
FD8
FD7
FD6
FD5
FD4
FD3
FD2
FD1
FD0
FCR1/
FTST1 FTST0
FCR0
FBYTE2/
FD15
FBYTE1
FD14
CM71-10143-5E
FD13
bit12
FLSTE FRIIE
FD12
FD11
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
375
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR)
15.18.1
I2C bus control register (IBCR) can select master/slave mode, generate the repetitive
start condition, enable the acknowledgment and interrupt, and display the interrupt flag.
■ I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR)
Figure 15.18-1 shows the bit configuration of the I2C bus control register (IBCR), and Table 15.18-3 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-1 Bit Configuration of I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR)
IBCR
bit
ch.0 000060H
ch.1 000070H
ch.2 000080H
15
14
13
12
MSS
ACT/SCC
ACKE
WSEL
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
11
10
9
8
Initial value
CNDE
INTE
BER
INT
00000000B
R/W
R/W
R
R/W
INT
0
1
Interrupt flag bit
Write
Read
Clears INT bit
No interrupt request
No effect
Interrupt request
BER
0
1
Bus error detection bit
No error
Detects error
INTE
0
1
Interrupt enable bit
Disables the interrupt
Enables the interrupt
CNDE
0
1
Condition detection interrupt enable bit
Disables the interrupt of the repetitive start or stop condition
Enables the interrupt of the repetitive start or stop condition
WSEL
Wait selection bit
0
Wait after acknowledgment (9-bit)
1
Wait after the data transmission and reception are completed (8-bit)
ACKE
0
1
ACT/SCC
0
1
R/W
: Readable/writable
R
: Read only
Acknowledgment enable bit
Disables acknowledgment
Enables acknowledgment
Operating flag/repetitive start condition generation bit
Write
No effect
Read
No operation
Generates the repetitive start condition While I2C operating
MSS
0
1
Master/slave selection bit
Selects the slave mode
Selects the master mode
: Initial value
376
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-3 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) (1 / 4)
Bit name
Function
• If this bit is set to "1", the master mode is selected when I2C bus is in idle state (EN = 1,
BB = 0).
• If BB bit in the IBSR register is "1", generation of the start condition is waited until
BB bit becomes "0" when "1" is set to this bit. While waiting, if it operates as a
slave by matching the slave address, this bit becomes "0" and AL bit in the IBSR
register becomes "1".
• If the interrupt flag (INT) is "1" during the master operation (MSS = 1, ACT = 1), a
stop condition is generated when "0" is written to this bit.
MSS bit is cleared when:
(1) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(2) Arbitration lost is generated
(3) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
(4) Write "0" to MSS bit when INT = 1.
bit15
MSS:
Master/slave selection bit
The relationship between the MSS and ACT bits is shown below:
MSS bit
ACT bit
State
0
0
Idle
0
1
ACK response* to the reserved address or the
match with slave address, and slave operation is in
progress (slave mode)
1
0
Waiting for master operation
1
1
Master operation is in progress (master mode)
*: ACK response: Indicates that SDA in the I2C bus is "L" while the acknowledgment period.
Notes:
• If MSS bit is set to "1", change MSS bit to "0" when MSS bit is "1" and INT bit is
"1". If "0" is written to MSS bit when ACT bit is "1", INT bit is also cleared to "0".
• During master operation, "1" is read as long as ACT bit is "1", even if "0" is written
to MSS bit.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
377
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-3 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) (2 / 4)
Bit name
Function
This bit has a different role when reading and writing.
bit14
378
ACT/SCC:
Operating flag/repetitive
start condition generation
bit
Read
Write
ACT bit
SCC bit
ACT bit indicates that the IBCR register is operating as master or slave mode.
Set conditions for ACT bit:
(1) When the start condition is output to I2C bus (master mode)
(2) When the slave address matches with the address transmitted from the master
(slave mode)
(3) When a reserved address is detected and an ACK response is performed to the
address (slave mode is selected when MSS = 0)
Reset conditions for ACT bit:
<Master mode>
(1) Stop condition detected
(2) Arbitration lost detected
(3) Bus error detection
(4) I2C interface disabled (EN bit = 0)
<Slave mode>
(1) (Repetitive) start condition detected
(2) Stop condition detected
(3) When a reserved address is detected (RSA = 1) but an ACK response is not
performed
(4) I2C interface disabled (EN bit = 0)
(5) Bus error generated (BER bit = 1)
During master mode, a repetitive start is executed when "1" is written to this bit.
Writing "0" to this bit is ignored.
Notes:
• Write "1" to SCC bit while master mode is interrupted (MSS = 1, ACT = 1,
INT = 1). If ACT bit is "1", INT bit is cleared to "0" when "1" is written to SCC bit.
• Writing "1" to this bit is disabled during slave mode (MSS = 0, ACT = 1).
• If you write "1" to SCC bit and "0" to MSS bit, MSS bit is prioritized.
• SCC bit is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-3 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) (3 / 4)
Bit name
Function
ACKE:
Data byte
acknowledgment enable
bit
• Setting this bit to "1" will output "L" at an acknowledgment timing.
• If ACT = 1, change this bit when INT bit is "1".
This bit becomes invalid when:
(1) An acknowledgment is performed to an address field other than the reserved
address (auto-generation)
(2) Data is transmitted (RSA = 0, TRX = 1, FBT = 0)
(3) ACK response is always performed when the reception FIFO and slave reception
are enabled (FE = 1, MSS = 0, ACT = 1)
(4) If WSEL bit is "0", and the reception FIFO and master reception are enabled
(FE = 1, MSS = 1, ACT = 1, WSEL = 0), ACK response is performed when
TDRE bit is "0" and NACK response is performed when TDRE bit is "1" (5)
When the reception FIFO is enabled, WSEL = 0, a reserved address is detected,
and slave transmission is enabled (RSA = 1, TRX = 1, FBT = 1), ACK response is
always performed. If you want to perform NACK response, disables the reception
FIFO and set ACKE bit to "0" when interrupting after a reserved address is
detected.
(5) The reception FIFO is enabled, WSEL bit is "1", master reception is enabled, and
the transmission data register has data (FE = 1, MSS = 1, ACT = 1, WSEL = 1,
TDRE = 0)
bit12
WSEL:
Wait selection bit
• This bit generates an interrupt (INT = 1) either before or after the acknowledgment,
and selects whether to have I2C bus waited.
• WSEL bit becomes invalid when:
(1) An interrupt for the 1st byte*1 is generated (INT = 1)
(2) A reserved address is detected (FBT = 1, RSA = 1)
(3) NACK respond*2 is detected while transmitting the data when FIFO is used
(FE = 1, RACK = 1, ACT = 1)
(4) Reception FIFO gets full when using the reception FIFO
*1: 1st byte: Indicates the data after the (repetitive) start condition.
*2: NACK response: Indicates that SDA in the I2C bus is "H" while the
acknowledgment period.
bit11
CNDE:
Condition detection
interrupt enable bit
Enables the generation of an interrupt when the stop conditions or the repetitive start
conditions are detected in master or slave mode (ACT = 1). An interrupt is generated
when RSC or SPC bit in the I2C bus status register (IBSR) is "1" and also this bit is "1".
bit10
INTE:
Interrupt enable bit
Enables an interrupt for the data transmission/reception and the bus error (INT = 0)
when in master or slave mode.
BER:
Bus error detection bit
Indicates that an error is detected on the I2C bus.
Set conditions for BER bit:
(1) A start or stop condition is detected while transmitting the 1st byte *
(2) A (repetitive) start or stop condition is detected at 2nd to 9th bit
(acknowledgment) of the data in the 2nd or subsequent byte
Reset conditions for BER bit:
(1) Write "0" to INT bit when BER = 1
(2) I2C interface disabled (EN = 0)
*: 1st byte: Indicates the data after the (repetitive) start condition.
Note:
Check this bit when the interrupt flag (INT bit) becomes "1" so that you can implement
appropriate measures including retransmission (if it is "1", data is not transmitted or
received successfully).
bit13
bit9
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
379
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-3 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) (4 / 4)
bit8
380
Bit name
Function
INT:
Interrupt flag bit
Sets this flag to "1" when in master or slave mode, after 8 or 9 bit (ACK) of the data
transmission/reception, or upon a bus error. When other than the bus error, SCL is set
to "L" when INT = 1, and SCL released from "L" when INT = 0.
Set conditions for INT bit:
<8th bit>
(1) The reserved address is detected with 1st byte
(2) WSEL bit is "1" and an arbitration lost is detected in the 2nd or subsequent
byte
(3) WSEL bit is "1", and TDRE bit is "1" in the 2nd or subsequent byte during
master operation
(4) WSEL bit is "1", reception FIFO is disabled, and TDRE bit is "1" in the 2nd or
subsequent byte during slave operation
(5) WSEL bit is "1", and TDRE bit is "1" in the 2nd or subsequent byte during
slave operation
<9th bit>
(1) An arbitration lost is detected with 1st byte
(2) NACK is received when other than the stop condition output setting (writing
"0" to MSS bit during master operation)
(3) The reserved address is not detected with 1st byte, and TDRE bit is "1" in the
transmission direction of master or slave mode (TRX = 1)
(4) The reserved address is not detected with 1st byte, and reception FIFO has data
in the reception direction of master or slave mode (TRX = 0) when the
reception FIFO is enabled
(5) The reserved address is not detected with 1st byte, and TDRE bit is "1" in the
reception direction of master or slave mode (TRX = 0) when the reception
FIFO is disabled
(6) WSEL bit is set to "0" and an arbitration lost is detected in the 2nd or
subsequent byte
(7) WSEL bit is set to "0", and TDRE bit is "1" in the 2nd or subsequent byte
during master operation
(8) WSEL bit is set to "0", and TDRE bit is "1" in the 2nd or subsequent byte while
slave transmission
(9) WSEL bit is set to "0" and slave reception is enabled while reception FIFO is
disabled. However, an interrupt is not generated at 9th bit in the slave reception
with 1st byte that detects the reserved address
(10)Reception FIFO gets full in the slave reception when the reception FIFO is
enabled
<Others>
(1) Bus error detection
Reset conditions for INT bit:
(1) Writing "0" to INT bit
(2) Writing "0" to MSS bit when INT = 1 and ACT = 1
(3) Writing "1" to SCC bit when INT = 1 and ACT = 1
Writing "1" to INT bit is ignored.
Notes:
• If you set EN bit to "0", RDRF and INT bits may become "1" depending on the
reception timing. In this case, read the reception data to clear INT bit.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
• If the reception FIFO is enabled, INT bit is not set to "1" even when the reception
FIFO gets full by the master reception operation.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.2
Serial Mode Register (SMR)
The serial mode register (SMR) is used to set the operating mode, enable/disable the
transmission and reception interrupts.
■ Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Figure 15.18-2 shows the bit configuration of the serial mode register (SMR), and Table 15.18-4 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-2 Bit Configuration of Serial Mode Register (SMR)
SMR
bit
7
6
5
4
3
ch.0 000061H
−
MD2 MD1 MD0
RIE
ch.1 000071H
ch.2 000081H
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
ch.3 000091H
ch.4 0000A1H
ch.5 0000B1H
ch.6 0001B1H
ch.7 0001C1H
ch.8 0001D1H
ch.9 0001E1H
ch.A 0001F1H
2
1
0
Initial value
TIE ITST1 ITST0 000-0000B
R/W R/W R/W
ITST
0
1
I2C test bit
Disables I2C test
Enables I2C test
TIE
0
1
Transmission interrupt enable bit
Disables transmission interrupt
Enables transmission interrupt
RIE
0
1
Reception interrupt enable bit
Disables reception interrupt
Enables reception interrupt
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
R/W
: Readable/writable
-
: Unused
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
MD2 MD1 MD0
Operating mode setting bits
0
0
0
Operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
0
0
1
Operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
0
1
0
Operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
1
0
0
Operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
(Note) This section explains the register and operation in the operating mode 4.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
381
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-4 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Mode Register (SMR)
Bit name
Function
bit7
to
bit5
MD2 to MD0:
Operating mode setting
bits
Sets the operating mode.
"000B": Sets to the operating mode 0 (asynchronous normal mode)
"001B": Sets to the operating mode 1 (asynchronous multiprocessor mode)
"010B": Sets to the operating mode 2 (clock synchronous mode)
"100B": Sets to the operating mode 4 (I2C mode)
Notes:
• Any setting other than those above is disabled.
• When switching the operating mode, disables I2C (ISMK:EN = 0) before switching
it.
• Set the operating mode, and then set each register.
bit4
Unused bit
When reading : Values are undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit3
• Enables/disables the output of a reception interrupt request to the CPU.
• A reception interrupt request is output when RIE bit and the reception data flag bit
RIE:
(RDRF) are "1" or when the error flag bit (ORE) is set to "1".
Reception interrupt enable
Note:
bit
If INT bit in the I2C bus control register (IBCR) is used to receive the data, set this bit to
"0".
bit2
TIE:
Transmission interrupt
enable bit
• Enables/disables the output of a transmission interrupt request to the CPU.
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
Note:
If INT bit in the I2C bus control register (IBCR) is used to transmit the data, set this bit
to "0".
ITST1, ITST0:
I2C test bits
These are I2C test bits.
Be sure to set these bits to "0".
Note:
If you set these bits to "1", the test for I2C will be executed.
bit1,
bit0
Note:
Set the operating mode first because the other registers will be initialized once the operating mode
has been changed. However, when IBCR and SMR are written at the same time by 16-bit writing,
the written contents will be reflected on IBCR.
382
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.3
Serial Status Register (SSR)
The serial status register (SSR) is used to check transmission/reception status.
■ Serial Status Register (SSR)
Figure 15.18-3 shows the bit configuration of the serial status register (SSR), and Table 15.18-5 shows the
function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-3 Bit Configuration of Serial Status Register (SSR)
SSR
bit
15
14
13
ch.0 000062H
REC TSET
ch.1 000072H
ch.2 000082H R/W R/W
ch.3 000092H
ch.4 0000A2H
ch.5 0000B2H
ch.6 0001B2H
ch.7 0001C2H
ch.8 0001D2H
ch.9 0001E2H
ch.A 0001F2H
12
−
−
−
−
11
10
9
ORE RDRF TDRE
R
R
R
8
Initial value
−
00--001-B
−
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
TDRE
0
1
Transmission data empty flag bit
Transmission data register (TDR) has data
Transmission data register is empty
RDRF
0
1
Reception data full flag bit
Reception data register (RDR) is empty
Reception data register (RDR) has data
ORE
0
1
Overrun error flag bit
No overrun error
There is an overrun error
Unused bit
Read values are undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
TSET
0
1
REC
R/W : Readable/writable
R
: Read only
: Unused
0
1
Transmission data empty flag set bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
TDRE bit set
Reception error flag clear bit
Write
Read
No effect
Always read "0"
Clears reception error
flag (ORE)
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
383
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-5 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Status Register (SSR) (1 / 2)
Bit name
Function
Clears ORE bit in the serial status register (SSR).
• Writing "1" to this bit clears ORE bit.
• Writing "0" has no effect.
When reading, "0" is always read.
bit15
REC:
Reception error flag clear
bit
bit14
Sets TDRE bit in the serial status register (SSR).
TSET:
• Writing "1" to this bit sets TDRE bit.
Transmission buffer empty
• Writing "0" has no effect.
flag set bit
When reading, "0" is always read.
bit13,
Unused bits
bit12
When reading : Values are undefined.
When writing : No effect.
• When an overrun error occurs while receiving, this bit is set to "1". When you write
"1" to REC bit in the serial status register (SSR), this bit is cleared.
• A reception interrupt request is output when ORE bit and RIE bit are "1".
• Data in the reception data register (RDR) is invalid if this flag is set.
• When this bit is set while using the reception FIFO, the reception data will not be
stored into the reception FIFO.
bit11
ORE:
Overrun error flag bit
bit10
• Indicates the status of the reception data register (RDR).
• A reception interrupt request is output when the reception data flag (RDRF) bit and
RIE bit are "1".
• When the reception data is loaded to RDR, this bit is set to "1". If the reception data
register (RDR) is read, this bit is cleared to "0".
• This bit is set at SCL falling timing of 8th bit of the data.
• This bit is also set by NACK response*.
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" if the reception FIFO has
received a predefined number of data.
RDRF:
Reception data full flag bit • When using the reception FIFO, this bit is cleared to "0" if the reception FIFO gets
empty.
• When using the reception FIFO, if the reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of
the reception baud rate clock (because the reception FIFO has not received a
predefined number of data and some data still remains in the reception FIFO),
RDRF is set to "1" when BER bit is "0". If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again.
*: NACK response: Indicates that SDA in the I2C bus is "H" while the acknowledgment
period.
384
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-5 Function Description of Each Bit in the Serial Status Register (SSR) (2 / 2)
Bit name
Function
bit9
TDRE:
Transmission data empty
flag bit
• Indicates the status of the transmission data register (TDR).
• A transmission interrupt request is output when TIE bit and the TDRE bit are "1".
• When you write a transmission data to TDR, this bit becomes "0" to indicate that
there is some valid data. When the data is loaded to the transmission shift register to
start transmission, this bit becomes "1" to indicate that there is no valid data in
TDR.
• This bit is set when "1" is written to TSET bit in the serial status register (SSR).
When an arbitration lost or bus error is detected, use this bit to set TDRE bit to "1".
bit8
Unused bit
When reading : Values is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
385
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
15.18.4
MB91313A Series
I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR)
I2C bus status register (IBSR) indicates that a repetitive start, acknowledgment, data
direction, arbitration lost, stop condition, I2C bus state, and bus error are detected.
■ I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR)
Figure 15.18-4 shows the bit configuration of the I2C bus status register (IBSR), and Table 15.18-6 shows
the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-4 Bit Configuration of I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR)
IBSR
bit 7
6
5
ch.0 000063H
RSA
FBT
RACK
ch.1 000073H
ch.2 000083H
R
R
R
ch.3 000093H
ch.4 0000A3H
ch.5 0000B3H
ch.6 0001B3H
ch.7 0001C3H
ch.8 0001D3H
ch.9 0001E3H
ch.A 0001F3H
4
3
0
Initial value
TRX
AL
RSC SPC
BB
00000000B
R
R
R/W R/W
R
2
1
BB
0
1
SPC
0
1
R/W : Readable/writable
R
Bus state bit
Bus idle state
Bus transmission/reception state
Stop condition verification bit
Stop condition has not been detected
Arbitration lost is generated when the stop
Master
condition is detected or output
Slave
Stop condition is detected
RSC
0
1
Repetitive start condition verification bit
Repititive start condition has not been detected
Repititive start condition has been detected
AL
0
1
Arbitration lost bit
Arbitration lost is not generated
Arbitration lost is generated
TRX
0
1
Data direction bit
Reception direction
Transmission direction
RSA
0
1
Reserved address detection bit
Reserved address has not been detected
Reserved address has been detected
RACK
0
1
Acknowledgment flag bit
"L" reception
"H" reception
FBT
0
1
First byte bit
Other than first byte
In transmitting or receiving first byte
: Read only
: Initial value
386
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) (1 / 3)
Bit name
bit7
bit6
bit5
Function
FBT:
First byte bit
Indicates First byte.
Set conditions for FBT bit:
(1) (Repetitive) start condition is detected
Clear conditions for FBT bit:
(1) Transmission and reception of 2nd byte
(2) Stop condition is detected
(3) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(4) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
RACK:
Acknowledgment flag bit
The acknowledgment received with First byte or when in master or slave mode is
indicated in this bit.
Update conditions for RACK bit
(1) An acknowledgment when 1st byte
(2) An acknowledgment when in master or slave mode
Clear conditions for RACK bit (RACK = 0)
(1) (Repetitive) start condition is detected
(2) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(3) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
RSA:
Reserved address
detection bit
Indicates that a reserved address is detected.
Set conditions for RSA bit (RSA = 1)
(1) 1st byte is (0000xxxxB) or (1111xxxxB). "x" represents "0" or "1".
Reset conditions for RSA bit (RSA = 0)
(1) (Repetitive) start condition is detected
(2) Stop condition is detected
(3) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(4) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
When RSA bit becomes "1" with 1st byte, the interrupt flag (INT) is set to "1" to
specify SCL to "L" at the falling of SCL of the 8th bit in the 1st byte, regardless of
whether FIFO is enabled or disabled. If you want to read the reception data to operate
as a slave at this point, set ACKE to "1" to clear the interrupt flag (INT) to "0". Then, if
TRX bit is "0", the data is received as a slave. If you do not want to have the data
received, set ACKE bit to "0". Subsequent data will not be received.
Notes:
• If ACKE bit is set to "0" while transmitting the data, setting ACKE bit to "1" is
disabled until a stop or a repetitive start condition is detected.
• Upon the interrupt by detecting the reserved address, the verification of the slave
transmission causes an ACK response when the reception FIFO is enabled, so
disable the reception FIFO and set ACKE bit to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
387
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) (2 / 3)
bit4
bit3
bit2
388
Bit name
Function
TRX:
Data direction bit
Indicates the direction of the data.
Set conditions for TRX bit:
(1) Transmits a (repetitive) start condition in master mode
(2) When 8th bit in 1st byte is "1" in slave mode (transmission direction as a slave)
Reset conditions for TRX bit:
(1) Arbitration lost is generated (AL = 1)
(2) When 8th bit in 1st byte is "0" in slave mode (reception direction as a slave)
(3) When 8th bit in 1st byte is "1" in master mode (reception direction as a master)
(4) Stop condition is detected
(5) (Repetitive) start condition is detected in other than master mode
(6) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(7) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
AL:
Arbitration lost bit
Indicates the arbitration lost.
Set conditions for AL bit:
(1) The output data and received data are different when in master mode
(2) MSS bit is set to "1" but, the register is operating as a slave
(3) A repetitive start condition is detected at 1st bit of the data in the 2nd or
subsequent byte when in master mode
(4) A stop condition is detected at 1st bit of the data in the 2nd or subsequent byte
when in master mode
(5) Trying to generate a (repetitive) start condition but cannot do so when in master
mode
(6) Trying to generate a stop condition but cannot do so when in master mode
Reset conditions for AL bit:
(1) Writing "1" to MSS bit
(2) Writing "0" to INT bit
(3) Writing "0" to SPC bit when AL bit = 1 and SPC bit = 1
(4) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(5) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
RSC:
Repetitive start condition
verification bit
Indicates that a repetitive start condition is detected when in master or slave mode.
Set conditions for RSC bit:
(1) A repetitive start condition is detected after the acknowledgment during the
slave or master mode operation
Reset conditions for RSC bit:
(1) Writing "0" to RSC bit
(2) Writing "1" to MSS bit
(3) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
Writing "1" to this bit is ignored.
Notes:
• While the reception operation is in progress as slave mode by detecting the reserved
address, if the ACK response is not performed, the slave mode is terminated so that
this bit will not be set to "1" even when next repetitive start condition is detected.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-6 Function Description of Each Bit in the I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) (3 / 3)
Bit name
bit1
bit0
Function
Indicates that a stop condition is detected when in master or slave mode.
Set conditions for SPC bit:
(1) A stop condition is detected during the slave or master mode operation
(2) An arbitration lost is generated by the operation to generate a stop condition
when in master mode
Reset conditions for SPC bit:
SPC:
(1) Writing "0" to this bit
Stop condition verification
(2) Writing "1" to MSS bit
bit
(3) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
Writing "1" to this bit is ignored.
Notes:
• While the reception operation is in progress as slave mode by detecting the reserved
address, if the ACK response is not performed, the slave mode is terminated so that
this bit will not be set to "1" even when next stop condition is detected.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
BB:
Bus state bit
CM71-10143-5E
Indicates the state of the bus.
Set conditions for BB bit:
(1) "L" is detected in SDA or SCL in the I2C bus
Reset conditions for BB bit:
(1) Stop condition is detected
(2) I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
(3) Bus error is detected (BER bit = 1)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
389
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
15.18.5
MB91313A Series
Reception/Transmission Data Registers (RDR/TDR)
Reception/transmission data registers are arranged in the same address. When reading,
it functions as the reception data register and when writing, it functions as the
transmission data register.
■ Reception Data Register (RDR)
Figure 15.18-5 shows the bit configuration of the reception data register (RDR).
Figure 15.18-5 Bit Configuration of the Reception Data Register (RDR)
RDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
R: Read only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15...........
000094H
0000B4H
0001C4H
0001E4H
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0 Initial value
D0 00000000B
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Reception data register (RDR) is a data buffer register for serial data reception.
• A serial data signal transmitted to the serial data line (SDA pin) is converted at the shift register and
then stored in this reception data register (RDR).
• When 1st byte* is received, the lowest bit (RDR:D0) becomes the data direction bit.
• When the received data is stored in the reception data register (RDR), the reception data full flag bit
(SSR:RDRF) is set to "1".
• If the reception data register (RDR) is read, the reception data full flag bit (SSR:RDRF) is automatically
cleared to "0".
*: 1st byte: Indicates the data after the (repetitive) start condition.
Notes:
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is set to "1" if the reception FIFO has received a
predefined number of data.
• When using the reception FIFO, RDRF is cleared to "0" if the reception FIFO gets empty.
390
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
■ Transmission Data Register (TDR)
Figure 15.18-6 shows the bit configuration of the transmission data register (TDR).
Figure 15.18-6 Bit Configuration of the Transmission Data Register (TDR)
TDR
ch.0 000064H
ch.2 000084H
ch.4 0000A4H
ch.6 0001B4H
ch.8 0001D4H
ch.A 0001F4H
W: Write only
ch.1
ch.3
ch.5
ch.7
ch.9
000074H bit15...........
000094H
0000B4H
0001C4H
0001E4H
7
D7
6
D6
5
D5
4
D4
3
D3
2
D2
1
D1
0 Initial value
D0 11111111B
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Transmission data register (TDR) is a data buffer register for serial data transmission.
• Data is output to the serial data line (SDA pin) by MSB first of the value in the transmission data
register (TDR).
• When 1st byte is transmitted, the lowest bit (TDR:D0) becomes the data direction bit.
• A transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is cleared to "0" when the transmission data is written into
the transmission data register (TDR).
• Once the data is transferred to the transmission shift register, the transmission data empty flag
(SSR:TDRE) bit is set to "1".
• Write next transmission data when:
• Interrupt flag (INT bit) is "1"
• Bus error is not generated (BER bit = 0)
• Acknowledgment performs ACK response (receive "0" as an acknowledgment)
• If the transmission FIFO is disabled, you cannot write the transmission data to the transmission data
register (TDR) when the data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "0".
• If the transmission FIFO is used, you can write the transmission data up to the size of the transmission
FIFO even when the data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) is "0".
Note:
The transmission data register (TDR) is a write only register and the reception data register (RDR) is
a read only register. These registers are located at the same address, so the read value is different
from the write value. Therefore an instruction that operates read-modify-write (RMW) instruction,
such as INC/DEC, cannot be used.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
391
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
15.18.6
The baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) sets the division ratio for the serial
clock.
■ Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
Figure 15.18-7 shows the bit configuration of the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
Figure 15.18-7 Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0)
BGR
bit
ch.0 000066H
ch.1 000076H
ch.2 000086H
ch.3 000096H
ch.4 0000A6H
ch.5 0000B6H
ch.6 0001B6H
ch.7 0001C6H
ch.8 0001D6H
ch.9 0001E6H
ch.A 0001F6H
15
−
(−)
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
B14
B13
B12
B11
B10
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
-0000000B
00000000B
BGR0
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 0
Writes to the reload counter bits 0 to 7
Reads the value set to BGR0
BGR1
Write
Read
Baud rate generator register 1
Writes to the reload counter bits 8 to 14
Reads the value set to BGR1
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
R/W: Readable/writable
-:
Unused
The baud rate generator registers (BGR) set the division ratio for the serial clock.
BGR1 (supports the upper bits) and BGR0 (supports the lower bits) can write the reload value to count and
read the value set to BGR1/BGR0.
The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
Notes:
• Write to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) by 16-bit access.
• Set the baud rate generator registers when EN bit in the ISMK register is "0".
• Baud rate should be set regardless of master or slave mode.
• In operating mode 4 (I2C mode), the machine clock should be used for 8 MHz or more and setting
over 400 kbps to the baud rate generator is disabled.
392
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.7
7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK)
7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK) is used to compare or set each bit in the slave
address.
■ 7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK)
Figure 15.18-8 shows the bit configuration of the 7-bit slave address register (ISMK), and Table 15.18-7
shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-8 Bit Configuration of 7-bit Slave Mask Register (ISMK)
ISMK bit
ch.0 000068H
ch.1 000078H
ch.2 000088H
ch.3 000098H
ch.4 0000A8H
ch.5 0000B8H
ch.6 0001B8H
ch.7 0001C8H
ch.8 0001D8H
ch.9 0001E8H
ch.A 0001F8H
R/W
15
EN
R/W
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Initial value
SM6 SM5
SM4 SM3 SM2 SM1
SM0 01111111B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
: Readable/writable
R/W
R/W
R/W
SM6 to SM0
0
1
7-bit slave address mask bits
Doesn't compare each bit
Compares each bit
EN
0
1
I2C interface enable bit
Disable
Enable
: Initial value
Table 15.18-7 Function Description of Each Bit in the 7-bit Slave Mask Register (ISMK)
Bit name
bit15
bit14
to
bit8
Function
EN:
I2C interface enable bit
Enables/disables the operation of the I2C interface.
When "0" is set: Disables the operation of the I2C interface.
When "1" is set: Enables the operation of the I2C interface.
Notes:
• This bit is not cleared to "0" even if BER bit in the I2C bus status register (IBSR) is
set to "1".
• Set the baud rate generator when this bit is set to "0".
• Set the 7-bit slave address and 7-bit slave mask registers when this bit is set to "0".
• If EN bit is set to "0" while transmitting, a pulse can be generated in SDA/SCL in the
I2C bus.
• If FIFO is enabled, disable the FIFO then write "0" to EN bit.
SM6 to SM0:
Slave address mask bits
Specifies whether 7-bit slave address and the received address should be the subject of
comparison or not.
The bit set to "1": Compares
The bit set to "0": Processed as if they match
Note:
Set this register when EN bit is "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
393
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
15.18.8
MB91313A Series
7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA)
7-bit slave address register (ISBA) is used to set the slave address.
■ 7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA)
Figure 15.18-9 shows the bit configuration of the 7-bit slave address register (ISBA), and Table 15.18-8
shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-9 Bit Configuration of 7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA)
ISBA bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
ch.0 000069H
ch.1 000079H SAEN SA6 SA5 SA4 SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0 00000000B
ch.2 000089H
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
ch.3 000099H
ch.4 0000A9H
ch.5 0000B9H
ch.6 0001B9H
ch.7 0001C9H
SA
ch.8 0001D9H
ch.9 0001E9H
6 to 0
ch.A 0001F9H
R/W : Readable/writable
: Initial value
Slave address setting bits
7-bit slave addresses
SAEN
0
1
Slave address enable bit
Disable
Enable
Table 15.18-8 Function Description of Each Bit in the 7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA)
Bit name
bit7
bit6
to
bit0
394
Function
SAEN:
Slave address enable bit
Enables the detection of the slave address.
When "0" is set: Does not detect the slave address.
When "1" is set: Compares between the setting of ISBA and ISMK and 1st byte of the
received data.
SA6 to SA0:
7-bit slave addresses
• If the detection of the slave address is enabled (SAEN = 1), 7-bit slave address
register (ISBA) compares with the 7-bit of data received after the (repetitive) start
condition is detected. If they match each other, this register operates as slave mode
and outputs an ACK. At this point, the received slave address is set to this register
(ACK is not output when SAEN = 0).
• The address bit of which ISMK register is set to "0" is not the subject of
comparison.
Notes:
• Setting the reserved address is disabled.
• Set this register when EN bit in the ISMK register is "0".
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.9
FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) sets the test for FIFO, specifies the transmission/
reception FIFO, enables the transmission FIFO interrupt, and controls the interrupt flag.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
Figure 15.18-10 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1), and Table 15.18-9
shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-10 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
FCR1
bit
15
14
ch.0 00006AH FTST1 FTST0
ch.1 00007AH
ch.2 00008AH R/W R/W
13
−
(−)
12
11
10
9
FLSTE FRIIE FDRQ FTIE
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
8
FSEL
Initial value
00-00100B
R/W
FSEL
FIFO selection bit
0
1
Transmission FIFO: FIFO1, Reception FIFO: FIFO2
Transmission FIFO: FIFO2, Reception FIFO: FIFO1
FTIE
0
1
Transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit
Disables the transmission FIFO interrupt
Enables the transmission FIFO interrupt
FDRQ
0
1
Transmission FIFO data request bit
Does not request the transmission FIFO data
Requests the transmission FIFO data
FRIIE
0
1
Reception FIFO idle detection enable bit
Disables the reception FIFO idle detection
Enables the reception FIFO idle detection
FLSTE
0
1
Retransmission data lost detection enable bit
Disables the data lost detection
Enables the data lost detection
Unused bit
Read value is undefined. Writing has no effect on operation.
R/W
-
: Readable/writable
: Unused
FTST1, 0
00B
Other than 00B
FIFO test bits
Disables FIFO test
Prohibited setting
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
395
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-9 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 1 (FCR1)
Bit name
Function
bit15, FTST1, FTST0:
bit14 FIFO test bits
These are the test bits for FIFO.
Be sure to set these bits to "0".
Note:
If you set these bits to "1", the test for FIFO will be executed.
bit13
Unused bit
When reading : Values is undefined.
When writing : No effect.
bit12
FLSTE:
Retransmission data lost
detection enable bit
Enables data lost detection.
When "0" is set: Disables data lost detection.
When "1" is set: Enables data lost detection.
Note:
When you set this bit to "1", set FSET bit to "1" before doing so.
bit11
FRIIE:
Reception FIFO idle
detection enable bit
Unused bit
Specifies whether to detect the reception idle state that continues over 8-bit time with
the reception FIFO holding valid data. If the reception interrupt is enabled (SMR:RIE =
1), a reception interrupt occurs when the reception idle state is detected.
When "0" is set: Disables the reception idle state detection.
When "1" is set: Enables the reception idle state detection.
bit10
FDRQ:
Transmission FIFO data
request bit
This is a data request bit for the transmission FIFO.
When this bit is set to "1", it indicates that the transmission data is being requested. A
transmission FIFO interrupt request is output when this bit is "1" and the transmission
interrupt is enabled (FTIE = 1).
FDRQ set condition
• FBYTE (for transmission) = 0 (transmission FIFO is empty)
• Reset the transmission FIFO
FDRQ reset condition
• Writing "0" to this bit
• The transmission FIFO gets full
Notes:
• When FBYTE (for transmission) = 0, writing "0" to this bit is disabled.
• When this bit is set to "0", change of FSEL bit is disabled.
• Setting "1" to this bit has no effect on the operations.
• "1" is read by a read-modify-write (RMW) instruction.
bit9
FTIE:
Transmission FIFO
interrupt enable bit
This is an interrupt enable bit for the transmission FIFO. If this bit is set to "1", an
interrupt occurs when FDRQ bit is "1".
FSEL:
FIFO selection bit
Selects the transmission/reception FIFO.
When "0" is set: Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO1 and the reception
FIFO:FIFO2.
When "1" is set: Assigns the transmission FIFO:FIFO2 and the reception
FIFO:FIFO1.
Notes:
• This bit cannot be cleared by the FIFO reset (FCL2, FCL1 = 1).
• When you want to change this bit, disable FIFO operation (FE2, FE1 = 0) and any
transmission/reception (TXE = RXE = 0) first.
bit8
396
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.10 FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FIFO control register 0 (FCR0) enables/disables FIFO operation, performs FIFO reset,
saves the read pointer, and sets the retransmission.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
Figure 15.18-11 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO control register 0 (FCR0), and Table 15.18-10
shows the function of each bit.
Figure 15.18-11 Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0)
FCR0
bit
ch.0 00006BH
ch.1 00007BH
ch.2 00008BH
7
−
(−)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FLST FLD FSET FCL2 FCL1 FE2
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
FE1
0
1
FIFO1 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO1 operation
Enables FIFO0 operation
FE2
0
1
FIFO2 operation enable bit
Disables FIFO2 operation
Enables FIFO2 operation
FCL1
0
1
FCL2
0
1
R/W : Readable/writable
: Read only
R
: Unused
: Initial value
CM71-10143-5E
Initial value
FE1 00000000B
FIFO1 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO1 reset
Read
Always read "0"
FIFO2 reset bit
Write
No effect
FIFO2 reset
Read
Always read "0"
FSET
0
1
FIFO pointer save bit
Does not save
Executes save
FLD
0
1
FIFO pointer reload bit
Does not reload
Executes reload
FLST
0
1
FIFO retransmission data lost flag bit
Disables the data lost
Enables the data lost
Unused bit
When reading, "0" is always read. When writing, "0" is always written.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
397
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.18-10 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (1 / 2)
Bit name
Function
Unused bit
When reading : "0" is always read.
When writing : Always write "0".
FLST:
FIFO retransmission
data lost flag bit
Indicates that retransmission data of the transmission FIFO has been lost.
FLST set condition
• Writing to FIFO when FLSTE bit in the FIFO control register 1 (FCR1) is "1" and also the
write pointer of the transmission FIFO and the read pointer saved by FSET bit match each
other.
FLST reset condition
• FIFO reset (writing "1" into FCL)
• When writing "1" to FSET bit
Setting this bit to "1" overwrites the data indicated by the read pointer saved with FSET bit,
therefore FLD bit cannot set the retransmission when an error occurs. If you retransmit with
this bit set to "1", perform FIFO reset and write the data again into FIFO.
bit5
FLD:
FIFO pointer reload
bit
Reloads the data saved to the transmission FIFO by FSET bit to the read pointer. This bit is
used for the retransmission due to a communication error.
When a retransmission setting is completed, this bit becomes "0".
Notes:
• As long as this bit is set to "1", this bit is reloading to the read pointer. Therefore, do not
write anything other than FIFO reset.
• Setting this bit to "1" is disabled while transmitting or being in FIFO enabled state.
• Set TIE bit to "0", and then write "1" into this bit. After you enabled the transmission FIFO,
set TIE bit to "1".
bit4
Saves the read pointer of the transmission FIFO.
Once you save the read pointer before communication, when FLST bit is "0" it is possible to
retransmit in the case a communication error.
FSET:
When "1" is set: Retains the current value set to the read pointer.
FIFO pointer save bit
When "0" is set: No effect.
Note:
Set this bit to "1" when the number of bytes for transmission (FBYTE) indicates "0".
bit3
FCL2:
FIFO2 reset bit
Resets FIFO2.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO2 is initialized.
Only the FLST bit in the FIFO control register 0 (FCR0) is initialized and the other bits in the
FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables FIFO2 before performing FIFO2 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE2 register becomes "0".
FCL1:
FIFO1 reset bit
Resets FIFO1.
If you set this bit to "1", the internal state of FIFO1 is initialized.
Only the FLST bit in the FIFO control register 0 (FCR0) is initialized and the other bits in the
FCR1/FCR0 registers remain unchanged.
Notes:
• Disables FIFO1 before performing FIFO1 reset.
• Set the transmission FIFO interrupt enable bit to "0" first.
• The number of the valid data in the FBYTE1 register becomes "0".
bit7
bit6
bit2
398
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
Table 15.18-10 Function Description of Each Bit in the FIFO Control Register 0 (FCR0) (2 / 2)
Bit name
bit1
bit0
Function
FE2:
FIFO2 operation
enable bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO2.
• When using FIFO2, set this bit to "1".
• When specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• If using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the transmission data is
empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the
reception data is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO2 is disabled, the state of FIFO2 is still retained.
Notes:
• Enable/disable the operation when BB bit is "0" or INT bit is "1".
• When specified as a reception FIFO, the reserved address is detected, and it operates as a
slave transmission, set this bit to "0" with the interrupt generated by detecting the reserved
address and ACKE to "0".
• If the RDRF bit in SSR is set to "1" when the device is used as the reception FIFO and this
bit is switched from "1" to "0", the reception FIFO will not be disabled until the RDRF bit is
set to "0".
• To switch this bit from "0" to "1", set the TIE bit to "0" first, write "1" to this bit and then set
the TIE bit to "1", when the device is used as the transmission FIFO and FIFO2 contains
data.
FE1:
FIFO1 operation
enable bit
Enables/disables the operation of FIFO1.
• When using FIFO1, set this bit to "1".
• When specified as a reception FIFO by FSEL bit, a reception error clears this bit to "0".
You cannot set this bit to "1" until the reception error is cleared.
• If using as the transmission FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the transmission data is
empty (TDRE = 1). If using as the reception FIFO, set "1" or "0" to this bit when the
reception data is empty (RDRF = 0).
• Even if FIFO1 is disabled, the state of FIFO1 is still retained.
Notes:
• Enable/disable the operation when BB bit is "0" or INT bit is "1".
• When specified as a reception FIFO, the reserved address is detected, and it operates as a
slave transmission, set this bit to "0" with the interrupt generated by detecting the reserved
address and ACKE to "0".
• If the RDRF bit in SSR is set to "1" when the device is used as the reception FIFO and this
bit is switched from "1" to "0", the reception FIFO will not be disabled until the RDRF bit is
set to "0".
• To switch this bit from "0" to "1", set the TIE bit to "0" first, write "1" to this bit and then set
the TIE bit to "1", when the device is used as the transmission FIFO and FIFO1 contains
data.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
399
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
15.18.11 FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data for FIFO. In addition, it
can specify whether to generate a reception interrupt when the predefined number of
data has been received at the reception FIFO.
■ Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
Figure 15.18-12 shows the bit configuration of the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
Figure 15.18-12 Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register (FBYTE)
FBYTE
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
ch.0 00006CH
ch.1 00007CH FD15 FD14 FD13 FD12 FD11 FD10 FD9
ch.2 00008CH
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FD8
FD7
FD8
FD5
FD4
FD3
FD2
FD1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Initial value
0
FD0 00000000B
00000000B
R/W
FBYTE1
Write
Read
FIFO1 data number display bit
Sets the transfer count
Reads the number of valid data
FBYTE2
Write
Read
FIFO2 data number display bit
Sets the transfer count
Reads the number of valid data
R/W: Readable/writable
Read (number of valid data)
When transmitting: The number of data that are written into FIFO and have not transmitted yet.
When receiving: The number of data that are received at FIFO.
Write (transfer count)
When transmitting: Sets "00H".
When receiving: Sets the number of data that generates a reception interrupt.
FIFO byte register (FBYTE) indicates the number of valid data of FIFO. The number varies as follows,
depending on the setting of FSEL bit in the FCR1 register.
Table 15.18-11 The Number of Data Displayed
FSEL
FIFO selection
The number of data displayed
0
FIFO2: Reception FIFO, FIFO1: Transmission FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
1
FIFO2: Transmission FIFO, FIFO1: Reception FIFO
FIFO2: FBYTE2, FIFO1: FBYTE1
• The initial value of the transfer count of the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) is "08H".
• Set the number of data to generate a reception interrupt flag to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO. An
interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the defined transfer count matches with the number of data
displayed in the FIFO byte register (FBYTE).
400
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.18 Registers of the I2C Interface
• If the reception FIFO idle detection enable bit (FRIIE) is "1" and the number of data that exists in the
reception FIFO has not reached the transfer count, the interrupt flag (RDRF) is set to "1" when the
reception idle state continues over 8 clocks of the baud rate clock. If you read the RDR while counting 8
clocks, the counter is reset to "0" and start counting 8 clocks all over again. The counter is reset to "0"
when the reception FIFO is disabled. When the reception FIFO that has still some data is enabled, it
starts counting all over again.
• To receive the data with the master operation (master reception), set TIE bit to "0", specify the number
of data to receive in the FIFO byte register (FBYTE) of the transmission FIFO, and write "0" to FDRQ
bit. The specified number of data for SCL clocks are output, and then INT bit becomes "1". If you want
to set TIE bit to "1", wait until FDRQ bit becomes "1".
Notes:
• In the master operation, set "00H" to FBYTE of the transmission FIFO except that data is
received.
• When receiving data with the master operation, set the number of transmission data when the
transmission FIFO is empty and also TIE bit is set to "0".
• If you want to disable the I2C interface (EN = 0) while receiving the data with the master
operation, disable the transmission and reception FIFO before disabling the interface.
• Set a data more than "1" to the FBYTE in the reception FIFO.
• Disable the transmission and reception before you change the setting.
• You cannot use any read-modify-write (RMW) instruction to this register.
• The setting that exceeds the FIFO size is disabled.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
401
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.19 Interrupts of the I2C Interface
15.19
MB91313A Series
Interrupts of the I2C Interface
An interrupt request of the I2C interface can be generated by the following sources:
• After 1st byte/data is transmitted and received
• Stop conditions
• Repetitive start conditions
• FIFO transmission data request
• FIFO reception data is completed
■ Interrupts of the I2C Interface
Table 15.19-1 shows the I2C interface interrupt control bit and the interrupt source.
402
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.19 Interrupts of the I2C Interface
MB91313A Series
Table 15.19-1 I2C Interface Interrupt Control Bit and Interrupt Source
Interrupt
type
Interrupt
Flag
request flag
register
bit
Interrupt source
Interrupt
source
enable bit
How to clear the interrupt request
flag
After 1st byte is transmitted
and received*1
After the data is transmitted
and received*1
Write "0" to the interrupt flag bit
(IBCR:INT)
Bus error has been detected
INT
IBCR
Arbitration lost has been
detected
IBCR:INTE
The value set to FBYTE is
received
Read the reception data (RDR) until
the reception FIFO gets empty, and
then write "0" to the interrupt flag
bit (IBCR:INT)
The reception idle state that
continues over 8-bit time has
been detected with the
reception FIFO holding valid
data when FRIIE bit is "1"
Reception
Reserved address has been
detected
RDRF
SSR
Read reception data (RDR)
After the data is received
The value set to FBYTE is
received
SMR:RIE
Read reception data (RDR) until the
reception FIFO gets empty
ORE
SSR
Overrun error
Write "1" to the reception error flag
bit (SSR:REC)
SPC
IBSR
Stop conditions
Write "0" to the stop condition
detection bit
IBCR:CNDE
RSC
IBSR
Write "0" to the repetitive start
detection flag bit (IBSR:RSC)
Repetitive start conditions
Transmission register is empty
TDRE
SSR
FDRQ
FCR1
Transmission
"1" is written to the
transmission buffer empty flag
set bit (SSR:TSET)
SMR:TIE
Write to the transmission data
(TDR), or write "1" to the
transmission FIFO operation enable
bit when it is "0" and the
transmission FIFO has a valid data
(retransmission)*2
Transmission FIFO is empty
FCR1:FTIE
Write "0" to the FIFO transmission
data request bit, or the transmission
FIFO is full
*1: If normal data can be transmitted and received and TDRE bit is "0", no interrupt is generated. This is because the DMA
transfer is supported.
If you want INT flag to be generated on the data transmission/reception, TDRE bit must be "1" before the timing when
the INT flag is set.
*2: Set TIE bit to "1" after TDRE bit has become "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
403
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
15.20
MB91313A Series
Operations of I2C Interface Communication
I2C interface uses 2 bidirectional bus lines, the serial data line (SDA) and the serial
clock line (SCL), for communication.
■ I2C Bus Start Condition
The figure below shows the start condition for I2C bus.
Figure 15.20-1 Start Condition
SDA
SCL
Start condition
■ I2C Bus Stop Condition
The figure below shows the stop condition for I2C bus.
Figure 15.20-2 Stop Condition
SDA
SCL
Stop condition
■ I2C Bus Repetitive Start Condition
The figure below shows the repetitive start condition for I2C bus.
Figure 15.20-3 Repetitive Start Condition
SDA
SCL
ACK
Repetitive
start condition
404
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
ACK: Acknowledgment
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
15.20.1
Master Mode
Master mode gets I2C bus to generate a start condition and outputs the clock to I2C bus.
If I2C bus is in the idle state (SCL = "H", SDA =" H"), the master mode is selected when
"1" is set to MSS bit in the IBCR register, and ACT bit in the IBCR register becomes "1".
■ Generation of the Start Condition
A start condition is output under the following condition:
When SDA = "H", SCL = "H", EN = 1, and BB = 0, ACT bit is set to "1" if "1" is written to MSS bit and a
start condition is output to I2C bus. Then, once the start condition is received, BB bit is set to "1",
indicating that I2C bus is on the communication (See, Figure 15.20-4).
Figure 15.20-4 Relationship Between Start Condition and Each Bit
Start condition
SDA
A6
A5
SCL
1
2
BB bit
MSS bit
Writing "1"
ACT bit
TRX bit
FBT bit
TDRE bit
Note:
In operating mode 4 (I2C mode), the machine clock should be used for 8 MHz or more and setting
over 400 kbps to the baud rate generator is disabled.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
405
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
■ Slave Address Output
When the start condition is output, the data set in the TDR register is output from bit7 as the address. If
FIFO is enabled, the first data written to TDR is output. bit0 is used as the data direction bit (R/W). When
the data direction bit (R/W) is "0", the data indicates the write direction (master → slave). Set the address
for the TDR register before "1" is written to MSS or SCC.
Figure 15.20-5 and Figure 15.20-6 show the output timing of the address and data direction.
Figure 15.20-5 Address and Data Direction (When FIFO is Disabled)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SCL
SDA
A6(D7) A5(D6) A4(D5) A3(D4) A2(D3) A1(D2) A0(D1) R/W(D0) ACK
BB bit
MSS bit*
TDRE bit
INT bit
<Reserved address is detected>
RSA bit
RDRF bit
INT bit
SCL is "L" as long as INT is "1"
A6 to A0: Address
D7 to D0: TDR register bit
R/W: Data direction ("L": write direction)
ACK: Acknowledgment ("L": acknowledgment, output from slave)
*: Set the address for the TDR register before "1" is written to MSS bit.
406
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-6 Address and Data Direction (When Transmission/Reception FIFO are Enabled)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SCL
SDA
A6(D7) A5(D6) A4(D5) A3(D4) A2(D3) A1(D2) A0(D1) R/W(D0)
ACK
BB bit
MSS bit*1
INT bit*2
<Reserved address is detected>
RSA bit
RDRF bit
INT bit
A6 to A0: Address
SCL is "L" as long as INT is "1"
D7 to D0: TDR register bit
R/W: Data direction ("L": write direction)
ACK: Acknowledgment ("L": acknowledgment, output from slave)
*1: Set the address for the TDR register before "1" is written to MSS bit.
*2: When acknowledgment is "L", R/W = "L", and transmission FIFO has data, or when acknowledgment is
"L", R/W = "H", and reception FIFO has no data, INT bit doesn't become "1".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
407
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
■ Acknowledgment Reception by Transmitting First Byte
When the data direction bit (R/W) is output, I2C interface receives the acknowledgment from the slave. The
table below shows the operation when FIFO is enabled and when FIFO is disabled.
Table 15.20-1 Operation after Acknowledgment is Received (RSA bit = 0)
Transmission
FIFO
Reception
FIFO
State of
the
transmission FIFO
State of the
reception
FIFO
Data direction
bit
(R/W)
0
Disable
Disable
-
1
No data
0
Disable
Enable
-
Disable
-
408
INT bit is set to "1"
and wait.
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
-
1
-
0
-
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
No data
Enable
Acknowledgment
is NACK
INT bit is set to "1" and wait.
1
Enable
Acknowledgment is ACK
There is data
0
Enable
Operation right after the acknowledgment is
received
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
INT bit is set to "1"
and wait.
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
There is data
INT bit is set to "1" and wait.
-
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
1
INT bit is set to "1"
and wait.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
INT bit is set to "1"
and wait.
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
● FIFO disabled (both transmission and reception FIFOs are disabled)
• When RSA bit is "0", the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is retained as "L" to wait if
TDRE bit is "1" after the acknowledgment is received. To release the wait, write "0" to the interrupt
flag. If TDRE bit is "0", the clock is generated to SCL instead of setting "1" to the interrupt flag when
ACK is received.
• When RSA bit is "1", the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is retained as "L" to wait after the
reserved address is received (before the acknowledgment). After RDR register is read, the interrupt flag
becomes "0" to release the wait when you set ACKE bit and the transmission data, and write "0" to the
interrupt flag.
• The received acknowledgment is set to RACK bit. If you check the RACK bit during the wait and it is
NACK, write "0" to MSS bit or "1" to SCC bit in order to generate a stop or repetitive start condition.
At this point, INT bit is automatically cleared to "0".
● FIFO enabled
• FIFO should be set as follows before "1" is set to MSS bit.
- When transmitting to slave (data direction bit = 0), data including slave address should be set to the
transmission FIFO
- When receiving data from slave (data direction bit = 1), specify the number of data to be received to
the FIFO byte count register, and write to the transmission data register using slave address, data
direction bit, and the number of dummy data that you want to receive.
• When RSA bit is "0", the data is transmitted and received according to the data direction bit, instead of
setting the interrupt flag bit (INT) to "1" after the acknowledgment is received and it is ACK (no wait).
If it is NACK, the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is retained as "L" to wait.
• The received acknowledgment is stored to RACK bit. If you check the RACK bit during the wait and it
is NACK, write "0" to MSS bit or "1" to SCC bit in order to generate a stop or repetitive start condition.
At this point, INT bit is automatically cleared to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
409
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-7 Acknowledgment (When FIFO is Disabled, RSA = 0, and ACK Response)
"L" because of INT bit
Data
SCL
SDA
R/W
ACK
Writing "0"
INT bit
RACK bit
FBT bit
Write to TDR register
TDRE bit
The wait for the address is generated:
• After the reception of the acknowledgment when RSA bit is "0"
• Before the reception of the acknowledgment when RSA bit is "1"
These are independent of the WSEL setting.
Figure 15.20-8 Acknowledgment (When FIFO is Disabled, RSA = 0, and NACK Response)
"L" because of INT bit
SCL
SDA
R/W
NACK
Writing "0"
Stop condition
INT bit
MSS bit
RACK bit
FBT bit
410
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-9 Acknowledgment (When FIFO is Disabled, RSA = 1, and ACK Response)
"L" because of INT bit
Data
SCL
SDA
R/W
ACK
Writing "0"
INT bit
RACK bit
FBT bit
RSA bit
Reading the RDR register
RDRF bit
Figure 15.20-10 Acknowledgment (When FIFO is Disabled, RSA = 1, and NACK Response)
"L" because of INT bit
SCL
SDA
R/W
NACK
Writing "0"
Stop condition
INT bit
MSS bit
RACK bit
FBT bit
RSA bit
Reading the RDR register
RDRF bit
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
411
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-11 Acknowledgment (When FIFO is Enabled, Transmission FIFO Has Data, Reception FIFO
Has No Data, RSA = 0, and ACK Response)
Data
SCL
SDA
R/W
ACK
INT bit
RACK bit
FBT bit
TDRE bit
■ Data Transmission by Master
When the data direction bit (R/W) is "0", data is transmitted from the master. Slave responds ACK or
NACK on every 1 byte transmission.
The wait is generated at the following point depending on the setting for WSEL bit:
Table 15.20-2 WSEL Bit When Transmitting Master Data
WSEL bit
Operation
0
In the 2nd or subsequent byte, the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "0" and SCL is set to "L" to go into the wait
state when TDRE bit is "1" or after the acknowledgment on the arbitration lost detection. The interrupt flag
bit (INT) is set to "1" to go into the wait state after the acknowledgment if FIFO is enabled, or after the
acknowledgment when the arbitration lost is detected or the transmission data register has no longer valid
data (TDRE = 1).
1
In the 2nd or subsequent byte, the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is set to "L" to go into the wait
state when TDRE bit is "1" or after the master transmitted 1 byte data on the arbitration lost detection. The
interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" to go into the wait state after the data is transmitted when the arbitration
lost is detected or the transmission data register has no longer valid data (TDRE = 1), if FIFO is enabled.
However, the interrupt flag (INT) is set after the acknowledgment regardless of the WSEL setting in the
following case:
412
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
NACK is received other than when the stop conditions are set (MSS = 0, ACT= 1)
An example of procedure to transmit the data to the slave is described below:
● When transmitting to other than the reserved address
• When the transmission FIFO is disabled
(1) Set the slave address (including the data direction bit) to the TDR register, and write "1" to MSS
bit.
(2) After the slave address is transmitted, ACK is received and the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1".
(3) Write the data to transmit to the TDR register.
(4) Write "0" to the interrupt flag (INT) together with the update of WSEL bit to release the wait of
I2C bus.
(5) Put the I2C bus in a wait by setting the interrupt flag to "1", after receiving an acknowledge upon
the transmission of one byte when WSEL is set to "0", or immediately after one byte has been
transmitted when WSEL is set to "1". Repeat (2) to (4) until the predefined number of data is
transmitted. However, another interrupt occurs upon the reception of an acknowledge, causing the
bus to wait, when a NACK is received after the wait is cancelled with WSEL set to "1".
(6) Set MSS bit to "0" or SCC bit to "1" to generate a stop or repetitive start condition.
• When the transmission FIFO is enabled
(1) Write the slave address (including the data direction bit) and the transmission data to the TDR
register.
(2) Write "1" to MSS bit along with setting up WSEL bit.
(3) Set the interrupt flag bit (INT) to "1" to wait the I2C bus right after the NACK is received during
transmission. Set the interrupt flag to "1" to wait the I2C bus according to the setting for WSEL
after the last byte is transmitted when all ACK responses are received.
(4) Generate a stop condition by writing "0" to MSS bit.
● When transmitting to the reserved address
• When the transmission FIFO is disabled
(1) Set the reserved address as a slave address to the TDR register, and write "1" to MSS bit.
(2) Once the slave address is transmitted, the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1".
(3) Read the RDR register and verify the reserved address.*
(4) Write the data to transmit to the TDR register.
(5) Write "0" to the interrupt flag (INT) together with the update of WSEL bit to release the wait of
I2C bus.
(6) Put the I2C bus in a wait by setting the interrupt flag to "1", after receiving an acknowledge upon
the transmission of one byte when WSEL is set to "0", or immediately after one byte has been
transmitted when WSEL is set to "1". Repeat (4) to (6) until the predefined number of data is
transmitted. However, another interrupt occurs upon the reception of an acknowledge, causing the
bus to wait, when a NACK is received after the wait is cancelled with WSEL set to "1".
(7) Set MSS bit to "0" or SCC bit to "1" to generate a stop or repetitive start condition.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
413
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
• When the transmission FIFO is enabled
(1) Set the reserved address as a slave address to the TDR register, and write "1" to MSS bit.
(2) Once the slave address is transmitted, the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1".
(3) Read the RDR register and verify the reserved address.*
(4) Write all transmission data to the TDR register (until the transmission FIFO gets full, if possible).
(5) Set the interrupt flag bit (INT) to "1" to wait the I2C bus right after the NACK is received during
transmission. Set the interrupt flag to "1" to wait the I2C bus according to the setting for WSEL
after the last byte is transmitted when all ACK responses are received.
(6) Set MSS bit to "0" or SCC bit to "1" to generate a stop or repetitive start condition.
*: Set ACKE and WSEL bits to "1" to verify whether to operate as a master or a slave on next data if an
arbitration lost is generated and there is a possibility to operate as a slave when the reserved address is a
general call in the multi-master.
Notes:
• Change IBCR register during transmission and reception, when the interrupt flag (INT) is "1".
• WSEL bit is changed, which is used as a generation condition of an interrupt flag (INT) for next
data.
• If the transmission data is written to the TDR register when transmitting the data (TDRE = 1) and
the ACK response is detected, the interrupt flag (INT) will not become "1" and the written data is
transmitted instead.
• If the transmission data is written to the TDR register when transmitting the data (TDRE = 1) and
the ACK response is detected, the interrupt flag (INT) will not become "1" and only RDRF
becomes "1" instead (if the number of data set to the FBYTE register are received when the
reception FIFO is enabled).
414
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-12 Interrupt of Master by Disabling FIFO (1) (WSEL = 0, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK P or Sr
(2)
(3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission + acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission + acknowledgment reception
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
Figure 15.20-13 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Disabling FIFO (2)
(WSEL = 1, RSA = 0, ACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK P or Sr
(3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
415
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-14 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Disabling FIFO (3)
(WSEL = 1, RSA = 0, NACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
(1)
ACK
Data
(2)
ACK
Data
(2)
NACK
P or Sr
(3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
Figure 15.20-15 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Disabling FIFO (4)
(WSEL = 1, RSA = 0, Halfway NACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
NACK
P or Sr
(2) (3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(3) An interrupt generated by NACK response
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
416
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-16 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Disabling FIFO (5)
(WSEL = 1 → 0, RSA = 0, ACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
ACK
Data
(2)
ACK P or Sr
(3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to the transmission buffer
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Write INT = 0 and WSEL = 0 after the transmission data is written to the transmission buffer
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
Figure 15.20-17 Interrupt of Master by Disabling FIFO (6) (WSEL = 0, RSA = 1)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK
Data
ACK P or Sr
(2)
(3)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address (reserved address) transmission
+ direction bit transmission + acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission + acknowledgment reception
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to TDR register
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte transmission + acknowledgment reception
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
417
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-18 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Enabling FIFO (7)
(WSEL = 0, RSA = 0, ACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK P or Sr
(1)
(2)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated because the transmission FIFO is empty
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to the transmission FIFO
(2) An interrupt generated by the last byte transmission (transmission FIFO is empty)
+ acknowledgment reception
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
Figure 15.20-19 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Enabling FIFO (8) (WSEL = 1, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
(1)
Data
ACK P or Sr
(2)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated because the transmission FIFO is empty
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to the transmission FIFO
(2) An interrupt generated by the last byte transmission (transmission FIFO is empty)
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
418
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-20 Interrupt of Master Transmission by Enabling FIFO (9)
(WSEL = 1, RSA = 0, NACK Response)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
NACK
(1)
P or Sr
(2)
S : Start condition
W : Data direction bit (Write direction)
P : Stop condition
Sr : Repetitive start condition
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated because the transmission FIFO is empty
- Write INT = 0 after the transmission data is written to the transmission FIFO
(2) An interrupt generated by NACK response
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
419
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
■ Data Reception by Master
When the data direction bit (R/W) is "1", the data transmitted from the slave is received.
When FIFO is disabled, master generates a wait every 1 byte received (INT = 1, RDRF = 1) if TDRE bit is
"1", and performs ACK or NACK response with the setting for ACKE bit in the IBCR register according to
WSEL bit. If TDRE bit is "0", next data is received instead of generating a wait (INT = 0) when ACK
response is performed with the setting for ACKE bit in the IBCR register, or a wait is generated when
NACK response is performed (INT = 1).
When FIFO is enabled, RDRF bit is set once the same number of bytes as the defined number of reception
byte is received. Set the interrupt flag when TDRE bit is "1" to wait the I2C bus. NACK response is
performed to set the interrupt flag to "1" when TDRE bit becomes "1" if WSEL = 0. When WSEL = 1, a
wait is generated after the last byte is received. Set ACKE bit during the wait, and then ACK or NACK
response is performed according to the setting for ACKE bit once the interrupt flag is cleared to "0". The
data is stored to the reception FIFO as the reception data even if NACK is output.
See the table below about the wait generated by the interrupt:
Table 15.20-3 WSEL Bit When Receiving Master Data
WSEL bit
Operation
0
In the 2nd or subsequent byte, the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is set to "L" to go into the wait
state after the acknowledgment when TDRE bit is "1".
1
In the 2nd or subsequent byte, the interrupt flag bit (INT) is set to "1" and SCL is set to "L" to go into the wait
state after the master received 1 byte data when TDRE bit is "1
An example of procedure to receive the data from the slave is described below:
• When the reception FIFO is disabled
(1) Set the slave address (including the data direction bit) to the TDR register, and write "1" to MSS
bit.
(2) After the slave address is transmitted, ACK is received and the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1".
(3) Write "0" to the interrupt flag bit (INT) together with the update of WSEL bit to release the wait of
I2C bus.
(4) Put the I2C bus in a wait by setting the interrupt flag to "1", after transmitting an acknowledge
upon the reception of one byte when WSEL is set to "0", or immediately after one byte has been
received when WSEL is set to "1". Repeat (2) to (4) until the predefined number of data is
received.
(5) Output NACK and set MSS bit to "0" or SCC bit to "1" to generate a stop or repetitive start
condition after the last data is received.
420
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
• When the transmission and reception FIFO is enabled
(1) Write the slave address (including the data direction bit) to the TDR register.
(2) Set the number of data to be received to the FBYTE register.
(3) Write "1" to MSS bit.
(4) ACK response is performed and receiving is continued as long as TDRE bit is "0". RDRF becomes
"1" once the amount of data predefined to the FBYTE is received during this receiving period.
RDR register is read when RDRF bit becomes "1".
(5) Set the interrupt flag to "1" to wait the I2C bus after NACK is output when WSEL = 0, or right
after 1st byte is received when WSEL = 0 once TDRE bit becomes "1".
(6) Set MSS bit to "0" or SCC bit to "1" to generate a stop or repetitive start condition after ACKE bit
is set to "0" when WSEL = 1, or regardless of the setting for ACKE bit when WSEL = 0.
Notes:
• When TDRE bit is "0", even if an overrun error is generated, the acknowledgment is output
according to the setting for ACKE bit and the following processes are executed:
• Change IBCR register during transmission and reception, when the interrupt flag (INT) is "1".
• The interrupt flag (INT) remains "0" and next data is received when a dummy data is written to the
TDR register and TDRE bit is "0" at the timing when the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1" in master
reception.
• If data is received when the reception FIFO is enabled and WSEL = 0, RDRF bit becomes "1"
after the last bit is received and the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1" after ACK is transmitted.
Figure 15.20-21 Interrupt of Master Reception by Disabling FIFO (1) (WSEL = 0, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
R ACK
Data
ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
Data
(2)
NACK
P or Sr
(3)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Interrupt is cleared to "0" by writing INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + acknowledgment transmission
- Set ACKE = 0 and then write INT = 0 after the reception data is read
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + acknowledgment transmission
- Set MSS = 0 or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
421
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-22 Interrupt of Master Reception by Disabling FIFO (2) (WSEL = 1, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
R ACK
Data
(1)
ACK
Data
(2)
ACK
Data
(2)
P or Sr
NACK
(3)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by slave address transmission + direction bit transmission
+ acknowledgment reception
- Interrupt is cleared to "0" by writing INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception
- Set ACKE = 0 and MSS = 0, or MSS = 1, SCC = 1 after reception data is read
(Note) TDRE bit is "1" upon the generation of the interrupt flag (INT)
Figure 15.20-23 Interrupt of Master Reception by Enabling FIFO (3) (WSEL = 0, ACKE=0, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
R ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
NACK
P or Sr
(1)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by TDRE = 1
- Set MSS = 0, or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1 after all data is read from the reception FIFO
Figure 15.20-24 Interrupt of Master Reception by Enabling FIFO (4) (WSEL = 1, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
R ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
NACK
P or Sr
(1)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by TDRE = 1
- Set ACKE = 0 and MSS = 0, or MSS = 1 and SCC = 1 after all data is read
from the reception FIFO
422
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
■ Arbitration Lost
When a master receives the different data than the transmitted data due to a collision of data from another
master, which is recognized as arbitration lost, and the master becomes available to operate as slave mode,
setting MSS bit to "0" and AL bit to "1".
AL bit is cleared to "0" when:
• "1" is written to MSS bit
• "0" is written to INT bit
• "0" is written to SPC bit when AL bit = 1 and SPC bit = 1
• I2C interface is disabled (EN bit = 0)
When the arbitration lost is generated, the interrupt flag (INT) is set to "1" and the SCL of I2C bus to "L"
according to the setting for WSEL.
■ Wait of the Master Mode
When BB bit is "1" and MSS bit is set to "1", if the slave mode is not operated, wait the master mode as
long as the BB bit is "1". The start condition is transmitted when BB bit becomes "0". You can judge
whether the master mode is in wait state or not using MSS and ACT bits (in wait state if MSS = 1 and ACT =
0). To operate as the slave mode after MSS bit is set to "1", set AL and ACT bits to "1" and MSS bit to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
423
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
15.20.2
MB91313A Series
Slave Mode
Slave mode is used to detect the (repetitive) start condition. When the combination of
ISBA and ISMK registers matches with received address, ACK response is performed
and the slave mode is enabled.
■ Slave Address Match Detection
When the (repetitive) start condition is detected, 7-bit of next data is received as the address. ISBA register
and each bit of the received address are compared about the bit where "1" is set in the ISMK register, and if
they are matched, ACK is output.
Table 15.20-4 Operation Right After Acknowledgment is Output for Slave Address
Transmission
FIFO
Reception
FIFO
State of
the
transmission FIFO
State of the
reception
FIFO
Operation right after the acknowledgment
Data direction
bit (R/W)
0
Disable
Disable
-
1
No data
0
Disable
Enable
Disable
424
Enable
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
INT bit remains "0"
and no wait.
INT bit remains "0" and no
wait.
There is data
INT bit is set to "1" and wait.
-
TINT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
1
1
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
-
0
INT bit remains "0" and no
wait.
-
No data
Enable
Acknowledgment
is NACK
-
0
Enable
Acknowledgment is ACK
There is data
INT bit is set to "1" and wait.
-
INT bit is set to "1" and wait
when TDRE bit is "1". INT bit
remains "0" and no wait when
TDRE bit is "0".
1
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
INT bit remains "0"
and no wait.
INT bit remains "0"
and no wait.
INT bit remains "0"
and no wait.
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
• Reserved address detection
If 1st byte matches with the reserved address ("0000XXXXB" or "1111XXXXB"), INT bit is set to "1"
to wait I2C bus after the data in 8th bit is received whichever the transmission and reception FIFO is
enabled or not. If you want to read the reception data to operate as a slave at this point, set ACKE to "1"
to clear INT bit to "0". Then, it operates as a slave. If ACKE is "0", it does not operate as slave after the
acknowledgment is output.
■ Data Direction Bit
After the address is received, the data direction bit is received that decides the transmission and reception
of the data. When this bit is set to "0", it indicates the transmission from the master, and the data is received
as a slave.
■ Reception by Slave
When the slave address matches and the data direction bit is "0", which indicates the reception by the slave
mode. An example of procedure to receive data by the slave mode is described below:
• When the reception FIFO is disabled
(1) After ACK is transmitted, set the interrupt flag bit (INT) to "1" to wait the I2C bus. When
recognized as an interrupt generated by the match of the salve address using MSS, ACT, and FBT
bits, 1 is written to the ACKE bit and "0" is written to the interrupt flag (INT) to release the wait of
I2C bus (See, Table 15.20-4).
(2) After 1 byte data is received, the interrupt flag (INT) is set to "1" to wait the I2C bus according to
the setting for WSEL.
(3) After the received data is read from the RDR register and ACKE bit is set, "0" is written to the
interrupt flag (INT) to release the wait of I2C bus.
(4) (2) to (3) are repeated until a stop or repetitive start condition is detected.
• When the reception FIFO is enabled
(1) The interrupt flag bit (INT) becomes "1" to wait the I2C bus when the NACK is detected or the
reception FIFO gets full. When a stop or repetitive start condition is detected, SPC and RSC bits
are set to "1" instead of the interrupt flag bit (INT) (no wait of I2C bus). The reception FIFO sets
RDRF bit to "1" when the number of received data reaches the value set to FIFO byte register
(FBYTE). If RIE bit is "1" at this point, a reception interrupt occurs.
(2) When the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1", the received data is read from the RDR register. Once
all the data is read, "0" is written to the interrupt flag to release the wait of I2C bus. When a stop or
repetitive start condition is detected, all the received data is read from the RDR register to clear
SPC or RSC bit to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
425
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-25 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Disabling FIFO (1) (WSEL = 0, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
NACK
P or Sr
(3)
(2)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by ACK output due to the match with the slave address
- Write ACKE = 1 and INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + ACK response
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read from the reception buffer
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + NACK response
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read from the reception buffer
Figure 15.20-26 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Disabling FIFO (2) (WSEL = 1, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
(1)
ACK
Data
(2)
ACK
Data
ACK
P or Sr
(3)
(2)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by ACK output due to the match with the slave address
- Write ACKE = 1 and INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read from the reception buffer
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read from the reception buffer
Figure 15.20-27 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Disabling FIFO (3) (WSEL = 1, RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
(2)
NACK
(2)
P or Sr
(3)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by ACK output due to the match with the slave address
- Write ACKE = 1 and INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception
- Write INT = 0 after the reception data is read from the reception buffer
(3) An interrupt generated by NACK response
- Write INT = 0
426
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.20-28 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Enabling Reception FIFO (4) (RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
P or Sr
(1)
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by a stop or repetitive start condition
- Read all data from the reception FIFO
Figure 15.20-29 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Enabling Reception FIFO (5) (RSA = 0)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
P or Sr
(1)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated because the reception FIFO gets full
- Read all data from the reception FIFO, and write INT = 0
Figure 15.20-30 Interrupt of Slave Reception by Disabling FIFO (6) (WSEL = 0, RSA = 1)
S
Slave Address
W ACK
(1)
Data
ACK
(2)
Data
ACK
Data
ACK
(2)
P or Sr
(3)
: Interrupt because of INTE = 1
: Interrupt because of CNDE = 1
(1) An interrupt generated by matching the reserved address ("0000XXXX" of "1111XXXX")
- Read the reception data, and write ACKE = 1 and INT = 0
(2) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + acknowledgment output
- Write INT = 0
(3) An interrupt generated by 1 byte reception + acknowledgment output
- Interrupt by writing INT = 0
■ Transmission by Slave
When the slave address matches and the data direction bit is "1", which indicates the transmission by the
slave mode. Set the interrupt flag (INT) to "1" to generate a wait after 1 byte is transmitted or ACK
response depending on the setting for WSEL bit when FIFO is disabled (See, Table 15.20-4).
You can verify the acknowledgment output from the master using RACK bit. If NACK response is output,
which indicates that the master cannot receive properly or data reception is completed. NACK is detected
when WSEL = 1, an interrupt occurs and a wait is generated.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
427
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.20 Operations of I2C Interface Communication
15.20.3
MB91313A Series
Bus Error
It is recognized as a bus error when a stop or (repetitive) start condition is detected
while transmitting/receiving data on I2C bus.
■ Bus Error Generation Condition
A bus error sets BER bit to "1" when:
• A (repetitive) start or stop condition is detected while transferring 1st byte
• A (repetitive) start or stop condition is detected at 2nd to 9th bit (acknowledgment) of the data
■ Bus Error Operation
Implement appropriate error process if you verify BER bit when the interrupt flag (INT) generated by a
transmission/reception becomes "1", and you found that BER bit is "1". You can clear BER bit by writing
"0" to INT bit.
A bus error sets INT bit to "1" however, it does not start a wait state by setting SCL of the I2C bus to "L".
428
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.21
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.21 Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
Dedicated baud rate generator is used to set the frequency of the serial clock.
■ Baud Rate Selection
● Baud rate that can be obtained by dividing the internal clock with the dedicated baud rate generator
(reload counter)
There are 2 internal reload counters that correspond to transmission and reception serial clocks. Baud rate
can be specified by setting the reload value for 15 bits with the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/
BGR0).
The reload counter divides the internal clock by the set value.
■ Calculating Baud Rate
2 of 15-bit reload counters are set using the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
The equation to calculate the baud rate is shown below:
(1) Reload value:
V = φ / b -1
V: Reload value, b: Baud rate, φ: Machine clock frequency
However, you may need to adjust the reload value because the defined baud rate may not be
generated depending on the rising time of the SCL in the I2C bus.
(2) Example of calculation
Where the machine clock is 16 MHz and the baud rate is set to 400 kbps, the reload value is
calculated as follows:
Reload value:
V = (16 × 1000000) / 400000 - 1 = 39
Therefore, the baud rate is:
b = (16 × 1000000) / (38 +2) = 400 kbps
Notes:
• Write to the baud rate generator registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0) by 16-bit access.
• Set the baud rate generator registers when EN bit in the ISMK register is "0".
• In operating mode 4 (I2C mode), the machine clock should be used for 8 MHz or more and setting
over 400 kbps to the baud rate generator is disabled.
• If the reload value set is to "0", the reload counter will stop.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
429
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.21 Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
MB91313A Series
■ Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock Frequency
Table 15.21-1 Reload Value And Baud Rate
Baud rate
[bps]
8 MHz
10 MHz
16 MHz
20 MHz
24 MHz
32 MHz
400000
19
24
39
49
59
79
200000
39
49
79
99
119
159
100000
79
99
159
199
239
319
Note: The table indicates the Value (set value of the BGR1/BGR0 register).
These values are for when the SCL rising in the I2C bus is "0". If the SCL rising in the I2C bus is delayed,
the baud rate gets slower than the value above.
■ Functions of the Reload Counter
The reload counter consists of 15-bit register and generates a transmission and reception clock from the
internal clock. You can read the count value of the transmission reload counter from the baud rate generator
registers 1, 0 (BGR1/BGR0).
■ Start of a Count
The reload counter starts counting when a reload value is written in the baud rate generator registers 1, 0
(BGR1/BGR0).
430
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
15.22
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
Examples of I2C Flowchart
This section shows examples of I2C communication flowchart.
■ I2C Master Reception/ Slave Transmission FIFO Communication Flow
Figure 15.22-1 Master Reception Main Settings
Start
Master Reception
Initial Settings
Communication error?
Error flag=1
NO
YES
Stop I2C (ISMK:EN=0)
End
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
431
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-2 Master Reception Initial Settings
Start
Set initial settings:
I2C mode settings (SMR)
Baud rate settings (BGR)
Set FIFO settings
FIFO control register 1 settings (FCR1)
FIFO control register 0 settings (FCR0)
Enable INT interrupt
(IBCR:INTE=1)
Set I2C enable settings (ISMK:EN=1)
Reception FIFO depends on
FSEL value of FIFO control
register 1.
Set FIFO reception byte count
(FBYTE1=xx FBYTE2=00, or
FBYTE1=00 FBYTE2=xx)
Write FIFO buffer:
Slave address + communication
direction (Read)
Store Dummy data FIFO (TDR)
Bus busy?
IBSR:BB=1
YES
NO
Error
Set operation mode:
Master (IBCR:MSS=1)
End
SMR: Serial mode register (SMR)
BGR: Baud rate generator register (BGR)
ISBA: 7-bit slave address register (ISBA)
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
FCR1: FIFO control register 1 (FCR1)
FCR0: FIFO control register 0 (FCR0)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
IBSR: I2C bus status register (IBSR)
FBYTE1: FIFO1 byte register (FBYTE1)
FBYTE2: FIFO2 byte register (FBYTE2)
TDR: Transmitted data register (TDR)
432
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-3 Master Reception Interrupt Process
Reception interrupt
process
Bus error?
YES
IBCR:BER=1
Arbitration error?
NO
YES
IBSR:AL=1
NO
NO
SSR:RDRF=1
FIFO END?
(Reception is completed)
YES
Read FIFO received data (RDR)
Error
1
2
3
IBCR:
I2C
I2C
bus control register (IBCR)
bus status register (IBSR)
SSR: serial status register (SSR)
RDR: received data register (RDR)
* For actual error handling, please judge each status error flag and handle each error by considering your systems.
* For final ACK process when receiving FIFO continuously, a wait will be generated after receiving the final
data, if setting WSEL=1. Please respond with NACK by setting IBSR.RACK=1 during this wait.
IBSR:
1
2
NO
IBCR:MSS=1, and
IBCR:ACT=1
Confirm I C / master operation
YES
Are all data transferred?
NO
Software checks whether all
the expected data (for
dummy data write) have
been received.
YE S
Iterative start?
2
NO
YES
Write FIFO buffer:
3
Slave address + communication direction
When WSEL=1, a user
should set NACK
transmission settings. INT
flag becomes "1" after the
NACK transmission.
(Read)
Store dummy data FIFO (TDR)
Iterative start condition settings (IBCR:SCC=1)
Clear interrupt (IBCR:INT=0)
When WSEL=1, a user
should set NACK
transmission settings.
StopCondition (IBCR:MSS=0)
IBCR : I2C bus control register (IBCR)
TDR
End
: Transmitted data register (TDR)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
433
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-4 Slave Transmission Main Settings
Start
Slave transmission
initial settings
Communication error?
Error flag=1
NO
YES
Stop I2C (ISMK:EN=0)
End
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
434
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
Figure 15.22-5 Slave Transmission Initial Settings
Start
Set initial settings:
I2C mode settings (SMR)
Baud rate settings (BGR)
Slave address settings (ISBA)
Slave mask settings (ISMK)
Enable iterative start interrupt
(IBCR:CNDE=1)
Enable INT interrupt
(IBCR:INTE=1)
Set I2C enable settings
(ISMK:EN=1)
Set Slave settings (IBCR:MSS=0)
Set FIFO settings
FIFO control register 1settings
(FCR1)
FIFO control register 0 settings
(FCR0)
Write FIFO buffer:
Store Transmitted data FIFO
(TDR)
End
SMR: Serial mode register (SMR)
BGR: Baud rate generator register (BGR)
ISBA: 7-bit slave address register (ISBA)
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
FCR1: FIFO control register 1 (FCR1)
FCR0: FIFO control register 0 (FCR0)
TDR: Transmitted data register (TDR)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
435
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-6 Slave Transmission Interrupt Process
Transmission
interrupt process
NACK is output
from master even if
transmission/
reception are
interrupted.
Bus error?
YES
IBCR:BER=1
NO
YES
Detected iterative start?
(IBSR:RSC=1)
Write FIFO buffer:
Store Transmitted data FIFO
(TDR)
Clear the interrupt flag
(IBSR:RSC=0)
NO
NACK response
at final data?
(IBSR:RACK=1)
Error
NO
YES
YES
Is there data in FIFO?
(SSR:TDRE=0)
Whether
transmission/
reception are
interrupted is
judged by the
existence of FIFO
data.
Prohibit FIFO operation
(FCR0=0x00)
NO
Reset FIFO (FCR0:FCL=1)
Set transmitted data empty
flag (SSR:TSET=1)
Enable FIFO operation
(FCR0=0x03)
Clear interrupt (IBCR:INT=0)
End
IBSR: I2C bus status register (IBSR)
TDR: Transmitted data register (TDR)
SSR: Serial status register (SSR)
FCR0: FIFO control register 0 (FCR0)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
* For actual error handling, please judge each status error flag and handle each error by considering your systems.
436
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
■ I2C Master Transmission/ Slave Reception FIFO Communication Flow
Figure 15.22-7 Master Transmission Main Settings
Start
Master Transmission
Initial Setting
Communication error?
Error flag=1
NO
YES
Stop I2C (ISMK:EN=0)
End
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
437
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-8 Master Transmission Initial Settings
Start
Set initial settings:
I2C mode settings (SMR)
Baud rate settings (BGR)
Set FIFO settings
FIFO control register 1 settings
(FCR1)
FIFO control register 0 settings
(FCR0)
Enable INT interrupt
(IBCR:INTE=1)
Set I2C enable settings
(ISMK:EN=1)
Write FIFO buffer:
Slave address + communication
direction (Write)
Store transmission data FIFO
(TDR)
Bus busy?
IBSR:BB=1
YES
NO
Error
Set operation mode:
Master (IBCR:MSS=1)
End
SMR: Serial mode register (SMR)
BGR: Baud rate generator register (BGR)
ISBA: 7-bit slave address register (ISBA)
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
FCR1: FIFO control register 1 (FCR1)
FCR0: FIFO control register 0 (FCR0)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
IBSR: I2C bus status register (IBSR)
TDR: Transmitted data register (TDR)
438
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-9 Master Transmission Interrupt Process
Transmission interrupt
process
Bus error?
YES
IBCR:BER=1
Arbitration error?
NO
YES
IBSR:AL=1
NO
NACK error?
YES
IBSR:RACK=1
Error
NO
1
2
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
IBSR: I2C bus status register (IBSR)
* For actual error handling, please judge each status error flag and handle each error by considering your systems.
1
2
Confirm I C/ master operation
NO
IBCR:MSS=1, and
IBCR:ACT=1
Software checks whether
all the transmission data
have been written to the
transmission buffer.
YES
NO
SSR:TDRE=1, and
Are all data transferred?
Judge iterative packet
operation requests for
the whole system.
YES
NO
Iteration start request?
YES
2
Write FIFO buffer:
Slave address + communication direction (Write)
Score Transmitted data FIFO (TDRx)
Clear interrupt (IBCR:INT=0)
Iteration start condition settings (IBCR:SCC=1)
Iteration operation initial settings
Stop Condition (IBCR:MSS=0)
End
IBCR
: I C bus control register (IBCR)
TDR
: Transmitted data register (TDR)
SSR
: Serial status register (SSR)
* For actual error handling, please judge each status error flag and handle each error by considering your systems.
2
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
439
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-10 Slave Reception Main Settings
Start
Slave reception initial settings
Communication error?
Error flag=1
NO
YES
Stop I2C (ISMK:EN=0)
End
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
440
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-11 Slave Reception Initial Settings
Start
Set initial settings:
I2C mode settings (SMR)
Baud rate settings (BGR)
Slave address settings (ISBA)
Slave mask settings (ISMK)
Enable INT interrupt
(IBCR:INTE=1)
Set I2C enable settings
(ISMK:EN=1)
Set slave settings (IBCR:MSS=0)
Set FIFO settings
FIFO control register 1 settings
(FCR1)
FIFO control register 0 settings
(FCR0)
Reception FIFO depends on
FSEL value of FIFO control
register 1.
Set FIFO reception byte count
(FBYTE1=xx FBYTE2=00, or
FBYTE1=00 FBYTE2=xx)
End
SMR: Serial mode register (SMR)
BGR: Baud rate generator register (BGR)
ISBA: 7-bit slave address register (ISBA)
ISMK: 7-bit slave address mask register (ISMK)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
FCR1: FIFO control register 1 (FCR1)
FCR0: FIFO control register 0 (FCR0)
FBYTE1: FIFO1 byte register (FBYTE1)
FBYTE2: FIFO2 byte register (FBYTE2)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
441
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.22 Examples of I2C Flowchart
MB91313A Series
Figure 15.22-12 Slave Reception Interrupt Process
Reception interrupt
process
Bus error?
IBCR:BER=1
FIFO END?
(Reception is completed)
NO
YES
NO
SSR:RDRF=1
YES
Error
Read FIFO received data
(RDR)
Clear interrupt
(IBCR:INT=0)
End
IBSR: I2C bus status register (IBSR)
SSR: Serial status register (SSR)
RDR: Received data register (RDR)
IBCR: I2C bus control register (IBCR)
* For actual error handling, please judge each status error flag and handle each error by considering your systems.
442
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.23 Notes on I2C Mode
MB91313A Series
15.23
Notes on I2C Mode
The notes for when you use the I2C mode are shown below.
• FIFO cannot be used for requesting DMA transfer with a channel with FIFO. Please set as FIFO
operation disable.
• To request a DMA transfer request, set the block size of DMA to one time.
• When master reception and slave reception are selected, it is required to use two channels for DMA; one
is used for DMA transfer to receive data and the other one is used for DMA transfer to send dummy
data.
• In I2C mode, if there is no valid data in transmission register (TDR), and transmission data empty flag
bit (TDRE) is "1", the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1" as shown in Figure 15.23-1 when the data on
I2C bus for 9 bits (WSEL=0) or for 8 bits (WSEL=1) is transmitted. When the interrupt flag (INT)
becomes "1" during DMA transfer, DMA transfer cannot be continued unless clearing the bit to "0" by
software. (Common to master transmission, slave transmission, master reception, and slave reception.)
Figure 15.23-1 INT Bit Change Timing of I2C (WSEL= 0)
SCL
SDA
DATA
ACK
DATA
ACK
TDRE bit
DMA transfer
to TDR
INT bit
To perform DMA transfer in I2C mode, since the specification is as shown above, such operations listed
below are required for performing DMA transfer to TDR before the interrupt flag (INT) becomes "1".
Below operations are possible to perform to prioritize DMA transfer of I2C.
- Use DMA which has a higher priority (channel number is small). It is enabled to use by fixing the
priority setting bit (AT=0).
- Set the value of DMA-halt by interrupt level bit as small as possible (LVL4-LVL0 bit in DILVR
register).
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
443
CHAPTER 15 MULTI FUNCTION SERIAL INTERFACE
15.23 Notes on I2C Mode
MB91313A Series
• In case of writing the transmission data to transmission data register (TDR) by DMA transfer after
transmission data empty flag (SSR: TDRE) becomes "1", or writing the data by software confirming the
transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE), transmission data empty flag (SSR:TDRE) may not become
"0". Therefore, the transmission data should be written before SCL in ACK field falls. There are no
restrictions on writing the transmission data by software after the interrupt flag (IBCR:INT) becomes
"1".
When performing DMA transfer or sending the data by software confirming the transmission data
empty flag (SSR:TDRE), please follow below procedures if the data cannot be written before SCL in
ACK field falls.
- Setting
Set the timing of interrupt flag (IBCR:INT) becoming "1" to the 8th bit (WSEL=1).
- Procedures
To transmit or receive data by master, the following procedures are required. To transmit or receive
data by slave, it is not required to perform the following.
1. Write the first byte (slave address) to the transmission data register by software.
2. Set to 8-bit for wait selection (IBCR:WSEL="1" write) at the same time that master is started
(IBCR:MSS="1" write).
3. After sending the first byte, the interrupt flag (IBCR:INT) becomes "1". Write the second byte to
transmission data register (TDR) by software after confirming ACK response (IBSR:RACK="0").
Set the DMAC, and activate DMA transfer, then write "0" to interrupt flag (IBCR:INT).
4. After transmission and reception are completed, terminate the master (IBCR:MSS="0" write) or
reboot (IBCR:SCC="1" write).
444
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16
DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
This chapter gives an overview of the DMA controller
(DMAC) and describes its register configuration and its
operations.
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
16.2 Operations of DMA Controller
16.3 Setting of Transfer Request
16.4 Transfer Sequence
16.5 Operation Flowcharts
16.6 Data Bus
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
445
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
16.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of DMA Controller
This module is used to carry out the DMA (Direct Memory Access) transfer in the FR
family devices.
The DMA transfer controlled by this module enables various data to be transferred
quickly without using CPU, resulting into an improvement of the system performance.
■ Hardware Configuration
This module is composed of the following items:
• Five independent DMA channels
• Five independent channels access control circuit
• 20-bit address register (reload selectable: ch.0 to ch.3)
• 24-bit address register (reload selectable: ch.4)
• 16-bit transfer count register (reload selectable: one for each channel)
• 4-bit block count register (one for each channel)
• Two-cycle transfer
■ Main Functions
The data transfer in this module has the following functions:
• Data can be transferred dependently from multiple channels (5 channels)
• Priority (ch.0 > ch.1 > ch.2 > ch.3 > ch.4)
• Priority can be rotated between ch.0 and ch.1
• DMAC activation source
- Internal peripheral request
- Software request (register programming)
• Transfer mode
- Burst transfer/step transfer/block transfer
- Addressing mode: 20-bit (24-bit) address specification (increased/reduced/fixed) (range of change in
address is ±1, 2, 4 fixed)
- Data type: byte/half word/word length
- Single shot/reload selectable
446
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Registers of DMA Controller
Figure 16.1-1 Registers of DMA Controller
ch.0 Control/Status register A
DMACA0
(bit) 31
000200H
ch.0 Control/Status register B
DMACB0
000204H
ch.1 Control/Status register A
DMACA1
000208H
ch.1 Control/Status register B
DMACB1
00020CH
ch.2 Control/Status register A
DMACA2
000210H
ch.2 Control/Status register B
DMACB2
000214H
ch.3 Control/Status register A
DMACA3
000218H
ch.3 Control/Status register B
DMACB3
00021CH
ch.4 Control/Status register A
DMACA4
000220H
ch.4 Control/Status register B
DMACB4
000224H
Overall control register
DMACR
000240H
ch.0 Transfer source address register
(bit) 31
00001000
DMASA0
H
ch.0 Transfer destination address register
DMADA0 00001004H
ch.1 Transfer source address register
DMASA1 00001008H
ch.1 Transfer destination address register
DMADA1 0000100CH
ch.2 Transfer source address register
DMASA2 00001010H
ch.2 Transfer destination address register
DMADA2 00001014H
ch.3 Transfer source address register
DMASA3 00001018H
ch.3 Transfer destination address register
DMADA3 0000101CH
ch.4 Transfer source address register
(bit) 31
DMASA4 00001020H
ch.4 Transfer destination address register
DMADA4 00001024H
CM71-10143-5E
0
20
24 23
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
19
0
0
447
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Counter
DMA transfer request
to bus controller
Buffer
Selector
Write back
Figure 16.1-2 Block Diagram
DMA activation
source
selection circuit
& request
reception control
Peripheral activation request/stop input
DTC 2 step register DTCR
Counter
Read/write
control
BLK register
Bus control
State
transition
circuit
448
Counter buffer
Selector
Selector
Address
Counter buffer
Access
IRQ[4:0]
Peripheral interrupt clear
MCLREQ
TYPE,MOD,WS
DMA control
Address counter
To bus
controller
To interrupt controller
ERIE,EDIE
Selector
Bus control
Read
Write
DSS[2:0]
Priority circuit
DMASA 2 step register
SADM,SASZ[7:0] SADR
DMADA 2 step register
DADM,DASZ[7:0]
X-bus
Buffer
Write back
DADR
Write back
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Notes on Setting Register
If setting this DMAC, there is a bit that needs to be executed when DMA is stopped. If bit is set during the
operation (transfer), this DMAC may not normally operate.
The * mark indicates that the bit effects the operation if set during the DMAC transfer. This bit should be
rewritten when the DMCA transfer is stopped (is not permitted to activate or halted).
If it is set when the DMA transfer is not permitted to activate (DMACR:DMAE=0 or DMACA:DENB=0),
the setting is enabled after the activation is permitted.
If it is set when the DMA transfer is halted (DMACR:DMAH[3:0] ≠ 0000B or DMACA:PAUS=1), the
setting is enabled after the halt is cancelled.
■ DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status Register A [DMACA0 to DMACA4]
DMACA0 to DMACA4 are the registers that control the operations of each of the DMAC channels, and
they exist independently for each of the channels. The bit functions are as follows:
Figure 16.1-3 DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status Register A [DMACA0 to DMACA4]
bit
31
30
29
28
27
DENB PAUS STRG
bit
15
14
13
26
25
24
23
22
IS4 to IS0
11
11
10
21
20
19
Reserved
9
8
7
6
5
18
17
16
BLK3 to BLK0
4
3
2
1
0
DTC15 to DTC0
(Initial value: 00000000B)
[bit31] DENB (Dma ENaBle): DMA operation enable bit
Corresponds to each of the transfer channels and enables/disables the DMA transfer activation.
The activated channel starts the DMA transfer when the transfer request occurs and is accepted.
Any transfer requests, if occurred on the channel that is disabled to activate, are invalid.
If the activated channel's transfer is finished after repeated by specified counts, this bit turns to "0" and
the transfer stops.
Writing "0" to this bit forcibly stops the transfer. However, be sure to halt DMA in the PAUS bit
[DMACA bit30] before forcibly stopping the operation (write "0"). If it is stopped forcibly without
halting it, DMA is stopped but the transfer data is not guaranteed. To check if it is stopped, see the
DSS[2:0] bit (DMACB:bit18 to bit16).
DENB
CM71-10143-5E
Function
0
Corresponding channel DMA operation disabled (Initial value)
1
Corresponding channel DMA operation enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
449
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
• If the stop request is accepted when reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
• If operations of all of the channels are disabled with the bit15:DMAE, a bit in the DMAC overall
control register DMACR, writing "1" to this bit is invalid and the stop status remains. If the
operation is disabled with the bit mentioned above when the operation is enabled by this bit, this bit
turns to "0" and the transfer is stopped (forcibly stopped).
[bit30] PAUS (PAUSe): Instruction for pause
Pauses the DMA transfer for the corresponding channel. If this bit is set, the DMA transfer is not
executed before this bit is cleared again (When DMA is paused, the DSS bit is "1XXB").
If this bit is set before activation, it keeps paused.
A transfer request that occurs when this bit is set can be accepted, but the transfer is not started unless
this bit is cleared (see "■ Acceptance and Transfer of Transfer Request").
PAUS
Function
0
Corresponding channel DMA operation enabled (Initial value)
1
Corresponding channel DMA paused
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit29] STRG (Software TRiGger): Transfer request
Generates the DMA transfer request for the corresponding channel. If "1" is written to this bit, a transfer
request occurs when writing to the register is completed, starting the transfer to the corresponding
channel. However, if the corresponding channel is not activated, any operation to this bit is disabled.
Note:
If the channel is activated by writing to the DMAE bit at the same time when a transfer request
occurs from this bit, the transfer request is enabled and the transfer is started. The transfer
request is enabled just when "1" is written to the PAUS bit, but the DMA transfer is not started
until the PAUS bit is returned to "0".
STRG
Function
0
Ignored
1
DMA activation request
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• Read value is always "0".
• The write value only works on "1". "0" does not effect the operations.
450
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit28 to bit24] IS4 to IS0 (Input Select) *: Transfer source selection
Select the transfer request source as follows. However, the software transfer request by the STRG bit
function is enabled regardless of this setting.
IS
Function
00000B
Software transfer request only
00001B
to
01111B
Setting disabled
10000B
UART0 (Reception complete)
10001B
UART1 (Reception complete)
10010B
UART2 (Reception complete)
10011B
UART0 (Transmission complete)
10100B
UART1 (Transmission complete)
10101B
UART2 (Transmission complete)
10110B
Setting disabled
10111B
Setting disabled
11000B
Setting disabled
11001B
Setting disabled
11010B
Setting disabled
11011B
Setting disabled
11100B
PPG0
11101B
PPG1
11110B
PPG2
11111B
PPG3
Transfer stop request
No
Yes
No
• When reset: initialized to "00000B".
• These bits are readable and writable.
Notes: • If setting DMA activation with the interrupt of peripheral functions (IS=1XXXXB), the
selected function should disable the interrupt in the ICR register.
• When the software transfer request causes the DMA transfer to be activated if the DMA
activation with the interrupt of peripheral functions is set, the source is cleared for the
appropriate peripherals after the transfer is completed. Therefore, the original transfer
request can be cleared, so do not activate the transfer from the software transfer request if
the DMA activation with the interrupt of peripheral functions is set.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
451
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit23 to bit20] Reserved: Reserved bits
• The read value is fixed as "0000B". The write is disabled.
[bit19 to bit16] BLK3 to BLK0 (BLocK size): Block size specification
Specifies the block size for the corresponding channel at the time of the block transfer. The value
specified in these bits is the number of words in a transfer unit at a time (the number of the repeats of
the data width setting). Set 0001B (size 1) if the block transfer is not to be performed.
BLK
XXXXB
Function
The block size specification for the corresponding channel
• When reset: Initialized to "0000B".
• These bits are readable and writable.
• If all the bits are set to "0", the block size is 16 words.
• When reading, the block size (reload value) is always read.
[bit15 to bit0] DTC15 to DTC0 (Dma Terminal Count register) *: Transfer count register
This is a register that stores the transfer counts. Each register has 16-bit length.
Every register has its reload register. If reloading of the transfer count register is used for the enabled
channel, the initial value is automatically returned to the register when the transfer is completed.
DTC
XXXXH
Function
The transfer counts specification for the corresponding channel
When the DMA transfer is activated, this register's data is stored in the counter buffer for the transfer
counter for DMA and is counted by -1 (subtracted by 1) per transfer unit. DMA is finished by writing
back the content of the counter buffer to this register when the DMA transfer is finished. Therefore, you
cannot read the specified value of the transfer counts during the DMA operation.
• When reset: Initialized to "0000H".
• These bits are readable and writable. Be sure to use the half word length or word length to access to
DTC.
• The read value is the count value. The reload value cannot be read.
452
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status Register B [DMACB0 to DMACB4]
DMACB0 to DMACB4 are the registers that control the operation of each of the DMAC channels, and they
exist independently for each of the channels. The bit functions are as follows
Figure 16.1-4 DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status Register B [DMACB0 to DMACB4]
Address
ch.0
ch.1
ch.2
ch.3
ch.4
bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
TYPE1,TYPE0 MOD1,MOD:0 WS1,WS0
000204H
00020CH
000214H
00021CH bit 15
14
13
11
11
10
000224H
SASZ7 to SASZ0
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
SADM DADM DTCR SADR DADR ERIE EDIE
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
18
17
16
DSS2 to DSS0
2
1
0
DASZ7 to DASZ0
(Initial value: 00000000B)
[bit31, bit30] TYPE1, TYPE0 (TYPE) *: Transfer type setting
Select the operation type for the corresponding channel as follows:
Two-cycle transfer mode: This is a mode in which the read and write operations are transferred
repeatedly by the transfer counts after setting the transfer source address
(DMASA) and the transfer destination address (DMADA).
TYPE1, TYPE0
Function
00B
Two-cycle transfer (Initial value)
01B
Setting disabled
10B
Setting disabled
11B
Setting disabled
• When reset: Initialized to "00B".
• These bits are readable and writable.
• Be sure set the value to "00B".
[bit29, bit28] MOD1, MOD0 (MODe) *: Transfer mode setting
Select the operation mode for the corresponding channel as follows:
MOD1, MOD0
Function
00B
Block/step transfer mode (Initial value)
01B
Burst transfer mode
10B
Setting disabled
11B
Setting disabled
• When reset: Initialized to "00B".
• These bits are readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
453
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit27, bit26] WS1, WS0 (Word Size): Transfer data width selection
Select the transfer data range for the corresponding channel. Transfer the data by the specified number
of times on a data-range basis specified in this register.
WS1, WS0
Function
00B
Transfer on a byte basis (Initial value)
01B
Transfer on a half word basis
10B
Transfer on a word range basis
11B
Setting disabled
• When reset: Initialized to "00B".
• These bits are readable and writable.
[bit25] SADM (Source-ADdr. count-Mode select) *: Transfer source address count mode
specification
Specifies the processing of the source address per transfer for the corresponding channel.
Address is incremented/decremented after each transfer is completed based on the specified source
address count range (SASZ) and the next accessing address is written to the corresponding address
register (DMASA) when the transfer is completed.
Therefore, the transfer source address register is not updated until the DMA transfer is finished.
To fix the address, specify this bit to "0" or "1" and set the address count range (SASZ, DASZ) to "0".
SADM
Function
0
The transfer source address is incremented. (Initial value)
1
The transfer source address is decremented.
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• These bits are readable and writable.
454
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit24] DADM (Destination-ADdr. Count-Mode select) *: Transfer destination address count
mode specification
Specifies the processing of the destination address per transfer for the corresponding channel.
Address is incremented/decremented after each transfer is completed based on the specified destination
address count width (DASZ) and the next accessing address is written to the corresponding address
register (DMADA) when the transfer is completed.
Therefore, the transfer destination address register is not updated until the DMA transfer is finished.
To fix the address, specify this bit to "0" or "1" and set the address count width (SASZ, DASZ) to "0".
DADM
Function
0
The transfer destination address is incremented. (Initial value)
1
The transfer destination address is decremented.
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit23] DTCR (DTC-reg. Reload) *: Transfer count register reload specification
Controls the reload function of the transfer count register for the corresponding channel.
If the reload operation is enabled by this bit, the count register value is returned to the initial value and
stopped when the transfer is finished, resulting into a status of waiting for a transfer request (activation
request by the STRG or IS setting). (If this bit is 1, the DENB bit is not cleared.)
Setting DENB=0 or DMAE=0 forcibly stops the operation.
If the reload operation of the counter is disabled, specifying the reload in the address register makes the
operation single shot which would be stopped when the transfer is finished. In this case, the DENB bit is
cleared.
DTCR
Function
0
Disable the reload of the transfer count register (Initial value)
1
Enable the reload of the transfer count register
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
455
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit22] SADR (Source-ADdr.-reg. Reload) *: Reload specification of the transfer source
address register
Controls the reload function of the transfer source address register for the corresponding channel.
If the reload operation is enabled by this bit, the transfer source address register value is returned to the
initial value when the transfer is finished.
If the reload operation of the counter is disabled, specifying the reload in the address register makes the
operation single shot which would be stopped when the transfer is finished. In this case, the address
register value is stopped with the initial setting value having been reloaded.
If the reload operation is disabled by this bit when the transfer is finished, the address register value is
the next access address to the last address (or incremented address if the address increment is specified).
SADR
Function
0
Disable the reload of the transfer source address register (Initial value)
1
Enable the reload of the transfer source address register
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit21] DADR (Dest.-ADdr.-reg. Reload) *: Reload specification of the transfer destination
address register
Controls the reload function of the transfer destination address register for the corresponding channel.
If the reload operation is enabled by this bit, the transfer destination address register value is returned to
the initial value when the transfer is finished.
Other details of the function is equivalent to the content of bit22:SADR.
DADR
Function
0
Disable the reload of the transfer destination address register (Initial value)
1
Enable the reload of the transfer destination address register
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit20] ERIE (ERror Interrupt Enable)*: Error interrupt output enabled
Controls the interrupt occurrence when finished due to an occurrence of error. The content of occurred
error is indicated in DSS2 to DSS0. Note that this interrupt occurs only for particular finish sources, not
for every finish source (see the explanation of the DSS2 to DSS0 bits).
ERIE
Function
0
Error interrupt request output disabled (Initial value)
1
Error interrupt request output enabled
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
456
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit19] EDIE (EnD Interrupt Enable) *: End interrupt output enable
Controls the interrupt occurrence when normally finished.
EDIE
Function
0
End interrupt request output disabled (Initial value)
1
End interrupt request output enabled
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit18 to bit16] DSS2 to DSS0 (Dma Stop Status)*: Transfer stop source display
Displays a 3-bit code (end code) that indicates the source of the DMA transfer stop/finish for the
corresponding channel. The contents of the end code are as follows:
DSS2
Function
Interrupt generation
0
Initial value
No
1
Pausing DMA (DMAH, PAUS bit, interrupt, and so on)
No
DSS1, DSS0
00B
Function
Initial value
01B
Interrupt generation
No
-
No
10B
Transfer stop request
Error
11B
Normal termination
End
The transfer stop request is set only if the request from peripheral circuit is used.
Note:
The "interrupt generation" column indicates the type of possible interrupt requests.
• When reset: Initialized to "000B".
• Cleared by writing "000B".
• These bits are readable/writable, but only "000B" can be written to this bit.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
457
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit15 to bit8] SASZ7 to SASZ0 (Source Addr count SiZe) *: Transfer source address count
size specification
Specifies the increment/decrement width of the transfer source address (DMASA) per transfer for the
corresponding channel. The value set to this bit is the address increment/decrement width per transfer.
The address increment/decrement depends on the instruction of the transfer source address count mode
(SADM).
SASZ7 to SASZ0
Function
00H
Address fixed
01H
Transfer on a byte basis
02H
Transfer on a half word basis
04H
Transfer on a word basis
Others
Setting disabled
• When reset: Initialized to "00H".
• These bits are readable and writable.
• If set to other than address fixed, only the same transfer unit as the transfer data width (WS) can be
set.
[bit7 to bit0] DASZ7 to DASZ0 (Des Addr count SiZe) *: Transfer destination address count
size specification
Specifies the increment/decrement range of the transfer destination address (DMADA) per transfer for
the corresponding channel. The value set to this bit is the address increment/decrement width per
transfer. The address increment/decrement depends on the instruction of the transfer destination address
count mode (DADM).
DASZ7 to DASZ0
Function
00H
Address fixed
01H
Transfer on a byte basis
02H
Transfer on a half word basis
04H
Transfer on a word basis
Others
Setting disabled
• When reset: Initialized to "00H".
• These bits are readable and writable.
• If set to other than address fixed, only the same transfer unit as the transfer data width (WS) can be
set.
458
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Transfer Source/Destination Address Setting
Registers [DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to DMADA4]
DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to DMADA4 are the registers that control the operations of each of the
DMAC channels, and they exist independently for each of the channels. The bit functions are as follows:
Figure 16.1-5 DMAC Transfer Source/Destination Address Setting Registers
Address:
bit
ch.0 001000H
ch.1 001008H
ch.2 001010H
ch.3 001018H
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
15
14
13
12
11
10
18
17
16
DMASA0 to DMASA3
[19:16]
-
bit
19
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
21
20
19
18
17
16
DMASA0 to DMASA3 [15:0]
(Initial value: 00000000H)
Address:
bit
ch.0 001004H
ch.1 00100CH
ch.2 001014H
ch.3 00101CH
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
DMADA0 to DMADA3
[19:16]
-
bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
17
16
DMADA0 to DMADA3[15:0]
(Initial value: 00000000H)
Figure 16.1-6 DMAC Transfer Source/Destination Address Setting Registers
Address:
bit
31
30
29
28
ch.4 001020H
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
bit
15
14
13
12
20
19
18
DMASA4 [23:16]
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
1
0
DMASA4[15:0]
(Initial value: 00000000H)
Address:
bit
31
30
29
28
ch.4 001024H
27
26
25
24
23
bit
15
14
13
12
DMADA4 [23:16]
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
DMADA4[15:0]
(Initial value: 00000000H)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
459
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
These are a set of registers that store the transfer source/destination addresses. ch.0 to ch.3 have 20-bit
length, ch.4 has 24-bit length.
[bit31 to bit0] DMASA (DMA Source Addr) *: Transfer source address setting
Sets the transfer source address.
[bit31 to bit0] DMADA (DMA Destination Addr) *: Transfer destination address setting
Sets the transfer destination address.
When the DMA transfer is activated, this register's data is stored in the counter buffer for the address
counter for DMA and the address is counted per transfer based on the setting. DMA is finished by
writing back the content of the counter buffer to this register when the DMA transfer is finished.
Therefore, you cannot read the address counter value during the DMA operation.
Every register has its reload register. If reloading of the transfer source/destination address register is
used for the enabled channel, the initial value is automatically returned to the register when the transfer
is completed. In this case, other address registers are not effected.
• When reset: Initialized to "00000000H".
• These bits are readable and writable. With this register, be sure to use 32 bit data for access.
• The read value is an address value before transfer when the transfer is being executed, and the next
access address value when the transfer is finished. The reload value cannot be read. Therefore, the
transfer address cannot be read at real time.
• Set "0" to a nonexistent upper bit.
Note:
Do not use this register to set the register of DMAC itself. The DMA transfer cannot be executed to
the register of DMAC itself.
460
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 DMAC Overall Control Register [DMACR]
DMACR is a register that controls the operation for the DMAC 5 channels. With this register, be sure to
use byte length for access.
The bit functions are as follows:
Figure 16.1-7 DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 DMAC Overall Control Register [DMACR]
Address:
bit
000240H
31
30
DMAE
bit
15
29
Reserved
14
13
28
PM01
12
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
DMAH3 to DMAH0
11
10
9
8
20
19
18
17
16
2
1
0
Reserved
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved
(Initial value: 0XX00000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXB)
[bit31] DMAE (DMA Enable): DMA operation enable
Controls the operations of all the DMA channels.
If the DMA operation is disabled by this bit, the transfer operations of all the channels are disabled
regardless of the settings of activation/stop and operation statuses of the channels. The channel in which a
transfer is in progress turns down the request and stops the transfer at the block boundary. Any activation
operations for each channel, if disabled, are invalid.
If the DMA operation is enabled by this bit, the activation/stop operation is available for each channel. The
channels will not be activated by enabling the DMA operation with this bit.
Writing "0" to this bit forcibly stops the transfer. However, be sure to halt DMA in the DMAH[3:0] bits
(DMACR bit27 to bit24) before forcibly stopping the operation (write "0"). If it is stopped forcibly without
halting it, DMA is stopped but the transfer data is not guaranteed. To check if it is stopped, see the
DSS[2:0] bit (DMACB:bit18 to bit16).
DMAE
Function
0
All the channels' DMA operation disabled (Initial value)
1
All the channels' DMA operation enabled
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
461
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.1 Overview of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
[bit28] PM01 (Priority Mode ch.0, ch.1 robin): Channel priority rotation
Set this bit if the priority of ch.0. ch.1 should be rotated for each transfer.
PM01
Function
0
Priority fixed (ch.0 > ch.1) (Initial value)
1
Priority rotated (ch.1 > ch.0)
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• This bit is readable and writable.
[bit27 to bit24] DMAH3 to DMAH0 (DMA Halt): DMA pause
Controls pausing of all the DMA channels. If these bits are set, all the channels' DMA transfers are not
executed before these bits are cleared again.
If these bits are set before activation, the channels keep paused.
When these bits are set, all the transfer requests that occur on the channel with the DMA transfer
enabled (DENB=1) are valid and the transfer is started by clearing these bits.
DMAH3 to DMAH0
Function
All the channels, DMA operation enabled (Initial value)
0000B
Other than 0000B
All the channels' DMA halted
• When reset: Initialized to "0".
• These bits are readable and writable.
[bit30, bit29, bit23 to bit0] Reserved: Reserved bits
• The read values are undefined.
462
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.2 Operations of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
16.2
Operations of DMA Controller
This section explains operation of a multifunction DMA controller that controls the high
performance of data transfer without receiving any instructions from CPU.
■ Main Operations
• Each of the transfer channels independently sets each of the functions.
• If the activation is enabled, the channels do not execute the transfer operation until the specified transfer
request is detected.
• By detecting a transfer request, the DMA transfer request is output to the bus controller, and the bus
controller controls the operation to obtain the bus right and start the transfer.
• The transfer is performed according to the sequence based on the mode setting specified independently
for each channel.
■ Transfer Mode
Each of the DMA channels executes the transfer operation according to the transfer mode specified in the
MOD[1:0] bit in each of the DMACB registers.
● Block/step transfer
Transfers one block transfer unit for each transfer request. DMA stops the transfer request to the bus
controller until the next transfer request is accepted.
1 block transfer unit: Specified block size (DMACA:BLK[3:0])
● Burst transfer
Repeats the transfer for a transfer request until the specified number of transfers is completed.
Specified transfer count: Block size × Transfer count
(DMACA:BLK[3:0] × DMACA:DTC[15:0])
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
463
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.2 Operations of DMA Controller
MB91313A Series
■ Transfer Type
● Two-cycle transfer (normal transfer)
The DMA controller operates as a unit of the read and write operations.
The data is read from the address of the transfer source register, and written to the address of the transfer
destination register.
■ Transfer Address
The following addressing is available. The address is set independently for each channel's transfer source/
destination.
● Specifying address in two-cycle transfer
Access to the value as the address that is read from the register (DMASA, DMADA) in which the address
is set in advance.
After the transfer request is accepted, DMA starts the transfer after storing the address from the register to
the temporary storage buffer.
The address to be accessed next is generated (addition, subtraction, or fix can be selected) at the address
counter for each transfer (access) and returned to the temporary storage buffer. The content of this
temporary storage buffer is written back to the register (DMASA, DMADA) for each completion of a block
transfer unit.
Therefore, the address register (DMASA, DMADA) value is updated only on a block-transfer-unit basis,
and the address cannot be known at real time.
■ Transfer Count and Transfer Termination
● Transfer count
The transfer count register is decremented (by 1) for each completion of a block transfer unit. If the transfer
count register is "0", then the specified number of transfers is finished, resulting into a stop or re-activation
after the end code is displayed.
The transfer count register value is updated only on a block-transfer unit basis, similarly to the address
register.
If the reload of the transfer count register is disabled, the transfer is terminated. If it is enabled, the register
value is initialized, resulting into a status where the transfer is waited (DMACB:DTCR).
● Transfer termination
The sources of the transfer termination are as follows. When terminated, one of the source is displayed as a
end code (DMACB:DSS[2:0]).
• End of specified number of transfers (DMACA:BLK[3:0] × DMACA:DTC[15:0]) → Normal
Termination
• Occurrence of transfer stop request from peripheral circuit → Error
• Occurrence of reset → Reset
The transfer stop source is displayed (DSS) for each of the termination sources, and the transfer termination
interrupt/error interrupt can be generated,
464
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.3 Setting of Transfer Request
MB91313A Series
16.3
Setting of Transfer Request
There are two types of the transfer request that activates the DMA transfer. The
software request can always be used regardless of other request settings.
■ Built-in Peripheral Request
Generates a transfer request due to an occurrence of the interrupt from the built-in peripheral circuit.
Set which of the peripheral interrupts generates a transfer request for each channel (DMACA:
IS[4:0]=1XXXXB).
Note:
The interrupt request used for a transfer request can be seen as an interrupt request to CPU, so
disable the interrupt for the interrupt controller setting (ICR register).
■ Software Request
Generates a transfer request by writing to the trigger bit in the register (DMACA:STRG).
It is independent of the transfer request shown above, and it can always be used.
If a software request is issued simultaneously with activation (enabling of transfer), the DMA transfer
request is immediately output to the bus controller to start the transfer.
Note:
CM71-10143-5E
If a software request is issued to the channel in which built-in peripheral request is set, the source
is cleared for the corresponding peripheral after the transfer is completed. Therefore, the original
transfer request can be cleared, so do not issue the software request.
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
465
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
16.4
MB91313A Series
Transfer Sequence
You can independently set the transfer type and transfer mode to determine the
operation sequence after the DMA transfer is activated for each channel (setting of
DMACB:TYPE[1:0], MOD[1:0]).
■ Selecting the Transfer Sequence
The following sequence can be selected depending on the register setting:
Burst two-cycle transfer
Block/step two-cycle transfer
■ Burst Two-cycle Transfer
Repeats the specified number of transfers at one transfer source. For the two-cycle transfer, the transfer
source/destination address can be specified with 20 bits (for ch.0 to ch.3) or 24 bits (for ch.4).
The transfer source can select the peripheral transfer request/software transfer request.
[Features of burst transfer]
• If one transfer request is accepted, the transfer is repeated until the transfer count register turns to "0".
Number of transfers is block size × number of transfers (DMACA:BLK[3:0] × DMACA:DTC[15:0]).
• If another request occurs during the transfer, it is ignored.
• If the reload function of the transfer count register is enabled, the next transfer request is accepted after
the transfer is finished.
• If another channel's transfer request with a higher priority is accepted during the transfer, the channel is
switched at the boundary of the current block transfer unit, and it is not returned until the transfer
request for the channel is cleared.
Figure 16.4-1 Transfer Sequence of Burst Transfer
Peripheral transfer
request
Bus operation
Transfer count
CPU
SA
DA
4
SA
DA
3
SA
DA
2
SA
CPU
DA
1
0
Transfer termination
(Internal)
(Example of burst transfer when peripheral transfer request, block count = 1, transfer count = 4)
466
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Step/Block Transfer Two-cycle Transfer
For the step/block transfer (in which the transfer is executed for each transfer request at the specified
number of blocks), the transfer source/destination address can be specified with 20 bits (for ch.0 to ch.3) or
24 bits (for ch.4).
● Step transfer
If "1" is set to the block size, the sequence turns to the step transfer sequence.
[Features of step transfer]
• If a transfer request is accepted once, the transfer is executed once and stopped after the transfer
request is cleared (the DMA transfer request is turned down to the bus controller).
• If another request occurs during the transfer, it is ignored.
• If another channel's transfer request with a higher priority is accepted during the transfer, the channel
is switched after the transfer is stopped and the new transfer is started. Priority in the step transfer
works only if multiple transfer requests occur simultaneously.
● Block transfer
If other value than "1" is set to the block size, the sequence turns to the block transfer sequence.
[Features of block transfer]
The operation is the same except one transfer unit is composed of multiple numbers (blocks) of the
transfer cycle.
Figure 16.4-2 Transfer Sequence of Block Transfer
Peripheral transfer
request
Bus operation
CPU
Block count
Transfer count
Transfer termination
(Internal)
SA
DA
SA
2
DA
1
CPU
0
2
SA
DA
SA
2
DA
1
1
(Example of block transfer when peripheral transfer request, block count = 2, transfer count=2)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
467
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ General DMA Transfer
● Block size
• One transfer unit of the transfer data is a collection of the data, number of which is specified in the block
size specification register (× the data width).
• Since the data transferred in one transfer cycle is fixed to the value specified with the data width, a
transfer unit is composed of the number of the transfer cycles with the block size specified value.
• If a transfer request with a higher priority is accepted during the transfer or if the transfer pause request
is issued, even the block transfer is stopped only at the end of one transfer unit. This enables the data to
be protected for the data block that does not want to be divided or paused, but the response can be
downgraded if the block size is large.
• Though it is stopped immediately only when the reset occurs, the content of the data being transferred is
not secured.
● Reload operation
This module enables you to set the three types of the reload function for each channel:
(1) Transfer count register reload function
After the specified number of transfers are finished, the initial value is reset in the transfer count register
to wait for acceptance of an activation.
Set it if the whole transfer sequence is repeated.
If the reload is not specified, the count register value remains "0" after the specified number of transfers
is completed, and the subsequent transfer is not performed.
(2) Reload function of the transfer source address register
After the specified number of transfers are finished, the initial value is reset in the transfer source
address register.
Set if the transfer is repeated from the fixed area in the transfer source address area.
If the reload is not specified, the transfer source address register value is the next address after the
specified number of transfers are completed. It is used if the address area is not fixed.
(3) Reload function of the transfer destination address register
After the specified number of transfers are finished, the initial value is reset in the transfer destination
address register.
Set if the transfer is repeated to the fixed area in the transfer destination address area.
(Description shown below is the same as (2))
• Only If the reload function of the transfer source/destination register is enabled, the re-activation is not
performed after the specified number of the transfers are completed. Each of the address register values
is only reset.
Note:
Special case of operation mode and reload operation
• If it is preferable that processing stops when data transfer ends and starts after input is detected again, do
not specify reload.
• If the burst/block/step transfer mode is used for the transfer, the data is not transferred when the transfer
is completed, until the transfer is halted after reloaded and then a new transfer request input is detected.
468
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Addressing Mode
The transfer destination/source address is specified independently for each of the transfer channel.
The following methods are provided to specify the address. The transfer sequence should be used to set it.
● Address register specification
For the two-cycle transfer mode, set the transfer source address in the transfer source address setting
register (DMASA) and the transfer destination address in the transfer destination address setting register
(DMADA).
[Features of address register]
ch.0 to ch.3 are registers with 20-bit length, and ch.4 is a register with 24-bit length.
[Functions of address register]
• Read for each access and sent to the address bus.
• At the same time, the address for the next access is calculated with the address counter, and the
address register is updated with the address of the calculation result.
• The address calculation is selected from addition/subtraction independently for each channel/transfer
destination/transfer source. Increment/decrement width of the address depends on the value of the
address count size specification register (DMACB:SASZ, DASZ).
• If the reload function is disabled, the calculated address is left in the last address in the address
register after the transfer is completed.
• If the reload function is enabled, the initial value of the address is reloaded.
Notes:
• If an overflow or underflow occurs as a result of 20-bit or 24-bit length full address calculation,
transfer on the channel continues. Set each channel to prevent an overflow or underflow from
being generated.
• Do not set the address of the register of DMAC itself in the address register.
■ Data Type
The data length (data width) transferred in one transfer should be selected from one of the following:
• Byte
• Half word
• Word
Since the word boundary specification is kept for the DMA transfer, the different lower bit is ignored if the
specified address does not match the data length in the transfer source/destination address specification.
• Word . . . . . . Actual access address is 4 bytes in which the lower 2 bits start with "00B".
• Half word . . . Actual access address is 2 bytes in which the lower 1 bit starts with "0B".
• Byte. . . . . . . . Actual access address matches the address specification.
If the lower bit of the transfer source address does not match that of the transfer destination address, the
address as is set is output on the internal address bus, but the address is fixed on each of the transfer targets
on the bus, based on the rule described above.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
469
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Transfer Count Control
The transfer count is specified within a range of 16-bit length (1 to 65536) at maximum. The transfer count
specification value is set in the transfer count register (DMACA:DTC).
The register value is stored in the temporary storage buffer when the transfer is started, and decremented by
the transfer counter. When this counter value turns to "0", it is detected as completion of specified number
of the transfers, and the transfer for the channel is stopped or re-activation is waited (when the reload is
specified).
[Features of transfer count registers]
• Each of the registers has 16-bit length.
• Every register has its reload register.
• If activated when the register value is "0B", the transfer is repeated 65536 times.
[Reload operation]
• Available only if the register has the reload function and the function is enabled.
• The initial value of the count register is saved to the reload register when the transfer is activated.
• If the count turns to "0" using the transfer counter, the transfer is notified as completed, and the
initial value is read from the reload register and written to the count register.
470
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ CPU Control
If the DMA transfer request is accepted, DMA issues the transfer request to the bus controller.
The bus controller passes the right to use the internal bus to DMA at the break of the bus operation to start
the DMA transfer.
● DMA transfer and interrupt
• During DMA transfer, interrupts are generally not accepted until the transfer ends. And if the DMA
transfer request occurs when the interrupt is being processed, the transfer request is accepted and the
process of the interrupt is paused until the transfer is completed.
• If, as an exception, an interrupt request with a higher priority than the hold suppression level specified in
the interrupt controller occurs, DMAC temporarily turns down the transfer request to the bus controller
at the boundary of the transfer unit (1 block), and pauses the transfer until the interrupt request is
cleared. The transfer request is internally kept during this time. If the interrupt request is cleared, then
DMAC issues the transfer request to the bus controller to obtain the right to use the bus and resume the
DMA transfer.
● DMA suppression
• If the interrupt source with a higher priority occurs during the DMA transfer, the FR family halts the
DMA transfer and branches to the appropriate interrupt routine. This mechanism is valid as long as the
interrupt request exists. However, the suppression mechanism does not work if the interrupt source is
cleared, resulting that the DMA transfer resumes in the interrupt process routine. Therefore, use the
DMA suppression function, if you do not want the DMA transfer to be resumed in the process routine of
the interrupt source with a level which halts the DMA transfer. The DMA suppression function is
activated when other value than "0000B" is written to the DMAH[3:0] bit in the DMA overall control
register, and stopped when "0000B" is written.
• This function is mainly used in the interrupt process routine. Before the interrupt source is cleared in the
interrupt process routine, the content of the DMA suppression register is incremented by 1. This
prevents the subsequent DMA transfer from being performed. After the interrupt process is addressed,
the content of the DMAH[3:0] bit is decremented by 1 before the return. If there are multiple interrupts,
the content of the DMAH[3:0] bit is not "0000B" yet, meaning that the DMA transfer continues to be
suppressed. If there are not multiple interrupts, the content of the DMAH[3:0] bit is "0", meaning that
the DMA transfer request is immediately enabled.
● Notes
• As number of the register's bits are 4 bits, this function cannot be used for multiple interrupts with more
than 15 levels.
• The priority order of the DMA tasks should be placed at least 15-level higher than other interrupt levels.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
471
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Start of Operation
Starting of the DMA transfer is controlled independently for each channel, but you must enable all the
channels' operations before that.
● All the channels' operation enabled
Before activating each of the DMAC channels, you must enable all the channels' operation using the DMA
operation enable bit (DMACR:DMAE) in advance. If not enabled, any activation settings or occurred
transfer requests are invalid.
● Transfer activation
Use the operation enable bit in the control register of each channel to activate the transfer operation. When
the transfer request is accepted for the activated channel, the DMA transfer operation is started in the
specified mode.
● Activation from pausing state
If each or all the channels control is paused before the activation, the state remains after activating the
transfer operation. If a transfer request is issued at this time, the request is accepted and maintained. The
transfer is started at the point where the pausing is deactivated.
■ Acceptance and Transfer of Transfer Request
• When activated, the transfer request specified for each channel starts to be sampled.
• If the peripheral interrupt activation is selected, the DMAC transfers are continued until the transfer
request is cleared, and if cleared, the transfer is stopped at a transfer unit (peripheral interrupt
activation).
Since the peripheral interrupt level is treated as detected, the interrupt should be performed with the
interrupt cleared by DMA.
• The transfer request is always accepted, even when other channel's request is accepted to perform the
transfer. The channel to transfer for each transfer unit is determined based on a judgment of the priority.
■ Peripheral Interrupt Clear by DMA
• This DMA has a function to clear the peripheral interrupt. This function works when the peripheral
interrupt is selected for the DMA activation source (when IS[4:0]=1XXXXB).
• The peripheral interrupt is cleared only for the specified activation source. That is, only the peripheral
function specified in IS[4:0] is cleared.
● Timing of occurrence for interrupt clear
• The timing of occurrence depends on the transfer mode (see the section "16.5 Operation Flowcharts").
[Block/step transfer]
If the block transfer is selected, a clear signal occurs for each block (step) transfer.
[Burst transfer]
If the burst transfer is selected, the clear signal occurs when the specified number of transfers are
completed.
472
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Pause
The DMA transfer pauses if:
● Setting of pausing by writing to the control register (Each channel independently or all the channels
simultaneously)
If pause is set by the pause bit, the corresponding channel's transfer is stopped until the pause deactivation
is enabled again. Pause should be checked in the DSS bit.
If the pause is deactivated, the transfer is resumed.
● Hold suppression level interrupt process
If an interrupt request with a higher level than the hold suppression level occurs, all the channels being
transferred are paused at the boundary of the transfer unit, and the NMI/interrupt is processed first after
releasing the bus right. The transfer request accepted during the processing of the interrupt is maintained.
The channel in which the request is retained resumes the transfer after the interrupt process is completed.
■ Termination/Stop of Operation
Termination of the DMA transfer is controlled independently for each channel, but you can disable all the
channels' operations.
● Transfer termination
If the reload operation is invalid, the transfer is stopped when the transfer count register turns to "0". The
subsequent transfer requests become invalid after "normal termination" is displayed in the end code (the
DMACA:DENB bit is cleared).
If the reload operation is valid, the initial value is reloaded when the transfer count register turns to "0". A
transfer request is being waited again after "normal termination" is displayed in the end code (the
DMACA:DENB bit is not cleared).
● All the channels' operation disabled
If the DMA operation enable bit DMAE is used to disable all the channels' operations, all the DMAC
operations are stopped, including those of running channels. If all the channels' DMA operations are
enabled again after that, a transfer is not performed unless it is re-activated for each channel. In this case,
interrupt does not occur at all.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
473
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Stop By Error
As some cases where the transfer is stopped due to other source than the normal termination by completion
of the specified number of transfers, there are stop and halt by various errors.
● Occurrence of Transfer Stop Request from Peripheral Circuit
Some peripheral circuits that output the transfer request can generate the transfer stop request when an
abnormality (such as receive/send error around the communication system) is found.
If this transfer stop request is received, DMAC stops the corresponding channel's transfer, displaying
"transfer stop request" in the end code.
See the explanation of the transfer source selection bits bit28 to bit24 (IS4 to IS0) of the DMACA register
for information on whether there is a transfer stop request in the peripheral circuit.
See the specification of each peripheral circuit for details on the condition for generation of each transfer
stop request.
■ DMAC Interrupt Control
The following interrupts can be output for each DMAC channel, independently of the peripheral interrupt,
which becomes a transfer request.
• Transfer end interrupt . . . . Occurs only for normal termination.
• Error interrupt . . . . . . . . . . Transfer stop request from the peripheral circuit (Error due to peripheral)
These interrupts are all output according to the content of the end code.
The interrupt request can be cleared by writing "000B" to DSS2 to DSS0 (end code) of DMACS.
The end code must be cleared by writing "000B" for reactivation.
If the reload operation is valid, it is automatically reactivated, but the end code is not cleared in this case,
meaning that the data remains until a new end code is written when the next transfer is finished.
There is only one type of the end source that can be displayed in the end code, so if the multiple sources
occur simultaneously, the result of the priority judgment is displayed. Interrupt that occurs in this case
follows the displayed end code.
The priority of the end code is shown in the following (from the top with the highest priority):
• Reset
• Clear by writing "000B"
• Peripheral stop request
• Normal termination
• Channel selection and control
■ DMA Transfer during the Sleep
• DMAC can operate during the sleep mode.
• If the operation during the sleep mode is expected, you should consider the following:
(1) As CPU is being stopped, the DMAC register cannot be changed. The setting should be finished
before entering the sleep mode.
(2) The sleep mode is deactivated by interrupt, and if interrupt around the DMA activation source is
selected, the interrupt controller must be used to disable the interrupt.
Similarly, if you do not want to deactivate the sleep mode in the DMA end interrupt, the interrupt should be
disabled.
474
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
■ Channel Selection and Control
You can set up to five channels simultaneously for the transfer channel. Each of the channel can be set
independently for each function.
● Priority among channels
Only one channel is simultaneously available for the DMA transfer, and the priority is set among the
channels.
The priority setting has two modes, fix/rotation, and is selected for each channel group (described later).
• Fix mode
Fixed from the smallest channel number.
(ch.0 > ch.1 > ch.2 > ch.3 > ch.4)
If a transfer request with a higher priority is accepted during the transfer, the transfer channel is
switched to the channel with the higher priority at the end of one transfer unit (number specified in the
block size specification register × data width).
After the higher priority transfers are finished, the original channel's transfer is resumed.
Figure 16.4-3 DMA Transfer in Fix Mode
ch.0 transfer request
ch.1 transfer request
Bus operation
CPU
SA
Transfer channel
DA
SA
ch.1
DA
SA
ch.0
DA
SA
ch.0
DA
CPU
ch.1
ch.0 transfer finished
ch.1 transfer finished
• Rotation Mode (Only between ch.0 and ch.1)
The initial state is set the same as (1) after the operation is enabled, but the priority of the channel
changes for each transfer completion. Therefore, if the transfer request is output simultaneously, the
channels switches for each transfer unit.
This is a mode that is useful if the continuous/burst transfer is set.
Figure 16.4-4 DMA Transfer in Rotation Mode
ch.0 transfer request
ch.1 transfer request
Bus operation
Transfer channel
CPU
SA
DA
ch.1
SA
DA
ch.0
SA
DA
ch.1
SA
DA
CPU
ch.0
ch.0 transfer finished
ch.1 transfer finished
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
475
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.4 Transfer Sequence
MB91313A Series
● Channel group
The priority is selected in the following unit.
Mode
Priority level
Remarks
Fix
ch.0 > ch.1
-
ch.0 > ch.1
Rotation
↑↓
The initial state is the top row.
It is reversed when the transfer occurs for the top row.
ch.0 < ch.1
476
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.5 Operation Flowcharts
MB91313A Series
16.5
Operation Flowcharts
This section contains operation flowcharts for the following operation modes:
• Block transfer
• Burst transfer
■ Block Transfer
Figure 16.5-1 Operation Flowchart of Block Transfer
DENB
DMA stopped
0
DENB=1
Reload enabled
Activation
request waiting
Activation request
Load initial address,
number of the transfers,
number of the blocks
Transfer source address access
address operation
Transfer destination address access
address operation
Block count -1
BLK=0
Transfer count - 1
Only when the peripheral interrupt
activation source is selected
Write back address, transfer
count, number of the blocks
Clear interrupt
DTC=0
DMA transfer finished
Clearing of interrupt
occurred
Occurrence of the DMA
interrupt
Block transfer
• Can be activated for every activation source (selected)
• Accessible to all the areas
• Configurable for the number of the blocks
• Interrupt clear is issue at the end of the block count
• The DMA interrupt is issued when the specified number of transfers is completed
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
477
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.5 Operation Flowcharts
MB91313A Series
■ Burst Transfer
Figure 16.5-2 Operation Flowchart of Burst Transfer
DMA stopped
DENB
0
DENB=1
Reload enabled
Activation
request waiting
Load initial address,
number of the transfers,
number of the blocks
Transfer source address access
address operation
Transfer destination address access
address operation
Block count -1
BLK=0
Transfer count - 1
DTC=0
Write back address, transfer
count, number of the blocks
Only when the peripheral interrupt activation
source is selected
Clear interrupt
Clearing of interrupt occurred
DMA transfer finished
Occurrence of the DMA
interrupt
Burst transfer
• Can be activated for every activation source (selected)
• Accessible to all the areas
• Configurable for the number of the blocks
• Interrupt clear and the DMA interrupt are issued when the specified number of transfer is completed.
478
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.6 Data Bus
MB91313A Series
16.6
Data Bus
This section shows transfer examples of data bus.
■ Operation of Data in Two-cycle Transfer
Figure 16.6-1 Operation of Data in Two-cycle Transfer
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
F-bus
External bus I/F
CPU
I-bus
DMAC
Write cycle
CPU
DMAC
Read cycle
External bus I/F
External Area → External Area Transfer
F-bus
RAM
I/O
RAM
I/O
CPU
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
Write cycle
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
F-bus
RAM
External bus I/F
Read cycle
DMAC
CPU
DMAC
External bus I/F
External Area → Internal RAM Area Transfer
F-bus
I/O
RAM
I/O
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
F-bus
RAM
I/O
External bus I/F
CPU
I-bus
DMAC
Write cycle
CPU
DMAC
Read cycle
External bus I/F
External Area → Built-in I/O Area Transfer
F-bus
RAM
I/O
(Continued)
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
479
CHAPTER 16 DMAC (DMA CONTROLLER)
16.6 Data Bus
MB91313A Series
(Continued)
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
F-bus
F-bus
RAM
External bus I/F
CPU
I-bus
DMAC
Write cycle
CPU
DMAC
Read cycle
External bus I/F
Built-in I/O Area → Internal RAM Area Transfer
I/O
RAM
I/O
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
F-bus
F-bus
RAM
External bus I/F
CPU
I-bus
DMAC
Write cycle
CPU
DMAC
Read cycle
External bus I/F
Internal RAM Area → External Area Transfer
I/O
RAM
I/O
CPU
I-bus
X-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
Write cycle
X-bus
I-bus
Bus controller
D-bus
Data buffer
F-bus
RAM
480
I/O
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
External bus I/F
Read cycle
DMAC
CPU
DMAC
External bus I/F
Internal RAM Area → Built-in I/O Area Transfer
F-bus
RAM
I/O
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17
REMOTE CONTROL
RECEPTION
This chapter describes the functions and operations of
HDMI-CEC reception, ACK automatic a response, and
the remote control reception.
17.1 Overview of Remote Control Reception
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
481
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.1 Overview of Remote Control Reception
17.1
MB91313A Series
Overview of Remote Control Reception
This Product is equipped with HDMI-CEC reception, ACK automatic response, and
remote-control reception function.
■ Block Diagram of Remote Control Reception
Figure 17.1-1 Block Diagram of Remote Control Reception
Count
clock
Overflow
Counter
High width setting
register
StartBit Detect
RCIN
Noise
Filter
Edge
Detect
Latch
Comp
"1" Detect
Rise/Fall
"0" Detect
*1
ACK
RCACK*2
Data store register
Endian
convert
Shifter
*1 : Pseudo open drain
*2 : MB91F313A only
482
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
17.2
Register of Remote Control Reception
This section describes the configurations and functions of the registers used for
remote control reception.
■ Register Configuration of Remote Control Reception
Table 17.2-1 shows a list of remote control reception registers.
Table 17.2-1 Registers of the Remote Control Reception
Address
Register Abbreviation
000X0H
RCCR
000X1H
RCST
000X2H
RCSHW
000X3H
RCDAHW
High width setting register A *1
000X4H
RCDBHW
High width setting register B *1
000X5H
Reserved
000X6H
RCADR1
Device address setting register 1 *1
000X7H
RCADR2
000X8H
RCDTHH
Device address setting register 2 *1
Data store register HH
000X9H
RCDTHL
Data store register HL
000XAH
RCDTLH
Data store register LH
000XBH
RCDTLL
Data store register LL
RCCKD
Clock divided register *2
000XCH
000XDH
Register Name
Remote control reception control register *1
Remote control reception interrupt control register *1
Start bit high width setting register *1
X = 18H : (ch.0), 19H : (ch.1)
*1 : 8-bit access only
*2 : 16-bit access only
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
483
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
Remote Control Reception Control Register (RCCR)
17.2.1
Shows the bit configuration of the remote control reception control register (RCCR).
■ Remote Control Reception Control Register (RCCR)
Figure 17.2-1 Bit Configuration of Remote Control Reception Control Register (RCCR)
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
THSEL
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
ADRCE
MOD1
MOD0
EN
0
0
0
0
Attribute
Initial value
R/W
0
-
-
-
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
[bit 7]: THSEL
This is the threshold select bit.
Initial value is "0".
Set the criteria to check for "0" and "1" in the high width setting register A/B.
Status
THSEL
0
1
W > width A
W < width B
"0" data
"1" data
W > width A
W > width B
"1" data
"0" data
[bit 6 to bit 4]: Reserved
484
Write
Ignored.
Read
The read value is "0".
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
[bit 3]: ADRCE
Enable address comparison bit.
The initial value is "0" (disable comparison). Comparison of receive address and device address is enabled
when set to "1".
When comparison is enabled, an ACK/OVF interrupt occurs only when the addresses match.
In CEC mode, an ACK is returned when the address match is detected. In the case of broadcast address,
match is assumed, but no ACK is returned.
Set "0" if the mode is other than SIRCS mode or HDMI-CEC mode.
[bit 2,bit 1]: MOD1,MOD0
These bits are used to set the remote control reception operation mode.
MOD1
MOD0
Function
0
0
SIRCS mode [Initial Value]
0
1
Forbidden to set
1
0
NEC/AEHA mode (repeat signal not supported)
1
1
HDMI-CEC mode
Except for SIRCS mode (MOD1=1), the input signal is internally reversed.
High width comparison is applied to Low width.
[bit 0]: EN
This is the operation enable bit.
Remote control reception operation starts when this bit is set to "1".
Initial value is "0" (stopped).
Do not change the following registers and bits when this bit is "1" (operating).
RCCR register's THSEL bit, ADRCE bit, and MOD bit
RCST register's OVFSEL
RCSHW, RCDAHW, RCDBHW, RCADR1, RCADR2, and RCCKD register
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
485
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register
(RCST)
17.2.2
Figure 17.2-2 shows the bit configuration of the remote control reception interrupt
control register (RCST).
■ Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register (RCST)
Figure 17.2-2 Bit Configuration of Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register (RCST)
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
STIE
ACKIE
OVFIE
OVFSEL
ST
ACK
EOM
OVF
Attribute
R/W
Initial
value
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
[bit 7]: STIE
This bit enables start bit interrupt.
Value
Description
0
Interrupt disabled
1
Interrupt enabled
[bit 6]: ACKIE
This bit enables ACK interrupt.
Value
Description
0
Interrupt disabled
1
Interrupt enabled
It is valid only in CEC mode.
486
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
[bit 5]: OVFIE
This bit enables counter overflow interrupt.
Value
Description
0
Interrupt disabled
1
Interrupt enabled
This interrupt occurs only when there is an overflow after a start bit is detected.
No interrupt occurs if start bit is undetected.
[bit 4]: OVFSEL
This bit is used to set the overflow detection condition.
Value
Description
0
Overflow occurs when the counter reaches 128 clock counts.
1
Overflow occurs when the counter reaches 256 clock counts.
[bit 3]: ST
This bit indicates the detection of start bit.
Value
Description
0
Start bit undetected
1
Start bit detected
Cleared when "0" is written.
An interrupt occurs when a start bit is detected while the STIE bit is "1".
[bit 2]: ACK
This bit indicates the detection of ACK.
Value
Description
0
ACK undetected
1
ACK detected
Cleared when "0" is written.
An interrupt occurs when an ACK is detected while the ACKIE bit is "1".
When address comparison is enabled, an interrupt occurs only when the addresses match.
It is valid only in CEC mode.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
487
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
[bit 1]: EOM
This bit indicates the detection of EOM.
Value
Description
0
EOM undetected
1
EOM detected
Cleared when "0" is written.
It is valid only in CEC mode.
[bit 0]: OVF
This bit indicates the detection of counter overflow.
Value
Description
0
Counter overflow undetected
1
Counter overflow detected
When address comparison is enabled, an interrupt occurs only when the addresses match.
Cleared when "0" is written.
In SIRCS mode, the OVF flag is not set until the second byte is received.
488
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
17.2.3
Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2
(RCADR1, RCADR2)
Figure 17.2-3 shows the bit configuration of the device address configuration registers
1, 2 (RCADR1, RCADR2).
■ Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2 (RCADR1, RCADR2)
Figure 17.2-3 Bit Configuration of Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2 (RCADR1, RCADR2)
bit
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved
2
1
0
0
0
RCADR1,2
Attribute
R/W
Initial value
-
-
-
0
0
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
[bit 7 to bit 5]: Reserved
Write
Ignored.
Read
The read value is "0".
[bit 4 to bit 0]: RCADR1, 2
This is the register to set the device side (receive side) address.
The address set in this register is compared with the Remote Control Reception device address and HDMICEC destination.
Do not set 0FH (broadcast address) in this register in HDMI-CEC mode.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
489
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
Start Bit High Width Configuration Register (RCSHW)
17.2.4
Figure 17.2-4 shows the bit configuration of the start bit high width configuration
register (RCSHW).
■ Start Bit High Width Configuration Register (RCSHW)
Figure 17.2-4 Bit Configuration of Start Bit High Width Configuration Register (RCSHW)
bit
7
0
RCSHW
Attribute
R/W
Initial value
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
This register is used to set the High duration of the start bit.
A start bit is detected when the width of the received High exceeds the set value.
If the High width of the received signal is less than the set value, no start bit is detected and start bit High
detection wait state is reentered.
Set RCSHW < 127 (value not exceeding overflow detection) if OVFSEL=0.
490
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
17.2.5
"H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW)
Figure 17.2-5 shows the bit configuration of the "H" Width Configuration register A
(RCDAHW).
■ "H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW)
Figure 17.2-5 Bit Configuration of "H" Width Configuration A (RCDAHW)
bit
7
0
RCDAHW
Attribute
R/W
Initial value
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
This is register A used to set the "H" duration.
The value set in this register must be such that 2 < RCDAHW < RCDBHW.
Also, in CEC mode, set so that RCDAHW < 46 (less than ACK response pulse width).
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
491
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
"H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW)
17.2.6
Figure 17.2-6 shows the bit configuration of the "H" Width Configuration register B
(RCDBHW).
■ "H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW)
Figure 17.2-6 Bit Configuration of "H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDBHW)
bit
7
0
RCDBHW
Attribute
R/W
Initial value
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 8-bit access.
This is register B used to set the "H" duration.
Do not set value less than RCCDAHW.
Make sure RCCDAHW < RCCDBHW < RCSHW is satisfied.
492
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
17.2.7
Data Storage Registers
(RCDTHH, RCDTHL, RCDTLH, RCDTLL)
Figure 17.2-7 shows the bit configuration of the data storage registers (RCDTHH,
RCDTHL, RCDTLH, RCDTLL).
■ Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL, RCDTLH, RCDTLL)
Figure 17.2-7 Bit Configuration of Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL, RCDTLH, RCDTLL)
bit 31
24 23
RCDTHH
16 15
RCDTHL
8 7
RCDTLH
Attribute
R
Initial value
0
0
RCDTLL
R/W: Readable/writable
These are the registers to store the received data.
In CEC mode, the received data is stored in RCDTHH.
In remote control mode, data is stored starting from RCDTHH as each 8 bits are received.
When a counter overflow interrupt occurs, the bits received up to that point are stored MSB justified.
When the EN bit of RCCR register is "0", the value read from these registers is undefined.
If a signal exceeding 4 bytes is received, the excess data is ignored and not reflected in the registers.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
493
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.2 Register of Remote Control Reception
MB91313A Series
Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD)
17.2.8
Figure 17.2-8 shows the bit configuration of the clock division configuration register
(RCCKD).
■ Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD)
Figure 17.2-8 Bit Configuration of Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD)
bit 15
Attribute
Initial value
13
12
11
0
Reserved
CKSEL
CKDIV
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
0
0
R/W: Readable/writable
Note:
This register allows only 16-bit access.
[bit 15 to bit 13]: Reserved
Write
Ignored.
Read
The read value is "0".
[bit 12]: CKSEL
This bit selects the operating clock.
Value
Description
0
Clock dividing the resource clock is selected.
1
Source oscillation clock (32kHz) is selected.
To select a sub-clock by CKSEL bit of Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD), write "1" in
PLL2EN bit of Clock Source Control register (CLKP) to oscillate the sub-clock.
[bit 11 to bit 0]: CKDIV
These bits are used to set the resource clock division rate.
Division rate is CKDIV+1.
From 1 division (no division) to 4096 divisions can be set (only if CKSEL=0).
494
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples
MB91313A Series
17.3
Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure
Examples
This section describes the remote control reception operation. A setting examples for
each operation status are also shown.
■ Operation Flowchart of Remote Control Reception
● HDMI-CEC Reception
Figure 17.3-1 Operation Flowchart of HDMI-CEC Reception
HDMI-CEC
STRAT bit detect ?
NO
YES
Data reception (8bit)
EOM detect ?
NO
YES
ACK processing
ACK processing
END
b7
Start bit
Initiator
MSB
CM71-10143-5E
b0
Destination
EOM ACK
Data
EOM ACK
LSB
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
495
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples
MB91313A Series
● Remote Control Reception
Figure 17.3-2 Operation Flowchart of Remote Control Reception
Remote control
STRAT bit detect ?
NO
YES
Data reception
Overflow ?
NO
YES
END
b0
Start bit
b6 b0
command
MSB LSB
b15 b0
Data code
LSB
496
device
MSB LSB
b0
Reader
code
b4
b2 b0
Ext.+3
MSB LSB
Ext.+5
Start bit
MSB LSB
b7 b0
Data code
MSB LSB
b0
b7
Data code
MSB LSB
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Stop bit
Reader
code
MSB
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples
MB91313A Series
■ Setting Example of Remote Control Reception
Table 17.3-1 Setting Example of HDMI-CEC
Registers
Settings
Remarks
Remote Control Reception control register
MOD=11, THSEL=1, ADRCE=1
Remote Control Reception interrupt control register
ACKIE=1, OVFSEL=1, OVFIE=1
(7.8 ms)
Start bit high width configuration register
114
3.5 ms
"H" width configuration register A
13
0.4 ms
"H" width configuration register B
42
1.3 ms
Table 17.3-2 Setting Example of Remote Control (SIRCS)
Registers
Settings
Remarks
Remote Control Reception control register
MOD=00, THSEL=0, ADRCE=1
Remote Control Reception interrupt control register
ACKIE=0, OVFSEL=0, OVFIE=1
3.9 ms
Start bit high width configuration register
76
2.3 ms
"H" width configuration register A
17
0.52 ms
"H" width configuration register B
37
1.1 ms
Table 17.3-3 Setting Example of Remote Control (NEC)
Registers
Settings
Remarks
Remote Control Reception control register
MOD=10, THSEL=0
Remote Control Reception interrupt control register
ACKIE=0, OVFSEL=1, OVFIE=1
7.8 ms
Start bit high width configuration register
144
4.4 ms
"H" width configuration register A
15
0.46 ms
"H" width configuration register B
52
1.6 ms
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
497
CHAPTER 17 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION
17.3 Explanation of Operations and Setting Procedure Examples
498
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
MB91313A Series
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18
FLASH MEMORY
This chapter provides an outline of flash memory and
explains its register configuration, register functions,
and operations.
18.1
Outline of Flash Memory
18.2
Flash Memory Registers
18.3
Flash Memory Access Modes
18.4
Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
18.5
Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
18.6
Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
18.7
Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to
Avoid Erroneous Judgment
18.8
Restriction and Notes
Code: CM71-00512-2E
Page: 500, 500, 501, 501, 502, 505, 507, 511, 522, 525, 531
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
499
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.1 Outline of Flash Memory
18.1
MB91313A Series
Outline of Flash Memory
MB91313A series has a built-in 544 KB flash memory.
The internal flash memory can be erased either by sector or in all of the sectors
collectively, and can be written (programmed) in halfwords (16-bit units), via the FRCPU.
■ Outline of Flash Memory
This flash memory is a built-in 544 KB memory operating at 3.3 V. Similar to the discrete flash
memory, this flash memory supports writing outside the device using the ROM programmer. In
addition to the functions equivalent to the discrete flash memory, when used as built-in ROM for
the FR-CPU, the flash memory allows instructions and data to be read from in words (32 bits),
enabling a high-speed operation of the device.
This product supports the following features by combining flash memory macros and FR-CPU
interface circuits:
•
Features for use as CPU memory, for storing programs and data
Accessibility through 32-bit bus when used as ROM
Allowing read, write, and erase (automatic algorithm*) by the CPU
•
Features equivalent to single flash memory product
Allowing read or write (automatic algorithm*) by a ROM writer
*: Automatic algorithm: embedded algorithm
Embedded Algorithm is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
This section explains use of the flash memory accessed from the FR-CPU.
For information on using the flash memory accessed from a ROM writer, see the instruction
manual provided with the ROM writer.
500
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.1 Outline of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
■ Block Diagram
Figure 18.1-1 shows a block diagram of flash memory.
Figure 18.1-1 Block Diagram of Flash Memory
RDY/BUSYX
Detection of rising edge
Generation of
control signal
RESETX
BYEX
OEX
FLASHmemory
544KB
WEX
RDY
WE
Bus control signal
CEX
FA 19-0
DI 15-0
Address buffer
FA 19-0
DO 15-0
Data buffer
FD 31-0
FR F-bus (instruction/data)
■ Memory Map
Figure 18.1-2 shows a memory map of flash memory.
Figure 18.1-2 Memory map of Flash memory
0000_0000
0007_8000
544KB
FLASH
0010_0000
FFFF_FFFF
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
501
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.1 Outline of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
■ Sector Address Table
Sector configuration is different between Flash mode and CPU mode.
❍ Sector map in CPU mode
078000H
SA4 (64kB)
088000H
SA5 (64kB)
098000H
SA6 (64kB)
0A8000H
SA7 (64kB)
0B8000H
SA8 (64kB)
0C8000H
SA9 (64kB)
0D8000H
SA10 (64kB)
0E8000H
SA11 (64kB)
0F8000H
0FA000H
0FC000H
0FE000H
100000H
SA0 (8kB)
SA1 (8kB)
SA2 (8kB)
SA3 (8kB)
32bits
502
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.1 Outline of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
❍ Sector map in FLASH mode
078000H
07A000H
07C000H
07E000H
080000H
SA0 (8kB)
SA1 (8kB)
SA2 (8kB)
SA3 (8kB)
SA4 (64kB)
090000H
SA5 (64kB)
0A0000H
SA6 (64kB)
0B0000H
SA7 (64kB)
0C0000H
SA8 (64kB)
0D0000H
SA9 (64kB)
0E0000H
SA10 (64kB)
0F0000H
SA11 (64kB)
100000H
16bits
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
503
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.2 Flash Memory Registers
18.2
MB91313A Series
Flash Memory Registers
The flash memory has two registers: flash control status register (FLCR) and wait
register (FLWC).
■ List of Flash Memory Registers
Figure 18.2-1 shows a list of flash memory registers.
Figure 18.2-1 Flash Memory Registers
bit 7
0
Flash control status register(FLCR)
Wait register (FLWC)
504
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.2 Flash Memory Registers
MB91313A Series
18.2.1
Flash Control Status Register (FLCR)
The flash control status register (FLCR) indicates the operation status of flash memory.
■ Configuration of Flash Control Status Register (FLCR) (CPU Mode)
This register controls writing to flash memory.
This register can only be accessed in CPU mode. Do not access this register using the Read
Modify Write instruction.
Figure 18.2-2 shows the bit configuration of FLCR.
Figure 18.2-2 Bit Configuration of FLCR
FLCR
Address
bit
00007000H
7
6
5
4
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
R
R
R
R
3
2
1
0
Initial value
RDY
Reserved
WE
Reserved
0000X000B
R
R
R/W
R
R/W: Readable/writable
R:
Read only
[bit7 to bit4] Reserved: Reserved bits
These are reserved bits.
The read value is always "0000B".
[bit3] RDY: Ready bit
This bit indicates the operation status of the automatic algorithm (data write/erase).
The read data indicates the flash memory status as listed in the table below.
0
Data writing or erasing is in process, flash memory is not ready to accept a new
Data write/Erase command, and no data can be read from a flash memory
address.
1
Flash memory is ready to accept a new Data write/Erase command and data can
be read from a flash memory address.
• This bit is not initialized during a reset.
• Only read operation is possible, but write operation does not affect this bit.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
505
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.2 Flash Memory Registers
MB91313A Series
[bit2] Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit. Always set this bit to "0".
[bit1] WE : Write Enable bit
This bit controls the writing of data and commands to flash memory in CPU mode.
In flash memory mode, writing is enabled regardless of this bit.
0
Writing to flash memory is disabled and data is read from flash memory in 32-bit
access mode.
1
Writing to flash memory is enabled and data is read from flash memory in 16-bit
access mode.
This bit is initialized to "0" during reset.
Notes:
• If this is overwritten, confirm that the RDY bit has stopped the automatic algorithm. When the RDY
bit is set to "0", the value of this bit cannot be charged.
• When WE=1, do not respond to the instruction access request and only respond to the data
access request.
[bit0] Reserved bit
This is a reserved bit. Always set this bit to "0".
506
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.2 Flash Memory Registers
MB91313A Series
18.2.2
Wait Register (FLWC)
The wait register (FLWC) controls the wait state for flash memory access in CPU mode.
■ Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC)
The wait register (FLWC) consists of the following bits:
Figure 18.2-3 Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC)
FLWC
Address
bit
007004H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Initial value
FAC1
FAC0
WTW2
WTW1
WTW0
WTC2
WTC1
WTC0
01011011B
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W: Readable/writable
[bit7, bit6] FAC1, FAC0: Access control bits
These bits are set to control internal pulse generation for flash memory control. The ATDIN/
EQIN pulse width can be set by setting these bits.
Please set the value matched to setting (WTC2 to WTC0) of the wait cycle of the read access.
CM71-10143-5E
FAC1
FAC0
ATDIN width
EQIN width
Remarks
0
0
0.5 clock
1.0 clock
Read 1 wait
0
1
1.0 clock
1.5 clock
Read 2, 3 wait [Initial value]
1
0
1.5 clock
2.0 clock
Setting disabled
1
1
2.0 clock
2.5 clock
Setting disabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
507
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.2 Flash Memory Registers
MB91313A Series
[bit5 to bit3] WTW2 to WTW0: Write wait cycle bits
WTW2
WTW1
WTW0
Wait cycle
Remarks
0
0
0
-
Setting disabled
0
0
1
1
Setting disabled
0
1
0
2
Setting disabled
0
1
1
3
[Initial value]
1
0
0
4
Setting disabled
1
0
1
5
Setting disabled
1
1
0
6
Setting disabled
1
1
1
7
Setting disabled
• This bit is initialized to "011B" at a reset.
• Be sure to set always"011B".
[bit2 to bit0] WTC2, WTC1, WTC0: Wait cycle bits
WTC2
WTC1
WTC0
Wait cycle
Remarks
0
0
0
-
Setting disabled
0
0
1
1
-
0
1
0
2
-
0
1
1
3
Initial value
1
0
0
4
Setting disabled
1
0
1
5
Setting disabled
1
1
0
6
Setting disabled
1
1
1
7
Setting disabled
• These bits are initialized to "011B" at a reset.
508
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.3 Flash Memory Access Modes
MB91313A Series
18.3
Flash Memory Access Modes
The following two types of access mode are available for the FR-CPU:
• FR-CPU ROM mode:
One word (32 bits) data can be read but not written in a single cycle.
• FR-CPU Programming mode:
Word (32 bits) access is prohibited but reading/writing data with half-word (16 bits) is
enabled.
■ FR-CPU ROM Mode (32 Bits, Read Only)
In this mode, the flash memory serves as FR-CPU internal ROM. This mode enables to read one
word (32 bits) in one cycle but does not enable to write to flash memory or to start the automatic
algorithm.
❍ Mode specification
When specifying this mode, set the WE bit of the flash control status register (FLCR) to "0".
This mode is always set after releasing a reset at CPU run time.
This mode can be set only when the CPU is running.
❍ Detailed operation
In this mode, one word (32 bits) can be read from the flash memory area in one cycle.
❍ Restrictions
•
Address assignment and endians in this mode differ from those for writing with the ROM
writer.
•
In this mode, commands and data cannot be written to flash memory together.
■ FR-CPU Programming Mode (16 Bits, Read/Write)
This mode enables data to be written and erased. As one word (32 bits) cannot be accessed in
one cycle, program execution in flash memory is disabled in this mode.
❍ Mode specification
When specifying this mode, set the WE bit of the flash control status register (FLCR) to "1".
When a reset is released at CPU run time, the WE bit indicates "0". To set to this mode, set the
WE bit to "1". If the WE bit is set again to "0" through a writing operation or because of a reset,
the device enters FR-CPU ROM mode.
When the RDY bit of the flash control status register (FLCR) is "0", the WE bit cannot be overwritten.
When overwriting the WE bit, ensure that the RDY bit is set to "1".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
509
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.3 Flash Memory Access Modes
MB91313A Series
❍ Detailed operation
Half word (16 bits) data can be read from the flash memory area in one cycle.
The automatic algorithm can be started by writing a command to flash memory.
When the automatic algorithm starts, data can be written to or erased from flash memory. For
details on the automatic algorithm, see "18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory".
❍ Restrictions
•
Address assignment and endians in this mode differ from those for writing with the ROM
writer.
•
This mode inhibits reading data in words (32 bits).
■ Automatic Algorithm Execution Status
When the automatic algorithm is started in FR-CPU programming mode, the operation status of
the automatic algorithm can be checked by reading the RDY bit in the flash control status register
(FLCR).
When the RDY bit is set to "0", data is being written or erased with the automatic algorithm, and
no write or erase command can be accepted. Moreover, data cannot be read from any address in
flash memory.
Data read with the RDY bit set to "0" is a hardware sequence flag to indicate flash memory
status.
510
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
18.4
Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
The flash memory automatic algorithm can be started using a Reset, Write, Chip Erase,
or Sector Erase command. The Sector Erase command can suspend and resume the
automatic algorithm.
■ Command Sequence
To start the automatic algorithm, write one to six half-words (16 bits) data in sequence. This is
called the command.
If the address and data to be written are invalid or are written in an incorrect sequence, the flash
memory is reset to read mode.
Table 18.4-1 lists commands that can be used to write data to or erase data from flash memory.
Table 18.4-1 Command Sequence Table
Command
Sequence
Bus
Write
Cycle
1st Bus
Write cycle
Address
Data
2nd Bus
Write cycle
Address
Data
3rd Bus
Write cycle
Address
Data
4th Bus
Read/write
cycle
Address
Data
5th Bus
Write cycle
Address
Data
6th Bus
Write cycle
Address
Data
------------------Reset
1
XXXXH F0F0H
5555H DAAA8H F0F0H
----------Reset
3
DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H
5555H DAAA8H A0A0H
PA
PD
------Data writing
4
DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H
Chip erase
6
DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H
5555H DAAA8H 8080H DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H AAAAH DAAA8H
Sector erase
6
DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H
5555H DAAA8H 8080H DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H AAAAH
SA
Sector erase suspend
Suspend erase during sector erase with input of Address= XXXXH, data = B0B0H
Sector erase resume
Resume erase after Sector erase suspend, with input of Address= XXXXH, data = 3030H
Continuous
3
DAAA8H AAAAH D5554H
5555H DAAA8H 2020H
----------mode
Continuous
PA
PD
--------------2
XXXXXH A0A0H
writing
Continuous
F0F0H or
--------------mode
2
XXXXXH 9090H XXXXXH
0000H
Reset
RA: Read address
PA:
Write address
SA: Sector address (Specify any address in the sector)
RD: Read data
PD: Write data
------1010H
3030H
-------
❍ Reset command
Set flash memory into Read/Reset mode.
The flash memory remains in reading state until another command is entered.
When the power is turned on, flash memory is automatically set to the read or reset state. In this
case, data can be read without a reset command of the automatic algorithm.
To return to read/reset mode after the time limit is exceeded, issue a Reset command. Data is
read from flash memory in the next read cycle.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
511
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
❍ Program (Data write)
In FR-CPU programming mode, data is basically written in half-word units. The data write
operation is performed in four cycles of bus operation. Writing to memory starts when the last
write cycle is performed.
After executing automatic algorithm of data writing, it becomes unnecessary to control the flash
memory externally. The flash memory itself internally generates write pulses to check the margin
of the cells to which data is written. The data polling function compares bit7 of the original data
with data polling flag (DQ7) of the written data, and if these bits are the same, the automatic write
operation ends (see "■Hardware Sequence Flag" in "18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic
Algorithm"). The automatic write operation then returns to the read/reset mode and accepts no
more write addresses. After that, the flash memory requests the next valid address. In this
manner, the data polling function indicates a write operation in memory.
During a write operation, all commands written to the flash memory are ignored. If a hardware
reset starts during write operation, the data at the address for writing may become invalid.
Writing operations can be performed in any address sequence and outside of sector boundaries.
However, write operations cannot change a data item "0" to "1". If a "0" is overwritten with a "1",
the data polling algorithm either determines that the elements are defective, or that "1" has been
written. In the latter case, however, the respective data item is read as "0" in reset or read/reset
mode. A data item "0" can be changed to "1" only after an erase operation.
❍ Chip Erase
The Chip Erase command sequence ("erase all sectors simultaneously") is executed in six
access cycles.
During the Chip Erase command sequence, the user does not have to write to flash memory
before the erase operation. When the automatic algorithm of chip erasure is executed, flash
memory checks cell states by writing a pattern of zeros before automatically erasing the contents
of all cells (preprogram). In this operation, flash memory does not have to be controlled
externally.
The automatic erase operation starts with the write operation of the command sequence and
ends when data polling flag (DQ7) is set to "1", where flash memory returns to the read/reset
mode. The chip erase time can be expressed as follows: time for sector erase × number of all
sectors + time for writing to the chip (preprogram).
512
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
❍ Sector Erase
The Sector Erase command sequence is executed in six access cycles. The Sector Erase
command is entered in the sixth cycle for starting the sector erase operation. The next Sector
Erase command can be accepted within a time-out period of 40 μs to 160 μs after the last Sector
Erase command is written.
Multiple Sector Erase commands can be accepted during the six bus cycles of the writing
operation. During the command sequence, Sector Erase commands (3030H) for sectors whose
contents are to be erased simultaneously are written consecutively to the addresses for these
sectors. The sector erase operation itself starts from the end of the time-out period of 40 μs to
160 μs after the last Sector Erase command is written. When the contents of multiple sectors are
erased simultaneously, the subsequent Sector Erase commands must be input within the 40 μs
time-out period to ensure that they are accepted. For checking whether the succeeding Sector
Erase command is valid, read sector erase timer flag (DQ3) (see "■Hardware Sequence Flag" in
"18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm").
During the time-out period, any command other than Sector Erase and Temporarily Stop Erase is
reset at read time, and the preceding command sequence is ignored. In the case of the
Temporary Stop Erase command, the contends of the sector are erased again and the erase
operation is completed.
Any combination and number (from 0 to 6) of sector addresses can be entered in the sector erase
buffers.
The user does not have to write to flash memory before the sector erase operation.
Flash memory automatically writes to all cells in a sector whose data is automatically erased
(preprogram). When the contents of a sector are erased, the other cells remain intact. In these
operations, flash memory does not have to be controlled externally.
The automatic sector erase operation starts from the end of the 40 μs to 160 μs time-out period
after the last Sector Erase command is written. When data polling flag (DQ7) is set to "1", the
automatic sector erase operation ends and flash memory returns to the read/reset mode. At this
time, other commands are ignored.
The data polling function is enabled for any sector address in which data has been erased. The
time required for erasing the data of multiple sectors can be expressed as follows: time for sector
erase + time for sector write (preprogram) × number of erased sectors.
❍ Temporarily Stop Erase
The Temporarily Stop Erase command temporarily stops the automatic algorithm in flash memory
when the user is erasing the data of a sector, thereby making it possible to write data to and read
data from the other sectors. This command is valid only during the sector erase operation and
ignored during chip erase and write operations.
The Temporarily Stop Erase command (B0B0H) is effective only during sector erasure operation
that includes the sector erase time-out period after a Sector Erase command (3030H) is issued.
When this command is entered within the time-out period, waiting for time-out ends and the erase
operation is suspended. The erase operation is restarted when a Restart Erase command was
written. Temporarily Stop Erase and Restart Erase commands can be entered with any address.
When a Temporarily Stop Erase command is entered during sector erase operation, the flash
memory needs a maximum of 20 μs to stop the erase operation. When flash memory enters
temporary erase stop mode, a RDY bit in FLCR register and data polling flag (DQ7) output "1",
and toggle bit flag (DQ6) stops to toggle. For checking whether the erase operation has stopped,
enter the address of the sector whose data is being erased and read the values of toggle bit flag
(DQ6) and data polling flag (DQ7). At this time, another Temporarily Stop Erase command entry
is ignored.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
513
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.4 Automatic Algorithm of Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
When the erase operation stops, flash memory enters the temporary erase stop and read mode.
Data reading is enabled in this mode for sectors that are not subject to temporary erase. Other
than that, there is no difference from the standard read operation.
After the temporary erase stop and read mode is entered, the user can write to flash memory by
writing a Write command sequence. The write mode in this case is the temporary erase stop and
write mode. In this mode, data write operations become valid for sectors that are not subject to
temporary erase stop. Other than that, there is no difference from the standard byte writing
operation. The temporary toggle bit flag (DQ6) can be used to detect this operation.
Note that toggle bit flag (DQ6) can be read from any address, but data polling flag (DQ7) must be
read from write addresses.
To restart the sector erase operation, a Restart Erase command (3030H) must be entered.
Another Restart Erase command entry is ignored in this case. On the other hand, a Temporarily
Stop Erase command can be entered after flash memory restarts the erase operation.
514
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
MB91313A Series
18.5
Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
Data write/erasure operation of flash memory is performed by automatic algorithm. The
operation status of automatic algorithm can be checked by hardware sequence flag and
RDY bit.
■ RDY bit
The flash memory uses RDY bit in flash memory status register (FLCR) in addition to the hardware
sequence flag to indicate whether the automatic algorithm is running or ends.
When the value of the RDY bit is "0", the flash memory is executing a data write or erase
operation, where new Data Write and Erase commands are not accepted.
When the value of the RDY bit is "1", the flash memory is in read/data write or erase operation
wait state.
■ Hardware Sequence Flag
For obtaining the hardware sequence flag as data, read an arbitrary address (an odd address in
byte access) from flash memory when the automatic algorithm is executed. The data contains five
validity bits which indicate the status of the automatic algorithm.
When the automatic algorithm is executed for ROM1, specify an address in ROM1. When executed
for ROM2, specify an address in ROM2.
Figure 18.5-1 shows the structure of the hardware sequence flag.
Figure 18.5-1 Structure of the Hardware Sequence Flag
bit
During half-word read
During byte read
(from odd address only)
15
8 7
0
Hardware sequence flag
(Undefined)
0
bit 7
Hardware sequence flag
* Reading in units of words is disabled. (Only use this function in FR-CPU programming mode.)
bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(In half-word and
DPOLL TOGGLE TLOVER (Undefined) SETIMER (Undefined) (Undefined) (Undefined)
byte access)
The hardware sequence flag becomes invalid in FR-CPU ROM mode. Always use FR-CPU
programming mode and read only in half-words or bytes.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
515
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
MB91313A Series
Table 18.5-1 lists the possible statuses of the hardware sequence flag.
Table 18.5-1 Statuses of the Hardware Sequence Flag
Status
DPOLL
Data write
Chip erase
Sector erase
Executing
Temporary
erase stop
mode
TOGGLE TLOVER SETIMR
Reverse data
Toggle
0
0
0
Toggle
0
1
Time-out duration
1
Toggle
0
0
Erase duration
0
Toggle
0
1
Read (from sectors in temporary erase
stop)
1
1
0
0
Data
Data
Data
Data
Reverse data
Toggle*
0
0
Reverse data
Toggle
1
0
0
Toggle
1
1
0
Toggle
1
1
Read (from sectors not in temporary
erase stop)
Data write (to sectors not in temporary
erase stop)
Data write
Time limit
Chip/sector erase
exceeded
Write operation during temporary erase stop
*: TOGGLE toggles continuous read operations from any address.
The hardware sequence flags are explained below.
[bit7] DPOLL: Data polling flag (DQ7)
This flag is used with the data polling function to report that the automatic algorithm is being
executed or terminated.
• Automatic data write operation status
When read access is performed while the automatic algorithm of data write is being executed,
flash memory outputs the inversion of bit7 of the last data written regardless of the address
indicated by the address signal. When read access is performed at the end of the automatic
write algorithm, flash memory outputs bit7 of the read data to the address indicated by the
address signal.
• Chip erase operation status
When read access is performed while the automatic algorithm of chip erase is being
executed, flash memory outputs "0", regardless of the address indicated by the address
signal. Similarly, flash memory outputs "1" at the end of the chip erase.
• During a sector erase operation:
When read access is performed from the sector being erased during execution of the sector
erase automatic algorithm, it outputs "0". Due to restrictions on the function in this series, the
flash memory outputs "1" for 40 μs to 160 μs after the sector erase command is issued, and
then outputs "0".
After the sector erase is terminated, the flash memory outputs "1".
For restrictions on the data polling flag (DQ7) and how to avoid erroneous judgment of sector
erase completion, see section "18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid
Erroneous Judgment".
• Temporary sector erase stop status
When read access is performed during temporary sector erase stop status, flash memory
outputs "1" when the address indicated by the address signal is included in the sector in erase
status. If the address is not included in the sector in erase status, flash memory outputs bit7 of
the read value to the address. For checking whether a sector is in temporary sector erase stop
status and which sector is in erase status, read this bit and the toggle bit flag.
516
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
MB91313A Series
Note:
Read access to a specified address is ignored while the automatic algorithm is active. Values can be
output to other bits after data polling flag operation terminates in data read operation. Therefore,
when data is to be read after terminating the automatic algorithm, confirm that data polling is
terminated in the current read access.
[bit6] TOGGLE: Toggle bit flag (DQ6)
This flag is used with the toggle bit function to mainly report that the automatic algorithm is being
executed or terminated as well as data polling flag.
• Write or chip/sector erase operation status
When continuous read operations are performed while the automatic algorithm of data write
or chip/sector erase is being executed, flash memory outputs "1" and "0" toggle results to bit6
regardless of the address indicated by the address signal. When continuous read operations
are performed at the end of the automatic algorithm of write or chip/sector erase algorithm,
flash memory stops toggle operation of bit6 and outputs bit6 (DATA: 6) of the data read from
the address indicated by the address signal.
If a write target sector is protected from overwriting during a write operation, the toggle bit
tries to toggle for about 2 μs and stops toggling without changing data. If all selected sectors
are protected from overwriting, the toggle bit tries to toggle for about 100 μs and the system
returns to read/reset status without changing data.
• Temporary sector erase stop status
When a read operation is performed during a temporary sector erase stop operation, flash
memory outputs "1" if the address indicated by the address signal is included in the sector in
erase state. If the address is not included in the sector in erase state, flash memory outputs
the data of bit6 of the read value at the address indicated by the address signal.
[bit5] TLOVER: Timing limit over flag (DQ5)
This flag is used to report that a time (number of internal pulses) specified internally with flash
memory is exceeded while the automatic algorithm is being executed.
• Write or chip/sector erase operation status
When read access is performed within a specified time (necessary for write or erase) after
activating the automatic algorithm of write or chip/sector erase, flash memory outputs "0". If
read access is performed beyond the specified time, flash memory outputs "1". Because these
output operations are not affected by whether the automatic algorithm is being executed or
terminated, these operations can be used to check whether data write or erase operation is
successful. If flash memory outputs "1" while the automatic algorithm is being executed with
the data polling function or toggle bit function, consider the write operation to be unsuccessful.
For example, when "1" is written to a flash memory address where "0" is written, failure
occurs. Flash memory is locked and the automatic algorithm is not terminated. Thus, valid
data is not output from the data polling flag. The toggle bit flag does not stop toggling, the time
limit is exceeded, and "1" is output to the TLOVER flag. This status indicates that flash
memory was not used correctly, not that it was defective. Execute a Reset command.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
517
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.5 Execution Status of the Automatic Algorithm
MB91313A Series
[bit3] SETIMR: Sector erase timer flag (DQ3)
This flag is used to report that sector erasure is being awaited after starting a Sector Erase
command.
• Sector erase operation status
When read access is performed within a sector erase time-out period after starting a Sector
Erase command, flash memory outputs "0" regardless of the address indicated by the address
signal of the target sector. If read access is performed beyond the time-out period, flash memory
outputs "1" regardless of the address.
When "1" is set in this flag while the data polling or toggle bit function indicates that the
automatic algorithm is being executed, an internally controlled erase operation has started.
The writing of subsequent sector erase code and commands other than Erase Temporary
Stop is ignored until erase operation terminates.
When this flag is "0", flash memory accepts another sector erase code entry. In this case, it is
recommended to check the status of this flag by software before writing the succeeding sector
erase code. If this flag is "1" at the second time of status check, the additional sector erase
code may not be accepted.
• Sector erase operation status
When a read operation is performed during a temporary sector erase stop operation, flash
memory outputs "1" if the address indicated by the address signal is included in the sector that
is subject to the erase operation. If the address is not included in the sector that is subject to
the erase operation, flash memory outputs the data of bit3 of the read value at the address
indicated by the address signal.
518
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
18.6
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
This section explains how to issue a command to start the automatic algorithm for
following operations in flash memory.
• Reset • Data write • Chip erase • Sector erase • Temporary sector erase stop
• Sector erase restart
■ Data Writing/Erase
Automatic algorithm (data write, chip erase, sector erase, temporary sector erase stop, sector
erase restart) of flash memory is activated by writing the command sequence into bus. The write
cycles for each bus must always be executed continuously. Termination of the automatic
algorithm can be checked with the data polling function and toggle bit function. Flash memory is
set again into read/reset status after the automatic algorithm terminates normally.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
519
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
18.6.1
MB91313A Series
Read/Reset Status
This section explains the procedure to set flash memory into read/reset status by
issuing reset command.
■ Read/Reset Status
To set the flash memory read/reset status, issue the reset command sequence table continuously
to target sector in the flash memory.
A bus operation is performed one or three times with a Reset command sequence. There is no
essential difference between these two sequences. Read/reset status is the initial status of flash
memory, and flash memory is set in this status at power-on or when a command terminates
normally. In this status, the system waits for a command other than Read/Reset to be entered.
Data can be read using normal read access in this status. Programs can be accessed from the
CPU the same way the programs in mask ROM are accessed. The Read/Reset command is not
necessary for reading data in normal read access. This command is required, however, to
initialize the automatic algorithm if a command does not terminate normally.
520
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
18.6.2
Data Writing
This section explains the procedure to write data to flash memory by issuing data write
command.
■ Data Writing
To activate the automatic algorithm of data write, issue the data write command in command
sequence table continuously to target sector in flash memory. The automatic algorithm and
automatic writing start when writing data to the target address terminates in the fourth cycle.
❍ How to specify address
Only even-numbered addresses can be specified in write data cycles. If an odd-numbered address
is specified, data cannot be written correctly. In other words, data must be written to evennumbered addresses in units of half-words.
Data can be written by freely specifying the order of addresses where data is to be written.
Moreover, data can be written beyond sector boundaries. Note that items of data can only be
written with each write command in units of half-words.
❍ Notes on writing data
Data "0" cannot be changed to "1" in a write operation. If data "1" is overwritten, the data polling
algorithm or toggle operation does not terminate, and the flash memory device is considered
defective. An error is assumed with the time limit over flag if the specified write time is exceeded,
or if only data "1" is apparently written, although data "0" is read in read/reset status. Data "0" can
be changed to "1" only with an erase operation. All commands are ignored during automatic
writing. If a hardware reset is activated during writing, the data being written is not guaranteed.
❍ Write procedure
Figure 18.6-1 shows an example of the write procedure.
The status of the automatic algorithm in flash memory can be checked using the hardware
sequence flag. In the example in Figure 18.6-1, the data polling flag (DQ7) is used to check for
termination of the write operation.
Data for the flag check is read from the address where the last data was written.
The data polling flag (DQ7) changes together with the timing limit over flag (DQ5). Therefore,
data polling flag (DQ7) must be rechecked even though timing limit over flag (DQ5) is set to "1".
The toggle bit flag (DQ6) also stops toggling simultaneously when the value of timing limit over
flag (DQ5) is changed to "1". Therefore, this flag must also be rechecked.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
521
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
Figure 18.6-1 Example of Flash Memory Programming Procedure
Program start
FLCR: WE (bit1)
Programming of flash memory
enabled
Programming command sequence
AAAAH
D5556H
5555H
CAAAAH
A0A0H
D5556H
Program address
Program data
Read internal address
Data polling
(DQ7)
Next address
Data
Data
0
Time limit
(DQ5)
1
Read internal address
Data
Data polling
(DQ7)
Data
Write error
Last address
NO
YES
FLCR : WE(bit1)
Programming of flash memory disabled
Check with hardware
sequence flag
Program finished
522
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
18.6.3
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
Erasing Data (Chip Erase)
This section explains the procedures to erase all items of data in flash memory by
issuing chip erase commands.
■ Erasing Data (Chip Erase)
To erase all data in flash memory, issue the chip erase command in command sequence table to
the target section in flash memory.
Six bus operations are necessary to execute a chip erase operation. The operation starts when
the sixth write cycle is completed. The user need not write any value to flash memory before chip
erase operation. Flash memory automatically writes "0" to erase all cells.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
523
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
18.6.4
MB91313A Series
Erasing Data (Sector Erase)
This section explains the procedures to erase specified sectors in flash memory by
issuing sector erase commands. Erasure in sector units is possible and two or more
sectors can be specified with this command.
■ Sector Erase
To erase the sectors, issue the sector erase command continuously to the target sector in the
flash memory.
❍ How to specify sectors
A sector erase operation can be performed with six bus operations. A 40μs to 160μs sector erase timeout period starts when a sector erase code (3030H) is written to an even-numbered address
accessible in the target sector in the sixth cycle. To erase another sector, a sector code (3030H)
must be written in the same cycle the same way.
❍ Note on specifying two or more sectors
A sector erase operation starts when the 40 μs to 160 μs sector erase time-out period terminates
after the final sector erase code is written. Therefore, when two or more sectors are to be
specified, the address and erase code of each target sector must be entered within 40 μs (in the
sixth cycle of the command sequence) after specifying the preceding sector. Note that an address
and erase code not entered within 40 μs may not be accepted. The sector erase timer flag (DQ3)
of hardware sequence flag can be used to check the validity of a written sector erase code. The
address at which the read sector erase time is written should indicate the target sector.
❍ Sector erase procedure
The hardware sequence flag can be used to check the status of the automatic algorithm in flash
memory.
Figure 18.6-2 shows an example of the sector erase procedure. In this example, the toggle bit
flag (DQ6) is used to check for termination of the erase operation.
Note that data for the flag check is read from the sector to be erased.
The toggle bit flag (DQ6) stops toggling simultaneously when the value of the timing limit over flag
(DQ5) changes to "1". Therefore, the toggle bit flag (DQ6) must be rechecked even though the
timing limit over flag (DQ5) is set to "1".
Because the data polling flag (DQ7) also changes with the timing limit over flag (DQ5), it must
also be rechecked.
■ Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7)
Due to restrictions on the function in this series, the data polling flag(DQ7) outputs "1" for 40 μs to
160 μs after the sector erase command is issued, and then outputs "0". After the sector erase is
terminated, the flash memory outputs "1".
For restrictions on the data polling flag (DQ7) and how to avoid erroneous judgment of sector
erase completion, see section "18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid
Erroneous Judgment".
524
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
Figure 18.6-2 Example of Sector Erasing Procedure
Erase start
FLCR : WE(bit1)
Flash memory erase
enabled
Erase commandsequence
DAAA8H
D5554H
DAAA8H
DAAA8H
D5554H
Input to erasesector (3030H)
YES
AAAAH
5555H
8080H
AAAAH
5555H
Is there any
other sector?
NO
Internal address read
Internal address read 1
Sector
erase timer (DQ3)
Internal address read 2
Toggle bit (TOGGLE)
YES
Data 1 = Data 2 ?
No erasing specification
occurs within 40 µs
additionally.
Set the flag for starting
again from the remainder
andsuspend the erasing.
NO
Timing limit
(TLOVER)
Internal address read 1
Internal address read 2
: Check by hardware sequtnce flag
NO
Toggle bit (TOGGLE)
Data 1 = Data 2 ?
YES
Erase error
Set the flag
for starting again from
the remainder ?
YES
NO
FLCR : WE(bit1)
Flash memory erase
disabled
TOGGLE: Toggle bit flag (DQ6)
TLOVER: Timing limit over flag (DQ5)
CM71-10143-5E
Erase complete
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
525
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
18.6.5
MB91313A Series
Temporary Sector Erase Stop
This section explains the procedures to stop the sector erase operation temporarily by
issuing temporary sector erase stop command. When sector erase operation is
temporarily stopped by this command, the data can be read from a sector not being
erased by using this command.
■ Temporary Sector Erase Stop
To stop the sector erase temporarily, issue the temporary sector erase command in command
sequence table to target sector in flash memory.
This command stops erase operation temporarily, so, data read from a sector not being erased
becomes available. Data can only be read from the sector; data cannot be written there. This
command is only effective during sector erasure that includes an erase time-out period. It is ignored
during chip erase operation and write operation.
A sector erase operation is stopped temporarily by writing a temporary erase stop code (B0B0 H).
The address where the temporary erase stop code is written should indicate an address in flash
memory. A Temporary Sector Erase Stop command issued during temporary erase stop status is
ignored.
If a Temporary Sector Erase Stop command is entered during a sector erase time-out period, the
sector erase time-out is immediately canceled and erase operation in progress is stopped. If a
Temporary Sector Erase Stop command is entered during a sector erase operation after the
sector erase time-out period elapses, sector erase operation is stopped temporarily after up to 20
μs elapse.
526
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.6 Data Writing to and Erasing from Flash Memory
MB91313A Series
18.6.6
Sector Erase Restart
This section explains how to restart the temporarily stopped sector erase operation by
issuing the sector erase restart command.
■ Sector Erase Restart
To restart the sector erase which is temporarily stopped, issue the sector erase restart command
in command sequence table to target sector in flash memory.
Restart operation starts when an erase restart code (3030H) is written. The address where the
erase restart code is written should indicate an address in flash memory.
Sector Erase Restart commands issued during a sector erase operation are ignored.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
527
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid Erroneous
Judgment
18.7
MB91313A Series
Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid
Erroneous Judgment
This series has some restrictions on how to use the data polling flag (DQ7) during
execution of the automatic sector erase algorithm. This section describes such
restrictions and how to avoid erroneous judgment of sector erase completion.
■
Description of Problems due to Restrictions
The data polling flag (DQ7) is used to indicate that the execution of the automatic algorithm is
currently in progress or completed, by using the data polling function. In its original operation, as
shown in Figure 18.7-1, DQ7 outputs "0" after the sector erase command is issued when the
automatic algorithm is being started, and returns to "1" upon the completion of the erase
operation. Therefore, the DQ7 polling algorithm indicates the completion of the erase operation
by outputting "1".
In this series, DQ7 continues to output "1" for 40 μs to 160 μs, after the Sector Erase command is
issued, and then it outputs "0". When the erase operation is completed, it then returns to "1". For
this reason, if the sector erase polling is started while "1" is still being output immediately after the
sector erase command is issued, the erroneous judgment that the erase operation has been
completed may occur, although the erase operation has not actually started.
The timing for DQ7 to change from "1" to "0" after the sector erase command is accepted is the
same as the timing for the sector erase timer flag (DQ3), which indicates the sector erase timeout
period, to change from "0" to "1".
Figure 18.7-1 Actual Operation of Data Polling Flag (DQ7)
Writing the last 3030H by
sector erase command
Erase completed
Signal of internal
interruption
DQ7 (Normal)
DQ7(Problems)
First reading
40 μs to 160 μ s
DQ3
The following or other problems may occur, as a result of the erroneous judgment that the erase operation
has been completed,
(1) Runaway or abnormal operation may occur, because the value of the sequence flag is read from the
flash memory even when the CPU attempts to fetch instruction/data; therefore, the value of the program
cannot be read properly.
(2) If the next command is issued after the erroneous judgment that the sector erase operation has been
completed occurs, the first command may be cancelled, resulting in a return to the read state, or the next
command may not be accepted.
528
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
■
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid Erroneous
Judgment
How to Avoid Problems
Use one of the following methods to avoid the problems.
● Polling using the toggle bit flag (DQ6)
Determine the state of the automatic algorithm using DQ6, as shown in Figure 18.6-2 in "18.6.4
Data (Sector Erase)"
Erasing
In the same manner as the data polling flag (DQ7), the toggle bit flag (DQ6) indicates that the automatic
algorithm is being executed or has terminated by the toggle bit function.
● Starting polling of DQ7 after the sector erase timeout period elapses
Before starting the polling of DQ7, wait for 160μs or more by software after the sector erase command is
issued, or wait until DQ3 is set to "1" (end of the sector erase timeout period). Figure 18.7-2 shows the
judgment method using DQ3 after the sector erase command is issued.
Figure 18.7-2 How to Avoid Problems by Sector Erase Timer Flag (DQ3)
P
Internal address read
0
Sector erase timer flag
(DQ3)
1
Internal address read
Data polling flag (DQ7)
1
0
0
Timing limit over flag
(DQ5)
1
Internal address read
0
Data polling flag (DQ7)
1
Erase error
CM71-10143-5E
Sector erase
completed
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
529
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.7 Restrictions on Data Polling Flag (DQ7) and How to Avoid Erroneous
Judgment
● Data polling using the 8 bits of hardware sequence flags
MB91313A Series
Make a judgment by data polling using the 8 bits of hardware sequence flags, rather than using only the
polling of DQ7.
Figure 18.7-3 shows the judgment method using the data polling of the 8 bits after the sector erase
command is issued.
Figure 18.7-3 How to Avoid Problems by Data Polling of 8 Bits
P
Internal address read
Data (DQ0 to DQ7)?
FFH
other
0
Timing limit over flag
(DQ5)
1
Internal address read
other
Data (DQ0 to DQ7)?
FFH
Erase error
530
Sector erase
completed
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.8 Restriction and Notes
MB91313A Series
18.8
Restriction and Notes
This section explains the notes on programming flash memory.
■ Restrictions and Notes
(1) Do not execute the write access for the following area (I-bus)
0000_0300H to 0000_037FH
0000_03E4H to 0000_03E7H
0000_8000H to 0000_BFFFH
0001_0000H to 0001_FFFFH
(2) Do not execute the write access to the FLASH memory at WE=0 of FLCR register.
(3) Do not execute the continuous write access for the FLASH memory at WE=1 of FLCR
register. Be sure to open more than "NOP"1 instruction.
Example: Command write to FLASH (command sequence) => FLASH read
Idi
#0xAAAA, r0
Idi
#0x5555, r1
Idi
#0xAAAAA, r6
Idi
#0xA5555, r7
Idi
#0xA0A0, r8
Idi
#PA, r2
Idi
#PD, r3
sth
nop
sth
nop
sth
nop
sth
nop
r0, @r6
: Be sure to open more than "NOP"1 instruction
r1, @r7
: Be sure to open more than "NOP"1 instruction
r8, @r6
: Be sure to open more than "NOP"1 instruction
r3, @r2
: Be sure to open more than "NOP"1 instruction
(4) The write access is enabled only the halfword to FLASH memory at the CPU mode. Do not
execute the byte write access.
(5) Do not execute the branch instruction to the FLASH memory area after rewriting the WE of the
FLCR register. When branching to the FLASH area, obey the following program example
once the FLCR register value is read.
STB
LDUB
BRA
R1,
@R2
@R2,
R1
_flash_address
/ / WE=OFF
/ / FLCR value dummy read
/ / Branch to the FLASH memory
(6) The sector protect cannot be used.
(7) Do not guarantee the read value immediately after rewriting to FLASH. Before reading is
executed after writing, be sure to insert the dummy read.
STH
LDUH
LDUH
CM71-10143-5E
r0,
@r2,
@r3
@r1
r4
r4
/ / FLASH write
/ / Dummy read
/ / Polling data read
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
531
CHAPTER 18 FLASH MEMORY
18.8 Restriction and Notes
532
MB91313A Series
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 19
MB91313A
SERIAL PROGRAMMING
CONNECTION
This chapter explains the serial programming
connection for MB91313A.
19.1 Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
19.2 Example of Serial Programming Connection
19.3 System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller Programmer
19.4 Additional Notes
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
533
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
19.1 Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
19.1
MB91313A Series
Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
MB91313A supports serial on-board programming (Fujitsu standard) into flash ROM.
This section summarizes its specifications.
■ Basic Configuration of Serial Programming Connection
Fujitsu standard serial on-board programming uses the AF420/AF320/AF220/AF210/AF120/AF110 flash
microcontroller programmers by Yokogawa Digital Computer Corporation. The following figure shows the
basic configuration for the MB91313A serial programming connection.
It is possible to choose between the program operated in single-chip mode and the program operated in
internal ROM external bus mode and to write.
Host interface cable
RS232C
General-purpose common cable (AZ210)
AF420/AF320/
AF220/AF210/
AF120/AF110
Flash
microcontroller
programmer
+
memory card
CLK synchronous
serial
MB91313A
user system
Operable in stand-alone mode
Note:
Contact Yokogawa Digital Computer Corporation for the functions and use of the flash
microcontroller programmer and for information on the general-purpose common cable (AZ210) for
connection and relevant connectors.
534
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
19.1 Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
MB91313A Series
■ Pins Used for Fujitsu-standard Serial On-board Programming
Pin
Function
Supplement
MD2, MD1, MD0
Mode pins
Controls the programming mode.
Flash serial programming mode: MD2, MD1, MD0=H, L, L
P54/ASX
P55/RDX
Write program start pins
Sets P54="L", P55="H" (clock synchronous mode) during the flash
serial reprogramming.
INITX, TRSTX
Reset pins
ICD3 (SIN0)
Serial data input pin
ICS0 (SOT0)
Serial data output pin
ICD2 (SCK0)
Serial clock input pin
VCC
Supply-voltage feeder pin
Supply the programming voltage from the user system.
VSS
GND pin
Use this pin also to GND of the flash microcontroller programmer.
Use the ch.0 resource of UART as an interface for the serial on-board
programming communication via the DSU pin.
AF420/AF320/
AF220/AF210/
AF120/AF110
Write control pin
AF420/AF320/
AF220/AF210/
AF120/AF110
/TICS pin
MB91313A
Write control pin
10 kΩ
User
Notes:
1. The control circuit shown above is required for the user system to use the Pxx, ICD3, ICS0, and
ICD2 pins. (During serial programming, the user circuit can be isolated by the /TICS signal of the
flash microcontroller programmer.)
2. Connect the user system to the flash microcontroller programmer with the user power supply off.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
535
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
19.2 Example of Serial Programming Connection
19.2
MB91313A Series
Example of Serial Programming Connection
This section indicates an example the serial programming connection.
■ Example of Serial Programming Connection
Figure 19.2-1 shows an example of the serial programming connection.
Figure 19.2-1 Example for Serial Programming Connection MB91313A
Flash microcontroller
programmer
User system
MB91313A
Connector DX10-28S
TAUX3
(19)
MD2
For serial
reprogramming 1
≥4.7 kΩ
MD1
MD0
User circuit
P54
For serial
reprogramming 0
For serial
reprogramming 1
≥4.7 kΩ
≥4.7 kΩ
P55
User circuit
TRSTX
≥4.7 kΩ
/TRES
(5)
TTXD
(13)
(27)
ICD3 (SIN0)*
ICS0 (SOT0)*
(6)
ICD2 (SCK0)*
(2)
VCC
TRXD
TCK
TVcc
GND
(7,8,
14,15,
21,22
1,28)
3, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16, 17,
18, 20, 23, 24, 25, and
26 pins are OPEN
INITX
User power supply (3.3 V)
14 pin
VSS
1 pin
DX10-28S
28 pin
15 pin
Pin assignment of connector
DX10-28S: Right-angle type
(manufactured by HIROSE ELECTRIC)
*:It becomes the ch.0 resource of UART only at the serial programming mode.
536
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
MB91313A Series
19.3
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
19.3 System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller Programmer
System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller
Programmer
This section indicates the system configuration of the flash microcontroller
programmer (manufactured by Yokogawa Digital Computer Corporation).
■ System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller Programmer
Model
Function
AF220
/AC4P
Ethernet interface model
/100V to 220V power adapter
AF210
/AC4P
Standard model
/100V to 220V power adapter
AF120
/AC4P
Single-key Ethernet interface model /100V to 220V power adapter
AF110
/AC4P
Single-key model
Main unit
Contact:
CM71-10143-5E
/100V to 220V power adapter
Yokogawa Digital Computer Corporation
Phone: (81)-42-333-6224
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
537
CHAPTER 19 MB91313A SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
19.4 Additional Notes
19.4
MB91313A Series
Additional Notes
This section explains the note for the serial programming connection for MB91313A.
■ Note
The port state during flash memory programming by the serial programmer is the same as the reset state,
except for the pin being used for programming.
538
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
This appendix explains the details not covered in the
main topics and other referential information for
programming about the I/O map, interrupt vector, pin
status of the CPU state, notes and instructions list when
using the little endian area.
APPENDIX A I/O Map
APPENDIX B Vector Table
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
539
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
APPENDIX A I/O Map
This section shows the correspondence between memory space area and each register
of peripheral resources.
■ How to Read I/O Map
Address
000000H
Register
+0
+1
+2
+3
PDR0 [R/W]B PDR1 [R/W]B PDR2 [R/W]B PDR3 [R/W]B
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Block
T-unit
port data register
Read/write attribute
Initial register value after reset
Register name (Registers in column 1 are located at 4n addresses,
registers in column 2 are located at 4n + 2 addresses, and so on)
The leftmost register address (When word access is used, the register
in the first column becomes the MSB side of data.)
The bit value of a register shows an initial value as follows:
"1": Initial value "1"
"0": Initial value "0"
"X": Initial value "Undefine"
"-": No physical register exists at that location.
540
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (1 / 10)
Address
000000H
000004H
Register
0
PDR0 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
PDR4 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
000008H
00000CH
PDRC [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
1
2
PDR1 [R/W]
PDR2 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
PDR5 [R/W]
PDR6 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
----XXXX
Reserved
PDRD [R/W]
PDRE [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
000010H
to
00001CH
000020H
000024H
000028H
00002CH
000030H
000034H
ADCTH [R/W]
ADCTL [R/W]
00000000
00000000
ADAT0 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT2 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT4 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT6 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT8 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
000048H
00004CH
Reserved
000050H
TMRLR1 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
000054H
Reserved
000058H
TMRLR2 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00005CH
Reserved
CM71-10143-5E
Block
Port data register
PDRF [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
Reserved
ADCH [R/W]
00000000_00000000
ADAT1 [R]
------XX XXXXXXXX
ADAT3 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT5 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT7 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
ADAT9 [R]
XXXXXX00_00000000
Reserved
EIRR0 [R/W]
ENIR0 [R/W]
00000000
00000000
DICR [R/W]
HRCL [R,R/W]
-------0
---11111
TMRLR0 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
000044H
Reserved
Reserved
000038H
to
00003CH
000040H
3
PDR3 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
10-bit A/D converter
Reserved
ELVR0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000
External interrupt 0 to 7
Reserved
Delay / I-unit
TMR0 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR0 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
TMR1 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR1 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
TMR2 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR2 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Reload timer 0
Reload timer 1
Reload timer 2
541
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (2 / 10)
Address
000060H
000064H
000068H
00006CH
000070H
000074H
000078H
00007CH
000080H
000084H
000088H
00008CH
000090H
000094H
000098H
00009CH
0000A0H
0000A4H
0000A8H
0000ACH
542
Register
0
1
2
3
SCR0 [R,R/W]
SMR0 [W,R/W]
SSR0 [R,R/W]
ESCR0 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR0/TRD0 [R/W]
BGR01 [R/W]
BGR00 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR0
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR0
ISMK0 [R/W]
IBSA [R/W]
FCR01 [R/W]
FCR00 [R/W]
01111110
00000000
00-00100
00000000
FBYTE01 [R/W]
FBYTE00 [R/W]
Reserved
00000000
00000000
SCR1 [R,R/W]
SMR1 [W,R/W]
SSR1 [R,R/W]
ESCR1 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR1/TDR1 [R/W]
BGR11 [R/W]
BGR10 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR1
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR1
ISMK1 [R/W]
IBSA1 [R/W]
FCR11 [R/W]
FCR10 [R/W]
01111110
00000000
00-00100
00000000
FBYTE10 [R/W]
FBYTE00 [R/W]
Reserved
Reserved
00000000
00000000
SCR2 [R,R/W]
SMR2 [W,R/W]
SSR2 [R,R/W]
ESCR2 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR2/TDR2 [R/W]
BGR21 [R/W]
BGR20 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR2
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR2
ISMK2 [R/W]
IBSA2 [R/W]
FCR21 [R/W]
FCR20 [R/W]
01111110
00000000
00000000
00000000
FBYTE21 [R/W]
FBYTE20 [R/W]
Reserved
00000000
00000000
SCR3 [R,R/W]
SMR3 [W,R/W]
SSR3 [R,R/W]
ESCR3 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR3/TDR3 [R/W]
BGR31 [R/W]
BGR30 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR3
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR3
ISMK3 [R/W]
IBSA3 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
SCR4 [R,R/W]
SMR4 [W,R/W]
SSR4 [R,R/W]
ESCR4 [R/W]
0--00000
00000000
0-000011
--000000
RDR4/TDR4 [R/W]
BGR41 [R/W]
BGR40 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR4
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR4
ISMK4 [R/W]
IBSA4 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Block
Serial interface 0
FIFO 0
Serial interface 1
FIFO 1
Serial interface 2
Serial interface 3
Serial interface 4
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (3 / 10)
Address
0000B0H
0000B4H
0000B8H
0000BCH
0000C0H
0000C4H
Register
0
1
2
3
SCR5 [R,R/W]
SMR5 [W,R/W]
SSR5 [R,R/W]
ESCR5 [R/W]
0--00000
00000000
0-000011
--000000
RDR5/TDR5 [R/W]
BGR51 [R/W]
BGR50 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR5
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR5
ISMK5 [R/W]
IBSA5 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
EIRR1 [R/W]
ENIR1 [R/W]
ELVR1 [R/W]
00000000
00000000
00000000 00000000
EIRR2 [R/W]
ENIR2 [R/W]
ELVR2 [R/W]
00000000
00000000
00000000 00000000
0000C8H
to
0000CCH
0000D0H
0000D4H
0000D8H
0000DCH
Reserved
PWCCL [R/W]
PWCCH [R/W]
0000--00
0--00000
PWCD [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PWCC2 [R/W]
000----PWCUD [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
0000E0H
to
0000ECH
0000F0H
0000F4H
0000F8H
0000FCH
000100H
000104H
000108H
00010CH
000110H
000114H
to
00011CH
CM71-10143-5E
Serial interface 5
Ext. INT 8 to INT 15
Ext. INT 16 to INT 23
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PWC
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
T0LPCR [R/W]
T0CCR [R/W]
-----000
0-000000
T0DRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T1LPCR [R/W]
T1CCR [R/W]
-----000
0-000000
T1DRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T2LPCR [R/W]
T2CCR [R/W]
-----000
0-000000
T2DRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T3LPCR [R/W]
T3CCR [R/W]
-----000
0-000000
T3DRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMODE [R/W]
00000000 00000000
Block
Reserved
T0TCR [R/W]
T0R [R/W]
00000000
---00000
T0CRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T1TCR [R/W]
T1R [R/W]
00000000
---00000
T1CRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T2TCR [R/W]
T2R [R/W]
00000000
---00000
T2CRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
T3TCR [R/W]
T3R [R/W]
00000000
---00000
T3CRR [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Multifunction timer
Reserved
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Reserved
543
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (4 / 10)
Address
000120H
000124H
000128H
00012CH
000130H
000134H
000138H
00013CH
Register
0
1
PDUT0 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PTMR0 [W]
11111111 11111111
PDUT1 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PTMR1 [W]
11111111 11111111
PDUT2 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PTMR2 [W]
11111111 11111111
PDUT3 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PTMR3 [W]
11111111 11111111
000140H
to
000144H
TMRLR3 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00014CH
Reserved
000150H
TMRLR4 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
000154H
Reserved
000158H
TMRLR5 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
00015CH
Reserved
000180H
000184H
000188H
00018CH
000190H
000194H
000198H
00019CH
544
3
PCSR0 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PCNH0 [R/W]
PCNL0 [R/W]
00000000000000PCSR1 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PCNH1 [R/W]
PCNL1 [R/W]
00000000000000PCSR2 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PCNH2 [R/W]
PCNL2 [R/W]
00000000000000PCSR3 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
PCNH3 [R/W]
PCNL3 [R/W]
00000000000000Reserved
000148H
000160H
to
00017CH
2
PPG0
PPG1
PPG2
PPG3
Reserved
TMR3 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR3 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
TMR4 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR4 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
TMR5 [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
TMCSR5 [R,RW]
00000000 00000000
Reserved
RCCR0 [R/W]
RCST0 [R/W]
0---0000
00000000
RCDBHW0 [R/W]
Reserved
00000000
RCDT0HH [R]
RCDT0HL [R]
00000000
00000000
RCCKD0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000
RCCR1 [R/W]
RCST1 [R/W]
0---0000
00000000
RCDBHW1 [R/W]
Reserved
00000000
RCDT1HH [R]
RCDT1HL [R]
00000000
00000000
RCCKD1 [R/W]
00000000 00000000
Block
Reload timer 3
Reload timer 4
Reload timer 5
Reserved
RCSHW0 [R/W]
00000000
RCADR01 [R/W]
00000000
RCDT0LH [R]
00000000
RCDAHW0 [R/W]
00000000
RCADR02 [R/W]
00000000
RCDT0LL [R]
00000000
Remote control 0
Reserved
RCSHW1 [R/W]
00000000
RCADR11 [R/W]
00000000
RCDT1LH [R]
00000000
RCDAHW1 [R/W]
00000000
RCADR12 [R/W]
00000000
RCDT1LL [R]
00000000
Remote control 1
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (5 / 10)
Register
Address
0
0001A0H
to
0001ACH
0001B0H
0001B4H
0001B8H
0001BCH
0001C0H
0001C4H
0001C8H
0001CCH
0001D0H
0001D4H
0001D8H
0001DCH
0001E0H
0001E4H
0001E8H
0001ECH
0001F0H
0001F4H
0001F8H
0001FCH
1
2
3
Reserved
SCR6 [R,R/W]
SMR6 [W,R/W]
SSR6 [R,R/W]
ESCR6 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR6/TDR6 [R/W]
BGR61 [R/W]
BGR60 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR6
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR6
ISMK6 [R/W]
IBSA6 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
SCR7 [R,R/W]
SMR7 [W,R/W]
SSR7 [R,R/W]
ESCR7 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR7/TDR7 [R/W]
BGR71 [R/W]
BGR70 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR7
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR7
ISMK7 [R/W]
IBSA7 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
SCR8 [R,R/W]
SMR8 [W,R/W]
SSR8 [R,R/W]
ESCR8 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR8/TDR8 [R/W]
BGR81 [R/W]
BGR80 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR8
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR8
ISMK8 [R/W]
IBSA8 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
SCR9 [R,R/W]
SMR9 [W,R/W]
SSR9 [R,R/W]
ESCR9 [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDR9/TDR9 [R/W]
BGR91 [R/W]
BGR90 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDR9
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDR9
ISMK9 [R/W]
IBSA9 [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
SCRA [R,R/W]
SMRA [W,R/W]
SSRA [R,R/W]
ESCRA [R/W]
0--00000
000-0000
0-000011
--000000
RDRA/TDRA [R/W]
BGRA1 [R/W]
BGRA0 [R/W]
-------- 00000000 : RDRA
00000000
00000000
-------- 11111111 : TDRA
ISMKA [R/W]
IBSAA [R/W]
Reserved
01111110
00000000
Reserved
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Block
Reserved
Serial interface 6
Serial interface 7
Serial interface 8
Serial interface 9
Serial interface 10
545
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (6 / 10)
Address
000200H
000204H
000208H
00020CH
000210H
000214H
000218H
00021CH
000220H
000224H
Register
0
1
2
DMACA0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACB0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACA1 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACB1 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACA2 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACB2 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACA3 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACB3 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACA4 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMACB4 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
000228H
to
00023CH
Reserved
000240H
DMACR [R/W]
0XX00000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
000244H
to
0003ECH
Reserved
0003F0H
0003F4H
0003F8H
0003FCH
000400H
000404H
000408H
00040CH
000410H
000414H
to
00041CH
546
3
BSD0 [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
BSD1 [R/W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
BSDC [W]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
BSRR [R]
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
DDR0 [R/W] B,H DDR1 [R/W] B,H DDR2 [R/W] B,H DDR3 [R/W] B,H
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
DDR4 [R/W] B,H DDR5 [R/W] B,H DDR6 [R/W] B,H
Reserved
00000000
00000000
----0000
Reserved
DDRC [R/W] B,H DDRD [R/W] B,H DDRE [R/W] B,H
Reserved
-----000
00000000
00000000
Reserved
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Block
DMAC
Reserved
Bit search module
Data direction register
Reserved
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (7 / 10)
Address
000420H
000424H
Register
0
PFR0 [R/W] B,H
00000000
PFR4 [R/W] B,H
00000000
000428H
00042CH
PFRC [R/W] B,H
-----000
000430H
000434H
to
00043CH
000440H
000444H
000448H
00044CH
000450H
000454H
000458H
00045CH
000460H
000464H
000468H
00046CH
1
2
PFR1 [R/W] B,H
PFR2 [R/W] B,H
00000000
00000000
PFR5 [R/W] B,H
PFR6 [R/W] B,H
00000000
----0000
Reserved
PFRD [R/W] B,H PFRE [R/W] B,H
00000000
00000000
Reserved
ICR00 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR04 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR08 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR12 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR16 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR20 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR24 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR28 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR32 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR36 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR40 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR44 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR01 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR05 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR09 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR13 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR17 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR21 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR25 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR29 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR33 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR37 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR41 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR45 [R,R/W]
-11111
000484H
000490H
STCR [R/W]
00110011
WPR [W]
XXXXXXXX
Reserved
000488H
00048CH
Port function register
−
Reserved
ICR02 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR06 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR10 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR14 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR18 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR22 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR26 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR30 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR34 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR38 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR42 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR46 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR03 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR07 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR11 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR15 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR19 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR23 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR27 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR31 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR35 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR39 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR43 [R,R/W]
-11111
ICR47 [R,R/W]
-11111
Reserved
RSRR [R,R/W]
10000000
CLKR [R/W]
00000000
WPCR [R/W]
00000000
OSCR [R/W]
00000000
CM71-10143-5E
Interrupt control unit
Reserved
TBCR [R/W]
00XXXX00
DIVR0 [R/W]
00000011
OSCCR [R/W]
XXXXXXX0
CTBR [W]
XXXXXXXX
DIVR1 [R/W]
00000000
Clock control unit
Reserved
Reserved
OSCT [R/W]
XXXXXXXX
Block
Reserved
Reserved
000470H
to
00047CH
000480H
3
PFR3 [R/W] B,H
00000000
Clock timer
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Stabilization wait timer
547
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (8 / 10)
Address
Register
0
1
000494H
to
0004FCH
PCR0 [R/W]
00000000
000504H
Reserved
PCR1 [R/W]
00000000
PCR5 [R/W]
00000000
000508H
to
000510H
000514H
to
00051CH
000524H
000530H
000534H
to
00056CH
000570H
00057CH
to
00063CH
548
Reserved
Reserved
PCR6 [R/W]
----0000
Reserved
Reserved
EPFR0 [R/W]
00000000
EPFR4 [R/W]
11111111
Port pull-up control
register
EPFRC [R/W]
-----000
Reserved
EPFR1 [R/W]
EPFR2 [R/W]
00000000
11111111
EPFR5 [R/W]
EPFR6 [R/W]
11111111
----1000
Reserved
EPFRD [R/W]
EPFRE [R/W]
B,H 00000000
00000000
Reserved
EPFR3 [R/W]
11111111
Reserved
ADER [R/W] H
00000011 11111111
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
NSF [R/W]
------00 00000000
Extra port function
register
EPFRF [R/W]
00000000
Reserved
000574H
000578H
Block
Reserved
000528H
00052CH
3
Reserved
000500H
000520H
2
EXT/I2C/AD
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
I2C noise filter
Reserved
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (9 / 10)
Address
000640H
000644H
000648H
00064CH
Register
0
1
ASR0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000
ASR1 [R/W]
00000000 XXXXXXXX
ASR2 [R/W]
00000000 XXXXXXXX
ASR3 [R/W]
00000000 XXXXXXXX
000650H
to
00065C H
000660 H
000664 H
000800 H
to
000AFC H
000B00H
to
000FFCH
CM71-10143-5E
Block
ACR0 [R/W]
1111XX00 00000000
ACR1 [R/W]
00XX0X00 00X0XXXX
ACR2 [R/W]
00XX0X00 00X0XXXX
ACR3 [R/W]
00XX0X00 00X0XXXX
Ext. bus Interface
AWR0 [R/W]
01110000 01011011
AWR2 [R/W]
0XXX0000 0X0X1XXX
AWR1 [R/W]
0XXX0000 0X0X1XXX
AWR3 [R/W]
0XXX0000 0X0X1XXX
Reserved
CSER[R/W]
00000001
000684 H
000688 H
to
0007F8 H
0007FC H
3
Reserved
000668 H
to
00067C H
000680 H
2
Reserved
Reserved
-
Reserved
MODR [W]
XXXXXXXX
Unused
Reserved
Mode register
-
Unused
Reserved
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
549
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A I/O Map
MB91313A Series
Appendix A-1 I/O Map (10 / 10)
Address
Register
0
001000H
001004H
001008H
00100CH
001010H
001014H
001018H
00101CH
001020H
001024H
001028H
to
006FFCH
007000H
007004H
550
FLCR[R/W]
0000X000
FLWC[R/W]
00011011
1
2
3
Block
DMASA0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMADA0 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMASA1 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMADA1 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMASA2 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMADA2 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMASA3 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMADA3 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMASA4 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMADA4 [R/W]
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
DMAC
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Flash I/F
Reserved
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX B Vector Table
MB91313A Series
APPENDIX B Vector Table
This section indicates the interrupt vector table.
Appendix B-1 Interrupt Vector (1 / 3)
Interrupt Number
Interrupt Source
Interrupt
Level
Offset
TBR Default
Address
RN
DMAC
STOP
Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Reset
0
0
-
3FCH
000FFFFCH
-
-
Mode vector
1
1
-
3F8H
000FFFF8H
-
-
System-reserved
2
2
-
3F4H
000FFFF4H
-
-
System-reserved
3
3
-
3F0H
000FFFF0H
-
-
System-reserved
4
4
-
3ECH
000FFFECH
-
-
System-reserved
5
5
-
3E8H
000FFFE8H
-
-
System-reserved
6
6
-
3E4H
000FFFE4H
-
-
Coprocessor absence trap
7
7
-
3E0H
000FFFE0H
-
-
Coprocessor error trap
8
8
-
3DCH
000FFFDCH
-
-
INTE instruction
9
9
-
3D8H
000FFFD8H
-
-
System-reserved
10
0A
-
3D4H
000FFFD4H
-
-
System-reserved
11
0B
-
3D0H
000FFFD0H
-
-
Step trace trap
12
0C
-
3CCH
000FFFCCH
-
-
NMI request (tool)
13
0D
-
3C8H
000FFFC8H
-
-
Undefined instruction exception
14
0E
-
3C4H
000FFFC4H
-
-
System-reserved
15
0F
15(FH)
fixation
3C0H
000FFFC0H
-
-
External interrupt 0
16
10
ICR00
3BCH
000FFFBCH
-
-
External interrupt 1
17
11
ICR01
3B8H
000FFFB8H
-
-
External interrupt 2
18
12
ICR02
3B4H
000FFFB4H
-
-
External interrupt 3
19
13
ICR03
3B0H
000FFFB0H
-
-
External interrupt 4
20
14
ICR04
3ACH
000FFFACH
-
-
External interrupt 5
21
15
ICR05
3A8H
000FFFA8H
-
-
External interrupt 6
22
16
ICR06
3A4H
000FFFA4H
-
-
External interrupt 7
23
17
ICR07
3A0H
000FFFA0H
-
-
Reload timer 0
24
18
ICR08
39CH
000FFF9CH
-
-
Reload timer 1
25
19
ICR09
398H
000FFF98H
-
-
Reload timer 2
26
1A
ICR10
394H
000FFF94H
-
-
UART0 RX/I2C status
27
1B
ICR11
390H
000FFF90H
0
STOP
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
551
APPENDIX
APPENDIX B Vector Table
MB91313A Series
Appendix B-1 Interrupt Vector (2 / 3)
Interrupt Number
Interrupt Source
Interrupt
Level
Offset
TBR Default
Address
RN
DMAC
STOP
Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
UART0 TX
28
1C
ICR12
38CH
000FFF8CH
3
-
UART1 RX/I2C status
29
1D
ICR13
388H
000FFF88H
1
STOP
UART1 TX
30
1E
ICR14
384H
000FFF84H
4
-
UART2 RX/I2C status
31
1F
ICR15
380H
000FFF80H
2
STOP
UART2 TX
32
20
ICR16
37CH
000FFF7CH
5
-
UART3 RX/UART3 TX/I C status
33
21
ICR17
378H
000FFF78H
-
-
UART4 RX/UART4 TX /I2C status
34
22
ICR18
374H
000FFF74H
-
-
UART5 RX/UART5 TX/I2C status
35
23
ICR19
370H
000FFF70H
-
-
UART6 RX/UART6 TX /I2C status
36
24
ICR20
36CH
000FFF6CH
-
-
UART7 RX/UART7 TX /I2C status
37
25
ICR21
368H
000FFF68H
-
-
status
38
26
ICR22
364H
000FFF64H
-
-
UART9 RX/UART9 TX/I2C status
39
27
ICR23
360H
000FFF60H
-
-
UART10 RX/UART10 TX/
I2C status
40
28
ICR24
35CH
000FFF5CH
-
-
A/D Converter
41
29
ICR25
358H
000FFF58H
-
-
PPG0
42
2A
ICR26
354H
000FFF54H
12
-
PWC
43
2B
ICR27
350H
000FFF50H
-
-
HDMI-CEC/Remote Controler0,1
44
2C
ICR28
34CH
000FFF4CH
-
-
Watch timer
45
2D
ICR29
348H
000FFF48H
-
-
Main clock oscillation wait
46
2E
ICR30
344H
000FFF44H
-
-
Time-base timer
47
2F
ICR31
340H
000FFF40H
-
-
Reload timer 3
48
30
ICR32
33CH
000FFF3CH
-
-
Reload timer 4
49
31
ICR33
338H
000FFF38H
-
-
Reload timer 5
50
32
ICR34
334H
000FFF34H
-
-
PPG1
51
33
ICR35
330H
000FFF30H
-
-
PPG2
52
34
ICR36
32CH
000FFF2CH
-
-
PPG3
53
35
ICR37
328H
000FFF28H
-
-
DMA0
54
36
ICR38
324H
000FFF24H
-
-
DMA1
55
37
ICR39
320H
000FFF20H
-
-
DMA2
56
38
ICR40
31CH
000FFF1CH
-
-
DMA3
57
39
ICR41
318H
000FFF18H
-
-
DMA4
58
3A
ICR42
314H
000FFF14H
-
-
External interrupt 8 to 15
59
3B
ICR43
310H
000FFF10H
-
-
External interrupt 16 to 23
60
3C
ICR44
30CH
000FFF0CH
-
-
Multifunction timer 0, 1
61
3D
ICR45
308H
000FFF08H
-
-
2
UART8 RX/UART8
552
TX/I2C
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX B Vector Table
MB91313A Series
Appendix B-1 Interrupt Vector (3 / 3)
Interrupt Number
Interrupt Source
Interrupt
Level
Offset
TBR Default
Address
RN
DMAC
STOP
Source
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Multifunction timer 2, 3
62
3E
ICR46
304H
000FFF04H
-
-
Delayed interrupt
63
3F
ICR47
300H
000FFF00H
-
-
System-reserved
(used in REALOS)
64
40
-
2FCH
000FFEFCH
-
-
System-reserved
(used in REALOS)
65
41
-
2F8H
000FFEF8H
-
-
System-reserved
66
42
-
2F4H
000FFEF4H
-
-
System-reserved
67
43
-
2F0H
000FFEF0H
-
-
System-reserved
68
44
-
2ECH
000FFEECH
-
-
System-reserved
69
45
-
2E8H
000FFEE8H
-
-
System-reserved
70
46
-
2E4H
000FFEE4H
-
-
System-reserved
71
47
-
2E0H
000FFEE0H
-
-
System-reserved
72
48
-
2DCH
000FFEDCH
-
-
System-reserved
73
49
-
2D8H
000FFED8H
-
-
System-reserved
74
4A
-
2D4H
000FFED4H
-
-
System-reserved
75
4B
-
2D0H
000FFED0H
-
-
System-reserved
76
4C
-
2CCH
000FFECCH
-
-
System-reserved
77
4D
-
2C8H
000FFEC8H
-
-
System-reserved
78
4E
-
2C4H
000FFEC4H
-
-
System-reserved
79
4F
-
2C0H
000FFEC0H
-
-
Used for INT instruction
80
to
255
50
to
FF
-
2BCH
to
000H
000FFEBCH
to
000FFC00H
-
-
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
553
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
This appendix describes the pin status in each CPU state.
Words and phrases used for the pin status have the following meanings.
1. Input enabled
It means that the input function is allowed to be used.
2. Input 0 fix
It means that the pin is sending "0" to the internal by blocking the external input at the input gate near
the pin.
3. Output Hi-Z
It means that the transistor for pin drive is disabled and the pin is set to high impedance.
4. Output Retention
It means that the output status used immediately before becoming this mode is output as it is.
That is, when internal peripherals are operating, the pin will output by following the peripherals in
which the output occurs. When the pin outputs as a port, it will retains the output.
5. Retention of the Status Immediately Before
It means that the output status immediately before becoming this mode is output as it is, or for input, it
means that the input is enabled.
554
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-1 Pin Status in Single-Chip Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (1 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
3
P23
SIN1
P23
4
P24
SOT1/SDA1
P24
5
P25
SCK1/SCL1
P25
6
P26
SIN2
P26
7
P27
SOT2
P27
8
P30
SCK2
P30
9
P31
TOT0
P31
10
P32
TOT1
P32
11
P33
TOT2
P33
12
P34
TIN0
P34
13
P35
TIN1
P35
14
P36
TIN2
P36
15
P37
RIN
P37
16
P40
TMO0/INT16
P40
17
P41
TMO1/INT17
P41
18
P42
TMO2/INT18
P42
19
P43
TMO3/INT19
P43
20
P44
TMI0/INT20
P44
21
P45
TMI1/INT21/SIN10
P45
22
P46
TMI2/INT22/
SOT10/SDA10
P46
23
P47
TMI3/INT23/
SCK10/SCL10
P47
24
P60
TOT3/TRG2
P60
25
P61
TOT4/TRG3
P61
26
P62
TOT5
P62
27
P63
TIN3
P63
28
P64
TIN4
P64
29
P65
TIN5
P65
32
PF0
PF0/RCIN0
PF0
33
PF1
PF1/RCIN1
PF1
34
PF2
PF2/RCACK0
PF2
35
PF3
PF3/RCACK1
PF3
36
PF4
⎯
PF4
Function
CM71-10143-5E
At stop*
At sleep*
Initial value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set
as an input when
external
interrupts are
enabled.)
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
555
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-1 Pin Status in Single-Chip Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (2 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
37
PF5
⎯
PF5
38
PF6
⎯
PF6
39
PF7
⎯
PF7
45
PD0
AN0
AN0
46
PD1
AN1
AN1
47
PD2
AN2
AN2
48
PD3
AN3
AN3
49
PD4
AN4
AN4
50
PD5
AN5
AN5
51
PD6
AN6
AN6
52
PD7
AN7
AN7
53
PE0
AN8/INT0
AN8
54
PE1
AN9/PPG0/INT1
AN9
55
PE2
PPG1/INT2/ATRG
PE2
Function
56
PE3
PPG2/INT3
PE3
58
⎯
INITX
INITX
65
⎯
MD0
MD0
66
⎯
MD1
MD1
67
⎯
MD2
MD2
68
PE4
PPG3/INT4
PE4
69
PE5
SIN8/INT5
PE5
70
PE6
SOT8/SDA8/INT6
PE6
71
PE7
SCK8/SCL8/INT7
PE7
72
PC0
SIN9
PC0
73
PC1
SOT9/SDA9
PC1
74
PC2
SCK9/SCL9
PC2
75
PC3
⎯
PC3
76
PC4
PPGA
PC4
77
PC5
PPGB
PC5
78
PC6
TRG0
PC6
79
PC7
TRG1
PC7
80
⎯
TRSTX
TRSTX
556
At stop*
At sleep*
Initial value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set
as an input when
external
interrupts are
enabled.)
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set
as an input when
external
interrupts are
enabled.)
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Input enabled
Input enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Input enabled
Input enabled
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-1 Pin Status in Single-Chip Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (3 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
81
⎯
ICD0
ICD0
82
⎯
ICD1
ICD1
83
⎯
ICD2
ICD2
84
⎯
ICD3
ICD3
85
⎯
ICS0
86
⎯
87
At stop*
At sleep*
Function
Initial value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
ICS0
"H" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
ICS1
ICS1
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
⎯
ICS2
ICS2
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
88
⎯
ICLK
ICLK
Undefined
"H" output
"H" output
"H" output
89
⎯
IBREAK
IBREAK
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
557
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-1 Pin Status in Single-Chip Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (4 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
93
P00
SIN3/INT8
P00
94
P01
SOT3/SDA3/INT9
P01
95
P02
SCK3/SCL3/INT10
P02
96
P03
SIN4/INT11
P03
97
P04
SOT4/SDA4/INT12
P04
98
P05
SCK4/SCL4/INT13
P05
99
P06
SIN5/INT14
P06
100
P07
SOT5/SDA5/INT15
P07
101
P10
SCK5/SCL5
P10
102
P11
SIN6
P11
103
P12
SOT6/SDA6
P12
104
P13
SCK6/SCL6
P13
105
P14
SIN7
P14
Function
106
P15
SOT7/SDA7
P15
107
P16
SCK7/SCL7
P16
108
P17
⎯
P17
109
P50
PPG0
P50
110
P51
PPG1
P51
111
P52
PPG2
P52
112
P53
PPG3
P53
113
P54
⎯
P54
114
P55
⎯
P55
115
P56
⎯
P56
116
P57
⎯
P57
117
P20
SIN0
P20
118
P21
SOT0/SDA0
P21
119
P22
SCK0/SCL0
P22
* : P : When set as a general-purpose port
558
At stop*
At sleep*
Initial value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set
as an input when
external
interrupts are
enabled.)
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Retention of the
status
immediately
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
F : When specified function is selected
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-2 Pin Status in Internal ROM External Bus Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (1 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
3
P23
SIN1
P23
4
P24
SOT1/SDA1
P24
5
P25
SCK1/SCL1
P25
6
P26
SIN2
P26
7
P27
SOT2
P27
8
P30
SCK2
P30
9
P31
TOT0
P31
10
P32
TOT1
P32
11
P33
TOT2
P33
12
P34
TIN0
P34
13
P35
TIN1
P35
14
P36
TIN2
P36
15
P37
RIN
P37
16
P40
TMO0/INT16
P40
17
P41
TMO1/INT17
P41
18
P42
TMO2/INT18
P42
19
P43
TMO3/INT19
P43
20
P44
TMI0/INT20
P44
21
P45
TMI1/INT21/SIN10
P45
22
P46
TMI2/INT22/
SOT10/SDA10
P46
23
P47
TMI3/INT23/
SCK10/SCL10
P47
24
P60
TOT3/TRG2
P60
25
P61
TOT4/TRG3
P61
26
Function
P62
CM71-10143-5E
TOT5/RDY
At stop*
At sleep*
P62
Initial Value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Retention of the
Retention of the
status immediately status immediately
before
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set as
an input when
external interrupts
are enabled.)
P: Retention of the P: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before
before
F: Retention of the F: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before (TOT5)
before (TOT5)
CLK output
"H" or "L"
(CLK)
output (CLK)
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
559
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-2 Pin Status in Internal ROM External Bus Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (2 / 4)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
At initialize (INITX=0)
Function
Function
27
P63
TIN3/CLK
P63
28
P64
TIN4
P64
29
P65
TIN5
P65
32
PF0
PF0/RCIN0
PF0
33
PF1
PF1/RCIN1
PF1
34
PF2
PF2/RCACK0
PF2
35
PF3
PF3/RCACK1
PF3
36
PF4
⎯
PF4
37
PF5
⎯
PF5
38
PF6
⎯
PF6
39
PF7
⎯
PF7
45
PD0
AN0
AN0
46
PD1
AN1
AN1
47
PD2
AN2
AN2
48
PD3
AN3
AN3
49
PD4
AN4
AN4
50
PD5
AN5
AN5
51
PD6
AN6
AN6
52
PD7
AN7
AN7
53
PE0
AN8/INT0
AN8
54
PE1
AN9/PPG0/INT1
AN9
55
PE2
PPG1/INT2/ATRG
PE2
56
PE3
PPG2/INT3
PE3
58
⎯
INITX
INITX
65
⎯
MD0
MD0
66
⎯
MD1
MD1
67
⎯
MD2
MD2
560
At stop*
At sleep*
Initial Value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
P: Retention of the
P: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before
before
F: Retention of the
F: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before (TIN3)
before (TIN3)
Retention of the
RDY input
status
(RDY)
immediately
before (RDY)
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Retention of the
Retention of the
status immediately status immediately
before
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set as
an input when
external interrupts
are enabled.)
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Input enabled
Input enabled
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-2 Pin Status in Internal ROM External Bus Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (3 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
At stop*
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
68
PE4
PPG3/INT4
PE4
69
PE5
SIN8/INT5
PE5
70
PE6
SOT8/SDA8/INT6
PE6
71
PE7
SCK8/SCL8/INT7
PE7
72
PC0
SIN9
PC0
73
PC1
SOT9/SDA9
PC1
74
PC2
SCK9/SCL9
PC2
75
PC3
⎯
PC3
76
PC4
PPGA
PC4
77
PC5
PPGB
PC5
78
PC6
TRG0
PC6
79
PC7
TRG1
PC7
80
⎯
TRSTX
TRSTX
81
⎯
ICD0
ICD0
82
⎯
ICD1
ICD1
83
⎯
ICD2
ICD2
84
⎯
ICD3
ICD3
85
⎯
ICS0
ICS0
"H" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
86
⎯
ICS1
ICS1
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
87
⎯
ICS2
ICS2
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
88
⎯
ICLK
ICLK
Undefined
"H" output
"H" output
"H" output
89
⎯
IBREAK
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
At sleep*
Function
CM71-10143-5E
Initial Value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
(Can only be set as
an input when
external interrupts
are enabled.)
Retention of the
Retention of the
Output Hi-Z/
status immediately status immediately
Input enabled
before
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Retention of the
Retention of the
Retention of the
Output Hi-Z/
status immediately status immediately status immediately
Input enabled
before
before
before
IBREAK Input enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
561
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-2 Pin Status in Internal ROM External Bus Mode (Internal Vector Mode) (4 / 4)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
93
P00
AD00
P00
94
P01
AD01
P01
95
P02
AD02
P02
96
P03
AD03
P03
97
P04
AD04
P04
98
P05
AD05
P05
99
P06
AD06
P06
100
P07
AD07
P07
101
P10
AD08
P10
102
P11
AD09
P11
103
P12
AD10
P12
104
P13
AD11
P13
105
P14
AD12
P14
106
P15
AD13
P15
107
P16
AD14
P16
108
P17
AD15
P17
109
P50
CS0X/PPG0
P50
110
P51
CS1X/PPG1
P51
111
P52
CS2X/PPG2
P52
112
P53
CS3X/PPG3
P53
113
P54
ASX
P54
114
P55
RDX
P55
115
P56
WR0X
P56
116
P57
WR1X
P57
117
P20
SIN0
P20
118
P21
SOT0/SDA0
P21
119
P22
SCK0/SCL0
P22
Function
* : P : When set as a general-purpose port
562
At stop*
At sleep*
Initial Value
HIZ=0
HIZ=1
P: Retention of the P: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before
before
F: Output Reten- F: Output Retention or Hi-Z
tion or Hi-Z
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
P: Retention of the P: Retention of the
status
status
immediately
immediately
before
before
F: "H" output
F: "H" output
Retention of the
Retention of the
status immediately status immediately
before
before
F : When specified function is selected
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-3 Pin status in serial programming mode (1 / 3)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
3
P23
SIN1
P23
4
P24
SOT1/SDA1
P24
5
P25
SCK1/SCL1
P25
6
P26
SIN2
P26
7
P27
SOT2
P27
8
P30
SCK2
P30
9
P31
TOT0
P31
10
P32
TOT1
P32
11
P33
TOT2
P33
12
P34
TIN0
P34
13
P35
TIN1
P35
14
P36
TIN2
P36
15
P37
RIN
P37
16
P40
TMO0/INT16
P40
17
P41
TMO1/INT17
P41
18
P42
TMO2/INT18
P42
19
P43
TMO3/INT19
P43
20
P44
TMI0/INT20
P44
21
P45
TMI1/INT21/SIN10
P45
22
P46
TMI2/INT22/SOT10/SDA10
P46
23
P47
TMI3/INT23/SCK10/SCL10
P47
24
P60
TOT3/TRG2
P60
25
P61
TOT4/TRG3
P61
26
P62
TOT5
P62
27
P63
TIN3
P63
28
P64
TIN4
P64
29
P65
TIN5
P65
32
PF0
PF0/RCIN0
PF0
33
PF1
PF1/RCIN1
PF1
34
PF2
PF2/RCACK0
PF2
35
PF3
PF3/RCACK1
PF3
36
PF4
⎯
PF4
37
PF5
⎯
PF5
38
PF6
⎯
PF6
39
PF7
⎯
PF7
CM71-10143-5E
Function
P54="L" *
Initial Value
P55="H"
P55="L"
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
563
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-3 Pin status in serial programming mode (2 / 3)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
45
PD0
AN0
AN0
46
PD1
AN1
AN1
47
PD2
AN2
AN2
48
PD3
AN3
AN3
49
PD4
AN4
AN4
50
PD5
AN5
AN5
51
PD6
AN6
AN6
52
PD7
AN7
AN7
53
PE0
AN8/INT0
AN8
54
PE1
AN9/PPG0/INT1
AN9
55
PE2
PPG1/INT2/ATRG
PE2
56
PE3
PPG2/INT3
PE3
58
⎯
INITX
INITX
65
⎯
MD0
MD0
66
⎯
MD1
MD1
67
⎯
MD2
MD2
68
PE4
PPG3/INT4
PE4
69
PE5
SIN8/INT5
PE5
70
PE6
SOT8/SDA8/INT6
PE6
71
PE7
SCK8/SCL8/INT7
PE7
72
PC0
SIN9
PC0
73
PC1
SOT9/SDA9
PC1
74
PC2
SCK9/SCL9
PC2
75
PC3
⎯
PC3
76
PC4
PPGA
PC4
77
PC5
PPGB
PC5
78
PC6
TRG0
PC6
79
PC7
TRG1
PC7
80
⎯
TRSTX
TRSTX
81
⎯
ICD0
ICD0
82
⎯
ICD1
ICD1
83
⎯
SCK0
SCK0
84
⎯
SIN0
SIN0
85
⎯
SOT0
SOT0
564
Function
P54="L" *
Initial Value
P55="H"
P55="L"
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input 0 fix
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Input enabled
Retention of
the status
immediately
before
Retention of
the status
immediately
before
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output state
Output state
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
"H" output
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX C Pin Status In Each CPU State
MB91313A Series
Appendix C-3 Pin status in serial programming mode (3 / 3)
At initialize (INITX=0)
Pin
No.
Pin
name
Function
86
⎯
87
P54="L" *
Function
Initial Value
P55="H"
P55="L"
ICS1
ICS1
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
⎯
ICS2
ICS2
"L" output
"L" output
"L" output
88
⎯
ICLK
ICLK
Undefined
"H" output
"H" output
89
⎯
IBREAK
Input enabled
Input enabled
93
P00
SIN3/INT8
P00
94
P01
SOT3/SDA3/INT9
P01
95
P02
SCK3/SCL3/INT10
P02
96
P03
SIN4/INT11
P03
97
P04
SOT4/SDA4/INT12
P04
98
P05
SCK4/SCL4/INT13
P05
99
P06
SIN5/INT14
P06
100
P07
SOT5/SDA5/INT15
P07
101
P10
SCK5/SCL5
P10
102
P11
SIN6
P11
103
P12
SOT6/SDA6
P12
104
P13
SCK6/SCL6
P13
105
P14
SIN7
P14
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
106
P15
SOT7/SDA7
P15
107
P16
SCK7/SCL7
P16
108
P17
⎯
P17
109
P50
PPG0
P50
110
P51
PPG1
P51
111
P52
PPG2
P52
112
P53
PPG3
P53
113
P54
⎯
P54
114
P55
⎯
P55
115
P56
⎯
P56
116
P57
⎯
P57
117
P20
⎯
P20
118
P21
⎯
P21
119
P22
⎯
P22
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
Output Hi-Z/
Input enabled
* : P : When set as a general-purpose port
CM71-10143-5E
IBREAK Input enabled
F : When specified function is selected
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
565
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
FR family instruction lists are shown below.
[How to read instruction lists]
Mnemonic
ADD Rj, Rj
*ADD #s5, Rj
(1)
Type
A
C
OP
AG
A4
CYC
1
1
NZVC
CCCC
CCCC
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Operation
Ri + Rj -> Rj
Ri + s5 -> Ri
Remarks
,
,
(7)
(1) Instruction name
An asterisk (*) indicates an extended instruction that is not contained in the CPU specifications and is
obtained by extension or addition by the assembler.
(2) Symbols indicating addressing modes that can be specified for the operand.
For the meaning of symbols, see "Addressing Mode Symbols (on the next page)".
(3) Instruction format
(4) Instruction code in hexadecimal notation
(5) Number of machine cycles
a:
Memory access cycle. It may be extended by the Ready function.
b:
Memory access cycle. It may be extended by the Ready function.
However, the cycle is interlocked if the instruction immediately after refers to a targeted register
for LD operation, and the number of execution cycles is increased by 1.
c:
Interlocked if the instruction immediately after is an instruction that reads or writes to R15, SSP,
or USP, or an instruction in instruction format A. The number of execution cycles is increased by
1 and so it becomes 2.
d:
Interlocked if the instruction immediately after refers to MDH/MDL. The number of execution
cycles is increased to 2.
The minimum cycle number is 1 for each case a, b, c, and d.
(6) Indicating flag changes
Flag change
C: Change
-: No change
0: Clear
1: Set
Flag meaning
N: Negative flag
Z: Zero flag
V: Over flag
C: Carry flag
(7) Instruction operation
566
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
● Addressing mode symbols
Ri
: Register direct (R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
Rj
: Register direct (R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
R13
: Register direct (R13, AC)
Ps
: Register direct (Program status register)
Rs
: Register direct (TBR, RP, SSP, USP, MDH, MDL)
Cri
: Register direct (CR0 to CR15)
CRj
: Register direct (CR0 to CR15)
#i8
: Unsigned 8-bit immediate (-128 to 255)
Note: -128 to -1 is handled as 128 to 255.
#i20
: Unsigned 20-bit immediate (-0X80000 to 0XFFFFF)
Note: -0X7FFFF to -1 is handled as 0X7FFFF to 0XFFFFF.
#i32
: Unsigned 32-bit immediate (-0X80000000 to 0XFFFFFFFF)
Note: -0X80000000 to -1 is handled as 0X80000000 to 0XFFFFFFFF.
CM71-10143-5E
#s5
: Signed 5-bit immediate (-16 to 15)
#s10
: Signed 10-bit immediate (-512 to 508, multiples of 4 only)
#u4
: Unsigned 4-bit immediate (0 to 15)
#u5
: Unsigned 5-bit immediate (0 to 31)
#u8
: Unsigned 8-bit immediate (0 to 255)
#u10
: Unsigned 10-bit immediate (0 to 1020, multiples of 4 only)
@dir8
: Unsigned 8-bit direct address (0 to 0XFF)
@dir9
: Unsigned 9-bit direct address (0 to 0X1FE, multiples of 2 only)
@dir10
: Unsigned 10-bit direct address (0 to 0X3FC, multiples of 4 only)
label9
: Signed 9-bit branch address (-0X100 to 0XFC, multiples of 2 only)
label12
: Signed 12-bit branch address (-0X800 to 0X7FC, multiples of 2 only)
label20
: Signed 20-bit branch address (-0X80000 to 0X7FFFF)
label32
: Signed 32-bit branch address (-0X80000000 to 0X7FFFFFFF)
@Ri
: Register indirect (R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
@Rj
: Register indirect (R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
@(R13,Rj)
: Register relative indirect (Rj: R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
@(R14,disp10)
: Register relative indirect (disp10: -0X200 to 0X1FC, multiples of 4 only)
@(R14,disp9)
: Register relative indirect (disp9: -0X100 to 0XFE, multiples of 2 only)
@(R14,disp8)
: Register relative indirect (disp8: -0X80 to 0X7F)
@(R15,udisp6)
: Register relative indirect (udisp6: 0 to 60, multiples of 4 only)
@Ri+
: Register indirect with post-increment (R0 to R15, AC, FP, SP)
@R13+
: Register indirect with post-increment (R13, AC)
@SP+
: Stack pop
@-SP
: Stack push
(reglist)
: Register list
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
567
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
● Instruction format
MSB
LSB
16bit
A
B
OP
Rj
Ri
8
4
4
OP
i8/O8
Ri
4
8
4
C
OP
u4/m4
Ri
8
4
4
ADD, ADDN, CMP, LSL, LSR, and ASR instructions only
*C'
OP
s5/u5
Ri
7
5
4
D
OP
8
E
F
568
u8/rel8/dir/
reglist
8
OP
SUB-OP
Ri
8
4
4
OP
rel11
5
11
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-1 Addition and Subtraction
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
Operation
ADD Rj, Ri
*ADD #s5, Ri
A
C’
A6
A4
1
1
CCCC
CCCC
Ri+Rj->Ri
Ri+s5->Ri
ADD #u4, Ri
ADD2 #u4, Ri
ADDN Rj, Ri
ADDN Rj, Ri
*ADDN #s5, Ri
C
C
A
A
C’
A4
A5
A7
A2
A0
1
1
1
1
1
CCCC
CCCC
CCCC
-------
Ri+extu(i4)->Ri
Ri+extu(i4)->Ri
Ri+Rj+c->Ri
Ri+Rj->Ri
Ri+s5->Ri
ADDN #u4, Ri
ADDN2 #u4, Ri
SUB Rj, Ri
SUBC Rj, Ri
SUBN Rj, Ri
C
C
A
A
A
A0
A1
AC
AD
AE
1
1
1
1
1
------CCCC
CCCC
----
Ri+extu(i4)->Ri
Ri+extu(i4)->Ri
Ri-Rj->Ri
Ri-Rj-c->Ri
Ri-Rj->Ri
Remarks
The assembler treats the
highest-order 1 bit as the
sign.
Zero extension
Minus extension
Addition with carry
The assembler treats the
highest-order 1 bit as the
sign.
Zero extension
Minus extension
Subtraction with carry
Appendix Table D-2 Comparison Operation
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
CMP Rj, Ri
*CMP #s5, Ri
A
C’
AA
A8
1
1
CCCC
CCCC
Ri-Rj
Ri-s5
The assembler treats the
highest-order 1 bit as the sign.
CMP #u4, Ri
CMP2 #u4, Ri
C
C
A8
A9
1
1
CCCC
CCCC
Ri-extu(i4)
Ri-extu(i4)
Zero extension
Minus extension
CM71-10143-5E
Operation
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Remarks
569
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-3 Logic Operation
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
82
84
85
86
92
94
95
96
9A
9C
9D
9E
1
1+2a
1+2a
1+2a
1
1+2a
1+2a
1+2a
1
1+2a
1+2a
1+2a
CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC-CC--
AND Rj, Ri
AND Rj, @Ri
ANDH Rj, @Ri
ANDB Rj, @Ri
OR Rj, Ri
OR Rj, @Ri
ORH Rj, @Ri
ORB Rj, @Ri
EOR Rj, Ri
EOR Rj, @Ri
EORH Rj, @Ri
EORB Rj, @Ri
Operation
RMW
Ri & = Rj
(Ri) & = Rj
(Ri) & = Rj
(Ri) & = Rj
Ri | = Rj
(Ri) | = Rj
(Ri) | = Rj
(Ri) | = Rj
Ri ^ = Rj
(Ri) ^ = Rj
(Ri) ^ = Rj
(Ri) ^ = Rj
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
Remarks
Word
Word
Halfword
Byte
Word
Word
Halfword
Byte
Word
Word
Halfword
Byte
Appendix Table D-4 Bit Manipulation Instruction
Mnemonic
Type OP
BANDL #u4, @Ri
BANDH #u4, @Ri
*BAND #u8, @Ri
CYCLE
NZVC
Operation
RMW
Remarks
C
C
80
81
1+2a
1+2a
----------
(Ri)&=(0xF0+u4)
(Ri)&=((u4<<4)+0x0F)
(Ri)&=u8
❍
❍
-
Low-order 4 bits are manipulated.
High-order 4 bits are manipulated.
C
C
90
91
1+2a
1+2a
----------
(Ri) | = u4
(Ri) | = (u4<<4)
(Ri) | = u8
❍
❍
-
Low-order 4 bits are manipulated.
High-order 4 bits are manipulated.
C
C
98
99
1+2a
1+2a
----------
(Ri) ^ = u4
(Ri) ^ = (u4<<4)
(Ri) ^ = u8
❍
❍
-
Low-order 4 bits are manipulated.
High-order 4 bits are manipulated.
C
C
88
89
2+a
2+a
0C-CC--
(Ri) & u4
(Ri) & (u4<<4)
-
Low-order 4 bits are tested.
High-order 4 bits are tested.
*1
BORL #u4, @Ri
BORH #u4, @Ri
*BOR #u8, @Ri
*2
BEORL #u4, @Ri
BEORH #u4, @Ri
*BEOR #u8, @Ri
*3
BTSTL #u4, @Ri
BTSTH #u4, @Ri
*1:
The assembler generates BANDL if the bit is set at u8&0x0F, and BANDH if the bit is set at u8&0xF0. In some
cases, both BANDL and BANDH may be generated.
*2:
The assembler generates BORL if the bit is set at u8&0x0F, and BORH if the bit is set at u8&0xF0. In some cases,
both BORL and BORH are generated.
*3:
The assembler generates BEORL if the bit is set at u8&0x0F, and BEORH if the bit is set at u8&0xF0. In some cases,
both BEORL and BEORH are generated.
570
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-5 Multiplication and Division
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
A
A
A
A
E
E
E
E
E
E
AF
AB
BF
BB
97-4
97-5
97-6
97-7
9F-6
9F-7
5
5
3
3
1
1
d
1
1
1
36
CCCCCCCC-CC--------C-C
-C-C
-------C-C
MDL / Ri -> MDL , MDL % Ri -> MDH
-C-C
MDL / Ri -> MDL , MDL % Ri -> MDH
MUL Rj,Ri
MULU Rj,Ri
MULH Rj,Ri
MULUH Rj,Ri
DIV0S Ri
DIV0U Ri
DIV1 Ri
DIV2 Ri
DIV3
DIV4S
*DIV Ri
Ri * Rj -> MDH, MDL
Ri * Rj -> MDH, MDL
Ri * Rj -> MDL
Ri * Rj -> MDL
*1
*DIVU Ri
*2
Operation
Remarks
32bit*32bit=64bit
No sign
16bit*16bit=32bit
No sign
Step operation
32bit/32bit=32bit
Appendix Table D-6 Shift
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
Operation
A
C’
C
C
A
C’
C
C
A
C’
C
C
B6
B4
B4
B5
B2
B0
B0
B1
BA
B8
B8
B9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
CC-C
Ri << Rj -> Ri
Ri << u5 -> Ri
Ri << u4 -> Ri
Ri <<(u4+16) -> Ri
Ri >> Rj -> Ri
Ri >> u5 -> Ri
Ri >> u4 -> Ri
Ri >>(u4+16) -> Ri
Ri >> Rj -> Ri
Ri >> u5 -> Ri
Ri >> u4 -> Ri
Ri >>(u4+16) -> Ri
LSL Rj, Ri
*LSL #u5, Ri(u5:0 to 31)
LSL #u4, Ri
LSL2 #u4, Ri
LSR Rj, Ri
*LSR #u5, Ri(u5:0 to 31)
LSR #u4, Ri
LSR2 #u4, Ri
ASR Rj, Ri
*ASR #u5, Ri (u5:0 to 31)
ASR #u4, Ri
ASR2 #u4, Ri
Remarks
Logical shift
Logical shift
Arithmetic shift
Appendix Table D-7 Immediate Value Set/16-Bit/32-Bit Immediate Value Transfer Instruction
Mnemonic
LDI:32 #i32, Ri
LDI:20 #i20, Ri
LDI:8 #i8, Ri
*LDI # {i8|i20|i32} ,Ri
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
E
C
B
9F-8
9B
C0
3
2
1
----------
Operation
Remarks
i32 -> Ri
High-order 12 bits are zero-extended.
i20 -> Ri
High-order 24 bits are zero-extended.
i8 -> Ri
{i8 | i20 | i32} -> Ri
*3
*1:
DIV0S, DIV1 x 32, DIV2, DIV3, and DIV4S are generated. The instruction code length becomes 72 bytes.
*2:
DIV0U and DIV1 x 32 are generated. The instruction code length becomes 66 bytes.
*3:
If the immediate value is an absolute value, i8, i20, or i32 is selected automatically by the assembler.
If immediate value contains a relative value or an external reference symbol, i32 is selected.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
571
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-8 Memory Load
Mnemonic
LD @Rj, Ri
LD @(R13,Rj), Ri
LD @(R14,disp10),Ri
LD @(R15,udisp6),Ri
LD @R15+, Ri
LD @R15+, Rs
LD @R15+, PS
LDUH @Rj, Ri
LDUH @(R13,Rj), Ri
LDUH @(R14,disp9), Ri
LDUB @Rj, Ri
LDUB @(R13,Rj), Ri
LDUB @(R14,disp8), Ri
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
Operation
A
A
B
C
E
E
E
A
A
B
A
A
B
04
00
2
03
07-0
07-8
07-9
05
01
4
06
02
6
b
b
b
b
b
b
1+a+b
b
b
b
b
b
b
------------------CCCC
-------------------
(Rj)->Ri
(R13+Rj)->Ri
(R14+disp10)->Ri
(R15+udisp6)->Ri
(R15)->Ri,R15+=4
(R15)->Rs,R15+=4
(R15)->PS, R15+=4
(Rj)->Ri
(R13+Rj)->Ri
(R14+disp9)->Ri
(Rj)->Ri
(R13+Rj)->Ri
(R14+disp8)->Ri
Remarks
Rs: Special register
*1
Zero extension
Zero extension
Zero extension
Zero extension
Zero extension
Zero extension
*1: In the o8 and o4 fields of the hardware specifications, the assembler calculates values and sets them as shown below:
disp10/4->o8, disp9/2->o8, disp8->o8, disp10, disp9, and disp8 have a sign, udisp6/4->o4 udisp6 has no sign.
Appendix Table D-9 Memory Store
Mnemonic
ST Ri,@Rj
ST Ri,@(R13,Rj)
ST Ri,@(R14,disp10)
ST Ri,@(R15,udisp6)
ST Ri,@-R15
ST Rs,@-R15
ST PS,@-R15
STH Ri,@Rj
STH Ri,@(R13,Rj)
STH Ri,@(R14,disp9)
STB Ri,@Rj
STB Ri,@(R13,Rj)
STB Ri,@(R14,disp8)
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
Operation
A
A
B
C
E
E
E
A
A
B
A
A
B
14
10
3
13
17-0
17-8
17-9
15
11
5
16
12
7
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
----------------------------------------
Ri->(Rj)
Ri->(R13+Rj)
Ri->(R14+disp10)
Ri->(R15+udisp6)
R15-=4,Ri->(R15)
R15-=4, Rs->(R15)
R15-=4, PS->(R15)
Ri->(Rj)
Ri->(R13+Rj)
Ri->(R14+disp9)
Ri->(Rj)
Ri->(R13+Rj)
Ri->(R14+disp8)
Remarks
Word
Word
Word
Rs Special register
*1
Halfword
Halfword
Halfword
Byte
Byte
Byte
*1: In the o8 and o4 fields of the hardware specifications, the assembler calculates values and sets them as shown below:
disp10/4->o8, disp9/2->o8, disp8->o8, disp10, disp9, and disp8 have a sign, udisp6/4->o4 udisp6 has no sign.
Appendix Table D-10 Register-to-Register Transfer
Mnemonic
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
MOV
*1:
572
Rj, Ri
Rs, Ri
Ri, Rs
PS, Ri
Ri, PS
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
A
A
E
E
E
8B
B7
B3
17-1
07-1
1
1
1
1
c
------------CCCC
Operation
Rj -> Ri
Rs -> Ri
Ri -> Rs
PS -> Ri
Ri -> PS
Remarks
Transfer between generalpurpose registers
Rs: Special register
Rs: Special register
*1
Special register Rs: TBR, RP, USP, SSP, MDH, and MDL
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-11 Normal Branch (No Delay)
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
JMP @Ri
CALL label12
CALL @Ri
RET
INT #u8
E
E
F
E
D
97-0
D0
97-1
97-2
1F
2
2
2
2
3+3a
----------------
INTE
E
9F-3
3+3a
----
RETI
BRA label9
BNO label9
BEQ label9
E
D
D
D
97-3
E0
E1
E2
2+2A
2
1
2/1
CCCC
----------
BNE label9
BC label9
BNC label9
BN label9
BP label9
BV label9
BNV label9
BLT label9
BGE label9
BLE label9
BGT label9
BLS label9
BHI label9
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED
EE
EF
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
2/1
----------------------------------------
Operation
Remarks
Ri -> PC
PC+2->RP , PC+2+(label12-PC-2)->PC
PC+2->RP ,Ri->PC
RP -> PC
Return
SSP-=4, PS->(SSP), SSP-=4, PC+2->(SSP),
0->I Flag, 0->S Flag,
(TBR+0x3FC-u8 × 4)->PC
SSP-=4, PS->(SSP), SSP-=4, PC+2->(SSP),
0->S Flag,(TBR+0x3D8)->PC
For emulator
(R15)->PC,R15-=4,(R15)->PS,R15-=4
PC+2+(label9-PC-2)->PC
No branch
if(Z==1) then
PC+2+(label9-PC-2)->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
Notes:
•
"2/1" under CYCLE indicates "2" cycles when branching occurs and "1" cycle when branching does not occur.
•
In the rel11 and rel8 fields of the hardware specifications, the assembler calculates values and sets them as shown below:
(label12-PC-2)/2->rel11, (label9-PC-2)/2->rel8, label12 and label9 have a sign.
•
To execute the RETI instruction, the S flag must be set to "0".
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
573
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-12 Delayed Branch
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
JMP:D @Ri
CALL:D label12
CALL:D @Ri
RET:D
BRA:D label9
BNO:D label9
BEQ:D label9
E
F
E
E
D
D
D
9F-0
D8
9F-1
9F-2
F0
F1
F2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
----------------------
BNE:D label9
BC:D label9
BNC:D label9
BN:D label9
BP:D label9
BV:D label9
BNV:D label9
BLT:D label9
BGE:D label9
BLE:D label9
BGT:D label9
BLS:D label9
BHI:D label9
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
----------------------------------------
Operation
Remarks
Ri -> PC
PC+4->RP , PC+2+(label12-PC-2)->PC
PC+4->RP ,Ri->PC
RP -> PC
Return
PC+2+(label9-PC-2)->PC
No branch
if(Z==1) then
PC+2+(label9-PC-2)->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
Notes:
• In the rel11 and rel8 fields of the hardware specifications, the assembler calculates values and sets them as shown below:
(label12-PC-2)/2->rel11, (label9-PC-2)/2->rel8, label12 and label9 have a sign.
• A delayed branch always occurs after the next instruction (delay slot) is executed.
• Instructions that can be placed in the delay slot are all 1-cycle, a-, b-, c-, and d-cycle instructions.
Multi-cycle instructions cannot be placed in the delay slot.
574
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-13 Other Instructions
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
NOP
ANDCCR #u8
ORCCR #u8
STILM #u8
ADDSP #s10 *1
EXTSB Ri
EXTUB Ri
EXTSH Ri
EXTUH Ri
LDM0 (reglist)
E
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
D
9F-A
83
93
87
A3
97-8
97-9
97-A
97-B
8C
1
c
c
1
1
1
1
1
1
---cccc
cccc
----------------------
LDM1 (reglist)
D
8D
-------
*LDM (reglist)
*2
STM0 (reglist)
D
8E
----
STM1 (reglist)
D
8F
-------
*STM (reglist)
*3
D
0F
1+a
----
LEAVE
E
9F-9
b
----
XCHB @Rj, Ri
A
8A
2a
----
ENTER #u10
*4
Operation
No change
CCR and u8 -> CCR
CCR or u8 -> CCR
i8 -> ILM
R15 += s10
Sign extension 8->32bit
Zero extension 8->32bit
Sign extension 16->32bit
Zero extension 16->32bit
(R15)->reglist,
R15 increment
(R15)->reglist,
R15 increment
(R15)->reglist,
R15 increment
R15 decrement
reglist->(R15)
R15 decrement
reglist->(R15)
R15 decrement
reglist->(R15)
R14 -> (R15 - 4),
R15 - 4 -> R14,
R15 - u10 -> R15
R14 + 4 -> R15,
(R15 - 4) -> R14
Ri -> TEMP
(Rj) -> Ri
TEMP -> (Rj)
RMW
-
Remarks
ILM Immediate set
ADD SP instruction
Load multi R0-R7
-
Load multi R8-R15
-
Load multi R0-R15
-
Store multi R0-R7
-
Store multi R8-R15
-
Store multi R0-R15
-
Entry processing of a
function
-
Exit processing of a
function
For semaphore
management
Byte data
❍
*1: For s10, the assembler calculates s10/4 and then changes to s8 to set a value. s10 has a sign.
*2: If any of R0 to R7 is specified in reglist, LDM0 is generated, and if any of R8 to R15 is specified, LDM1 is generated.
In some cases, both LDM0 and LDM1 are generated.
*3: If any of R0 to R7 is specified in reglist, STM0 is generated, and if any of R8 to R15 is specified, STM1 is generated. In
some cases, both STM0 and STM1 are generated.
*4: For u10, the assembler calculates u10/4 and then changes to u8 to set a value. u10 has no sign.
Notes:
• The number of execution cycles of LDM0(reglist) and LDM1(reglist) can be calculated as a × (n-1)+b+1 cycles if the
number of specified registers is n.
• The number of execution cycles of STM0(reglist) and STM1(reglist) can be calculated as a × n+1 cycles if the number of
specified registers is n.
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
575
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-14 20-Bit Normal Branch Macro Instruction
Mnemonic
Operation
*CALL20 label20,Ri
Address of the next instruction ->RP,
label20->PC
label20->PC
if(Z==1) then label20->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
*BRA20 label20,Ri
*BEQ20 label20,Ri
*BNE20 label20,Ri
*BC20 label20,Ri
*BNC20 label20,Ri
*BN20 label20,Ri
*BP20 label20,Ri
*BV20 label20,Ri
*BNV20 label20,Ri
*BLT20 label20,Ri
*BGE20 label20,Ri
*BLE20 label20,Ri
*BGT20 label20,Ri
*BLS20 label20,Ri
*BHI20 label20,Ri
Remarks
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 1)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 2)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 3)
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
[Reference 1] CALL20
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x800 and +0x7fe, the following instruction will be generated:
CALL label12
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
CALL @Ri
[Reference 2] BRA20
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
BRA label9
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
JMP @Ri
[Reference 3] Bcc20
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
Bcc label9
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
Bxcc false
xcc is the opposite condition of cc.
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
JMP @Ri
false:
576
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-15 20-Bit Delayed Branch Macro Instruction
Mnemonic
Operation
*CALL20:D label20,Ri
*BRA20:D label20,Ri
*BEQ20:D label20,Ri
*BNE20:D label20,Ri
*BC20:D label20,Ri
*BNC20:D label20,Ri
*BN20:D label20,Ri
*BP20:D label20,Ri
*BV20:D label20,Ri
*BNV20:D label20,Ri
*BLT20:D label20,Ri
*BGE20:D label20,Ri
*BLE20:D label20,Ri
*BGT20:D label20,Ri
*BLS20:D label20,Ri
*BHI20:D label20,Ri
Address of the next instruction +2->RP,
label20->PC
label20->PC
if(Z==1) then label20->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
Remarks
RRi: Temporary register (See Reference 1)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 2)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 3)
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
[Reference 1] CALL20:D
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x800 and +0x7fe, the following instruction will be generated:
CALL:D label12
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
CALL:D @Ri
[Reference 2] BRA20:D
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
BRA:D label9
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
JMP:D @Ri
[Reference 3] Bcc20:D
(1) If label20-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
Bcc:D label9
(2) If label20-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
Bxcc false
xcc is the opposite condition of cc.
LDI:20 #label20,Ri
JMP:D @Ri
false:
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
577
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-16 32-Bit Normal Branch Macro Instruction
Mnemonic
Operation
*CALL32 label32,Ri
Address of the next instruction ->RP,
label32->PC
label32->PC
if(Z==1) then label32->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
*BRA32 label32,Ri
*BEQ32 label32,Ri
*BNE32 label32,Ri
*BC32 label32,Ri
*BNC32 label32,Ri
*BN32 label32,Ri
*BP32 label32,Ri
*BV32 label32,Ri
*BNV32 label32,Ri
*BLT32 label32,Ri
*BGE32 label32,Ri
*BLE32 label32,Ri
*BGT32 label32,Ri
*BLS32 label32,Ri
*BHI32 label32,Ri
Remarks
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 1)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 2)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 3)
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
[Reference 1] CALL32
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x800 and +0x7fe, the following instruction will be generated:
CALL label12
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
CALL @Ri
[Reference 2] BRA32
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
BRA label9
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
JMP @Ri
[Reference 3] Bcc32
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
Bcc label9
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
Bxcc false
xcc is the opposite condition of cc.
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
JMP @Ri
false:
578
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-17 32-Bit Delayed Branch Macro Instruction
Mnemonic
Operation
*CALL32D label32,Ri
Address of the next instruction +2->RP,
label32->PC
label32->PC
if(Z==1) then label32->PC
↑ s/Z==0
↑ s/C==1
↑ s/C==0
↑ s/N==1
↑ s/N==0
↑ s/V==1
↑ s/V==0
↑ s/V xor N==1
↑ s/V xor N==0
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==1
↑ s/(V xor N) or Z==0
↑ s/C or Z==1
↑ s/C or Z==0
*BRA32:D label32,Ri
*BEQ32:D label32,Ri
*BNE32:D label32,Ri
*BC32:D label32,Ri
*BNC32:D label32,Ri
*BN32:D label32,Ri
*BP32:D label32,Ri
*BV32:D label32,Ri
*BNV32:D label32,Ri
*BLT32:D label32,Ri
*BGE32:D label32,Ri
*BLE32:D label32,Ri
*BGT32:D label32,Ri
*BLS32:D label32,Ri
*BHI32:D label32,Ri
Remarks
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 1)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 2)
Ri: Temporary register (See Reference 3)
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
↑
[Reference 1] CALL32:D
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x800 and +0x7fe, the following instruction will be generated:
CALL:D label12
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
CALL:D @Ri
[Reference 2] BRA32:D
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
BRA:D label9
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
JMP:D @Ri
[Reference 3] Bcc32:D
(1) If label32-PC-2 is between -0x100 and +0xfe, the following instruction will be generated:
Bcc:D label9
(2) If label32-PC-2 is outside the range of (1) or contains an external reference symbol, the following instruction will be
generated:
Bxcc false
xcc is the opposite condition of cc.
LDI:32 #label32,Ri
JMP:D @Ri
false:
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
579
APPENDIX
APPENDIX D Instruction Lists
MB91313A Series
Appendix Table D-18 Direct Addressing
Mnemonic
DMOV @dir10, R13
DMOV R13, @dir10
DMOV @dir10, @R13+
DMOV @R13+, @dir10
DMOV @dir10, @-R15
DMOV @R15+, @dir10
DMOVH @dir9, R13
DMOVH R13, @dir9
DMOVH @dir9, @R13+
DMOVH @R13+, @dir9
DMOVB @dir8, R13
DMOVB R13, @dir8
DMOVB @dir8, @R13+
DMOVB @R13+, @dir8
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
08
18
0C
1C
0B
1B
09
19
0D
1D
0A
1A
0E
1E
b
a
2a
2a
2a
2a
b
a
2a
2a
b
a
2a
2a
-------------------------------------------
Operation
Remarks
(dir10)-> R13
R13 ->(dir10)
(dir10)->(R13),R13+=4
(R13)->(dir10),R13+=4
R15-=4,(R15)->(dir10)
(R15)->(dir10),R15+=4
(dir9)-> R13
R13 ->(dir9)
(dir9)->(R13),R13+=2
(R13)->(dir9),R13+=2
(dir8)-> R13
R13 ->(dir8)
(dir8)->(R13),R13++
(R13)->(dir8),R13++
Word
Word
Word
Word
Word
Word
Halfword
Halfword
Halfword
Halfword
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Note: In the dir8, dir9, and dir10 fields, the assembler calculates values and sets them as shown below:
dir8->dir, dir9/2->dir, dir10/4->dir dir8, dir9, and dir10 have no sign.
Appendix Table D-19 Resource Instruction
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
LDRES @Ri+, #u4
C
BC
a
----
STRES #u4, @Ri+
C
BD
a
----
Operation
Resource of u4
Ri+=4
Resource of u4->(Ri)
Ri+=4
Remarks
u4: Channel No.
u4: Channel No.
Note: These instructions cannot be used in this MB91313A series since resource having channel number is not installed.
Appendix Table D-20 Coprocessor Control Instruction
{CRi|CRj} := CR0 | CR1 | CR2 | CR3 | CR4 | CR5 | CR6 | CR7 | CR8 | CR9 | CR10 | CR11 | CR12 | CR13 | CR14 | | CR15
u4: := Specify channel
u8: := Specify command
COPOP
COPLD
COPST
COPSV
Mnemonic
Type
OP
CYCLE
NZVC
#u4, #u8, CRj, Cri
#u4, #u8, Rj, Cri
#u4, #u8, CRj, Ri
#u4, #u8, CRj, Ri
E
E
E
E
9F-C
9F-D
9F-E
9F-F
2+a
1+2a
1+2a
1+2a
-------------
Operation
Remarks
Operation instruction
Rj -> CRi
No error stop
CRj -> Ri
CRj -> Ri
Note: These instructions cannot be used in this MB91313A series since coprocessor is not installed.
580
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
CM71-10143-5E
INDEX
INDEX
The index follows on the next page.
This is listed in alphabetic order.
581
INDEX
Index
Numerics
A
0 Detection
0 Detection ...................................................... 261
0 Detection Data Register
0 Detection Data Register (BSD0) ..................... 259
1 Detection
1 Detection ...................................................... 261
1 Detection Data Register
1 Detection Data Register (BSD1) ..................... 259
10-bit A/D Converter
10-bit A/D Converter............................................ 3
Features of the 10-Bit A/D Converter ................. 266
16-Bit Pulse Width Counter
Registers of the 16-Bit Pulse Width Counter ....... 192
16-Bit Reload Register
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register
(TMRLR) ........................................... 170
16-bit Reload Timer
16-bit Reload Timer
(Including One Channel for REALOS) ...... 3
Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer.................. 176
Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer...................... 164
Register List of 16-Bit Reload Timer.................. 165
16-Bit Timer Register
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register
(TMR)................................................ 169
2-Cycle Transfer
2-Cycle Transfer (External→I/O)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) .......... 137
2-Cycle Transfer (I/O→External)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) .......... 138
2-Cycle Transfer (The Timing is the Same as for
Internal RAM→External I/O,RAM,External
I/O, RAM→Internal RAM.)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B, AWR=0008H) ......... 136
7-bit Slave Address Mask Register
7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK) ........ 393
7-bit Slave Address Register
7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA) .................. 394
A/D Conversion
A/D Conversion Started by External Trigger ...... 271
A/D Conversion Started by Software ................. 270
A/D Conversion Result Register
A/D Conversion Result Register (Channels 0 to 9)
......................................................... 270
A/D Converter
10-bit A/D Converter ........................................... 3
Features of the 10-Bit A/D Converter................. 266
A/D Converter Control Register
A/D Converter Control Register
(ADCTH, ADCTL) ............................. 268
Absence Trap
Coprocessor Absence Trap ................................. 63
Acceptance
Acceptance and Transfer of Transfer Request ..... 472
Acknowledgment Reception
Acknowledgment Reception by Transmitting First
Byte................................................... 408
ADCT
A/D Converter Control Register
(ADCTH, ADCTL) ............................. 268
Address Match Detection
Slave Address Match Detection......................... 424
Address/Data Multiplex Access
Normal Access or a Address/Data Multiplex Access
Operation ........................................... 127
Addressing
Addressing Mode............................................. 469
Direct Addressing .............................................. 33
Direct Addressing Area ...................................... 26
ADER
ADER: External Bus,I2C Bridge,ADER Control
Register ............................................. 161
ADER Control Register
ADER: External Bus,I2C Bridge,ADER Control
Register ............................................. 161
Alignment
Word Alignment ................................................ 44
All-H
Examples of Methods of All-L and All-H PPG Output
......................................................... 188
All-L
Examples of Methods of All-L and All-H PPG Output
......................................................... 188
Arbitration Lost
Arbitration Lost ............................................... 423
582
INDEX
Area Configuration Register
ACR0 to ACR3 (Area Configuration Register)
.......................................................... 122
Area Select Register
ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register) ............... 121
Area Wait Register
AWR0 to AWR3 (Area Wait Register) .............. 126
Arithmetic Operation
Arithmetic Operation.......................................... 32
Arithmetic Operation and Bit Manipulation .......... 33
ASR
ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register) ............... 121
Asynchronous
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 277
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 278
Asynchronous Multi Function Serial Interface
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 277
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 278
Automatic Algorithm
Automatic Algorithm Execution Status .............. 510
AVCC
AVCC Pin......................................................... 21
AWR
2-Cycle Transfer (External→I/O)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H).......... 137
2-Cycle Transfer (I/O→External)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H).......... 138
AWR0 to AWR3 (Area Wait Register) .............. 126
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH) ......... 135
With External Wait (TYP[3:0]=0101B,
AWR=1008H)..................................... 134
Without External Wait
(TYP[3:0]=0100B,AWR=0008H).......... 133
B
Basic Block Diagram
Basic Block Diagram of Ports ........................... 142
Basic Clock Division Setting Register
DIVR0: Basic Clock Division Setting
Register 0 ............................................. 96
DIVR1: Basic Clock Division Setting
Register 1 ............................................. 99
Basic Configuration
Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
Connection ......................................... 534
Basic Programming Model
Basic Programming Model.................................. 34
Baud Rate
Baud Rate Selection ......................................... 429
Baud Rate Tolerance Level upon the Reception
..........................................................317
Calculating Baud Rate.......................315, 368, 429
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ..............367
Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock
Frequency ...........................316, 369, 430
UART Baud Rate Selection ...............................314
Baud Rate Generator Registers
Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers
1,0 (BGR1/BGR0) ...............293, 340, 392
BGR
Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers
1,0 (BGR1/BGR0) ...............293, 340, 392
Bit Configuration
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register
(TMRLR) ...........................................170
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register
(TMR) ................................................169
Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers
1,0 (BGR1/BGR0) ...............293, 340, 392
Bit Configuration of Control Status Register
(TMCSR)............................................166
Bit Configuration of Extended Communication
Control Register (ESCR) ..............287, 334
Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register
(FBYTE) ............................300, 347, 400
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0
(FCR0) ...............................297, 344, 397
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1
(FCR1) ...............................295, 342, 395
Bit Configuration of ICR .....................................52
Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC)........507
Bit Manipulation
Arithmetic Operation and Bit Manipulation...........33
Bit Ordering
Bit Ordering .......................................................43
Bit Search Module
Bit Search Module (Used by REALOS) ..................3
Block Diagram of Bit Search Module .................258
Register List of Bit Search Module.....................258
Block Diagram
Basic Block Diagram of Ports ............................142
Block Diagram
.................................119, 164, 180, 192,
203, 267, 448, 501
Block Diagram of Bit Search Module .................258
Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control
Block....................................................81
Block Diagram of Delay Interrupt Module ..........254
Block Diagram of External Interrupt Control
Unit....................................................244
Block Diagram of MB91313A Series .....................5
Block Diagram of Remote Control Reception......482
Block Diagram of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer..........................................219
583
INDEX
Block Diagram of Watch Timer......................... 226
Interrupt Controller Block Diagram.................... 234
Block Transfer
Block Transfer ................................................. 477
Branch Instructions
Overview of Branch Instructions.......................... 45
Branching
Branching.......................................................... 32
BSD
0 Detection Data Register (BSD0) ..................... 259
1 Detection Data Register (BSD1) ..................... 259
BSD0
0 Detection Data Register (BSD0) ..................... 259
BSD1
1 Detection Data Register (BSD1) ..................... 259
BSDC
Change Point Detection Data Register (BSDC)
.......................................................... 260
BSRR
Detection Result Register (BSRR) ..................... 260
Built-in Memory
Built-in Memory .................................................. 2
Built-in Peripheral Request
Built-in Peripheral Request ............................... 465
Burst
Burst Transfer .................................................. 478
Burst Two-cycle Transfer.................................. 466
Burst Transfer
Burst Transfer .................................................. 478
Burst Two-cycle Transfer
Burst Two-cycle Transfer.................................. 466
Bus Converter
32-bit ←→ 16-bit Bus Converter ......................... 30
Harvard ←→ Princeton Bus Converter................. 31
Bus Error
Bus Error Generation Condition......................... 428
Bus Error Operation ......................................... 428
Bus Error Generation Condition
Bus Error Generation Condition......................... 428
Bus Interface
Simplified External Bus Interface .......................... 2
Bus Mode
Bus Mode 0 (Single-chip Mode) ........................ 115
Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM/External Bus Mode)
.......................................................... 115
Bus Repetitive Start Condition
I2C Bus Repetitive Start Condition..................... 404
Bus Start Condition
I2C Bus Start Condition .................................... 404
Bus Stop Condition
I2C Bus Stop Condition .................................... 404
BUSYX
Ready/Busy Signal (RDY/BUSYX) ................... 515
584
Byte Ordering
Byte Ordering.................................................... 43
C
Capture Control Register
TxCCR (Capture Control Register).................... 205
Capture Data Register
TxCRR (Capture Data Register) ........................ 210
Capture Mode
Capture Mode.................................................. 214
CCR
CCR (Condition Code Register) .......................... 37
Change Point Detection
Change Point Detection .................................... 262
Change Point Detection Data Register
Change Point Detection Data Register (BSDC)
......................................................... 260
Channel Selection
Channel Selection and Control .......................... 475
Chip
Example of Chip Select Area Setting ................. 132
Chip Erase
Erasing Data (Chip Erase)................................. 523
Chip Select Area
Example of Chip Select Area Setting ................. 132
Chip Select Enable Register
CSER (Chip Select Enable Register).................. 131
Circuit
Crystal Oscillator Circuit .................................... 19
CLKB
CPU Clock (CLKB) ........................................... 78
CLKP
Peripheral Clock (CLKP).................................... 78
CLKR
CLKR: Clock Source Control Register................. 92
CLKT
External Bus Clock (CLKT)................................ 79
Clock
Count Clock Selection...................................... 199
CPU Clock (CLKB) ........................................... 78
External Bus Clock (CLKT)................................ 79
External Clock................................................. 318
Generating Internal Operating Clock.................... 73
Internal Clock Operation .................................. 171
Notes on Using an External Clock ....................... 20
Operation of Clock Supply Function .................. 223
Operation of Input Pin Function
(in Internal Clock Mode) ..................... 173
Peripheral Clock (CLKP).................................... 78
Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock
Frequency .......................... 316, 369, 430
Selecting the Source Clock ................................. 73
INDEX
Wait Time after Switching from the Sub Clock to the
Main Clock .......................................... 77
Clock Division Configuration Register
Clock Division Configuration Register
(RCCKD)........................................... 494
Clock Generation Control Block
Block Diagram of Clock Generation Control
Block ................................................... 81
Clock Source Control Register
CLKR: Clock Source Control Register................. 92
Clock Supply Function
Operation of Clock Supply Function .......... 223, 229
Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial Interface
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ............. 367
Functions of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface)..................... 326
Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface)..................... 355
Register List of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface)..................... 327
Command
Command Sequence ......................................... 511
Command Sequence
Command Sequence ......................................... 511
Condition Code Register
CCR (Condition Code Register) .......................... 37
Connection
Inter-CPU Connection ...................... 319, 321, 371
Control Status Register
Bit Configuration of Control Status Register
(TMCSR) ........................................... 166
Control Status Register ..................................... 181
Control/Status Register
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status
Register A [DMACA0 to DMACA4]
.......................................................... 449
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status
Register B [DMACB0 to DMACB4]
.......................................................... 453
Coprocessor
Coprocessor Absence Trap.................................. 63
Coprocessor Error Trap ...................................... 63
Coprocessor Absence Trap
Coprocessor Absence Trap.................................. 63
Coprocessor Error Trap
Coprocessor Error Trap ...................................... 63
Count
Count Clock Selection ...................................... 199
Start of a Count................................................ 318
Count Clock
Count Clock Selection ...................................... 199
Counter
Operating Status of Counter .............................. 175
PC (Program Counter).........................................40
CPU
CPU ..................................................................29
CPU Clock (CLKB)............................................78
CPU Control ....................................................471
FR CPU ...............................................................2
Inter-CPU Connection.......................319, 321, 371
CPU Clock
CPU Clock (CLKB)............................................78
CPU Mode
Configuration of Flash Control Status Register
(FLCR) (CPU Mode) ...........................505
Crystal Oscillator Circuit
Crystal Oscillator Circuit.....................................19
CSER
CSER (Chip Select Enable Register) ..................131
CSIO
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ..............367
Functions of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface) .....................326
Interrupts of CSIO ............................................349
Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface) .....................355
Register List of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface) .....................327
CSX
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH)..........135
CTBR
CTBR: Time-Base Counter Clear Register ............91
D
Data Direction Bit
Data Direction Bit.............................................425
Data Direction Register
Configuration of Data Direction Register ............145
Data Reception
Data Reception by Master .................................420
Data Storage Register
Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL,
RCDTLH, RCDTLL)...........................493
Data Transmission
Data Transmission by Master.............................412
Data Type
Data Type ........................................................469
Delay Interrupt Module
Block Diagram of Delay Interrupt Module ..........254
Register List of Delay Interrupt Module..............254
Delay Interrupt Module Register
DICR (Delay Interrupt Module Register) ............255
Delay Slot
Explanation of Operation without a Delay Slot ......48
585
INDEX
Instruction for Operation with a Delay Slot........... 46
Instructions that Operate without a Delay Slot....... 48
Operating Explanation of Operation with a Delay Slot
............................................................ 46
Restrictions on the Operation with a Delay Slot
............................................................ 47
Detection
0 Detection ...................................................... 261
1 Detection ...................................................... 261
Change Point Detection .................................... 262
Slave Address Match Detection ......................... 424
Detection Result Register
Detection Result Register (BSRR) ..................... 260
Device
Device States ................................................... 106
Operational States of Device ............................. 107
Overview of Reset (Device Initialization) ............. 64
Device Address Configuration Register
Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2
(RCADR1, RCADR2) ......................... 489
Device Initialization
Overview of Reset (Device Initialization) ............. 64
DICR
DICR (Delay Interrupt Module Register) ............ 255
DLYI Bit of DICR............................................ 256
Direct Addressing
Direct Addressing............................................... 33
Direct Addressing Area....................................... 26
Division Ratio
Initializing the Division Ratio Setting................... 80
Setting Division Ratio......................................... 80
DIVR
DIVR0: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 0
............................................................ 96
DIVR1: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 1
............................................................ 99
DLYI
DLYI Bit of DICR............................................ 256
DMA
DMA Transfer during the Sleep......................... 474
DMAC (DMA Controller)..................................... 3
General DMA Transfer ..................................... 468
Peripheral Interrupt Clear by DMA .................... 472
Registers of DMA Controller............................. 447
DMA Controller
DMAC (DMA Controller)..................................... 3
Registers of DMA Controller............................. 447
DMA Transfer
DMA Transfer during the Sleep......................... 474
General DMA Transfer ..................................... 468
DMAC
DMAC (DMA Controller)..................................... 3
DMAC Interrupt Control................................... 474
586
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status
Register A [DMACA0 to DMACA4]
......................................................... 449
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Control/Status
Register B [DMACB0 to DMACB4]
......................................................... 453
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Transfer Source/
Destination Address Setting Registers
[DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to
DMADA4] ......................................... 459
DMAC Interrupt Control
DMAC Interrupt Control .................................. 474
DMAC Overall Control Register
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 DMAC Overall
Control Register [DMACR] ................. 461
DMACR
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 DMAC Overall
Control Register [DMACR] ................. 461
DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to DMADA4
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Transfer Source/
Destination Address Setting Registers
[DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to
DMADA4] ......................................... 459
E
EIRR
External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR) ......... 247
EIT
EIT Interrupt Levels........................................... 50
EIT Sources....................................................... 49
EIT Vector Table ............................................... 54
Features of EIT .................................................. 49
Priority Levels for Accepting EIT Sources ........... 58
Returning from EIT............................................ 49
ELVR
External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register
(ELVR).............................................. 248
Emulator
Notes when not Using the Emulator..................... 21
ENIR
Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR) ...................... 246
Entire Timer Control Register
TxR (Entire Timer Control Register) ................. 209
Erase
Data Writing/Erase........................................... 519
Sector Erase .................................................... 524
Sector Erase Restart ......................................... 527
Temporary Sector Erase Stop ............................ 526
Erasing
Erasing Data (Chip Erase)................................. 523
Error
Coprocessor Error Trap ...................................... 63
Stop By Error .................................................. 474
INDEX
ESCR
Bit Configuration of Extended Communication
Control Register (ESCR) ............. 287, 334
Event Count Mode
Event Count Mode ........................................... 213
Exception
Operation of Undefined Instruction Exception ...... 62
Extended Communication Control Register
Bit Configuration of Extended Communication
Control Register (ESCR) ............. 287, 334
External Bus
ADER: External Bus,I2C Bridge,ADER Control
Register.............................................. 161
Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM/External Bus Mode)
.......................................................... 115
External Bus Clock (CLKT)................................ 79
Notes on Using External Bus Interface ............... 140
Simplified External Bus Interface .......................... 2
External Bus Clock
External Bus Clock (CLKT)................................ 79
External Bus Interface
Notes on Using External Bus Interface ............... 140
External Clock
External Clock................................................. 318
Notes on Using an External Clock ....................... 20
External Event Count
External Event Count Operation ........................ 173
External Interrupt
External Interrupt Request Level ....................... 251
Operating Procedure for an External Interrupt..... 250
Operations of an External Interrupt .................... 250
External Interrupt Control Unit
Block Diagram of External Interrupt Control
Unit ................................................... 244
Details of Registers of External Interrupt Control
Unit ................................................... 245
List of Registers of External Interrupt Control
Unit ................................................... 244
External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register
External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register
(ELVR).............................................. 248
External Interrupt Source Register
External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR).......... 247
External Trigger
A/D Conversion Started by External Trigger ...... 271
External Wait
With External Wait (TYP[3:0]=0101B, AWR=1008H)
.......................................................... 134
F
FBYTE
Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register
(FBYTE)............................ 300, 347, 400
FCR
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0
(FCR0) ...............................297, 344, 397
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1
(FCR1) ...............................295, 342, 395
Feature
Features ...........................................................118
FIFO
Functions of FIFO ............................................374
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
When Using Reception FIFO ........305, 351
Transmission and Reception FIFO
(Ch.0, Ch.1 and Ch.2) ..........................276
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing When Using Transmission
FIFO ..........................................308, 354
FIFO Byte Register
Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register
(FBYTE) ............................300, 347, 400
FIFO Control Register
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0
(FCR0) ...............................297, 344, 397
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1
(FCR1) ...............................295, 342, 395
Filter
Low-Pass Filter ................................................215
Flag
Hardware Sequence Flag ...................................515
Flag Set Timing
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
When Using Reception FIFO ........305, 351
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing........................................307, 353
Flash Control Status Register
Configuration of Flash Control Status Register
(FLCR) (CPU Mode) ...........................505
Flash Memory
List of Flash Memory Registers .........................504
Outline of Flash Memory ..................................500
Flash Microcontroller Programmer
System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller
Programmer ........................................537
FLCR
Configuration of Flash Control Status Register
(FLCR) (CPU Mode) ...........................505
Flowchart
Flowchart.........................................319, 323, 371
Operation Flowchart of Remote Control
Reception............................................495
FLWC
Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC)........507
FR
FR CPU ...............................................................2
FR Family Memory Map .....................................26
587
INDEX
FR Family
FR Family Memory Map..................................... 26
FR-CPU Programming Mode
FR-CPU Programming Mode (16 Bits,Read/Write)
.......................................................... 509
FR-CPU ROM Mode
FR-CPU ROM Mode (32 Bits,Read Only).......... 509
Frequency
Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock
Frequency........................... 316, 369, 430
Fujitsu-standard
Pins Used for Fujitsu-standard Serial On-board
Programming ...................................... 535
G
General DMA Transfer
General DMA Transfer ..................................... 468
General Specifications
General Specifications of Ports .......................... 143
General-purpose Register
General-purpose Register .................................... 35
Generation
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing ............................................... 353
Generation Condition
Bus Error Generation Condition......................... 428
H
"H" Width Configuration Register
"H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW)
.......................................................... 491
"H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW)
.......................................................... 492
Hardware Configuration
Hardware Configuration.................................... 446
Hardware Configuration of the Interrupt Controller
.......................................................... 232
Hardware Sequence Flag
Hardware Sequence Flag................................... 515
Harvard
Harvard ←→ Princeton Bus Converter................. 31
HDMI-CEC
HDMI-CEC/Remote Control Reception ................. 4
Hold Request
Example of Using the Function to Generate a Request
to Cancel a Hold Request (HRCR) ........ 241
Hold Request Cancel Request............................ 239
Hold Request Cancel Request
Hold Request Cancel Request............................ 239
Hold Request Cancel Request Register
Hold Request Cancel Request Register (HRCL)
.......................................................... 238
588
How to Avoid
How to Avoid Problems ................................... 529
HRCL
Hold Request Cancel Request Register (HRCL)
......................................................... 238
HRCR
Example of Using the Function to Generate a Request
to Cancel a Hold Request (HRCR)........ 241
I
I Flag
I Flag ................................................................ 51
I/O Circuit
I/O Circuit Types ............................................... 16
I/O Map
How to Read I/O Map ...................................... 540
I/O Pins
I/O Pins........................................................... 119
I/O Ports
I/O Ports ............................................................. 4
2
I C
Functions of the I2C Interface ........................... 374
I2C Bus Repetitive Start Condition .................... 404
I2C Bus Start Condition .................................... 404
I2C Bus Stop Condition .................................... 404
NSF: Noise Filter Control Register for I2C ......... 162
Register List of the I2C Interface ....................... 375
2
I C Bridge
ADER: External Bus,I2C Bridge,ADER Control
Register ............................................. 161
2
I C Bus Control Register
I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) ...................... 376
2
I C Bus Status Register
I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) ......................... 386
I2C Interface
Interrupts of the I2C Interface............................ 402
IBCR
I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) ...................... 376
IBSR
I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) ......................... 386
ICR
Bit Configuration of ICR .................................... 52
ICR Mapping..................................................... 52
Interrupt Control Register (ICR)........................ 236
ILM
ILM.................................................................. 51
ILM (Interrupt Level Mask Register) ................... 40
INIT
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT)........................ 65
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) Clear Sequence
........................................................... 68
INDEX
Initialization
INITX Pin Input (Settings Initialization Reset Pin)
............................................................ 66
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) .................... 65
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) Clear Sequence
............................................................ 68
Overview of Reset (Device Initialization)............. 64
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT)........................ 65
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) Clear Sequence
............................................................ 68
Wait Time after Setting Initialization ................... 76
Initialization Reset
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) .................... 65
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT)........................ 65
INITX
INITX Pin Input (Settings Initialization Reset Pin)
............................................................ 66
Input Pin Function
Operation of Input Pin Function
(in Internal Clock Mode) ..................... 173
Instruction
Instruction for Operation with a Delay Slot........... 46
Instructions that Operate without a
Delay Slot ............................................ 48
Operation of INT Instruction ............................... 61
Operation of INTE Instruction............................. 61
Operation of RETI Instruction ............................. 63
Operation of Undefined Instruction Exception ...... 62
Overview of Branch Instructions ......................... 45
Overview of Other Instructions ........................... 33
INT
Operation of INT Instruction ............................... 61
INTE
Operation of INTE Instruction............................. 61
Inter-CPU
Inter-CPU Connection ...................... 319, 321, 371
Interface
Functions of the I2C Interface............................ 374
Multi Function Serial Interface .............................. 3
Notes on Using External Bus Interface ............... 140
Register List of the I2C Interface ....................... 375
Simplified External Bus Interface .......................... 2
Interface Mode
Interface Mode ................................................ 275
Switching the Interface Modes .......................... 275
Internal Architecture
Features of Internal Architecture ......................... 28
Structure of Internal Architecture ........................ 29
Internal Clock
Internal Clock Operation................................... 171
Operation of Input Pin Function
(in Internal Clock Mode) ..................... 173
Internal Operating Clock
Generating Internal Operating Clock.................... 73
Internal ROM
Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM/External Bus Mode)
..........................................................115
Interrupt
DMAC Interrupt Control ...................................474
EIT Interrupt Levels............................................50
External Interrupt Request Level ........................251
Interrupt Controller ...............................................3
Interrupt Number ..............................................256
Interrupt Request Generation .............................200
Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart (with PPG Output
Set for Ordinary Polarity) .....................188
Interrupt Stack....................................................53
Interrupts of CSIO ............................................349
Interrupts of UART...........................................302
Level Masking for Interrupt/NMI .........................51
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Interrupt ......222
Operating Procedure for an External Interrupt .....250
Operation of User Interrupt and NMI....................60
Operations of an External Interrupt.....................250
Peripheral Interrupt Clear by DMA ....................472
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing........................................304, 350
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
When Using Reception FIFO ........305, 351
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing........................................307, 353
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing When Using Transmission
FIFO ..........................................308, 354
Watch Interrupt ................................................228
Interrupt Control Register
Interrupt Control Register (ICR) ........................236
Interrupt Controller
Details of Interrupt Controller Registers..............235
Hardware Configuration of the Interrupt
Controller ...........................................232
Interrupt Controller ...............................................3
Interrupt Controller Block Diagram ....................234
Major Functions of the Interrupt Controller .........232
Register List of Interrupt Controller....................233
Interrupt Enable Register
Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR) .......................246
Interrupt Level Mask Register
ILM (Interrupt Level Mask Register)....................40
Interrupt Request
Interrupt Request Generation .............................200
Interrupts
Interrupts of CSIO ............................................349
Interrupts of the I2C Interface ............................402
Interrupts of UART...........................................302
Interval Time
Interval Time of Watch Timer............................225
Interval Timer
Interval Timer Mode .........................................212
589
INDEX
Operation of Interval Timer Function ......... 222, 229
Other Interval Timers ........................................... 4
Interval Timer Function
Operation of Interval Timer Function ......... 222, 229
Interval Timer Mode
Interval Timer Mode......................................... 212
Interval Timers
Other Interval Timers ........................................... 4
Interval Times
Interval Times of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer ......................................... 218
ISBA
7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA) .................. 394
ISMK
7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK) ........ 393
L
Latch-up
Preventing a Latch-up......................................... 19
Level Masking
Level Masking for Interrupt/NMI......................... 51
Load
Load and Store................................................... 32
Low-Pass Filter
Low-Pass Filter ................................................ 215
Low-Pass Filter Control Register
TxLPCR (Low-Pass Filter Control Register) ....... 204
LPF
LPF Sampling Intervals .................................... 199
M
Machine Clock
Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock
Frequency........................... 316, 369, 430
Main Clock
Wait Time after Switching from the Sub Clock to the
Main Clock........................................... 77
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Interrupt ...... 222
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Block Diagram of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer ......................................... 219
Explanation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer Register .................................... 220
Interval Times of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer ......................................... 218
Notes on Using the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer ......................................... 224
Operation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer ................................................. 223
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer Register
Explanation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer Register .................................... 220
590
Master
Data Reception by Master................................. 420
Data Transmission by Master ............................ 412
Wait of the Master Mode .................................. 423
Master Mode
Wait of the Master Mode .................................. 423
MB91313A Series
Block Diagram of MB91313A Series..................... 5
Memory Map of MB91313A Series ..................... 27
Pin Assignment of MB91313A Series .................... 6
Pin Functions of MB91313A Series ....................... 8
MD
Mode Pins (MD0 to MD2) .................................. 19
Memory
Built-in Memory .................................................. 2
Memory Map
FR Family Memory Map .................................... 26
Memory Map................................................... 501
Memory Map of MB91313A Series ..................... 27
Mode
Addressing Mode............................................. 469
Bus Mode 0 (Single-chip Mode)........................ 115
Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM/
External Bus Mode) ............................ 115
Capture Mode.................................................. 214
Configuration of Flash Control Status Register
(FLCR) (CPU Mode) .......................... 505
Event Count Mode ........................................... 213
FR-CPU Programming Mode (16 Bits,Read/Write)
......................................................... 509
FR-CPU ROM Mode (32 Bits,Read Only) ......... 509
Interface Mode ................................................ 275
Interval Timer Mode ........................................ 212
Mode Pins (MD0 to MD2) .................................. 19
Mode Setting ................................................... 115
Operating Mode............................................... 115
Operating Modes ............................................. 279
Operation of Input Pin Function
(in Internal Clock Mode) ..................... 173
Returning from Standby (Stop or Sleep) Mode
......................................................... 240
Sleep Mode ..................................................... 110
Switching the Interface Modes .......................... 275
Transfer Mode ................................................. 463
Wait of the Master Mode .................................. 423
Mode Pins
Mode Pins (MD0 to MD2) .................................. 19
Multi Function
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ............. 367
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 277
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 278
INDEX
Multi Function Serial Interface
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ............. 367
Functions of CSIO
(Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface)............................................ 326
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 277
Multi Function Serial Interface .............................. 3
Operations of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface)..................... 355
Register List of CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi
Function Serial Interface)..................... 327
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface) .................................. 278
Multifunction Timer
Multifunction Timer............................................. 4
Multiplex Access
Normal Access or a Address/Data Multiplex Access
Operation ........................................... 127
Multiplication Rate
PLL Multiplication Rate ..................................... 75
Wait Time after Changing PLL Multiplication Rate
............................................................ 76
Multiply & Divide Register
MDH, MDL (Multiply & Divide Register) ........... 42
N
NMI
Level Masking for Interrupt/NMI ........................ 51
Operation of User Interrupt and NMI ................... 60
Noise Filter Control Register
NSF: Noise Filter Control Register for I2C ......... 162
Normal Access
Normal Access or a Address/Data Multiplex Access
Operation ........................................... 127
Normal Reset
Normal Reset Operation ..................................... 71
Note
Note on Oscillator Input at Power-On .................. 20
Notes on Selecting PLL Clocks ........................... 21
Notes on the Turning On/Off VDDI Pin
(1.8 V Internal Power Supply) and VDDE
Pin (3.3 V External Pin Power Supply)
............................................................ 20
Notes on Using an External Clock ....................... 20
Notes when not Using the Emulator ..................... 21
NSF
NSF: Noise Filter Control Register for I2C ......... 162
O
One-Shot Operation
Timing Charts for One-Shot Operation............... 187
Operating Mode
Operating Mode ...............................................115
Operating Modes
Operating Modes ..............................................279
Operation
Operation at Power-On........................................20
Operation Initialization Reset (RST).....................65
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) Clear Sequence
............................................................68
Operational States
Operational States of Device..............................107
Ordering
Bit Ordering .......................................................43
Byte Ordering ....................................................43
OSCCR
OSCCR: Oscillation Control Register .................101
Oscillation Circuit
Crystal Oscillator Circuit.....................................19
Oscillation Control Register
OSCCR: Oscillation Control Register .................101
Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait Interrupt ......222
Notes on Using the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer..........................................224
Operation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer .................................................223
Selecting an Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time
............................................................70
Sources of an Oscillation Stabilization Wait ..........69
Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time
Selecting an Oscillation Stabilization Wait Time
............................................................70
Oscillation Stabilization Wait Timer
Block Diagram of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer..........................................219
Explanation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer Register.....................................220
Interval Times of the Main Oscillation Stabilization
Wait Timer..........................................218
Oscillator
Note on Oscillator Input at Power-On ...................20
Other Features
Other Features ......................................................4
Other Operations
Other Operations ..............................................174
Output Pin Function
Output Pin Function Operation ..........................174
P
Pause
Pause...............................................................473
PC
PC (Program Counter).........................................40
591
INDEX
PCSR
PCSR (PPG Cycle Setting Register)................... 184
PDR
Configuration of Port Data Register (PDR) ......... 144
PDUT
PDUT (PPG Duty Setting Register) ................... 184
Peripheral
Built-in Peripheral Request ............................... 465
Peripheral Interrupt Clear by DMA .................... 472
Peripheral Clock
Peripheral Clock (CLKP) .................................... 78
Peripheral Interrupt
Peripheral Interrupt Clear by DMA .................... 472
Pin Assignment
Pin Assignment of MB91313A Series .................... 6
Pin Functions
Pin Functions of MB91313A Series ....................... 8
PLL
Enabling PLL Operation ..................................... 74
PLL Multiplication Rate ..................................... 75
Wait Time after Changing PLL Multiplication
Rate ..................................................... 76
Wait Time after Enabling PLL Operation ............. 76
PLL Clocks
Notes on Selecting PLL Clocks ........................... 21
Pointer
RP (Return Pointer) ............................................ 41
SSP (System Stack Pointer)................................. 41
USP (User Stack Pointer) .................................... 41
Polarity
Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart (with PPG Output
Set for Ordinary Polarity)..................... 188
Port
Basic Block Diagram of Ports............................ 142
General Specifications of Ports .......................... 143
I/O Ports.............................................................. 4
Port 0 .............................................................. 146
Port 1 .............................................................. 148
Port 2 .............................................................. 149
Port 3 .............................................................. 150
Port 4 .............................................................. 151
Port 5 .............................................................. 152
Port 6 .............................................................. 153
Port C.............................................................. 154
Port D ............................................................. 155
Port E.............................................................. 157
Port F .............................................................. 158
Port 0
Port 0 .............................................................. 146
Port 1
Port 1 .............................................................. 148
Port 2
Port 2 .............................................................. 149
592
Port 3
Port 3.............................................................. 150
Port 4
Port 4.............................................................. 151
Port 5
Port 5.............................................................. 152
Port 6
Port 6.............................................................. 153
Port C
Port C ............................................................. 154
Port D
Port D ............................................................. 155
Port Data Register
Configuration of Port Data Register (PDR)......... 144
Port E
Port E ............................................................. 157
Port F
Port F.............................................................. 158
Port Pull-Up Control Register
Port Pull-Up Control Register ........................... 160
Ports
Basic Block Diagram of Ports ........................... 142
General Specifications of Ports.......................... 143
Power Supply
Power Supply Pins ............................................. 19
Power Supply Pins
Power Supply Pins ............................................. 19
Power-On
Note on Oscillator Input at Power-On .................. 20
Operation at Power-On ....................................... 20
Power-up
Wait Time after Power-up................................... 76
PPG
Examples of Methods of All-L and All-H PPG Output
......................................................... 188
Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart (with PPG Output
Set for Ordinary Polarity) .................... 188
PPG.................................................................... 4
PPG Cycle Setting Register
PCSR (PPG Cycle Setting Register) .................. 184
PPG Duty Setting Register
PDUT (PPG Duty Setting Register) ................... 184
PPG Timer
Characteristics of PPG Timer ............................ 178
Precautions on Using the PPG Timer ................. 189
PPG Timer Register
PTMR (PPG Timer Register) ............................ 185
Princeton
Harvard ←→ Princeton Bus Converter ................ 31
Priority
Determining the Priority ................................... 239
Priority Levels for Accepting EIT Sources ........... 58
INDEX
Problem
Description of Problems due to Restrictions ....... 528
How to Avoid Problems ................................... 529
Program
PC (Program Counter) ........................................ 40
PS (Program Status) ........................................... 36
Program Counter
PC (Program Counter) ........................................ 40
Program Status
PS (Program Status) ........................................... 36
Programming
Basic Programming Model.................................. 34
Example of Serial Programming Connection ...... 536
Pins Used for Fujitsu-standard Serial On-board
Programming...................................... 535
Programming Mode
FR-CPU Programming Mode (16 Bits,Read/Write)
.......................................................... 509
Programming Model
Basic Programming Model.................................. 34
PS
PS (Program Status) ........................................... 36
PTMR
PTMR (PPG Timer Register) ............................ 185
Pull-up Control
Pull-up Control ................................................ 160
Pulse Width Counter
Registers of the 16-Bit Pulse Width Counter....... 192
PWC
PWC................................................................... 4
PWC Control Register
PWC Control Register (PWCCH)...................... 194
PWC Control Register (PWCCL) ...................... 193
PWC Control Register 2 (PWCC2) .................... 196
PWC Data Register
PWC Data Register (PWCD) ............................ 195
PWC Upper Value Setting Register
PWC Upper Value Setting Register (PWCUD)
.......................................................... 197
PWCC
PWC Control Register 2 (PWCC2) .................... 196
PWCCH
PWC Control Register (PWCCH)...................... 194
PWCCL
PWC Control Register (PWCCL) ...................... 193
PWCD
PWC Data Register (PWCD) ............................ 195
PWCUD
PWC Upper Value Setting Register
(PWCUD) .......................................... 197
PWM Operation
Timing Charts for PWM Operation.................... 186
R
RCADR
Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2
(RCADR1, RCADR2)..........................489
RCCKD
Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD)
..........................................................494
RCCR
Remote Control Reception Control Register (RCCR)
..........................................................484
RCDAHW
"H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW)
..........................................................491
"H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW)
..........................................................492
RCDT
Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL,
RCDTLH, RCDTLL)...........................493
RCSHW
Start Bit High Width Configuration Register
(RCSHW) ...........................................490
RCST
Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register
(RCST)...............................................486
RDR
Reception Data Register (RDR) .........289, 336, 390
RDX
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH)..........135
RDY
Ready/Busy Signal (RDY/BUSYX) ...................515
RDY bit
RDY bit ...........................................................515
Read/Reset Status
Read/Reset Status .............................................520
REALOS
16-bit Reload Timer
(Including One Channel for REALOS) ......3
Bit Search Module (Used by REALOS) ..................3
Reception
Acknowledgment Reception by Transmitting First
Byte ...................................................408
Baud Rate Tolerance Level upon the Reception
..........................................................317
Data Reception by Master .................................420
HDMI-CEC/Remote Control Reception..................4
Reception by Slave ...........................................425
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing........................................304, 350
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
When Using Reception FIFO ........305, 351
Register Configuration of Remote Control Reception
..........................................................483
593
INDEX
Transmission and Reception FIFO
(Ch.0, Ch.1 and Ch.2) .......................... 276
Reception Data Register
Reception Data Register (RDR) ......... 289, 336, 390
Reception Interrupt
Reception Interrupt Generation and Flag Set Timing
When Using Reception FIFO........ 305, 351
Register
0 Detection Data Register (BSD0) ..................... 259
1 Detection Data Register (BSD1) ..................... 259
7-bit Slave Address Mask Register (ISMK) ........ 393
7-bit Slave Address Register (ISBA) .................. 394
A/D Conversion Result Register (Channels 0 to 9)
.......................................................... 270
A/D Converter Control Register (ADCTH, ADCTL)
.......................................................... 268
ACR0 to ACR3 (Area Configuration Register)
.......................................................... 122
ADER: External Bus,I2C Bridge,ADER Control
Register .............................................. 161
ASR0 to ASR3 (Area Select Register)................ 121
AWR0 to AWR3 (Area Wait Register)............... 126
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register
(TMRLR) ........................................... 170
Bit Configuration of Baud Rate Generator Registers
1,0 (BGR1/BGR0)....................... 340, 392
Bit Configuration of Control Status Register
(TMCSR) ........................................... 166
Bit Configuration of Extended Communication
Control Register (ESCR).............. 287, 334
Bit Configuration of FIFO Byte Register
(FBYTE) ............................ 300, 347, 400
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 0
(FCR0)............................... 297, 344, 397
Bit Configuration of FIFO Control Register 1
(FCR1)....................................... 342, 395
Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC) ....... 507
CCR (Condition Code Register)........................... 37
Change Point Detection Data Register
(BSDC) .............................................. 260
CLKR: Clock Source Control Register ................. 92
Clock Division Configuration Register (RCCKD)
.......................................................... 494
Configuration of Data Direction Register............ 145
Configuration of Port Data Register (PDR) ......... 144
Control Status Register ..................................... 181
CSER (Chip Select Enable Register) .................. 131
CTBR: Time-Base Counter Clear Register............ 91
Data Storage Registers (RCDTHH, RCDTHL,
RCDTLH, RCDTLL) .......................... 493
Detection Result Register (BSRR) ..................... 260
Device Address Configuration Registers 1, 2
(RCADR1, RCADR2) ......................... 489
DICR (Delay Interrupt Module Register) ............ 255
DIVR0: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 0
............................................................ 96
594
DIVR1: Basic Clock Division Setting Register 1
........................................................... 99
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 DMAC Overall
Control Register [DMACR] ................. 461
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Transfer Source/
Destination Address Setting Registers
[DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to
DMADA4] ......................................... 459
Explanation of the Main Oscillation Stabilization Wait
Timer Register.................................... 220
External Interrupt Request Level Setting Register
(ELVR).............................................. 248
External Interrupt Source Register (EIRR) ......... 247
General-purpose Register.................................... 35
"H" Width Configuration Register A (RCDAHW)
......................................................... 491
"H" Width Configuration Register B (RCDAHW)
......................................................... 492
Hold Request Cancel Request Register (HRCL)
......................................................... 238
I2C Bus Control Register (IBCR) ...................... 376
I2C Bus Status Register (IBSR) ......................... 386
ILM (Interrupt Level Mask Register) ................... 40
Interrupt Control Register (ICR)........................ 236
Interrupt Enable Register (ENIR) ...................... 246
MDH, MDL (Multiply & Divide Register) ........... 42
NSF: Noise Filter Control Register for I2C ......... 162
OSCCR: Oscillation Control Register ................ 101
PCSR (PPG Cycle Setting Register) .................. 184
PDUT (PPG Duty Setting Register) ................... 184
Port Pull-Up Control Register ........................... 160
PTMR (PPG Timer Register) ............................ 185
PWC Control Register (PWCCH)...................... 194
PWC Control Register (PWCCL) ...................... 193
PWC Control Register 2 (PWCC2) .................... 196
PWC Data Register (PWCD) ............................ 195
PWC Upper Value Setting Register (PWCUD)
......................................................... 197
Reception Data Register (RDR)......... 289, 336, 390
Register List .................................................... 120
Register Setting Procedure ................................ 139
Registers ......................................... 179, 202, 266
Remote Control Reception Control Register
(RCCR) ............................................. 484
Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register
(RCST) .............................................. 486
RSRR: Reset Source Register/Watchdog Timer
Control Register.................................... 82
SCR (System Condition code Register) ................ 39
Serial Control Register (SCR) ................... 280, 328
Serial Mode Register (SMR) ............. 282, 330, 381
Serial Status Register (SSR).............. 284, 332, 383
Software Conversion Analog Input Select
Register ............................................. 269
Start Bit High Width Configuration Register
(RCSHW) .......................................... 490
STCR: Standby Control Register ......................... 85
INDEX
TBCR: Time-Base Counter Control Register ........ 88
TBR (Table Base Register) ........................... 40, 54
Transmission Data Register (TDR)
.......................................... 291, 338, 391
TxCCR (Capture Control Register) .................... 205
TxCRR (Capture Data Register) ........................ 210
TxDRR (Timer Compare Data Register) ............ 210
TxLPCR (Low-Pass Filter Control Register)....... 204
TxR (Entire Timer Control Register).................. 209
TxTCR (Timer Setting Register) ....................... 207
WPR: Watchdog Reset Generation Delay Register
............................................................ 95
Register Setting Procedure
Register Setting Procedure ................................ 139
Reload Counter
Functions of the Reload Counter........ 318, 370, 430
Reload Register
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register
(TMRLR)........................................... 170
Reload Timer
16-bit Reload Timer
(Including One Channel for REALOS)...... 3
Notes on Using 16-Bit Reload Timer ................. 176
Overview of 16-Bit Reload Timer...................... 164
Register List of 16-Bit Reload Timer ................. 165
Reload Value
Reload Value and Baud Rate for Each Machine Clock
Frequency .......................... 316, 369, 430
Remote Control Reception
HDMI-CEC/Remote Control Reception ................. 4
Operation Flowchart of Remote Control Reception
.......................................................... 495
Register Configuration of Remote Control Reception
.......................................................... 483
Setting Example of Remote Control Reception
.......................................................... 497
Remote Control Reception Control Register
Remote Control Reception Control Register
(RCCR).............................................. 484
Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register
Remote Control Reception Interrupt Control Register
(RCST) .............................................. 486
Request
Built-in Peripheral Request ............................... 465
External Interrupt Request Level ....................... 251
Hold Request Cancel Request ........................... 239
Software Request ............................................. 465
Reset
INITX Pin Input (Settings Initialization Reset Pin)
............................................................ 66
Normal Reset Operation ..................................... 71
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) .................... 65
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) Clear Sequence
............................................................ 68
Overview of Reset (Device Initialization)............. 64
Read/Reset Status .............................................520
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) ........................65
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) Clear Sequence
............................................................68
STCR:SRST Bit Writing (Software Reset) ............66
Synchronous Reset Operation ..............................71
Watchdog Reset .................................................67
Reset Source Register/Watchdog Timer Control
Register
RSRR: Reset Source Register/Watchdog Timer
Control Register ....................................82
Restart
Restart .....................................................318, 370
Sector Erase Restart ..........................................527
Restore
Process of Save/Restore ....................................263
Restriction
Description of Problems due to Restrictions ........528
Restrictions ........................................................22
RETI
Operation of RETI Instruction .............................63
RETI Instruction
Operation of RETI Instruction .............................63
Return Pointer
RP (Return Pointer) ............................................41
ROM
Bus Mode 1 (Internal ROM/
External Bus Mode) .............................115
ROM Mode
FR-CPU ROM Mode (32 Bits,Read Only) ..........509
RP
RP (Return Pointer) ............................................41
RSRR
RSRR: Reset Source Register/Watchdog Timer
Control Register ....................................82
RST
Operation Initialization Reset (RST).....................65
Operation Initialization Reset (RST) Clear Sequence
............................................................68
S
Sampling Intervals
LPF Sampling Intervals.....................................199
Save
Process of Save/Restore ....................................263
SCR
SCR (System Condition code Register).................39
Serial Control Register (SCR) ....................280, 328
Sector
Sector Address Table ........................................502
Sector Erase .....................................................524
Sector Erase Restart ..........................................527
Temporary Sector Erase Stop.............................526
595
INDEX
Sector Address Table
Sector Address Table ........................................ 502
Sector Erase
Sector Erase..................................................... 524
Sector Erase Restart
Sector Erase Restart.......................................... 527
Serial Control Register
Serial Control Register (SCR).................... 280, 328
Serial Interface
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection.............. 367
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)................................... 277
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)................................... 278
Serial Mode Register
Serial Mode Register (SMR) ............. 282, 330, 381
Serial On-board Programming
Pins Used for Fujitsu-standard Serial On-board
Programming ...................................... 535
Serial Programming Connection
Basic Configuration of Serial Programming
Connection ......................................... 534
Example of Serial Programming Connection....... 536
Serial Status Register
Serial Status Register (SSR) .............. 284, 332, 383
Setting
INITX Pin Input (Settings Initialization Reset Pin)
............................................................ 66
Setting Initialization Reset (INIT) Clear Sequence
............................................................ 68
Wait Time after Setting Initialization ................... 76
Setup
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH) ......... 135
Single-chip Mode
Bus Mode 0 (Single-chip Mode) ........................ 115
Slave
Reception by Slave........................................... 425
Slave Address Match Detection ......................... 424
Slave Address Output ....................................... 406
Transmission by Slave ...................................... 427
Slave Address
Slave Address Output ....................................... 406
Slave Address Match Detection
Slave Address Match Detection ......................... 424
Sleep
DMA Transfer during the Sleep......................... 474
Returning from Standby (Stop or Sleep) Mode
.......................................................... 240
Sleep Mode...................................................... 110
SMR
Serial Mode Register (SMR) ............. 282, 330, 381
596
Software Conversion Analog Input Select Register
Software Conversion Analog Input Select
Register ............................................. 269
Software Request
Software Request ............................................. 465
Software Reset
STCR:SRST Bit Writing (Software Reset) ........... 66
Source Clock
Selecting the Source Clock ................................. 73
SRST
STCR:SRST Bit Writing (Software Reset) ........... 66
SSP
SSP (System Stack Pointer) .......................... 41, 53
SSR
Serial Status Register (SSR).............. 284, 332, 383
Stack
Interrupt Stack ................................................... 53
Standby
Returning from Standby (Stop or Sleep) Mode
......................................................... 240
Standby Control Register
STCR: Standby Control Register ......................... 85
Start
Start of Operation ............................................ 472
Start Bit High Width Configuration Register
Start Bit High Width Configuration Register
(RCSHW) .......................................... 490
Start Condition
Generation of the Start Condition ...................... 405
STCR
STCR: Standby Control Register ......................... 85
STCR:SRST Bit Writing (Software Reset) ........... 66
Step Trace Trap
Operation of Step Trace Trap .............................. 62
Step/Block Transfer
Step/Block Transfer Two-cycle Transfer ............ 467
Stop
Returning from Standby (Stop or Sleep) Mode
......................................................... 240
Stop By Error .................................................. 474
Stop Mode....................................................... 112
Temporary Sector Erase Stop ............................ 526
Termination/Stop of Operation .......................... 473
Wait Time after Returning from Stop Mode ......... 77
Store
Load and Store .................................................. 32
Sub Clock
Wait Time after Switching from the Sub Clock to the
Main Clock .......................................... 77
Synchronous
CSIO (Clock Synchronous Multi Function Serial
Interface) Baud Rate Selection ............. 367
INDEX
Synchronous Reset
Synchronous Reset Operation.............................. 71
System Condition code Register
SCR (System Condition code Register) ................ 39
System Configuration
System Configuration of Flash Microcontroller
Programmer........................................ 537
System Stack Pointer
SSP (System Stack Pointer) .......................... 41, 53
T
Table Base Register
TBR (Table Base Register) ........................... 40, 54
TBCR
TBCR: Time-Base Counter Control Register ........ 88
TBR
TBR (Table Base Register) ........................... 40, 54
TDR
Transmission Data Register (TDR)
.......................................... 291, 338, 391
Temporary Sector Erase Stop
Temporary Sector Erase Stop ............................ 526
Termination
Termination/Stop of Operation .......................... 473
Time-Base Counter
Time-Base Counter .......................................... 102
Time-Base Counter Clear Register
CTBR: Time-Base Counter Clear Register ........... 91
Time-Base Counter Control Register
TBCR: Time-Base Counter Control Register ........ 88
Timer Compare Data Register
TxDRR (Timer Compare Data Register) ............ 210
Timer Register
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register
(TMR) ............................................... 169
Timer Setting Register
TxTCR (Timer Setting Register) ....................... 207
Timing Chart
Interrupt Sources and Timing Chart (with PPG Output
Set for Ordinary Polarity) .................... 188
Timing Charts for One-Shot Operation............... 187
Timing Charts for PWM Operation.................... 186
TMCSR
Bit Configuration of Control Status Register
(TMCSR) ........................................... 166
TMODE
TMODE.......................................................... 211
TMR
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Timer Register
(TMR) ............................................... 169
TMRLR
Bit Configuration of 16-Bit Reload Register
(TMRLR)........................................... 170
Trace Trap
Operation of Step Trace Trap...............................62
Transfer
2-Cycle Transfer (External→I/O)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) ..........137
2-Cycle Transfer (I/O→External)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) ..........138
Acceptance and Transfer of Transfer
Request...............................................472
Block Transfer .................................................477
Burst Transfer ..................................................478
Burst Two-cycle Transfer ..................................466
DMA Transfer during the Sleep .........................474
DMAC-ch.0, ch.1, ch.2, ch.3, ch.4 Transfer Source/
Destination Address Setting Registers
[DMASA0 to DMASA4/DMADA0 to
DMADA4]..........................................459
General DMA Transfer .....................................468
Operation of Data in Two-cycle Transfer ............479
Selecting the Transfer Sequence.........................466
Step/Block Transfer Two-cycle Transfer.............467
Transfer Address ..............................................464
Transfer Count and Transfer Termination ...........464
Transfer Count Control .....................................470
Transfer Mode..................................................463
Transfer Type...................................................464
Transfer Count Control
Transfer Count Control .....................................470
Transfer Mode
Transfer Mode..................................................463
Transmission
Data Transmission by Master.............................412
Transmission and Reception FIFO
(Ch.0, Ch.1 and Ch.2) ..........................276
Transmission by Slave ......................................427
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing........................................307, 353
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing When Using Transmission FIFO
..................................................308, 354
Transmission Data Register
Transmission Data Register (TDR)
..........................................291, 338, 391
Transmission Interrupt
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing................................................307
Transmission Interrupt Generation
Transmission Interrupt Generation and Flag Set
Timing................................................353
Trap
Coprocessor Absence Trap ..................................63
Coprocessor Error Trap .......................................63
Operation of Step Trace Trap...............................62
Trigger
A/D Conversion Started by External Trigger .......271
597
INDEX
Two-cycle Transfer
Burst Two-cycle Transfer.................................. 466
Operation of Data in Two-cycle Transfer............ 479
Step/Block Transfer Two-cycle Transfer ............ 467
TxCCR
TxCCR (Capture Control Register) .................... 205
TxCRR
TxCRR (Capture Data Register) ........................ 210
TxDRR
TxDRR (Timer Compare Data Register)............. 210
TxLPCR
TxLPCR (Low-Pass Filter Control Register) ....... 204
TxR
TxR (Entire Timer Control Register).................. 209
TxTCR
TxTCR (Timer Setting Register)........................ 207
TYP
2-Cycle Transfer (External→I/O)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) .......... 137
2-Cycle Transfer (I/O→External)
(TYP[3:0]=0000B,AWR=0008H) .......... 138
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH) ......... 135
With External Wait (TYP[3:0]=0101B,
AWR=1008H) ..................................... 134
Without External Wait
(TYP[3:0]=0100B, AWR=0008H) ......... 133
U
UART
Functions of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)................................... 277
Interrupts of UART .......................................... 302
Operations of UART ........................................ 309
Register List of UART (Asynchronous Multi Function
Serial Interface)................................... 278
UART Baud Rate Selection............................... 314
Undefined Instruction
Operation of Undefined Instruction Exception ...... 62
Underflow
Underflow Operation ........................................ 172
Unused
Unused Input Pins .............................................. 19
Unused Input Pins
Unused Input Pins .............................................. 19
User Interrupt
Operation of User Interrupt and NMI ................... 60
User Stack Pointer
USP (User Stack Pointer) .................................... 41
598
USP
USP (User Stack Pointer).................................... 41
V
VDDI Pin
Notes on the Turning On/Off VDDI Pin (1.8 V
Internal Power Supply) and VDDE Pin (3.3
V External Pin Power Supply)................ 20
Vector Table
EIT Vector Table ............................................... 54
W
Wait Register
Bit Configuration of Wait Register (FLWC) ....... 507
Wait Time
Wait Time after Changing PLL Multiplication
Rate ..................................................... 76
Wait Time after Enabling PLL Operation ............. 76
Wait Time after Power-up................................... 76
Wait Time after Returning from Stop Mode ......... 77
Wait Time after Setting Initialization ................... 76
Wait Time after Switching from the Sub Clock to the
Main Clock .......................................... 77
Watch
Watch Interrupt................................................ 228
Watch Timer
Block Diagram of Watch Timer ........................ 226
Interval Time of Watch Timer ........................... 225
Notes on Using Watch Timer ............................ 230
Operations of Watch Timer............................... 230
Registers of Watch Timer ................................. 227
Watchdog Reset
Watchdog Reset................................................. 67
Watchdog Reset Generation Delay Register
WPR: Watchdog Reset Generation Delay Register
........................................................... 95
Word Alignment
Word Alignment ................................................ 44
WPR
WPR: Watchdog Reset Generation Delay
Register ............................................... 95
Writing
Data Writing.................................................... 521
Data Writing/Erase........................................... 519
WRX
Setting of CSX →RDX/WRX Setup
(TYP[3:0]=0101B,AWR=100BH) ......... 135
CM71-10143-5E
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR • CONTROLLER MANUAL
FR60
32-BIT MICROCONTROLLER
MB91313A Series
HARDWARE MANUAL
August 2010 the fifth edition
Published
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
Edited
Sales Promotion Dept.